Return to LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY WOODS HOLE, MASS. Loaned by American Museum of Natural History PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA 1867. PHILADELPHIA: PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY. 1867. A si LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, With references to the several Articles contributed by each. Cassin, John. A third Study of the Icterida? 45 A Study of the Rhaniphastidaj 100 Fasti Ornithologias, No. Ill 212 Cope, E. D. On Euclastes, a genus of extinct Cheloniidae 3ff An addition to the Vertebrate Fauna of the Miocene period, with a sy- nopsis of the extinct Cetacea of the United States 138 On the genera of Fresh water Fishes Hypsilepis, Baird, and Photogenis, Cope, their species and distribution 156 A Review of the species of Amblystomidae • 166 On the Habits of a Tipulideous Larva 222 Coues, Elliott. Notes on a Collection of Mammals from Arizona 133 Elliot, D. G. Description of an apparently new species of Owl, of the Genus Scops 99 Ennis, J. The Necessity and Velocity of Nebular Rotation 87 The Mechanical Theory of Solar Heat 226 Hill, Richard. Note on Geotrygon sylvatica, Gosse 130 Lawrence, Geo. N. Notes on certain Birds of New Grenada, with descrip- tions of new species 94 Descriptions of Five New Species of Central American Birds 232 Lea, Isaac. On two new Minerals from Chester County, Pa 4 V Descriptions of five new species of Unionidae and one Paludina of the United States 81 Lincecum, Dr. Gideon. The Cutting Ant of Texas — Oecodoma Texana, Buckley 24 Lyman, Benj. S. On the Great Carboniferous Conglomerate in Sullivan County, Pa 125 IV. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. Median. Tims. On the Structure of Lopezia 33 Note on Dioicoeus forms of Vitis vinifera 42 Additional Note on Dioicoeus forms of Yitis vinifera 98 Shinier, Henry, M.D. On a new genus in Homoptera (Section Monomera) - Notes on Micropus (Lygaeus) Leucopterus, Say ("The Chinch-Bug"). With an account of a great Epidemic Disease of 1865 among Insects 75 Additional Note on the Chinch-Bug 234 Slack, Dr. J. H. Mammalogical Notices 34 Smith, Aubrey H. On the Colonies of Plants observed near Philadelphia 15 Wood, Alphonso. Description of a New Genus of Plants 81 Wood, Dr. H. C. Descriptions of new species of Texan Myriapoda 12 Notes on a Collection of California Myriapoda, with the Description of New Eastern Species 127 1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1867. Jan. 1st. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-nine members present. The following deaths were announced ; Edward F. Sanderson, Esq., Member ; and Rev. Stephen Elliott, of Georgia, and Prof. Geo. W. Featherstonhaugh, of Havre, France, Cor- respondents, Jan. Sth. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirtv-six members present. Jan. l§th. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair* Twenty- nine members present. Jan. 22d. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair, Thirty- four members present. Jan. 29th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair, Twenty-seven members present. Dr. H. C. Wood tendered his resignation as Recording Secretary. The following gentlemen were elected members : J. E. Farnum, W. H. Stevens, Edw. B. Edwards, Dr. James Levick, Charles Gibbons, John B. Austin, Wm. S. Baird, Edwin Greble, Walter B. Smith, C. F. Haseltine and Wilson M. Jenkins. 1867.] 1 2. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF The following were elected correspondents : Prof. O. C Marsh, New Haven, Conn., and Prof. Win. H. Brewer, New Haven, Conn. Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing Committees for the ensuing year was to be held, but was deferred until the next meeting for business. On favorable report of the committee the following paper was ordered to be published : On a new genus in HOMOPTERA,— (Section Monomera.) BY HENRY SHIMER, M. D. Characters for a supposed new Family. DACTYLOSPHJERIDJE, Sbimer. Wings four, carried flat on the back in repose. Antennae few, jointed. Tarsi composed of one joint, terminated by two claws, and from two to six digituli.* Honey-tubes none ; otherwise resembling Aphidse. DACTYLOSPHiERA. New genus.f Male — Anterior wing with one one-branched discoidal. and a stigmatic nervure ; posterior wing with no discoidal. Female — Apterous, body thick, clumsy, subellipsoidal. Common Characters — Antennae 3-4 jointed. Tarsi, six digituli. Promuscis sheath four-jointed, Dactylospovkra olobosum, n. sp. Inhabits galls on the Pig-nut Hickory, (Carya glabra.) Male — Abdomen and prothorax orange-yellow; mesothorax, head and eyes, blackish ; legs and antenna? dark cinereous. Wings hyaline, broad, some- what overlapping as they lie horizontally on the back. Anterior wing, even- < * I suggest this name, digituli. from the L;itin diffitlllus, a small finger or toe, for these remarkable organs; it appears to me appropriate, because tbey are arranged around the foot somewhat like the toes of an animal. A. B. A.— a side view of the foot of Df ritifolim magnified; a, the two digituli; b, the claws. B.— a verticil view of the foot Of DadytotpkKtU gloibosUM, from above, magnified : tUffitvli; b. the claws, as they may be seen while the insect attempts to walk on the of a microscope. a. a. the six glass plate C. — the promuscis sheath of /). globostem. D. — Dpper and under wing of DactyloMmsara f vitifditt great- ly magnified. This figure was drawn from the only specimen I have remaining, (from the Clinton grape gall.) The dotted lines in the anterior wing are what I saw under the microscope in the recent specimen; the shading between the costal and mo- il nerve}.- represent! a ban appearance, as I saw it under the microscope, The vein in the posterior wing is very obscure, but I saw it with an excellent simple lens. t From *, a globe, on account of the slender globe-ended appendages of the tarsi, — digituli. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 ly rounded on the posterior margin ; anterior margin rather straight, some- what curved, convex at the middle of the stigma, apex quite broadly rounded, the wide wedge-shaped base not extending beyond the middle ; stigmatic nervure nearly straight, terminating in the centre of the apex, not visible at either end. The discoidal within the middle of the wing, not visible at its outer end, somewhat convex anteriorly, its branch hyaline at its extremities : stigma honey yellow, darkest on the costal margin, the apical end lanceo- late; inwardly extending to the base of the wing, all the costal space being of the same color. Posterior wing, one longitudinal vein and no discoidal. Tibia? and tarsi with a few scattering hairs ; claws paleish horn-colored, with blackish tips. Antenna? four-jointed, sublinear, 1st and 2d short and thick, the others long, the third on a narrow pedicel, which may be a small joint, fourth clavate. Length to tip of wings -07 inch ; body about -025 inch long. Female much resembling the "grape leaf louse," (D? vitifoliee), but smaller, the dull pointed promuscis blackish at the extremity; eyes of few (about five) facets. Eggs similar to those of the "grape leaf louse." Smaller and of a deeper yellow. Pupa of male orange-yellow, sometimes inclined to greenish; undeveloped wings pale yellow; body somewhat elongate; abdomen pointed; antennae linear, three-jointed, 1st thick, subglobose ; 2d smaller, short, thick; 3d very long, clavate, obliquely pointed, without a spine at the apex, a spine on the inner side of the first and second joints. Gall variable in size, often numerous in the parenchyma of the leaf, others on the veins and leafstalks, all opening on the lower side of the leaf, with a very small orifice; smoothish, of a somewhat leathery structure, pale yellow- ish-green, glaucus or dark green; subglobose or sometimes somewhat irregu- lar, without any of the mealy sugary dust within, which is common in galls of the Aphis family. There is apparently a disposition among some authors to create separate species out of the insects inhabiting galls thus variable, according to their size and location. The small subglobular galls, about -09 — -14 in. in diameter, in the plane of the leaf, and about -04 — -06 in. in a perpendicular direction through it, are often very abundant, and when quite full of ' eggs I have counted about 50 ; the young larva usually leaves the gall as soon as hatched, and proceeds, as does the " grape leaf louse " (D? vitifolim), to construct anew gall ; sometimes these small galls contain several females, but I have never found males in them ; the male-producing galls are larger, of various sizes, up to \ of an inch or even more in diameter. During the summer and autumn and former years, I have examined many of these galls, some of them are globular, others somewhat irregular. In my original studies I took notes of them as distinct species ; they were on the leaf-stalks, veins, and in the pa- renchyma, occasionally near the border of the leaf, most frequently in the parenchyma of the leaf, close to the veins and midribs, so that at first view 1 was led to believe that they were originally formed in the latter, but upon dissection I found them usually entirely in the parenchyma, the gall freely separating from the veins ; these were filled with eggs, larva, pupa, and imago. The winged males were numerous, but, as the weather then was very wet, they were in an extremely bad condition, their wings adhering to the walls of the galls and to their own bodies from the excessive dampness in the galls ; but among the hundreds observed I saw a number of perfect specimens. Subsequently, in more pleasant weather, I examined several dark green, more perfectly globular galls, located as those observed before, with a good supply of winged specimens in perfect condition. I made careful examination and notes as before, and found that they agreed with the former precisely and. compared favorably with the former dried specimens ; and furthermore. I made a careful microscopic examination of the larva in comparison with 1867.] 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF those in the small galls above alluded to, and I could detect no difference; both kinds existed on the same leaves frequently, and sometimes on different leaves of the same tree ; other trees have numerous galls all of the small size ; in none of these small galls, after the most diligent search, have I ever been able to find a winged male. The conclusion that I have arrived at is that the galls that produce the winged males develope to a larger size, so as to make room for the coming winged inhabitant, on the great principle or law of nature that provides for the wants of every creature, often in a mysterious manner. These small subglobular galls could not conveniently accommo- date the winged males. The male-producing grape leaf gall, also, is very long and well developed, so far as my limited observations have extended, while galls containing fertile females are variable from large to even quite small. From my examinations of these Hickory-leaf gall insects, I never saw the males support'themselves by their wings, although they attempted flight when dropped properly from the point of a needle ; the atmospheric temperature then was moderately cool, which may account for their weakness. When they attempt to fly, the hook of the posterior wing clasps the thicken- ed posterior border of the anterior wing, but not wheu at rest. The male of the grape leaf (yitifolim) gall insect also thus made several ineffectual attempts at flight, but was not able to support its body; how this might be iu a very warm sunny day I did not have the privilege of determining. During my microscopic examinations I became convinced that the apparent enlargement of the posterior border of the anterior wing of these insects, is not a developement of a nervure or a mere tumefaction of the border, but a rolling up of the margin like a scroll, which much more admirably fits it for a permanent retaining point for the hook on the anterior margin of the pos- terior wing. To make a thorough examination of the feet and their appendages, the living insect is the only material from which it can be satisfactorily done. The two claws, as in the case of the " grape leaf louse," can be easily seen as the insect attempts to walk on the glass plate. The tarsi of the larva and female only have two conspicuous digituli, but the male, as it approaches the imago state, develops six; these I observed in the pupa, being the most con- venient state for the examination of these organs ; those in the middle, be- tween the long or principal pair, are not always so conspicuous, but may be plainly seen under proper circumstances ; more frequently they appear as one short stub-like spine. The knobs on the extremities of the principal digituli, over the claws, are globular, while those on the middle and lateral ones are obovoid and com- paratively small. The legs, feet, etc., of the male imago are much longer than iu any other state, hence they appear to be the best material for satisfactory examination, regarding the problem of one or two joints for the tarsi. While the insect was walking slowly under the microscope, I beheld, in a vertical direction, that the tarsi are composed of at least three rings or segments, none of which presented a movable joint; 1 then crushed the abdomen, but did not injure the thorax : by this means I brought some of the legs on the side, so that the joints moved in a plane parallel with the glass plate; this also had the ad- vantage of confining the insect to the spot, and, as I did not injure the thorax, I had a fair opportunity of examining the tarsi for a long time, with the advantage of such motion as I desired while the insect struggled for free- dom ; this view of the tarsi demonstrates that they are composed of four rings BOldered together, none of them gave the slightest joint-like motion ; the upper riiifr is the most plainly distinct from the succeeding one; on the under side of the foot I beheld some constriction, but on the sides and above there is none ; I observed this with gnat rare, but saw no motion, the bending of the foot being confined entirely to the articulation of the tarsus with the tibia. I then, by way of comparison, examined, under similar circumstances, f Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 5 the foot of a species of Aphis, abundant on the apple trees, and saw it com- posed of the same number of rings ; the upper one at fts union with the suc- ceeding showed some constriction, as seen either from above or from the side view; moreover the motion of a joint was very satisfactorily seen, the insect sometimes bending it alone, at other times in conjunction with the tibio-tarsal joint. Now, in view of these facts, I can see no reason for claiming two joints for the tarsi of this insect. It would be as reasonable to suppose that each primary ring was a joint, and then we would have four, which, with the digituli that might be the representatives of another joint, give five unde- veloped joints — joints in embryo — the highest number in the more perfect Insectians ; but in the case of this and other species of this family, which I have observed, all are soldered together. By extending my examinations to the tibia I found it composed of about 50 similar primary rings, each one of which was plainly widened from above downward, thus agreeing in the gen- eral structural anatomy with the tarsus. This same primary annul.tted structure I beheld in the antenna? of these insects, also in several species of Aphidae to which I extended my observations by way of comparison. Frequently the distal or wide end of these primary rings is prolonged into' spines, &c, more or less numerous according to the species of insect. These observations give us a view of the true primary anatomical structure of the long members of insects, for this annulated structure very probably exists in the long members of all insects, although not so readily detected, in many cases, as in the translucent limbs of these insects. Furthermore, these obser- vations lead us to be careful about pronouncing upon the number of joints in the tarsi. To designate each one of these rings as a true joint would lead us at once into inconsistencies, for any anatomist could not presume that the tibia is composed of 50 joints, or the antennas of this insect, and many species of the Aphidse, of perhaps hundreds ; hence, where we behold in the tarsi pre- cisely the same structure, we are no more justifiable in ascribing to it 4 or 5 joints, or even two, without beholding the motion of a joint, or the usual con- striction. In view of these facts I have made extended and careful observa- tions on the tarsi of these insects, and have become entirely satisfied that there is but one joint. These are my reasons for believing that these insects belong to a new family between the Aphidse and Coccidse. The promuscis sheath of this insect I examined under more favorable condi- tions than that of the " grape leaf louse," and clearly saw four joints ; and if, as I believed, there are two in close proximity, as shown in the magnified sketch at a, fig. C, on page 1, there are five joints, while in the latter I did not succeed in distinguishing more than three ; perhaps with proper material the same arrangement may be discovered in the latter as in the former species. In D.globosum I had an abundance of male pupae and winged imagos for ex- amination, while in the D ? vitifolise I was chiefly confined to females and larvae. The bundle of seta? I could not separate, although I made numerous examinations, with the living insect on its back, for the purpose of ascertain- ing positively. I often saw the insect take hold of it by grasping it between the claws and the foot, pulling and bending it in various directions, Bometimea seizing it with two feet and pulling in opposite directions, yet I could not de- termine more than one piece. DactylospH/Era ? vitifoli/e * (The " Grape leaf louse.'-) Pemphigus vitifolise, Fitch, 1st and 2d Reports, p. 158. Walsh, Practical Entomologist, vol. i., p. 111. * Not wishing to multiply genera unnecessarily. I have not constructed a new genus for tht,« insect, but my convictions are that there ar« characters that probably warrant its Reparation from Dactylospha ra, according to custom. The stigmatic nervine was absent in all the specimens I saw, hut upon close examination with a microscope of moderate power, in one specimen 1 imagined that I saw part of a faiat dark lino in one wing, where it might be sought fur. The branch of 1867] 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [nhabits r/alh on the grape leafs tendrils and vine. 1/ ,ie — Body moderately slender : abdomen sharply taper-pointed, with a few scattering hairs at the extremity ; head short; neck thick. Body, head, legs, and antennae Light yellow, the two latter palest ; a broad dark band encircling the middle of the thorax. Win-- membranaceous, hyaline ; in repose, some- what overlapping, rather wide or diverging behind the extremeties; in the only entirely perfect specimen observed were slightly curved upwards. Anterior •.\ in lt wideBl in the middle, subobovate ; posterior margin one regular curve or arc. of a circle from the base to the outer extremity ; apex completely rounded and comparatively broader than I have observed of our common Aphiche; anterior margin irregularly convex, the greatest convexity being somewhat nearer the basal extremity, where it is considerably rounded for- ward; a small, inconspicuous costal, and a yellowish strong subcostal nerve; one dark discoidal springing from about the basal third or fourth of the sub- costal and shading oil' or becoming lost in the membrane before reaching the border; outlines of these nervures rather hazy, obscure, not sharply defined ;f a Ioiili. very obscure branch passes longitudinally from near the middle of the discoidal. iii -nine specimens scarcely, if at all, perceptible; part of the costal -pace near the base, and an imperfect, undefined stigma, light fulvous. Poste- terior wing, small, narrow: no discoidal nerve ; subcostal scarcely perceptible, somewhat near the costal. Tibia- and tarsi with a few hairs or spines, a some- what prominent one beneath the foot near the joint. The digituli, with their conspicuously globulai extremities, arise from the extremity of the tarsi, just above the (laws, and project beyond the long subcylindrical tarsi about one- half their length, and aboul four times the apparent length of the compara- tively thick, much curved, light horn-colored claws, as held when walking ; these slender, almost hair-like appendages or fingers are smooth, slightly curved downward, not tapering to the extremity, terminates in an abrupt, com- plete globe of about two or three times the diameter of the pedicel. Antennae long compared with those of the female, but moderate when compared with those of some Aphidae ; pale whitish-yellow, inserted before the eyes, they usually appear three-jointed, (and will be thus considered when examining with ;i good pocket lens, and more especially in the dried specimen, where we have not the advantages of motion under the microscope, BO invaluable in the li\ ing mien.) The extreme joint being very long, and under a higher power annulated with about 'J.~> tine grooves, the mark- of the primary rings; but in the discoidal is so verj obscure as to be easily overlooked, and, being a microscopic character, might I"- rejected, but if retained we -till have the geuerio characters differing from liactylo- a, ,1/ : Interi r wing with i an one-branched discoid. il. Anteuii.e :; — s joint-. Tarsi two digituli. In c.i- however, the characters given above should be sufficient to separate, generic- ally, nitifoUs from D. globosrim, I would propose the generic name of Viteus for the former, t I wish to I"' clearly understood regarding what 1 saw of these wing characters. Very prob- ably they will not all t e admitted as i xixiing characters by elos< t investigation of the i rj men. My examinations were all made in the recent state. With a good lens i be d sooidal nerve can be seen not as a clear, Bbarply defined rib, hut as an obscure, hazy, margined line; the same maybe iwddofthe BUbcostal nerve which, however, is much plainer, the discoidal branch not observable, Witl mpo I micros pe, of different inert vers, something more can be learned in tie ite. All the veins are in an imperfect orpartiallj developed state; the wall* of tb^e i i.i . nare nol - completely formed as to present th< Bhai p j defined lines observable in higher de- \. loped iio-4'i ik. and with sufficient p. wer to discover the primitive cells, we behi Id I hem piled uj> on ea h other- great blocks ol 'oscopic masonry— the foundations of the walls of the veins. I..i u i i g through the centn Dt the forming tube, the fii Id b] pears mi re trans] int, because we do nol loi k ibroogli so great « depth of the Imperfect tube walls as at the -!•.•■; ibis central trans- j . i r > in \ i I there hazj lines In ihe wii g Is, furthermore, an evidence that It i- b channel Pii the liniii nth n of ii. i- bio d i be margins and termii atli nsof thesi v< ne appear baij bei ause the cells axe in a 1< r diffuse state. In most Insects the walls of the veins are completed, hence the rib> are oli irly defined Ihese remarks are peculiarly adapted to the ditcoidal nervure, • here the cells that nature has provided for the construction of the tube of the vein are to be ., , n i f d a vantage between ibe membranes ■•! the wing Tbi branch oi the dlscor the fertilisation of the eggs thai sre to pass the winter? Winged males certainly, <>n account of their extreme rarity, •!" > ol fertilise many; vet from sppearanoee, their nnmerons enemies, their ■real liability to destruction from every cause, and with nil their great abundance, many cer- tainly must become fertilised from some source. Thi- is a point yet opeD for investigation. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9 liquid exudation, but a true solid member of the body ; its hair-like pedicel may be seen occasionally to bend, thus proving its pliability ; the pedicels, as well as the globes, are translucent, and without doubt are composed of t he same leathery structure as other parts of the skeleton, and in the cast skin they appear as perfect as in the living animal ; these are remarkable appendages, en- tirely unlike anything which we ordinarily see in the anatomy of insects. Burmeister, in his admirable Manual of Entomology, so far as I at present have it in remembrance from thorough study some years ago, fails to observe any- thing of the kind, and I can only conjecture that their use is to enable this small insect to climb with safety over the down of the tender grape leaf, with which it is abundantly supplied, when the down and hairs are so long as to prevent the ungues from reaching the bark. This instrument is admirably adapted to lock firmly between the projecting hair and down of plants, and convey the insect through this forest of down with safety. The globe on the end may also possibly be a gland, secreting a viscid substance, but of this I have no ocular demonstration. On either side of these digituli we see a di- verging spine nearly equalling them in length, and between them we see a short stub or spine-like body, less than half their length. I have not minutely ex- amined this, having only seen it in the field from above ; it may probably be the spurious claw — pseudoni/chia of Burmeister, or undeveloped digituli. Be- neath these the claws, one on each side, can be plainly seen widely spreading on the smooth glass as the insect vainly struggles to move forward ; these claws are much curved, short, and comparatively thick and strong, appearing light horn-colored under a good achromatic microscope. With such an armor as this we cannot help viewing with admiration the wonderful adaptability of nature to the wants of so frail a creature ; by the means of the four-fingered and two-clawed hand, as it were, alone, it can travel with as much safety from the parent gall, far below on the vine, up over the forests of down that it may encounter on the plant in its progress to the tender bud, as the monkey travels over the tops of the trees in the dense jungles of tropical climes ; without these, amidst the atmospheric storms, it must fail to reach the tender bud, where alone it is able to construct a new gall and repeat the work of its parent and fulfil the unworthy object of its being. While the insect is on its back, to examine the tarsi, promuscis, &c, you will not fail to observe the manual dexterity displayed as it seizes hold of the promuscis and setas, with this hand-like organ, and pulls them away to one side as it struggles and kicks in the vain effort to right its position. Perfectly at home in the snug tenement — its gall — it is almost as unhappy on the hard smooth glass-plate of a microscope as a fish is on dry land, unwillingly a mar- tyr to science. To examine the nature of the articulations you will prefer a larva ; they are very imperfect, appearing externally like a mere thinning of the leathery struc- ture of its limbs, with no well-defined line of union between the tibia and tarsus ; this dermal membrane about the joint wrinkles as it bends the organ in locomotion ; the lower end of the tibia projects into a prominent heel on which it treads heavily. I believe that the females are never winged in any season of the year, if they are in the spring they are not much used. I see here grapes, not more than one hundred yards from the vines, so completely covered with them, entirely free, and have thus remained during three summers, while another cluster of grapes taken in the early spring from among the affected ones and planted at some dis- tance in another direction, are in like manner affected. This fact, in a measure, is confirmatory of my former conjecture, that these insects probably survive the winter in galls on the tendrils and vine stalk, or it may be occasionally that the egg, falling into small crevices in the old bark, thus passes through the winter. If there is any freezing of these eggs, the burying of the vine in the earth and snowr affords them protection. Now, as the leaves are falling, many of the galls are full of eggs and very few of them are hatching, and with the 1867.] 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF increasing coldness of autumn it will cease altogether; soon after falling the leaf dries and consequently the gall shrinks and gapes open : thus many of the eggs can fall out on the ground around the roots, and in this way chiefly do they survive the winter. In transplanting they are conveyed with the earth around the roots. In the early warm summer weather these eggs hatch and the young louse, instinctively, resorts to the vine and ascends to the leaf in quest of food. Thus they are perpetually preserved about the once affected vine and removed from place to place in transplanting. Their natural enemies may hold them in check, but will never subdue them. When they become too numerous to obtain a sufficient supply of their insect- food readily everywhere they die oi starvation, while some of these lice are still living in security enough to continue the species. Their enemies are numerous, and I never go forth to investigate, even now at the end of long years of study, without discovering something new and interesting. Their natural history is inexhaustible ; insignificant as it may seem to be, it is an object of the deepest interest when we come to the examination with our eyes open to the truths that develop around us and force themselves upon our consideration. The winged males are very rare, among the rarest of the rare, as I have found by experience, at least in this region. I have opened more than ten thousand galls and never saw but four winged imagos: one I found late in September of last year, and three during the present autumn; two were somewhat imperfect but useful material for examination : two I took from one gall a few days ago, one of them was entirely perfect, it was an admirable specimen for examina- tion ; it enabled me to get the precise position of the wings in repose. They are very liable to be crushed or injured in opening the galls, because it is ne- cessary to open them rapidly to make any progress, ami a very little water entering a gall causes the wings to adhere, frail membranes as they are, and greatly damages them. I also found three male pupae and a parent female and eggs in a gall. I tailed to raise either of these pupae : they soon perished alter the gall was removed from the vine, refusing to leave the old drying gall for fresh ones placed beside them. Having thus fouml four male imagos and seen the pupa, there appears to be no further good reason why I should longer delay the publication of my sup- posed new genus and family and my observation-, except that I wish to forward a supply of them to learned societies, but as they are so exceedingly rare it appears like hoping against hope. As this is a very common insect it needs a common name, and I think no better could be given it than that suggested in the Prairie Farmer, (Aug. 4, 1866,) — "drape leaf louse." Mount Carroll, Ills., Oct. 8, 1866. Notk. — My description and the details of my observations of these insects may appear quite prolix, but on account of the vat ions erroneous opinions held by popular authors regarding them, I have been induced to give a pretty minute description of the insects in their different states, and the method of conducting my Observations, SO thai others may the more readily verify them, from even larva and females, my only object being the development of truth. Dr. Fitch locates them in the Aphis family, while Mr. Walsh classes them among the Coceidm; they appear nearer the former than the latter. Hut the ipe leaf louse" certainly bears no generic resemblance to Pemphigus as Fitch declares, doubtless, without observation, which is hardlj excusable in c. en tlie most popular writers. For what reason, if any, Mr. Walsh could have announced, in the Practical Entomologist, roil. i.. p. ill and 112, thai the Vitifolia 'jail "is the worfc of an insect, not of a plant-louse, however, as Dr. Fitch supposed, but as I have re- cently ascertained, of a true bark-louse belonging to the Coccus family ;" and in further allusion to his three gall-making bark-lice unqualifiedly assures us that j entomologist by examining either the vitifolim (insect) of Fitch, which I [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ll find on the wild Vitis cordifolia and on the tame Clinton grape-vine, or the gall carysevense of Fitch, which I find exclusively on the leaves of the Shellbark Hickory (Can/a alba), and the third — an undescribed gall, the size of a cabbage seed, on the leaves of the Pig-nut Hickory (Garya glabra) may easily satisfy himself that the mother-louse inhabiting them does not belong to the Aphis but to the Coccus Family," &c, &c, without telling us how to become satisfied that a plainly Tsvo-clawed tarsus belongs to the Coccus family, is quite incomprehensi- ble, and certainly utterly at variance with their true anatomical characters. My paper discusses two of these supposed bark-lice, and I believe that the third is of the same character. Dr. Fitch's "rashness" is here fairly paralleled by tin; accuser himself, in the same paper, by "fixing the family to which a particular larva belongs," as I have abundantly demonstrated. H. S. Feb. 5th. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty seven members present. Feb. 12th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty members present. The death of 11. Kenuicott, member, was announced. Feb. 19th. The President, Dr. Hays; in the Chair. Forty-four members present. The following papers were presented for publication : " A list of introduced plants, growing in waste giound below the Philadelphia Navy Yard, &c." By Aubrey H. Smith. " On the Habits of the Cutting Ant of Texas." By G. Lincecum. The following deaths were announced : William Norris, a member, on the 5th of January ; Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., of Easton, Pa., a correspondent ; Prof. Alexander Dallas Bache, a member, at Newport, R. l.; on the 17th inst. Dr. H.Allen directed the attention of the members to some features of interest in the conformation of the mammalian skull, based upon examinations of specimens in the Academy's collection. Having noticed in the skull of a Kronian negro, in the Wistar and Hor- ner Museum of the University of Pennsylvania, the absence of union between the greater wing of the sphenoid bone (alisphenoid) and anterior inferior angle of the parietal bone, and in its stead a union at that point between the temporal and frontal bones, he was desirous of ascertaining to what extent the variation would be found present in a series of crania. With this object examinations of the human skulls, eleven hundred in number, were made, when the variety was found present in twenty three. With these it was thought to be the result of deficient developement of the great wing of the sphenoid bone, an interspace being left which was occupied by a process of the temporal sent forwards and upwards to articulate with the frontal bone. 1867.] 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP This was rendered probable from the occasional occurrence of Wormian bones near the site of union. In five specimens out of the twenty-three Wormian bones were found placed between thesquanio-parietal and squamo- frontal sutures, but more often in the former locality, when they were often associated with similar bones situated at the temporo-occipital region. The extent of the suture was subject to much variation ; in some specimens it was au inch long and well marked, in others it was reduced to a mere point. In three specimens it was found on one side, the spheno-parietal being present on the other. In yet another the temporo-frontal was seen on one side and the spheno-parietal with Wormian bones on the other. The whole number of specimens was distributed among the varieties of men as follows : Anglo-Saxon, Pelasgic, Swede, Chinese, Hindu, Bengalese, Mandau, Semi- nole Indian, Blackfoot Indian, Iroquois, and Esquimaux, each one. The re- maining twelve were negro. This observation lead to the examination of the skulls of the mammalia, the result being as follows : Spheno-parietal suture. Temporo-frontal suture. Simia morio. Troglodytes niger, Simia satyrus, ex, Hylobates, Semnopithecus, Cercopithecus, ex, Catarrhini, Plattyrrhini, LemuriDvE, Bison, Marsdpialia, Bos, Carniyora, Tragus, Cetacea, Tapirus, Sirenia, Rhinoceros, Ruminantia, ex. Sus, Choeropsis, Equus, Hyrax, Rodentia, Dicotyles. Edentata, Troglodytes gorjlla, Hvpsiprymnus. In the anthropoid apes it was found that the temporo-frontal suture was constant in the skull of all the species excepting S. morio and one specimen of S- satyrus. Prof. Owen* mentions the sphenoparietal articulation in 5. satyrus, and considers it a distinctive character of Simia ; but in the skull of a young individual examined, the suture was indubitably temporo frontal. Out of seventeen specimens of Cercopithecus in the collection seven had the spheno-parietal articulation. In two of these it was spheno-parietal on one side, temporo-frontal on the other. In the Iluminautia the alisphenoid was very slightly developed, the union being effected by the external angular process of the parietal growing down- wards in a long falciform extension. This was seen to be a conspicuous feature in the skulls of this order. The variation noticed in Bison, Bos and Tragus, had its origin in the first two genera in the unusual development of the frontal bone backwards and outwards, reaching the temporal bone by cutting off, as it were, the descending process of the parietal. In the last, one specimen only was examined ; the spheno-parietal union was complete on one side, while the temporo-frontal was hut faintly determined on the other. It was thought probable that the skulls of young individuals of th»-se genera would show upon examination the same plan of construction in this particular as others of the order. The suture was seen to be invariable in (■arnivora, Cetacea, Sirenia, Eden- tata ami Rodentia; but inconstant among the members of Marsupialia and the Oavierian order Pachydermata. Among the marked contrasts here observed were those between Sus and Dicotyles, Hyrax and Rhinoceros. * Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. i., 1835, 368. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 From the early obliteration of all cranial sutures in Cheiroptera andlnsec- tivora — many young individuals of the former order were examined — nothing definite was ascertained concerning them. It is reasonable to suppose that they resemble the Carnivora. Dr. Allen further spoke of a distinguishing feature between the skulls of the new and old world monkeys. In the former there is no bony external meatus; in the latter there is a well defined osseous tube as in man. He also invited attention to an interesting feature in the skull of a young Chimpan- zee, in which it was found that the lachyrmal and ethmoid bones were sepa- rated from one another by an ascending process of the orbital plate of the superior maxilla, which articulated with the internal angular process of the frontal bone. The peculiarity had not been seen in any ape, though a human skull in the collection (Esquimaux) exhibited it. It was thought that the subject of sutures was of interest from an anatom- ical stand-point and might, after more extended comparison, prove of value in classification. A letter was read from Dr. Charles M. Wetherill as follows : Bethlehem, Pa., Feb. 16th, 1867. Wm. S. Vaui, Esq. : Bear Sir, — Will you do me the favor to communicate to the Academy the following results, which I have reached in an investigation (not yet completed) upon the Itacolumite. The so-called flexible character of this sandstone is universally attributed to the mica which it contains. I have succeeded, beyond a doubt, in establish- ing the fact that the said motion is due to innumerable ball and socket joints. This wonderful molecular grouping warrants, I thiak, the suggestion of " arti- culites " as a generic name for this class of sandstones. I succeeded in first observing the play of these joints upon their sections under the microscope, taken in three planes relative to the plane of stratification. It is, however, unnecessary to incur the labor of preparing such sections; the motion may be perceived with any fragment by examination with the microscope, moving the loose particles in the joints with the needle point, or removing the said parti- cles, thus dissecting the specimens. The joints are not similar to those observed in columns of basalt. The fragments of quartz are very small and very sharp; twenty, thirty or more of these sand particles are cemented to each other to form irregular compound molecules. The protuberances of these are engaged in the cavities of neigh- boring groups, and so irregular and abundant is the jointing, that a slight motion is permitted in any direction. A long thin rod of the sandstone may be twisted, elongated, compressed longitudinally, or bent nearly equally in any direction. When suspended by its extremities, the rod takes the form of a curve which very nearly approaches a true catenary. My friend and colleague, Prof. E. W. Morgan, of the Lehigh University, is, at my request, stu'iyingtbe exact nature of the curve thus formed. The specimens examined are from two localities; from Mines Geraes in Bra- zil, a specimen in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution ; and another from Stokes Co., N. C. Au analysis of the latter showed a large proportion of silicic acid, and the cement, if it be one, which unites the grains of sand, is not ferruginous, as was shown by boiling a thin sectioD, during a considerable period, with hydrochloric acid. I would be very much obliged to you (or to any member of the Academy,) if you would furnish me with specimens of Itacolumite from different locali- ties for this investigation. I have thought that the establishment of the curious molecular character of this mineral might lead to a knowledge of the physical conditions by whirh it was effected and perhaps throw light upon that vexed question, the origin of the diamond. Very truly yours, Charles M. Wetherill. 1867.] 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Feb. 2G(h. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-eight members present. The resignation of Dr. II. C. Wood as Recording Secretary was ac- cepted. Joseph Jeanes tendered his resignation as Corresponding Secretary, which was accepted. Resignations of membership were tendered by James Starr and J. Heiotzleman, and were accepted. A communication was received announcing the organization of the Conchological Section of the Academy, and the election of its officers. Dr. Harrison Allen was elected Corresponding Secretary of the Academy for the remainder of the year, and Dr. S. B. Howell, Record- ing Secretary, for the same period. The following were elected members : Evan Randolph, Francis R. Cope, Joseph Patterson, Richard M. Marshall, Benjamin Marshall, John Livezey, Charles H. Borie, Thomas J'. Cope, Miss R. A. Cope, Mrs. E. H. Yaux, Joseph S. Lovering, Jr., Samuel P. Carpenter, Richard R. Robb, William Hacker, Stephen Colwell, Miss Ann Haines, Miss Jane R. Haines, F. L. Bodine, Horace M. Bellows, M. D., John G. Stetler, M. D., William Procter, Jr., and Anthony Heger, M. D., U. S. A. The election for Standing Committees, deferred from the last busi- ness meeting, was held with the following result : ETHNOLOGY. J. Aitken Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, F. V. Hayden. COMP. ANAT. AND GEN. ZOOLOGY. Joseph Leidy, Harrison Allen, S. B. Howell. MAMMALOGY. J. H. Slack, B. D. Cope, Harrison Allen. ORNITHOLOGY. John Cassin, Spencer F. Baird, B. A. H00PE8. nilRPE TOL 0 G Y AND ICHTH YOL 0 G Y Edward D. Cope, S. WEIR Mitchell, I'llARLES SlIAEFFER. BOTANY. Elias Durand, Aubrey H. Smith, H. C. Wood, Jr. MINERALOGY. William S. Vaux, S. R. Roberts, Albert Leeds. GEOLOGY, Isaac Lea, F. V. Hayden, T. A. Conrad. PALAEONTOLOGY. T. A. Conrad, Joseph Leidy, F. V. Hayden. PHYSICS. Robert Bridges, Robert E. Rogers, Jacob Ennis. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 CONCHOLOGY. LIBRARY. George W. Tryon, Jr., Joseph Leidy, E. R. Beadle, John Cassin, C. F. Parker. Robert Bridges. ENTOMOLOGY AND CRUSTACEA. PROCEEDINGS. John L. Le Conte, Joseph Leidy, J. H. B. Bland, William S. Vaux, Tryon Reakirt. John Cassin, Robert Bridges, George W. Tryon, Jr. Od favorable report of the respective committees, the following were ordered to be published : On Colonies of PLANTS observed near Philadelphia. BY AUBREY H. SMITH. During the years 1864, 18G5 and 1866, a large number of introduced plants, chiefly southern, were found growing on the waste grounds below the Phila- delphia Navy Yard, and at Kaighn's Point and Petty's Island, on the opposite shore of the Delaware. It has been thought by those who were engaged in the work of collection, that some account of these localities and a list of the plants themselves should be placed at the command of students investigating the subject of the introduc- tion and naturalization of plants. To meet this view I have prepared the fol- lowing pages. The city of Philadelphia is built on a low gravelly bluff, extending along the right bank of the Delaware with little interruption from Kensington on the north to the Navy Yard on the south. It is scarcely practicable now to define accurately the limits of this bluff, but it may be stated, in general terms, that above Kensington and below the Navy Yard, it recedes from the river, and its place is supplied by tide marshes to a greater or less extent. Northward these marshes have been largely filled up and built upon, but southward the low margin of the river has been but partially reclaimed. Immediately below the Navy Yard, the rim of tide marsh does not exceed two or three hundred yards in width. Further down the river it widens greatly, and has been banked in for agricultural and grazing purposes. Between the Navy Yard and the banked meadows, the tide flats have awaited the slow de- mands of commerce for their utilization. The first step to the reclamation of the flats is the extension of the lines of the eastern streets to the line of low tide, and the building of bulk-heads of logs at their extremities below low water mark. The streets thus extended are filled up with waste earth from cellars and similar excavations, and thus causeways are made out to the bulk-heads. Next, the bulk-heads themselves are extended right and left to meet similar works from the ends of other streets. The wharf line thus built is then conveniently secured by the deposit behind it of sand and gravel ballast from coasting vessels, as well as of earth brought specially for the purpose. Behind it, there will, of course, exist a pond or lagoon, to be filled up from time to time, from the river or from the land, as materials may offer themselves on either side of it. From Dickerson Street northward to the Navy Yard, the flats have been en- tirely reclaimed, and coal wharves and ship yards occupy their place. South- ward of this street, at the distance of six or seven hundred feet, an earthen em- bankment extends Morris Street to the line of low water, and a bulk-head 1867.] 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP carried to the left connects this causeway with the reclaimed land at Dicker- son Street. A pond, not now of more than three acres in extent, lies behind the bulk-head, and communicates with the river by a covered sluice, through which the tide ebbs and flows. Between the pond and the river are some two acres of ground made by the deposit there, through many years, of sand and gravel ballast from the coasters, and of mud from the cleansing of the docks of the city. On the west and north the pond is rapidly diminishing in size, as waste materials from the city are cast into it, and in a few years it will no doubt wholly disappear. The marshes formerly existing above Dickerson Street have been reclaimed by the same process, and those below Morris Street will in time be dealt with in a similar manner. Upon the reclaimed land be- hind the bulk-head between Dickerson and Morris Streets have been found the greater part of the plants enumerated in this list. This locality, which for convenience we have called the Ballast Ground, did not exist fifteen years ago, for the bulk-head which protects it from the river has itself been built within that period. Some of the plants may, however, have existed in similar places along the river for a long time. Muhlenberg, in his catalogue published in 1813, mentions Senebiera rfidyma and (Jynodon Dactylon as plants of Pennsylvania, though since his day they have only been found, so far as I have learned, at or near this place. Salsola Kali is not rare in the waste grounds about Phila- delphia, and Atriplex hastala, its maritime congener, is abundant in every neg- lected out-lot. Pluchea camphorata and Aster hnifolius are firmly established in a pool, at the foot of Tasker Street, not connected with the pond behind the Ballast Ground and probably of much older date and different origin, whilst Artemisia biennis is abundant in by-places for half a mile about. The unenclosed grounds below the Navy Yard are in some respects very favorably situated for the growth of southern plants. The trend of the river shore being south by west, the whole width of the city spreads between them and the quarters from which the colder winds blow. Those of the north and north-west must pass before reaching the Navy Yard for four or five miles over houses and factories, the innumerable fires of which will at all times temper their rigor, whilst the easterly, southerly and south-westerly winds are made yet milder by the wide expanse of water over which they come. The ground too being at the level of tide offers the most favorable conditions, so far as elevation is concerned. I regret that it has not been in my power to obtain thermometrical observa- tions from which a comparison might be made of the average temperatures, at different seasons, of several points in a line running north-westwardly from the Navy Yard to Girard College. From these we could learn whether or not the causes I have indicated are able to produce sensible effects on the vegeta- tion at the margin of the river. Those at Girard College are all that are needed for that station, but, there being no intermediate ones, they are of no avail for the present purpose. Nearly opposite the Ballast Ground, on the New Jersey side of the river at Kaighn's Point, is a large enclosed ship and timber yard, which presents con- ditions somewhat similar to those of the locality just described. A portion of the low ground at this place has been filled in and levelled out to the wharves and bulk-heads, whilst another part of it remains nearly in its natural state. From this enclosure come the most of the plants attributed in this list to Kaighn's Point, though a few of them have been found without its limits. IVtty's Island is a tract of reclaimed alluvion on the New Jersey side of the Delaware, opposite the mouth of Cooper's Creek, which has been, to some ex- tent, used of late years as a place of deposit for ballast, sand and other waste and rough material. It was not known as a botanical locality of interest until visited during the present year (1866) by Mr. Isaac Hurk. Since his discovery of it, however, it has been constantly and carefully watched by him and other bo- tanists, and the results of their observations are to be found herein. Both Kaighn's Point and Petty's Island share the advantages for the growth [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 17 and naturalization of the plants of warmer climates which have been ascribed to the Ballast Ground. Sheltered by the wide sweep of the city crescent from the colder winds, they lie at the level of tide with the broad expanse of the river, further to temper the atmosphere which reaches them. I have been thus minute in the description of these localities, in order not only that the circumstances under which these curious colonies of strangers have taken up their abode with us may be understood, but, in the anticipation of their speedy destruction as the city extends its limits, and of the establish- ment of similar ones elsewhere on its outskirts, that those who shall observe such future settlements may have the means of tracing their history and development. The Ballast Ground locality was discovered by Messrs. Diffenbaugh and Parker in the latter part of the season of 1864; that at Kaighu's Point was made known about the same time by the last named gentleman. Since then the plants of those places, and in 18(36 those of Petty's Island, have been care- fully watched and collected by a number of botanists. Among these I may especially mention Dr. Martin dale and Messrs. Burk, Diffenbaugh and Parker, to each of whom I am indebted for some of the rarest in the list. All the plants have been submitted to Prof. T. C. Porter, and the determina- tions in all cases of difficulty have his full concurrence. Dr. Porter himself shared the work of collection. It will be observed in many instances that the fruit has not matured, and in some that not even the flower has appeared. This may not always have been due to the shortness of the season, but sometimes to the late deposit of the sand or gravel with which the seeds have been brought from the south. A small number of the plants of 1864 did not re-appear in 1865, and some of those of 1865 were not found in 1866. One or two of them, threatened by the frost before flowering or fruiting, were transplanted, and developed their characters under glass. For this service we are indebted to Mr. Kilvington and Dr. Leidy. Many plants were found growing with those enumerated in the list, which are regarded as introduced, but which are not strictly confined to the localities above described. Some of these are rare and of limited distribution. Never- theless, but few of them have been included herein, inasmuch as this list is intended, in the main, to contain the names only of those which have not hitherto been collected in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. At a subsequent period, a supplemental catalogue may be given of such of these as shall be deemed of interest. This list exhibits, as nearly as my information enables me to give it, the actual state of the adventive flora of the several localities in each of the years of collection ; but it is proper to say that the time which has elapsed since their discovery has been too short to justify any positive assertion as to the completeness of the catalogue, or the appearance or disappearance of any of the plants named in it. 1. Erysimum oriental e, R. Br. (Brassica orientalis, L.) Three speci- mens collected at Kaighn's Point in 1866. Fruit perfected. Adv. from Europe, where it is widely distributed. 2. Sinapis alba,//. A single plant, collected on the waste grounds north- west of the Ballast Ground by Mr. Diffenbaugh, on the 17th June, 1865. Fruit perfected. Adv. from Europe. 3. Senebiera d i d y m a, Pers. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, Sept. and Oct., 1864, 1865, 1866. Abundant and in mature fruit — rather less common in the latter year. Hab. — North Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. Also waste places at ports, &c, Virginia to Carolina — an immigrant from farther south; Gray. 1867.] 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF 4. Senebiera Coronopus, Poir. A single specimen collected on the Ballast Ground by Mr. Burke in 1865. Adv. from Europe. 5. Cakile Americana, Null. Ballast Ground, Sept. and Oct, 1864, 1865. Very few specimens. Hob. — Sea coast and Great Lakes ; Gray. 6. Sagina snbnlata, Torr $ Gray. (S. EllioUii, Fenzl. ; Spergula subu- 1'it'i, Swartz). Ballasl Ground, 1865, I860. Less frequent in the latter year. Fruit per- fected in both seasons. These specimens, and others apparently of the same species from Charleston, S. C, are glandular hairy on the peduncles and calyx, — nut smooth, as in S. B 1 1 i o 1 1 i i, according to Chapman. In the spring of 1865, Mr. Charles E. Smith collected at Somer's Point, N. J., a slender form of S. subulata, which Dr. Gray regards as a variety, and has called, from the discoverer, var. Smith i i. Dr. Gray now considers S. Elliottii not distinguishable from S. subulata. 7. Sesuvium Portulacastrum, L. Two small patches near the southern end of the Ballast Ground. 1865. Fruit matured. Hub. — Sea coast of New Jersey and Southward ; Gray. 8. Sesuvium pentandrum,M Petty's Island, 1866. Not frequent; fruit perfected. Ilab. — Sea coast, North Carolina to Florida; Chapman. 9. Portulaca pilosa, L. Petty's Island, 1866. Infrequent and with fruit not fully developed. Hab. — Key West, Florida ; Chapman. 10. Malvastrum trienspidatum, Gray. PI. Wright, Pt. I., p. 16. (M. carpinifolium, Gray. PI. Fendl., p. 22.) Two specimens with imper- il fruit collected by Mr. liurk and Diffenbaugh, on the Ballast Ground, in 1865. Dr. Porter has two specimens from the same locality with perfected fruit. This plant is probably the Malva Americana of Muhlenberg's Catalogue, p. 62, where it is recorded as growing in Pennsylvania. Hab. — South Florida; Chapman. 11. Sida stipulata, Gov. A considerable number of plants scattered over the Ballast Ground, Sept. and Oct., 1864, 1865. In flower and with fruit nearly perfected. Hab. — Waste places about dwellings — Florida. According to DC., this plant has naturalized itself in many parts of the world. 12. Kodiola multifida, Moench. Appeared in leaf only on the Ballast Ground late in the autumn of 1865. It was transplanted by Mr. Kilvington, and, placed under glass, produced its flowers and fruit in April, 1866. Hub. — Worth Caroline to Florida; Chapman. 13. Eosteletzkya Virginica, Presl. A few specimens collected on the eastern margin of the pond, but none with mature fruit. Sept. and Oct., 1865. Also at Kaighn's Point in the same year. Hub. — Marshes along the sea coast, from Long Island southward ; Gray. 14. Gossypium herbaceum, L. Eastern and western margins of the pond. Oct., 1865, 1866. Flowers in both seasons, but no fruit. 15. Trifolium C ar olinianum, Mx. Ballast Ground, 1865. Abundant and with perfect fruit Less frequent in 1866. Two specimens at Kaighn's Point in the latter year. Hub. — North Carolina to Florida; Chapman. 16. Melilotus parviflora, Detf. IM. occidental*!, Nutt.) Ballast Ground find Kaighn's Point. 1 si;."".. lSt;6. Abundant and with mature fruit in both seasons. Adv. from Europe into Western Texas and Mexico. (U. S. Boundary Survey, Emory, Vol. II.. p. 55.) 17. Medicago mac. u lata, WxUd. Ballast Ground, collected Oct. 14, 1866. Two specimens without flower or fruit. Adv. from Europe. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 18. Medicago denticulata, Willd. Ballast Ground, 1865, 18C6. Rare, fruit perfected, more frequent in the latter year. Adv. from Europe. 19. Glottidium Florid anum, DC- A single plant collected on the Ballast Ground, but more frequent at Kaighn's Point. Sept. and Oct., 1865. One specimen at Petty's Island, Sept., 1866. Fruit not matured in any case. Hub. — South Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 20. Sesbania macrocarpa, Muhl. Ballast Ground, Sept. and Oct., 1865. Many specimens in full flower, but without perfect fruit. This plant and Glottidium Flo rid anum flowered about the 1st October, and were killed by the frost before their fruit was matured. Ilab. — South Carolina to Florida ; Chaprnan. 21. Ervu'm Lens, L. Federal Street wharf, Camden. Collected by Mr. Diffenbaugh, August 6th, 1865. Rare. Adv. from Europe, 22. Vigna glabra, Savi. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, Sept. and Oct., 1865, 1866. Abundant in both places, but not perfecting its fruit. Hab. — Brackish marshes, from Florida to South Carolina; Chapman. 23. Cassia obtusifolia, L. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, Sept. and' Oct., 1865, 1866. A few flowering plants, but the fruit not matured. Hab. — North Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 24. Potentilla argentea, L. Collected at Kaighn's Point by Mr. Parker, June 4, 1865, with ripe fruit. Also at the Ballast Ground in 1865 and 1866. This plant has been observed in previous years near Red Bank, N. J, Hab. — Dry barren fields northward ; Gray. 25. Potentilla an serin a, L. Ballast Ground, 1865. A single specimen collected in flower by Mr. Diffenbaugh. Hab. — Brackish marshes and river banks, chiefly northward ; Gray. 26. Ammania lati folia, L. Two specimens collected near the eastern margin of the pond by Mr. Diffenbaugh, Sept. 8, 1865. Fruit not matured. Two from the same place by Mr. Burk in 1866, with perfect fruit. It was also collected by Mr. Parker at Kaighn's Point, in 1866, in good fruit. Hab. — Ohio, Illinois, and southward ; Gray. 27. CEnothera sinuata, L., var. humifusa, Torr and Gray. Sparingly distributed on the Ballast Ground, Sept., 1866. Hab. — Drifting sands along the coast ; Chapman. 28. Gaura sinuata, Mitt. ? Collected on the Ballast Ground by Mr. Parker, Sept. 30, 1864. Fruit scarcely matured. 29. Jussiaea r e p e n s, L. Along the margin of the pond in several places ; also at Kaighn's Point, 1864, 1865. In flower and with matured fruit. Kaighn's Point, 1866. Fruit perfected. Also at Petty's Island, 1866, but rare. Fruit perfected. Hab. — In water, Illinois, Kentucky and southward ; Gray. 30. Jussisea leptocarpa, Mutt. Along the margin of the pond, 1865, Several specimens, but the fruit not matured. Hab. — In marshes, Florida, and westward ; Chapman. 31. Jussisea decurrens, DC. Ballast Ground, 1865. Rare. Hub. — Ditches, Florida to North Carolina, and westward ; Chapman. 32. Leptocaulis divaricatus, DC. Ballast Ground, 1865. Several specimens with perfected fruit. Kaighn's Point, 1866. Two specimens. Hab. — Sandy soil, North Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 33. Asperula arvensis, L. Ballast Ground, 1866. A single plant col- lected in flower, by Mr. Burk. Adv. from Europe. 1867.] 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 34. Galium tricorne, Host. Ballast Ground, 1866. Collected by Mr. Burk. Larger than the European form. Adv. from Europe. 35. Diodia V i r g i n i c a, L. Ballast Ground, 1865. Abundant and in per- fect fruit, llab. — Virginia aud southward ; Gray. 36. Oldenlandia glomerata, Mx. A single specimen from the Ballast Ground, but more frequent at Kaighn's Point, llab. — "Western Pennsylvania to Illinois, and southward ; Gray. 37. Polypremum procumbens, L. Ballast Ground, Sept. and Oct., 1864 and 1865. Kaighn's Point, 1865, 1866. Abundant, fruit perfected. Hub. — Sandy fields, Virginia and southward; Chapman. 38. Eupatorium foenicnlaceum, Willd. Growing freely on both sides of the river, Sept. and Oct., 1864, 1865. Scarcely so abundant in 1866. Fruit not matured in either season. llab. — Virginia, near the coast and southward ; Gray. 39. Eupatorium serotinum, Mx. At the eastern edge of the pond, Sept. 30, 1865. Fruit not matured. Also at Petty's Island, Sept., 1866, in flower only. llab. — Illinois and southward ; Gray. 40. Aster linifolius, L. At the foot of Tasker Street, in a pool west of and not connected with the main pond. Abundant and in perfect fruit., Oct., 1864, 1865, 1866. llab.— Salt marshes, Maine to Virginia; Gray. 41. Solidago semper virens, L. Eastern margin of the pond, Oct., 1865. More abundant in 1866 at the same place. Fruit matured in both years, llab. — Salt marshes, Maine to Virginia ; Gray. 42. Iletherotheca s c a b r a, DC. Abundant on both sides of the river in Sept. and Oct., 1864, 1865, and 1866. Fruit matured. Rather less plentiful in 1866 than in the former years. llab. — Sandy places along the coast of South Carolina and westward; Chapman. 43. Pluchea camphorata, DC. In the pool at the foot of Tasker Street, and at Kaighn's Point, Sept. and Oct., 1864, 1865, 1866. Also along the. eastern margin of the main pond in the latter year. Abundant and in per- fect flower and fruit. Hub. — Salt marshes, Massachusetts and southward : Gray. 44. Pluchea foetid a, DC. Kaighn's Point, 1865. Collected by Mr. Parker, in flower only, on the 21st Sept. llab. — Ohio to Illinois, and south- ward ; Gray. Florida and northward ; Chapman. 45. Iva frutescens, L. Several specimens, collected in leaf along the western margin of the pond, Sept. and Oct., 1865. llab. — Sea coast, Mass., and southward ; Gray. 46. Partheniuni Hy sterophorus, L. Ballast Ground, Sept., 1864. Two specimens collected hy Messrs. Parker & Diffenbaugh, in (lower and young fruit. Kaighn's Point, 1866, — a single plant. llab. — Bast and South Florida ; Chapman. 47. Helenium q u ad r i de n t a t urn, Ldbill. Ballast Ground, Oct., 1864. Rare. In flower and young fruit. Rather plentiful at Petty's Island in L866 Hub. — North Carolina and westward; Gray. 48. Gentaurea Calcitrapa, //. Kaighn's Point, 1865. Scarce. llab. — Norfolk, Va. : Gray. Adv. from Europe. 49. Artemisia biennis, Willd. Abundant in waste places, for half a mile, aV.out the Naw Yard, 186 1, 1865, 1866. Also at Petty's Island iu the latter [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 21 year, but not so plentiful. This plant, in full growth, is very much branched. Hab. — River banks, Ohio to Illinois, and northward ; Gray. 50. Leontodon autumn ale, L. Kaighn's Point, August, 1865, 1866. Petty's Island in the latter year. Rare. Fruit perfected. Nat. from Europe. 51. Pyrrhopappus Carolinianus, DC. Ballast Ground, 1864, 1865. Scarce. Kaighn's Point, 1866, — a single specimen only. Hub. — Sandy fields, from Maryland, southward ; Gray. 62. Plantago heterophylla, Nutt. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1865, 1866. Abundant in 1865. Less frequent in the latter year. Fruit perfected. Hab. — Maryland and Southward ; Gray. 53. Anagallis arvensis, L., var. coerulea. Ballast Ground, 1866. A single specimen collected by Mr. Burk. Nat. from Europe. 54. Collinsia parvi flora, Dougl. Ballast Ground, 1865. A single specimen collected in fruit by Mr. Burk. Hab. — South shore of Lake Superior, and thence westward ; Gray. 55. Herpestis Monniera, H. B. K. Petty's Island. Collected by Mr. Burk in flower and mature fruit, on the 21st October, 1866. Hab. — Maryland and southward along the coast ; Gray. 56. Conobea multifida, Benth. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, Oct., 1865. Also at Petty's Island, 1866. Rare and in perfect fruit. Hab. — Ohio to Illinois, and southward ; Gray. 57. Gerardia purpurea, L., var. fasciculata, Ell. Ballast Ground, 1864, Oct., 1866. Iu flower and fruit. Hab. — Sea coast, South Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 58. Verbena bracteosa, Mx. Kaighn's Point, 1866. In flower only. Scarce. Hab. — River banks, Wisconsin to Kentucky, Gray. 59. Calamintha n e p e t a, Link. Ballast Ground, 1864. Two specimens collected in flower by Mr. Parker. Nat. from Europe, in Virginia and south- ward. 60. Heliotropium E u r o p ae u m, L. Ballast Ground, 1864, 1865. A single specimen collected by Mr. Parker in 1864. In 1865 several additional ones in flower only. Maryland, Virginia, &c. ; Gray. Nat. from Europe. 61. Heliotropium C ti r a s s a v i c u m, L. Ballast Ground, 1865. A single plant growing in calcareous sand. Abundant and in full fruit at Petty's Island in 1866. Hab. — South Florida ; Chapman. 62. Nama Jamaieensis, L. Ballast Ground, 1865. A single specimen in fruit. Hab. — South Florida ; Chapman. 63. Batatas littoral is, Chois. Ballast Ground, Oct. 9, 1865. Several plants in early flower, but without fruit. Also in 1866, but without flowers Hab. Sea coast, Florida to South Carolina ; Chapman. 64. Ipomea tamni folia, L. Ballast Ground. Sept. 7, 1865. A single specimen collected in flower by Mr. Burk. Hab. — South Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 65. Dichondra rep ens, Forst., var. Car oli n en s i s, Chois. Petty's Island. Collected by Mr. Diffenbaugh, Oct. 21, 1866, without flower or fruit. Not fre- quent. Hab. — North Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 66. Petunia parvi flora, Jus.i. (Ann. Mus. 2, p. 216, t. 47.) Ballast Ground, Sept., 1864, 1865. Rather frequent. Also in 1866, but very scarce. Abundant at Petty's Island iu the latter year. Hab. — Lower Rio Grande ami 1867.] 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Mexican State?, westward to California. (U. S. Boundary Survey, Emory, Vol- ii., Part i., p. 155.) 67. Rouhieva multifida, Moquin. Ballast Ground, 18G5. Sparingly dis- tributed throughout the central portion of the ground. Fruit matured. Adv. from tropical America. 68. Obione ar en aria. Moquin. Ballast Ground, 1865. A few specimens with ripe fruit. Also in 1866 but scarce. Ilab. — Sea coast, from Massachusetts Southward; Gray. 69. Chenopodina m a r i t i m a, Moquin. Ballast Ground, 1864 — 1865. Not frequent. Fruit perfected. Ilab. — Salt marshes along the coast ; Gray. 70. Euxolus p u m i 1 u s, Raf. Ballast Ground, 1865. A single specimen collected in flower by Mr. Diffenbaugh. Ilab. — Sea coast from Long Island Southward ; Gray. 71. Polygonum minus, Hudson. Ballast Ground, 1866. Collected by Mr' Bark. Scarce. Adv. from Europe. 72. Euphorbia p o ly g o n i f o 1 i a, L. Ballast Ground. Rare and not in flower in 1865. In 1866 a single specimen in perfect fruit. Also at Petty's Maud in 1866, one plant. Ilab. — Shores of the Atlantic and Great Lakes ; (J ray. 73. Euphorbia h e r n i a r i oi d e s, Nutt. Ballast Ground, 1865. In fruit. Petty's Maud, Oct. 21, 1866, in fruit. Frequent. Ilab.— Banks of the Ohio and .Mississippi Rivers; Gray. 74. Euphorbia Helioscopia, L. Ballast Ground, 1864. A single speci- men. Found elsewhere in Pennsylvania, though rare. Nat. from Europe. 75. Euphorbia e xigu a, L. Kaighn's Point, 1866. Collected by Mr. Burk in fruit. Scarce. Adv. from Europe. 76. Acalypha gracilens, Gray. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1865 — 1866. Rare in both years. Common southward. 77. Croton glandulosum, L. Ballast Ground, 1864, 1865, 1866. Fre- quent and in ripe fruit. More abundant in the last of these years. Ilab. — Vir- ginia, Illinois and southward ; Gray. 78. Croton maritimum, Walt. Ballast Ground, 1865. Leaves only- Ilab. — Drifting sands along the coast from North Carolina to Florida; Chap- man. 79. Phyllanthus p olygon oid es, Nutt. Ballast Ground. A single spe- cimen collected by Mr. Diffenbaugh, Oct. 1, 1865. Fruit scarcely perfected ll'ib . — Along the l!b> Grande and westward in Mexico. (Boundary Survey Emory, Vol. II. p. 193.) Juncus arti c ill at u s. />., var. obtusior, Engelm. Kaighn's Point and Petty's island, L866. Not abundant. J. articulatus has hitherto been found in the United Slates only in New England and Western New Fork. 81. Jancus n odosus, Z>, var. m egacephalus, Tor. Ballast Ground and Petty's Island. 1866. Not abundant. A northern plant not before found in the vicinitj of Philadelphia. 82. Juncusbuf oniu s, £., var. fasciculif 1 oru s, Bote. Ballast Ground, Frequent. I>r. Engelmann states this to be a southern form widely dif- fusi d in Lntertropii al regl I G e r a r d i, Loisel. Petty's Island, 1866. Not frequent. Hah. — Sea coast from New Jersey northward; Gray [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 84. Cypcrus fuscus, L. Kaighn's Point, 1865. In mature fruit. Adv. from Europe. 85. Cyperus N u 1 1 a 1 1 i i, Torr. Ballast Ground, Sept, and Oct., 1865, 1866. Abundant in 1865, less so in 1866. Also at Petty's Island in 1866, but aol yery frequent. Fruit matured in every case. Bab. — Salt marshes from Massa- chusetts southward ; Gray. 86. Cyperus Michauxi an us, Schultes. Ballast Ground, 1864, 1865. Frequent along the margins of the pond. Fruit perfected. Less common in 1866. Marshes especially along the coast, from New England southward; Gray. 87. Cyperus rotund us, L , var. Hydra, Gray. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, Sept. and Oct., 1865, 1866. Abundant iu both places in 1865; less frequent in 1866. Fruit matured, though most of the scales were empty. If nb. — Sandy soils along the coast from North Carolina to Florida; Chapman. 88. Cyperus compressus, L. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1864, 1865, 1866. Frequent but least common in the latter year. Abundant at Petty's Island in 1866. Fruit perfected in each season. Found also in Maryland by Mr. Canby. Bab. — Florida to North Carolina and westward; Chapman. 89. Cyperus Baldwinii, Torr. Ballast Ground, 1864,1865. Frequent in the sandy ground near the bulk-head, fruit perfected. Hub. — Florida to North Carolina and westward, Chapman. 90. Hemicarpha subsquarrosa, Nees. Petty's Island, Oct. 21, 1866. Scarce. Fruiting perfectly. Not before found near Philadelphia. 91. Lipocarpha maculata, Torr. Petty's Island, Oct 21, 1866. Scarce. Fruit perfected. Hab. — North Carolina to Florida ; Chapman. 92. Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl. Ballast Ground, 1865. Scarce, fruit perfected. Hab. — Salt marshes along the coast from New York southward ; Gray. 93. Fimbristylis congest a, Torr. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1865. Not scarce. In 1866 less common. Also at Petty's Island in 1866 but not frequent. Hab. — Florida and Westward; Chapman. 94. Fuirena s qu arr o sa, Mx. Petty's Island, Oct., 1866. Scarce, fruit not matured. (Kaighn's Point in 1818. Barton in Flor. Phil. p. 37.) Hab. — Massachusetts and southward; Gray. 95. Alopecurus geniculatus, L. Ballast Ground. Collected by Dr. Martindale in 1865. Not before found in Pennsylvania. 96. Sporobolus In die us, Brown. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1865. Petty's Island, 1866. Not scarce, fruit perfected. The specimens from Petty's Island are prostrate, as in many maritime plants. Hab. — North Caro- lina to Florida; Chapman. 97. Spartina j u n c e a, Willd.' Ballast Ground, 1865, 1866. Sparingly dis- tributed along the margin of the pond. Less frequent in the latter year. /[. — Salt marshes and sea coast; Gray. 98. Eustachys petraea, Desv. Ballast Ground, 1865. Leaves and im- perfect fruit; developed under glass by Dr. Leidy, it produced perfect fruit in 1866. Hab. — North Carolina to Florida along the coast; Chapman. 99. Cynodon Dactyl on, P,rs. Fully naturalized and abundant through- out the waste grounds below the Navy Yard. Also at Kaighn's Point. 1864, 1865, 1866. This plant was found at New Castle, Del., by Mr. ('. E Smith, in 1864, A second form of it, nearly smooth and more robust, having pointed 1867.] 24 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP palea? and the flowering culms included in their sheaths, grows sparingly along the margins of the pond and elsewhere in the vicinity in damp places. Mr. Burk lias observed this second form for twelve or fifteen years past on the hard dry surface of the Point Road below the old Southwark Canal. He states it to have been more abundant in 18G6than ever before. Ilab. — Pennsylvania and southward ; Gray. Nat. from Europe. 100. [>a< tyloctenium -Kgyp t ia c um, Willd. Ballast Ground and Kaighn's Point, 1864, 18G5, 1866. Common in both localities. Rather less frequent in 1866 than before. Ilab. — Virginia, Illinois and southward; Gray. 101. Leptochloa mucronata, Kunth. Kaighn's Point, 1865. Not fre- quent. Ilab. — Virginia to Illinois and southward ; Gray. 102. Leptochloa fa sc i c u lar is, Gray. Kaighn's Point, 1866. Collected by Mr. Burk. Scarce. Ilib. — Rhode Island and Southward along the coast; Gray. 103. Glyceria d is tan s, Wahl. Spreading over the vacant lots west of the Ballast Ground. Abundant. Ilab. — Salt marshes along the coast; Gray. 104. Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook. Ballast Ground, 1865, 1866. Stami- nate plants only. Ilab. — Salt marshes; Gray. 105. Paspalum distichum, L. Ballast Ground, 1864, 1865, 1866. Along the wit margin of the pond, in similar places at Kaighn's Point, and in 1866 at Petty's Island. Abundant and with mature fruit. Ilab. — Virginia and south- ward ; Gray. 106. Panicum a m a ru m, Ell. Ballast Ground, 1865. Two flowering spe- cimens. Again in 1866, but only one or two plants not in flower. Ilab. — Sandy shores, Connecticut and southward ; Gray. The Cutting Ant of Texas— 0EC0D0MA TEXANA, Buckley. BY GIDEON LINCECUM. In many portions of Texas this species of ant is quite numerous and trouble- some. It is capable of and actually docs perpetrate more real perplexing in- jury to the horticulturist and farmer, than all the other types of Texan ants put together. In form and color the larger varieties of them do not ditl'er in appearance V-ery much from the agricultural ants. A great portion of our citizens -peak of these two ants without distinction, as being the same species. There is. however, a well-marked difference in their community regulations; in their manners and customs, iii their mode of constructing their cities, in their peculiar food and manner of preparing it. and iii their civil and military ijo\ em incuts. There are five varieties or castes in this Species, all of which iua\ lie seen in the Bame community, or citj as I prefer to call it. They vary in size from thai of a drone honej bee down to near thai of the little black erratic ant; and their duties and vocations are as varianl as their sizes. The largest size have- rs and are the mot her ants. They dwell in the ground in sandy lands, and one of their long established cities will, on an average, acoupy at least two square rods of surface. The area of the city is considerably elevated ; often one to two feet, and sometimes even more. The earth which is thus thrown up, and which is universally sand, is thrown out from their numerous and capacious oells below, and from their extensive tunnels or subterranean passages. To their cells they have many holes, or places of entrance, and gome of them are tunnelled off several hundred yards, It is known tO nianv observant Texans that in all the larger cities the ants TFcb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 25 have penetrated the earth to water. This accords with my not very limited experience on the subject. I know of a number of wells which were inten- tionally sunk in the cutting ant hills to procure water, and I have been in- formed by the owners of these wells, that ant cells, tunnels and live ants were found all the way down to the water. I have myself seen and drank water out of eight of these wells, and have accounts of many others. I have not heard of a failure in any attempt for obtaining water by digging in a cutting ant hill. Mr. G. W. Brooks states that, in Chappel Hill, Washington County, Texas, Columbus Pearson dug a well in an ant hill and obtained plenty of water at the depth of thirty feet. The facts in this case worthy of notice, and for which it is here recorded, is the manner in which the ants had also sunk two wells to the water. These ant wells were large and well-formed, one of them being fully twelve inches in diameter, the other six inches, both going straight down to the water. The walls of these wells were travel-worn and stained of a dirty brown color, presenting the appearance of having been in use for years. Mr. Pearson states that, if these ant wells had been opened properly, a bucket could have been let down the largest one at the outset. Dr. Fechtig, of Brenham, informed me that he had been making observations on the cutting ant for some months ; and some of his discoveries, which he was kind enough to communicate to me, are valuable and of an interesting character, particularly as they afford additional testimony in favor of observa- tions I have made in reference to the disposition of the dirt which comes out of their tunnels, &c. These passages are always commenced within the com- pass of the city mound ; the sand that is taken from the tunnels is always thrown back on the mound. These tunnels are made at the depth of eight to twelve inches, and in the direction of the object for which they are excavated. Some- times, as I will show presently, on extraordinary occasions they are carried at a much greater depth. Dr. Fechtig's case, which I will now relate, was a tun- nel from one of their cities to a neighboring well ; the tunnel entering the well ten or twelve feet below the surface of the ground. The well being walled with oak timbers, the ants had cut their way through to gain access to the water. In performing the boring through the thick oaken curbing, they threw down into the well so much saw-dust that the people were forced to strain the water previous to using it. On examination Dr. Fechtig found that a quantity of oak chips, similar to those which had been separated from the well water, had also been thrown out on the ant mound. Situated in a garden at Austin, Texas, there was a large, very populous and seemingly prosperous cutting ant city. The ants had for years, in spite of many patent traps and newly discovered ant poisons, damaged the garden ex- tensively. The proprietor of the garden at last conceived the idea that he would try to drown them, and for this purpose dug a large basin-formed pit in • the ant mound, and led trenches into it right and left from the hillside above the ant city, to convey the water into the basin when it should rain. Not long after this preparation was completed, there came a tremendous rain storm. Large quantities of water rushed along the ditches into the basin dug in the mound. To the gentleman's surprise the basin did not fill, but seemed to send forth hollow sounds. After the rain was over it was found that all the water which had been conveyed into the basin had been swallowed up. There is a creek with a flat rock bottom about seventy yards from the ant hill, and it was discovered that the water from the trenches had rushed down the wells of the ant city, washing out, down to the rock, (22 feet), an immense hole, thence along a great tunnel on top of the rock, to the before named creek, where the entire sluice, charged with millions of ants and sand and mud, made its escape into the creek. Under a beautiful wide spreading live-oak (Q. Virens) on the west border of the town of La Grange, Texas, there was an extensive and flourishing ant city. The city mound was large, occupying the entire area overshadowed by the 1867.] 26 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF live-oak. Nearly on a level and not exceeding eighty yards from the ant hill, there was a considerable pondfof filthy water, which, being in the street, the town authorities ordered it drained. A ditch was opened along one side of the Btreel which intersected the ant mound near its center, and for the purpose of inundating and drowning the ants, the workmen let the water into the ditch, and when it reached the mound (which had hem ditched through to its further side) it found many Open passages, down which it flowed quite freely. It was near night when the workmen Left it. with the water passing into and seeming to be rapidly enlarging the hole it had already opened in the mound. The workmen and a number of the town people visited the place next morn- ing. The pond was dry, and the ant mound had also disappeared; and what was more wonderful still, the large live-oak had settled down into the chasm that had been made by the disappearance of the ant mound, until the lower limbs of the tree were resting en the brink of it. (The lower limbs of a prairie live-oak are seldom more than six or seven feet above ground.) The outer en. Is of the verv numerous live-oak roots were still clinging^by their long ramifications in the walls of the great pit all around, and the large tree was swinging securely upon this net-work of roots as upon a hammock. But where did the water, mound and ants all go to ? was the question among the La Grange folks. The ('(dorado river passes in its deep channel three hundred yards dis- tant from the anthill, and the popular supposition was, that the mound, ant.- and all. had passed through their great tunnel, which they had previously excavated. into the river. Several years have gone by, and still when it rains the pond vents itself through that ant chasm, and the live-oak. though still green and thrifty, hi i deeper in the ground. I know of many other wells and tun- nels that were made by the cutting ants, but as I have recorded a sufficient number id' them here to establish these great works as a characteristic trait in their national action, it is deemed unn< i i ssary to add any more. All the sand and other material that is seen piled on the ant mound comes from the wells, tunnels and cells which are excavated for the accommodation oi tin ants. The work required to throv. up these quite conspicuous mounds must have consumed many year-, as well as an immense amount of labor. All the 3and-carrying labor is performed by the smaller sizes of ants, principally by the very smallest. These are of a dingy brown color, and when crowded have a wooll] appearance. These little fellows are lazy and extremely slow in their motion ; seeming to perform their dailj work with great reluctance. They are often found crowding in each others way about the gates of the city, and do not Beem to feel any interest in what they are doing, which is to carry sand day by day. For their size they carry large loads, but they lose the advantage of the big loads by their slow motions. The larger types of this species, which move with greater celerity, pay no attention to the sand carriers, but pass out and in, walking Over them and their big loads of sand as if they were the pave- ment. While! observe the slow, careless action of these lazy little mound builder-.. I cannol avoid the conclusion that they are slaves. A- the cutting ants perform their destructive works mostly daring the night. I have not made sufficient observation 0:1 their nocturnal action to Btate cer- tainlj that they employ their slaves in the leaf-cutting business at all. They have large mandibles and sharp teeth, and 1 think it Itkely that they are capa- ble and, perhaps, do participate in the labors and duties of all the departments in the national v. The cutting ants subsisl entirely on the leaves of ■ tables. Thej « ill - at the leaves of various trees, shrubs and some herbai plants. [ have not observed them eating of any of the grasses. Sometimes during warm Bpells iu winter when, as 1 suppose, their provision stores have run short, I have seen them cutting and carrying home the buds of the long ,,,,,-. (Tillandsia usneoides.) I think, however, that this alternative is resorted t ily in periods of great scarcity; as I have never observed them collecting the moss during summer, or at ma other time while the season of green foliage , ontinues. Thej Beem to have a regular and well disciplined corps of foragers, [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 and these, after a suitable tree has been selected by their scouts for them to work at, go forth about twilight and, ascending the designated tree, frequently the tallest willow-oak, (Q. phellos) commence the work of destruction. Thej cut the green leaves into pieces not much less than a five cent piece, and seiz- ing it near one corner with their capacious mandibles elevate it, and tilting it backwards over the crown of the head, it falls edgewise between two strong spines, or horns, which stand erect at the back part of the forehead. Having their load thus adjusted, which, to the observer, seems to stand on its edge on top of the head and lengthways with the body, they hasten away to the ap- pointed place of deposit. It is quite an interesting sight to observe with what precision and celerity they can edge their piece of leaf along amongst hundreds of their fellow laborers who are all carrying similar burthens, while they are meeting on the path an equal number of workers who are hurrying back to the tree empty. They deposit the leaves on the ground at the place appointed for curing them, where they are left to dry in the sun through the succeeding day. Some- times the new cut leaves are deposited near the entrance to the city ; at other times they are strewed thickly along the path from the tree to the city ; and not unfrequently they are thrown down in a pile near the root of the tree from whence they were taken. In either case they are left exposed all day in the sunshine ; und they are, during the succeeding night, carefully gathered up and taken into the city ; this rule obtains in autumn ; they do not cure their leaves until towards winter. All summer time they are carried directly from the tree into the city. Whilst the dried leaves are being stored away, the foragers are engaged in cutting and laying out a quantity of fresh leaves, which undergo the same processes of curing and storing as the previous lot ; and so on through the season for storing up food for winter. But should a shower of rain fall upon and wet the laid out leaves while they are out drying, it renders them unfit for food, and they are not stored. I have noticed many piles of these spoiled leaves rotting on the ground that had been damaged by being caught in the rain. In vaj observations on the habits of the cutting ants, I have not discovered them eating anything besides the foliage of various plants. Neither have I ever noticed them carrying anything else into their cities. Prof. S. B. Buckley, who is a very close and accurate observer, states that he saw them carrying hack- berries (Celtis occidentalis) and that they eat insects, tumble bugs, &c. The hackberry has a sweet pulpy covering, and I think it likely that if one of the leaf-eating ants was to find a hackberry, it would try to carry it home ; but it being a perfect globe, a little too large for the span of its mandibles, I see not how it could effect it. As to their feeding on insects, I shall not pretend to deny it, for these wonderful, cunning and very sagacious ants doubtless per- form many habitual actions that have passed unnoticed in my eighteen years observation. It is stated that this species of ant does not lay up stores of provisions for winter supplies. I have not opened one of their cities during winter, and there- fore cannot assert that they do. But from the immense quantities of haves collected by them during the autumnal months, which are carefully sun dried and taken into the city, I should feel at a loss to say, if it is not intended for winter food, what other use they can put such quantities of leaves to ; and furthermore, when it is known to be the kind of food upon which they subsist. It is also known that they construct cells from fifteen to twenty-five feet below the surface — below the line of change of temperature, — and in these deep sub- terranean apartments for their winter quarters, they would not become torpid, but would remain active. Now, if during the warm season it is necessary for them to consume the almost incredible amount of leaves which we see them daily carrying in, it becomes a matter of surprise — an unaccountable I hint;' in- deed— how they can make out through the winter months without anything to eat, when we know that they are not in a torpid state but lively and active. 1867.] 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF In this vicinity within the last two years, (1861) the cutting-ants have greatly diminished. Many large cities have dwindled away to a few thinly populated holes: whilst many others are entirely depopulated. This, I think, is mainly attributable to the protracted dry weather. With many other species, particu- larly the agricultural and little black ants, long drouths seems to favor their increase. Not so with the cutting ant. They evidently decline. A seven war- drouth would cause their wells to dry up as it did many of the wells be- longing to the genus homo, I know of several very pretty homes that were evacuated the present year by human families, on account of the failure of their wells. Their wells dried up, and as they could not deepen them suf- ficiently to obtain a supply of water, they were obliged to leave their long cherished and well-fixed homes. The ants have done the same thing, and as I think for the same reason. Their wells also failed and they have perished for want of water, or have emigrated to districts more congenial to their peculiar mode of life. Anyhow, they have greatly diminished, and many large cities are actually depopulated and lying in ruins. On the first of August, 18(J1, I discovered in a grove of thick timber and much undergrowth, a great many cutting-ant holes. They were all around in the bushes, extending perhaps over an acre of ground. They were all alike of recent date ; their newly thrown up little heaps of fresh sand was what first attracted my attention. Finding them there on the hill-side, and actually boring holes in the thick woods, was a performance so entirely contrary to their customary habits, that I was led to the examination of the matter, and if possible to ascertain the cause of this strange unantlike proceeding. My first impression was. there being a large and very ancient city a few hundred yards distant from the new settlement, that it was the work of the recently thrown off queens from that old kingdom ; that the young queens had stopped short in the shady woods in consequence of the hot dry weather, and were set- ting up for themselves in a new style, it being on a declivity and in a densely shaded woodland. I however excused them for all these fiagranl deviations from their long established customs, by laying it to the continuous drouth and hot weather. I did not leave them until I had marked the place that I might visit them again, and find out how such a multiplicity of new settlements in so small a track of country would manage in the future. I then paid a visit to the large old ant city spoken of above. I had many times within the pre- ceding twelve years, visited and made observations on its extraordinary public works. When I came there 1 was astonished to find thai its inhabitants were all gone. I found only the large old mound of sand, now smoothed down by time's BWeeping winds and the passing cattle, but there were no inhabitants — all had disappeared. They had evidently emigrated to the new settlements I had encountered down the hillside in the thick shady forest, and the inhabi- tants thereof were not, as I at firsl surmised, the newly commenced communi- ties of the young queens, but emigrating parties who had gone out from the old citj in search of water. Their wells having failed, they could no longer remain in the city, and having left it. had proceeded lower down the hill, and hoping to find water, were Bin king many new wells. Subsequent observations have continued me in this opinion. The new settlement in a short time were uated. Having been unsuccessful in obtaining water at the new place, the nil- had either died out or gone to some other district. In accordance with my observations on this subject, I am forced to the con- clusion that the drouth continued too long for them; that in districts where the wells are liable to dry up they often perish. I find that the kingdoms thai are located near a constant stream, arc in a flourishing state, and have con- tinue.I so through all the time of the protracted dry Beason. The cutting-ants plant seels of various trees, \ ines and other plants. "When they locate a > i t \ in bald prairie, which is often the case where they cannot procure the Beeds of trees, they cultivate the prickly p"ppy (Argemone Mexi- - ana,) the most appropriate plant for their purpose that grows on the prairie. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 The seeds of this poppy are planted over the greater portion of the crown of the city mound ; the plant springs up during the autumnal rains, forms strong roots in the course of the winter, and by the time the sun becomes oppress- ively hot the next spring, it has grown up two or three feet high, with umbrageous green foliage and many large white flowers, and affords ample shade to the city. When the ants locate a city on some sunny point near the timbered lands, they do not plant the poppy, but appear to prefer certain trees and vines for shade. For this purpose they plant the seeds of the prairie dogwood, (Vibur- num dentatum), Yopon, (Ilex vomitoria), Hackberry tree, (Celtis occident- als), Gum elastic tree, (Bumelia lycioides), the mustang grape, (Vitis Texana), Cocculus carolinus, and occasionally the prickly ash (Xanthoxylum fraxinium.) It is often seen in cases of long established cities, that grape vines spread themselves over the tops of the grown up shade trees, and the large luxuriant foliage becomes so dense that it forms a shelter sufficient to turn a smart shower of rain. From the scorching rays of the sun these thrifty vines afford thorough protection. Notwithstanding the notable fact that all the plants these ants cultivate, pro- duce nuts, pulpy fruits and large seeds, I have not discovered that they make use of any of them for food. They appear to be a selection for shade, and so far I have not observed that they have any other use. If, however, after a more careful investigation it shall be discovered that they cultivate the vines, trees and fruitful shrubs for the double purpose of both shade and food, we must accord to them a share of sagacity and far-reaching forethought almost in- credible. I have occasionally discovered colonies of small sized red ants, which in form resemble the smallest type of the cutting ants. They dwell in the ground. I have not seen them cutting or carrying leaves. I have^observed them thickly covering a greasy rag, places where syrup had been spilt, and where coffee grounds had been thrown aside at my hunting camps. They are not often met with, and as I now think, never will be, so long as the superior and very numer- ous race of cutting-ants inhabit the land. The smallest type found in the cities of the cutting-ants, which I have before alluded to as being slaves, are in shape, size, color, and all their peculiar mo- tions, precisely the same. How happens it that the same species of ant should occupy two verjr distinctly marked conditions ? In one he dwells in small colonies, makes very little mark, is never wealthy, and does not "remain long at the same station. In the other he is a slave ! How the cutting-ant manages to make slaves of the smaller race is as yet an unsolved question. The cutting-ant does, to be sure, perform all his thieving operations at night, or by the aid of an underground passage, if in the day time. Consequently our observations on the mode of carrying on the slave-trade must necessarily be tedious and limited. But the cutting-ants have what I take to be slaves in great numbers ; and the same type that constitutes their slave popula- tion, is found sometimes free, but very poor and in straggling communities. The fact that these little sand-carrying ants are a servile race, I think can- not well be denied. If they are produced Jfrom the eggs of the cutting-ant by a peculiar process of feeding, as is the case in producing the various types found in a community, or hive of honey bees, then the conclusion will follow, that there are no proper communities of the smaller type, and the little nests that I have occasionally seen of them, were nothing more than companies of badly managing absconded slaves. 26th February, 18G1. There was a heavy rain last night. To-day it is very clear and pleasant ; thermometer 70°. Everything that has life in it or can grow is in motion. I was out on the prairie botanizing, and while resting in the shade of a large live-oak which was nearly in full bloom, I discovered great numbers of all sizes of the cutting-ants ascending and descending the tree. On the ground beneath the tree were thousands of the ants carrying 1867.] 30 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF pieces of the leaves of various plants. The greater portion were carrying the leaves of the live-oak. Some of the leaves were faded and nearly dry, and all wen- the growth of the previous year. Seeing no ant hill near I undertook to find out liow far they carried their leaves through the thick grass. In a short time I discovered that they carried them above ground but a small distance to a little pile of leaves and trash, under which they went dragging their cut leaves with them. Turning up the little pile of leafy trash, which seemed to have been driven there by the winds, in a depression of the ground that was probably an old horse track, there was a hole a full inch in diameter. Not a particle of dirt had been thrown out around it, and yet the hole was large and slanted away to the northwest. There were thousands of the ants at work in ihade of the Live-oak, gathering up the leaves that were being constantly cut down from above, and on closer scrutiny I found several other holes into which they were going with leaves. These holes also slanted off under the surface, hut had no earth thrown out around them, and were all alike concealed with leaves and little sticks. All the holes were crowded with the ants going in with leaves, or coming out empty. With such a number of ants and so many holes one would expect to find heaps of earth piled out around them, but such was not the case. Tin- holes were the outer termini of the subterranean pas- sages they had run out from their city, about fifty yards distant, and piled on their city mound lay the sand that came from the passages. These passages, or tunnels, are constructed for the purpose of avoiding the almost insurmounta- ble difficulty they would have to encounter in the effort to carry their leaves through the tangled grass ; and also apparently to make it possible for them to obtain food in times of scarcity during the cold weather. The cutting-ants are very easily stiffened with the cold air, and cannot succeed in scrambling through fitly yards of thick grass with a leaf of a cold day. But with the underground Is, in almost any kind of weather, they can go to the terminus, hastily run out and Bnatching up a recently fallen live-oak leaf, take it home through the tunnel without difficulty. I saw the ants carrying nothing but leaves during this day's observation, neither have I ever ol>-en ed this species collect any other kind of food except small flowers and the petals of larger ones; but these are no more than tender leaves. At the ant city there appeared to be a great turn out of the ants this fine day. I noticed four sizes of them. Most of the slaves were engaged packing out sand upon the city mound. There were, however, a considerable sprink- ling of them in company witli the larger sizes packing leaves. I noticed also a great number of their giants, walking to and fro with the laborers, but they performed no work that 1 saw. The giants are large, and have a Large head with Btrong mandibles. They are will-formed for the execution of much of their kind of labor ; but I did not discover that they did any work, though tiny were passing up and down the tree and along the road with the laborers all the time. All the small ones — the slaves — and the second sized ones — which may also be slaves — were unremitting in their labors. The third size, or class, also carried leaves quite busily. This species of ant often carry their subterranean roads to the distance of Several hundred yards from the city in grassy districts, but where the grass has been destroyed, they do not construct the underground passages, but travel overland in nicely cleared out roads, which are seen radiating from the city mound and extending to various trees, or spots of herbage which produce Buitable leaves for their subsistence. To see one of these well-cleared roads extending in a continuous line from the city to sonic tree or garden two or three hundred yards distant is indeed remarkable. This fact, in a district nude of grass, occurs so often that it cannot be attributed to chance, or blind instinct. Some of the engineers in their excursions in search of supplies, often wander to the distance of four or five hundred yards, or even further, and finding a plentiful source of good food, would find no difficulty in con- [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 31 ducting parties the best route to it ; and soon a good smooth road is con- structed, over which in crowds the workers are seen through the night, or in cool cloudy days, transporting the leaves to the city. This is their mode, invariably, in a country where the grass has been destroyed, and we can see and understand the method and the purpose for which they work. But in a country which is heavily coated with high grass, it is not so easy to discover by what process they lay off a tunnel and successfully carry it in a direct line to the selected tree or garden spot a quarter of a mile distant, and sometimes beyond a considerable streamlet of running water. On one occasion, on a log that lay across the Ye Gua Creek, the ants passed over to a gentleman's garden and were rapidly cutting his vegetables to pieces. The owner hoping to rid the garden of these troublesome insects, cut the log away and it floated off down the creek. He was mistaken in his calculations, for it was but a few days after when the ants were ravaging the garden in as great numbers as they were previous to the removal of the log. After searching unsuccessfully for some interlocking tree that might afford them a passage, it was observed that the ants came out from several holes, situated on the creek side of the garden. Subsequently it was discovered that, on a large ant mound crowning a sandy point near the edge of some post-oak timber, two hundred yards from the creek, there were quantities of the black soil of the Ye Gua bottom thrown out, proving that the second visit of the ants to the gentleman's garden had been effected by a tunnel be- neath the bed of the creek ; the channel of the creek, at that place is fifteen or twenty feet deep, and from bank to bauk on top of the bluff about thirty feet. By what degree of the instinctive powers was all this engineering and truly great project accomplished. I have never seen the cutting ants fighting among themselves, or with any of the other species. I look upon them as the most peaceable, the most sagacious, and at the same time the most destructive of the ant kind. March bfh. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-six members present. The following papers were presented for publication : " On the Structure of Lopezia." By Thomas Meehan. " Mammalogical Notices." By J. H. Slack, M. D. March VLth. Mr. Cassin, Vice President, in the Chair. Forty-two members present. The death was announced of Prince Maximilian, of Wied, a Corres- pondent. The following was presented for publication : " The necessity of Nebular Rotation." By J. Ennis. Prof. Cope exhibited the fossil skull of a large turtle, from a soft granular limestone belonging to the cretaceous formation of Barnsboro, Gloucester Co., N. J. It was characterized under the name of Kuclas- tes platyops. The length of the skull is 11 inches; its breadth 8] inches. 1867.] 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF March 19/7*. The President, Dr. Hays, n the Chair Thirty-nine members and correspondents present. The following were presented for publication : " On Euclastes, a genus of extinct Cbelonidre." By E. D. Cope. Prof. Leidy exhibited a number of plates of a forthcoming work on the ex- tinct mammals of Nebraska and Dakota, comprising about seventy species. Among these he exhibited the representation of a skull of a new ruminant which he characterized under the name of Agrioehoerus latifrons. In answer to a question, Prof. Leidy remarked that he had never detected the slightest evidence of the former existence of the Hippopotamus in Ameri- ca. Remains reported as such had turned out to be infeiior tusks of Mastodon, •■ ; I NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 35 I have accepted for the genus the name given by De Blainville in his lec- tures, 1839, and quoted by Seneschal (Dictionare pict. de Hist. Nat., article Quadrumana, 1839; Hollard, Elem. de Zool., 1839 ; Pouchet, Zool. Class., vol. i. p. 39, 1841, et al, ) as not only being much more appropriate for a genus of animals living among the branches of trees, but also as the name Troglo- dytes is preoccupied, having been given to a genus of birds by Vieillot (Oisraux de l'Amerique Septentrionale, p. 52, 1807) five years previous to its having been bestowed upon this genus of mammalia by Etienne Geoffrey St. Hilaire (Tableau des Quadrumanes, Annales du Mus., 1812). A. tschego — entire skeleton. Specimen No. 564. Muzzle to last cervical vertebra 14- " dorsal " 21-7 " " lumbar " 24-5 " tip of great toe 59*5 Height 46- Arm 31- Leg 26- Humerus 11*5 Femur 11- Hand ... 8-5 Foot 6-25 From materials in the collection of the Academy I am enabled to present the following table of measurements of the skulls of the allied species of the genus Anthropopithecua : The method of measurement adopted is that suggested by Dr. J. A. Meigs, in his paper "on the Measurements of the Human Skull." No. Name. No. Name. No. Name. 564. A. tschego. 156. A. niger. 155. A. niger. Occipito-frontal 5- 5'45 5-28 Frontal 4-2 4-2 4.45 Bi-temporal 3-7 3-7 3-8 Bi-parietal 3-4 3-7 3-75 Frontal arch 8-2 8'8 8-8 Parietal arch 9-2 10- 10- Occipital arch 7*2 7-9 7-75 Horizontal periphery 6'25 6*75 6 Meato frontal 3-75 4-2 . 4-2 Meato parietal 1-9 1-8 1-8 Meato occipital 3- 3* 3* Meato malar 2*7 3- 3* Meato alveolar 6*5 6* 6* Nasal alveolar 2-2 2-2 2-2 Bi-zygomatio 4-1 4-5 4*2 Facial angle 50° 47* 45p Cranial capacity 22 in 20 in 20 in. Cynocephalus dogf/era, Pucheran and Schimper, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1856, p. 96 ; 1857, p. 57. General color olive-brown, the brown predominating on the body and exter- nal surface of posterior limbs ; hands very dark brown, nearly black ; sides of head, belly, and internal surface of limbs yellowish -white, the hairs of body annulated with alternate bands of black and brownish-yellow, the brown pre- dominating upon the tail, which is terminated by a long tuft of hairs. Face Daked. Habitat. — Central Abyssinia. 1867.] 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Measurements. 1013. Mounted skin, rj1. Abyssinia. From tip of nose to eye ' 5* ' " ear 8- " " occiput 13-4 " " tail 38- Tail to end of vertebrae 19* " " hairs 22- Length of fore foot 20* " hind feet 19'5 The specimen in the collection of the Academy above described was ob- tained by me for the institution from Messrs. Verreaux freres, of Paris, in 1861. It, with the type of the species, now in the magnificent collection of the Jardin des Plantes, was brought by Mr. Schimper from Central Abyssinia about the year 1855. Tbese two specimens are, as far as I am aware, the only ones known to naturalists. Both are full-grown males. M. Schimper states that the animals of this species are gregarious in their habits, he having met with them in troops of from one to two thousand indi- viduals. They hunt their prey, which consists mainly of the small rumi- nants, in a manner similar to that of a pack of hounds ; following the quarry until it is exhausted by fatigue, and then capturing and devouring it. Similar habits have been ascribed by travellers to the C. porcarius. It is also stated that the lion and leopard are unknown in the region inhabited by this baboon. A glance at the specimen under consideration would convince the observer that it is of a most ferocious disposition ; the large canines and heavy lower jaw would be useless to an animal of quiet and peaceful habits, and, in fact, M. Schimper also informs us that it wages a continual war against the Dscliellada (Theropiihecus gelada),* which inhabits the same locality. The only baboon with which this species can be confounded is the C. por- carius, the form, size and habits of the two species being somewhat similar; but they can readily be distinguished by their coloration, the porcarius being much darker. I have not been able to compare the skulls of the two species, but from an examination of the only specimens known, both being mounted skins, it would appear that the occipito- mental diameter of the skull is proportionately much greater in this species than in the porcarius. Mijcetes palliatus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 138, fig. vi. Under this name Dr. Gray has figured and described a monkey from South America, which presented most certainly all the characters required for the formation of a new species, though the specimens were young ; still the long hair of the back and the coloration were very different from any of the known South American quadrumana. Having received four specimens from the Smithsonian Institution which had been collected by the Atrato Expedition, I accepted the species in my Monograph of the Prehensile-tailed Quadrumana (Proc. A. N. S. 1862, p. 519). I have since had an opportunity of examin- ing other specimens from New Grenada, and have discovered, to my surprise, that it is merely the young of the Aluata nii/er. When very young the animal is of a pale straw color, passing through all the intermediate shades of colora- tion in its pelage during its youth, and in adult age becoming entirely of an intense black color. The coloration of the palliatus is that of the period of the commencement of the second dentition. Macacus fl'h, sp. nov., vide plate. General color reddish-brown, dashed with black, the hairs of the body and external surface of limbs being black throughout the basal two-thirds of their * A fine Hiiite of specimens, male, female and young of the T. gi-lida have been obtained from 11. Verreaux, and are now in the Museum of the Academy. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 length, and tipped with reddish-brown ; breast, belly, and internal surface of limbs grey, somewhat darker on posterior limbs ; tail, a tuft of hairs on the superciliary ridge, and a line extending from the external angle of the eye to base of ear, black ; tail long, about equal to the body in length ; hands dark brown ; fingers black ; hair of occiput laying fiat, neither forming a crest nor radiating from a common centre. Measurements. Specimen No. 1254. Philippines. $. From tip of nose to eye 2* " " ear 4# " " occiput 8* " " tail 23 Tail 22-5 Length of fore feet 11* " hind feet 13- Skull (occiput broken). Bi-temporal, 2*3 ; bi-zygomatic, 2*7 ; fronto-men- tal, 3-2. Lower jaw: angle to symphysis, 2*6; angle to condyle, 1*2. This Macaque was obtained for the Academy some years since in Paris, by myself, and as great confusion occurs in regard to the species of this genus, I would have had great reluctance to describe it as a new species, had I not had the opportunity of comparing it with the various specimens in the great muse- ums of both Paris and London. The only previously described species of Macacus with long tails, and with- out radiating hairs or crests upon the top of the head, are the M. aureus (Is. Geoff., Voy. de Belang. 1830), of which the general color is pale red- dish-yellow, with limbs grey on their external surfaces ; the M. cynomolgus (Desmarest, Mammalia, p. 65, 1820, Simla cynomolgus Linn.), which is olive, dashed with black, and tail much longer than the present species. The locality is also different. I have examined specimens of the cynomolgus from India, Bengal, Mauritius, Java and Sumatra, but have never met with one from the Philippine Islands ; the M. palpebrosus, which is thus described by St. Hilaire (Cat. des Primates, &c, Paris, 1851, p. 93) : "Les paupieres sont blanches, ainsi qu'une tache placee de chaque cote au dessus de la paupiere, et contrastant avec la couleur fonc6e soit de l'espace intermediere au deux taches, soit de la face ;" and an albino specimen in the museum of the Jardin des Plantes, described by St. Hilaire as M. Philippinensis (Arch, du Mus., 1843, t. xxxii. p. 568), which presents no distinguishing specific characters, — the form of the head being, however, entirely different from that of the M. fur. I have been informed by M. Jules Verreaux, who has spent some time at the Philippine Islands, that this animal is found only on the island of Luzon, and is there, unfortunately for the inhabitants, quite common. Though in- habiting the mountains and dense forests in the interior of the island, they frequently make nocturnal excursions to the sea-coast in large troops, utterly destroying the crops planted by the natives, especially those of turnips, a root of which they appear to be particularly fond. The specific name is be- stowed upon them on account of their thieving propensities. Their flesh is eaten by the natives, and considered a great delicacy. Galago elegantulds Slack, Proc. A. N. S. 1861, p. 153. Microcebus elegantulus J. Le Conte, Proc. A. N. S. 1857, p. 10. Galago crassicaudatus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. 1861, p. 63. Otolicnus apacalis Du Chaillu, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1861. General color dark cinereous, the hairs being tipped with reddish-brown and grey during the basal two-thirds of their length. Tail cylindrical and bushy, tipped with white. Dr. Gray (loc. cit.) regards this species as identical with the Galago crassi- 1867.] 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF caudatus of Etienne St. Hilaire (Ann. du Mus. 1812, p. 166). It is, however, in my opinion, entirely distinct. The specimen in the collection of the Academy, from the Du Chaillu collection, though adult, as may be seen by the examination of the skull, is at least one-third smaller than the typical specimen of tbe G. crassicaudatus in the Paris museum ; the nose is more pointed, and tbe general coloration very different. The white tip of tbe tail, which is considered by Dr. Gray as accidental, I regard as a well-marked specific character, it being plainly indicated in two very young specimens, presented to tbe Academy by Dr. H. A. Ford several years since. One of these is decolorized by having been preserved in alcohol ; the other is entirely of a dark slate color, with the exception of the white apex of the tail. A curious typographical error is to be found in Maj. Le Conte's description of this species : tbe head is described as 1 foot 9 inches in length ; for " head ' ' read — from muzzle to tip of tail. Daubentonia Madagascarensis Etienne St. Hilaire, Decade Philosophique, t. iv. p. 193, 1795. Cheiromys Madagascarensis Cuvier, Anat. Comparee, vol. i. 1800; Diet, des Sciences Nat. This most curious mammal, whose place in tbe scale of nature was for a long time a point of discussion between the most eminent European natural- ists, and which, even at the present day, has been regarded by some as a ro- dent (vide Tenney, Natural History, &c, N. Y., 1865, p. 2, fig. 57), though the manner of growth of its incisors is entirely different from that of the ro- dentia, was first described by the elder St. Hilaire under the generic name of Daubentonia, in 1795. In 1800, Cuvier, who long held that the creature was a rodent, re-described it under the name of Cheiromys, %up, manus; juua; mus. In the Diction, des Sciences Naturelles, 1816, Art. Aye Aye, lie gives his reason for the change, made, it is said, with the consent of the original discoverer, in the following words : " Nous avons prcfere Cheiromys, parceque l'usage de donner des noms d'homme n'est point recu en zoologie comme en botanique." Is this sufficient ground for a change ? In our opinion certainly not, unless the absurd rule first promulgated by tbe Freuch naturalists, which would compel us to " considcrer comme non avenus (toutefois en les citant en synonymie) les noms tombes en desuetude" {Is. Geojf. St. Hilaire, Cat. des Primates, p. xi.,) should be generally adopted, which would still further confuse the work of zoological nomenclature, begun by Adam, and far from being completed at the present day. April 2d. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-eight members present. The following papers were presented for publication : "On dioicoeus forms of Vitis viniferu." By Thomas Mechan. The death was announced of Dr. George J'ager, of Stuttgart, Corre- spondent. April 9 th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty- six members present. The following papers were presented for publication : " Description of New Texan Myriapoda." By Dr. B. C. Wood, Jr. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 " On two new Minerals from Chester Co." By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Prof. Cope exhibited several vertebrae of a Gavial from the creta- ceous marl of Burlington Co., N. J., and proposed for the new species the name of Thoracosaurus brevispinus. A letter was read from George W. Tryon, Jr., offering his collection of Shells to the Academy on certain conditions, which, on resolution, were accepted. The collection consists of over 10,000 species, in ad- dition to 100 jars of alcoholic specimens, mainly of naked mollusca. The collection is particularly rich in recently described species. April \§th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty- eight members present. The death was announced of Dr. C. W. Pennock, on the 14th inst., a member. April 23d. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-three members present. The following was presented for publication : "A third study of the Icteridse." By John Cassin. The death was announced of Mr. Samuel C. Morton, a member. April 30th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-three members present. The following were elected correspondents : Col. F. F. Cavada, U. S. Consul at Trinidad; Eugene Gaussoin, of Baltimore ; Alpheus Hyatt and F. W. Putnam, of Salem, Mass. The following were elected members : Wm. Hay, James H. Little, Beauveau Borie, J. Ross Snowden, Wm. W. Keen, Jr., M. D., Edward J. .Nolan, M. D., Charles Magarge, Charles S. Coxe, Isaiah V. Williamson, Matthew Baird, Charles Wheeler, Robert H. Gratz, Adolph E. Borie, H. Pratt McKean, Geo. F. Tyler, Wistar Morris, Joseph F. Page, Israel Morris, A. Campbell, Thomas A. Scott, H. H. Houston, Charles Spencer, Gustavus S. Ben- son, Wm. A. Blanchard. On favorable report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered to be published : On EUCLASTES, a genus of extinct Cheloniidse. BY E. D. COPE. This genus is established on a species represented by a single imperfect cranium, procured by Thos. Heritage from his marl excavations near Hurff- ville, in Camden Co., N. J. The matrix in which it is preserved is very simi- 1867.] 40 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP lar to that near Vincenttown, in which the cranium of the Thoracosaurus neocaesariensis was discovered, being a coarse granular limestone in many places, with numerous black rounded grains of perhaps phosphate of iron or hornblende. It is abundantly penetrated by Teredo tibialis Mort., Contains Gryphaea vomer abundantly, and has afforded the only specimen of Aturia from the eastern cretaceous beds, which I have called A. p a u c i f e x.* The bed is but a few inches thick, and is frequently interrupted, and is over and underlaid by the green sand of Cook's middle bed. The physiognomy of this large turtle, in the obliquely expanded ' zygomata and short muzzle, is like the Pleurodire genera Podocnemis Wagl. among re- cent Chelonia, and Bothremys Leidy, of the same age, among extinct forms. Its completely overarched temporal fossae add to the impression of its affinity to the former genus, but on inspection of the vomer, it is found to be, as in the true Cheloniida?, largely developed on the palatal surface between the o. o. maxil- laria, and to extend to a posteriorly situated nareal opening. Though this element is unossified in the Chelonioid types of Pleurodira, Peltocephalus and Podocnemis, it is well developed in the family Chelydida? (Agassiz), and the peculiarity of the cretaceous species might still exist in this sub-order. As it is a matter of much interest to determine the precedence in time of the two sub-orders of Chelonians, I have taken pains to remove the matrix from the orbital and nasal cavities, so as to determine the structure of the prefrontal bone. As I have elsewhere pointed out, this sends downward a column to the vomer, either vertically or directed obliquely inwards, in all the Cryptodira, while in the Pleurodira the column is wanting. It might be reasonably anticipated that, in the period of the Cretaceous, the less typical sub-order now characteristic of the Southern Hemisphere would abound, if not entirely prevail. Its genera occur in the different epochs of the Jurassic period, and Prof. Agassiz suspects one, at least, of the Cretaceous Chelonia* of Europe to be really Pleurodire. The species herein described, however, I must refer to the true Cheloniida?, and consider it as an undescribed genus, having marks of resemblance to the Trionychida; and Hydraspididae. It differs from Chelonia in its large naso-palatal foramen, thus resembling Trio- nyx, in the complete flooring of the nasal meatus by the vomer and palatines as far back as the line of the inferior openings of the orbits, and by the shallow- ness of the palate and slight developement of the alveolar margin. The diagnosis will be as follows : that of Bothremys a Hydraspid, which has furnished the only other cranium from the same formation, is introduced. It also has the vomer osseous, extensively in contact with the maxillaries on the palatine surface. Bothremys Leidy. Posterior nares separating vomer from o. o. palatina ; pre- maxillary margin concave, involute ; alveolar surface profoundly concave, vomerine surface a sulcus. Nasal meatus floored in front. Euclastes Cope. Maxillaries and palatines separated throughout by the pro- longed vomer ; posterior nares opposite palatal front margin of orbits ; pre- maxillary margin projecting, beak-like ; alveolar face little concave, vomer forming a central ridge. Floor of nasal meatus perforate for hook of man- dible. While Bothremys had an inferior mouth and projecting muzzle, as in the modern Hydraspides, the nostrils of the Euclastes were superior and behind the short projecting beak. The orbits arc not, as in the Macrochelys of the Mississippi, far anterior and reduced in size, but their centres are distant from the end of the muzzle (measured axially) more than one-third the total length of the cranium. The descending portion of the prefrontal is very wide, and equal to the width * Proc. Academy, 1866, p. 5. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 of the maxillary outside the lachyrmal foramen ; the latter is small. Inter- nally the columns of the prefrontals converge below to nearly an acute angle, and are directed forwards along the vomer. They restrict the nasal meatus extensively, leaving its diameter less than that of the columns. On the muzzle the prefrontals have but a short common suture, admitting the frontal far be- tween them. The internal nostrils have a diameter each side the septum, equal to that of the meatus between the prefrontals. EUCLASTES PLATYOPS Cope. Premaxillaries narrow, rounded in front, maxillary outline nearly straight to below anterior rim of orbits, where the breadth of the muzzle is four inches, length to end of muzzle only two. Plane from top of prefrontals to maxillary margin straight, oblique. Maxillary margin with a gentle sigmoid flexure. Squamosal much expanded below and behind orbits. Frontal region flat, pa- rietal rising behind. Nasal meatus subquadrate, slightly narrowed below, its palatal foramen with a free lateral osseous margin. Alveolar ridge divergent, little projecting above the oblique surface ; the latter is most concave behind on each side the vomer, and presents no ridges, and few nutritious foramina. Line of common suture of o. o. maxillaria in front of vomer, in a sulcus. Pala- tines cuneiform with everted margins posteriorly, latter most elevated on each side the small choanal opening, which is bounded in front by the projecting pos- terior knob of the vomer. The maxillaries are very massive, and underlie more than two-thirds the area of the orbits ; they receive a very extensive descend- ing portion of the prefrontals, their union extending so far towards the median line as to leave but a narrow nasal meatus. This offers a powerful resistant face to the motion of the mandible. The posterior, orbital margin is -lb inch in thickness, and is at right angles to its alveolar margin. Pterygoids almost entirely broken away. The following measurements will furnish the best data for a comprehension of the form in detail : In. Lin. Total length cranium 11 Breadth behind orbits 8 6 " between posterior margins orbits 5 2-5 Least interorbital width i 2 2*5 Width of nasal meatus 1 2-5 Depth premaxillaries 1 1 " maxillary at middle orbit 1 3-5 " squamosal at zygomatic arch 2 2 Length naso-prefrontals 2 3 " " common suture 6-2 " common suture frontals 2 4 " from anterior margin orbit to nasal meatus 11 " from premaxillary margin to end vomer 3 9 Width posterior nares together 1 1*5 " palatine bone opposite end of vomer 9 " vomer near anterior extremity 7 Greatest diameter of orbit 2 6 Least " " 2 The broad, regular alveolar surfaces have no doubt supported a massive corneous table, in some degree like that of Platypeltis f erox, and with little or no external cutting margin. This arrangement, as well as the compactness of structure, is appropriate to a nutrition dependent on crushing more or less hard bodies, as molluscs. That the Ostreae, Terebratulae, etc., of the sea coasts or estuaries in which it lived formed much of its food, is therefore quite pro- bable. Estimating the proportions to have been similar to those of Hydraspis maximiliani, the dimensions of the Euclastes platyops were — 1867.] 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Ft. Length from end muzzle to end tail G " of carapace 4 Width of plastron at middle 3 In. Note on Dioicceus forms of VITIS VINIFERA, L. BY THOMAS MEEHAN. The different species of Vitis are so closely allied that the systematist is often puzzled to find distinguishing characters, and hence liable to give too much importance to points really of little value. De Candolle, in his Prodromus, divides Vitis into two sections, according to the inflorescence, — one, natives of this country, with imperfect flower (Dioiav aut polygamic, Americans) ; the other, perfect and Old-world forms (Hermaphro- ditic, in orbe veteri indigenx), — but as Vitis is not of a true declinous type, but of that class which suppresses or develops its sexual organs according to cir- cumstances, such a division is at best of doubtful value. Vitis vinifera, the great type of Asiatic forms, has not probably been observed closely in a natural state : and under cultivation, in the hands of cultivators who value the vine for its fruit only, barren plants would not likely be pre- served. Yet pistillate or female plants do not seem uncommon, for De Can- dolle says (vol. i. p. 633,) " Seminibus numero variis imo interdum omnibus abortivis," these seedless grapes being most likely the product of unimpreg- nated ovaries. That male plants do exist is, however, proved by a specimen, in the Acade- my's Herbarium, of Vitis vinifera musculo, gathered near Naples by Teuore. In the endeavor to distinguish forms of Vitis vinifera from American species, its hermaphrodite character is still often insisted on; but with the demonstra- tion of the existence certainly of male flowers, and the probable existence of female ones, this distinction becomes too uncertain to be of much value. Descriptions of new species of Texan MYEIAPODA. BY DR. HORATIO 0. WOOD, JR. Genus CERMATIA. C. LlNCECI. C. dilute brunnea, linea mediana saturate viride et alteris lateralibus inter- dum obsoletis ornata ; stomatis dorsalibus singula maculis duis laete rubris marginata. This handsome species is of a brownish color, with the dark green median stripe often involving nearly the whole of the posterior portion of the dorsum. The lateral stripes appear to be sometimes wanting. The head is marked much as in C. forceps ; in the dried specimen it is of a nearly uniform reddish ferru- ginous color. The scuta are roughened witli rather distant small spines ; their margins are thin, elevated, without conspicuous spines. The antenna* arc of the same color as the head, as indeed are all of its appendages. The spots bordering the dorsal stomata are somewhat kidney-shaped, and of a scarlet lake color. The under surface of the body, the coxa) and femora, are of a light brown color. The tibia1 and tarsi are of a dark greenish tint. The metatarsi are of nearly the same tint as the head ; the first article is about equal to the next five in length. The sterna are rather deeply impressed with a median longi- tudinal line. The body of the largest specimen in my possession is about seven lines in length. The foregoing description is taken chiefly from dried specimens, in which the coloration, I presume, does not differ materially from that of life. • [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 43 Dr. Lincecum states, in his letter accompanying the specimens, that their favorite haunts are under stones, in hollow logs, and especially about unused fire-places. He- also says that they are not half the size of C. forceps. In dedi- cating this species to Dr. Lincecum, I do it as a well merited token of respect for his untiring zeal as a field naturalist, and for the liberality with which he furnishes others with the results of his own industry. I am indebted to the Doctor for all the species described in this paper. Genus POLYDESMUS. P. IMPURUS. P. dilute brunneus fusco variatus ; scutis rubro marginatis ; scuto anale tri- angulare, apice elongato truncato ; appendicibus masculis, robustis, spina terminale baud pilosa. The color is a light brown, finely mottled with dark brown, the dark color predominating in the central portions of the scuta, the light on the lateral parts. The scuta are ornamented with a narrow reddish flesh-colored line both on their posterior and lateral margins, which is, however, more pro- nounced on the lateral margins ; the first scutum has a similar line on its ante- rior margin. The vertex has a strongly pronounced median line. The antennae are filiform, somewhat pilose, and like the ventral surface and pubescent feet, a light yellowish brown. The male appendages are robust, their blunt distal end is covered with long hairs, and gives origin to two spines, neither of wrhich are hairy ; the larger of these is regularly curved, except at its extreme point, where it is abruptly bent ; the other is slender, curved, and acute. The total length of the body and head is about an inch. This species is closely allied to P. hispidipes, differing from it, however, in coloring and in the form of the genital appendages. I have not examined any females. Dr. Lincecum informs me that it is rare in Texas, especially in dry seasons, and is found chiefly under old cow dung. Its favorite haunts suggested its name, although it is one of our handsomest species. Genus IULUS. I. C^ISIUS. I. cpesius, brunneo annulatus ; antennis filiformibus, modicis, pilosis ; capitis vertice subnigra, superficie antica dilute brunnea, margine antico modice emarginato ; scutorum lateribus canaliculars ; mucrone modice magno, recto, robusto ; segmentis 56, baud pilosis. The color of this species is a sort of bluish gray, more or less involved in the brown rings. The antennas are slender, and not at all clavate. The sides are chased with moderately close channels, which on the anterior scuta are strongly pronounced, but on the posterior are somewhat obsolete. The last scutum is prolonged into a somewhat blunt mucro, at least the latter is quite obtuse in the only specimen which I have seen. The male genital ap- pendages are composed, as in the allied species, of two parts. The chief of these gives origin on the outer part on each side to a process, which is bifur- cated almost to its base ; the arms which thus originate are separated by a narrow fissure, one of them is thin, broad, and distally narrowed to a point ; it is so placed as to present its broad aspect somewhat obliquely towards the flank of the animal. The other is shorter, clavate, distally coarsely profusely pilose, and set as it were at an angle to the first, so as to face obliquely back- wards. The inner portion of the male appendages consists on each side of two slender, subcylindrical, smooth processes, which are united at their bases ; the shortest of them is nearly straight, the longer somewhat bent. The total length of my specimen is nearly two inches. I. DIVERSIFRONS. I. saturate brunneus, linea nigra mediana et seriebus lateralibus maculae ni- gra? ornatus ; capitis vertice subnigra, superficie antica cinerea, margine antico distincte emarginato ; mucrone modice magno, recto ; segmentis 52. 1867.] 44 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP The antenna} of this species are filiform and pubescent. The male genital appendages are composed on each side of two parts, the outer of which is broad, thin, and very irregular, ending in two processes, of which the outer is short, very strongly expanded distally and pilose, and often of a black color; the inner is longer and more irregular, narrowing from the base, distally it is bent nearly at right angles to itself, ending in cylindrical points. The inner of the two parts is composed of a single irregular, thin process, which has at first somewhat of the swan-neck curve, and near its end is bent sharply at right angles to itself; it gives origin to two sharp spines, one arising from the angle and the other from the shaft, so as to be, as it were, shielded by the bent portion. The female appendages are similar to those of /. impressus, differing, however, in the shape of the lower plates on each side, which give more the appearance of a volute shell than of a bivalve. The total length of the head and body is about two inches. This is a species of which I received a single specimen in a large collection from South Illinois, and mentioned under /. impressus in my monograph. It appears to be rare in the Western States, but very plenty in Texas. On two New Minerals from Chester Co., Penn. BY ISAAC LEA. On a visit last summer to the well known Corundum locality near Unionville, Chester Co., my attention was attracted to an adhering fibrous mass, on the side of a large piece of Corundum on the farm of Mr. John Lesley, Jr. This was evi- dently different from any mineral accompanying Corundum which I had ever seen ; and the application of my chisel showed at once that it had no outward characteristic of that exceedingly hard mineral. On the contrary, the edge of the instrument easily penetrated it, but at the same time it was tough and adhered so closely to the side of the mass of Corundum that it was with great difficulty I got quite a large piece off without breaking it up. Subsequently I took my friend Mr. Jefferis to the spot, and we obtained the remaining portion. On the careful examination of other masses of Conmdum in possession of Mr. Lesley we could find no more of it. We found, however, pieces of a soft mineral which had a lamellar structure, and which I think will prove to be the same substance when they shall both be analysed. Believing that these are varieties of the same mineral, and that it has heretofore not been observed, I propose to call it Lesleyile, after the proprietor of the farm where it was found. On some of the masses of Corundumwc found very fine large lamellar crystals of Emerylite, some of the cleavage lamina? of which were one to two inches long and more than an inch broad. Some of these crystals exhibited well defined hexagonal prismatic sides. I believe no such fine specimens of Emcrylite have been found elsewhere. In a few cases there were beautifully decremented crystals. In some of the cleavage plates may be observed irregular red spots, which under the microscope are transparent and of a bright color, but they present no regular crystalline form and are, no doubt, composed of one of the oxides of iron. When thin laminae were subjected to the polaroscope the red color was unusually brilliant. Connected with these crystals of Emerylite and passing into ami through them, are dark green hexagonal, translucent Tourmalines, in prisms often an inch long, some of them being one-tenth of an inch thick. There is also much black Tourmaline connected with the Corundum. The most important and rarest mineral of this locality is, however, Diaspore (Dihidrate of Alumina.) This I found in connexion with the large cleavage- plates of Emerylite which surrounded the crystals of Diispore, imbedding them in the mass. Some of the Diaspore was in lamellated masses of two to three inches and often of adamantine brilliancy. Some of the crystals of Diaspore are of a pure opaque white, while others are of a fawn color inclining to topaz [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 color. Others again are greenish and splendent. The prisms are hexagonal with four terminal planes, somewhat like the figure in Dana's Mineralogy. The largest I found is imperfect and measures in length an inch, and in breadth three-fourths of an inch. The finest and most perfect one is eleven-twentieths of an inch long and five-twentieths thick, being well terminated at both ends with four planes. Two small ones, about three-tenths of an inch long, are ter- minated also at both ends with four planes. These as well as some other crystals present very closely the color and appearance of crystals of Topaz. One of the crystals of Diaspore had a crystal of transparent green Tourmaline pass- ing through the middle of the prism and the whole was enveloped by lamellar crystals of pearly Emerylite, showing that the Tourmaline was first crystallized, then the Diaspore and lastly the Emerylite. Mr. Jefferis also obtained some fine specimens. Another species of mineral, which I believe heretofore unnoticed, belongs to the Mica Family. It is found only imbedded in the masses of Lesleyite. It has a gray metallic color resembling Zinc. It is translucent only in thin cleavage lamina?. I propose to call this Pattersonile, after Mr. Johnson Patterson, the owner of the adjoining farm, and where the large masses of Corundum were first found, one of which weighed four thousand pounds. Mr. Patterson has always most liberally promoted the objects of Mineralogists who have visited him in search of minerals, and it is due to Mr. Lesley to say the same of him. Lesleyite. Fibrous or lamellar, sometimes inclining to massive. Color whitish passing into reddish. Hardness about three. Streak white. Before the blowpipe parts with its water and becomes opaque white. Does not fuse with borax. Does not dissolve in muriatic acid. Under the microscope it pre- sents no observable characteristics. Its gravity is greater than that of quartz. There is a disposition in the crystalline fibrous structure to diverge from a central point to be stellate, and in one crystal before me the radiating fibres are nearly four inches long. Pattersonite. Basal cleavage imperfect, rarely if ever presenting an hexago- nal prism, but disposed to present triangular plates, which joining make a sub- tetrahedral mass. The laminae are not flexible and but slightly translucent. The color is metallic, bluish gray, resembling Zinc. The streak is grayish. Before the blowpipe parts with its water, but does not exfoliate like Jefferisite, nor does it intumesce like Cryophyllite and Lepidomelane, both of which fuse easily. With borax melts into a black bead. Does not dissolve in muriatic acid. Hardness about two. Under the microscope, with a power of one hun- dred diameters, many imperfect black plates may be observed, some of which are hexagonal, and they are probably one of the oxides of iron, Gothitef This mineral may easily be distinguished from Muscovite by its crystalline form, by its color and by its opacity. From Clinochlore by its lighter color, its form of crystals, its transparency and its want of elasticity of laminae. From Cryophyllite by its lighter color and its want of easy fusibility. From Lepido- melane by its lighter color, its want of easy fusibility, its crystalline form, &c. A third study of the ICTERID-ZE. BY JOHN CASSIN. 3. Sub-family Icterinje. Having for examination one of the most extensive collections of the birds of this group ever got together, and which includes a large number of specimens in young and immature plumage, as well as adults, with the sexes carefully marked, I have given short descriptions of all the species, and the various plumages of females and young, so far as they can be clearly determined. Of such species as I have not specimens, but of which I have no reason to doubt the validity, I have copied the original descriptions. 1867.] 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP This large and comprehensive series is composed essentially of the collection of the Philadelphia Academy, the fine and in fact extraordinary collection of the Smithsonian Institution, placed at my disposal with the usual generosity and true scientific spirit of that great Institution by Professor Joseph Henry, its accomplished Secretary, and the fine collection of my friend, that dis- tinguished ornithologist, Mr. George N. Lawrence, of New York. The collec- tion of the Philadelphia Academy contains nearly all the species mentioned in this memoir, mainly derived from the Massena collection, but the labels indi- cating locality are not always sufficiently explicit, — in which respect, however, those of the Smithsonian Institution and of Mr. Lawrence are generally entirely authentic and satisfactory. I. Genus ICTERUS, Brisson. Genus Icterus, Briss. Orn., ii. p. 85 (1760), 1. Icterus. 1. Icterus vulgaris, Daudin. Icterus vulgaris, Daud. Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 340 (1800). Oriolus Icterus, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 161 (1766). Coracias Nanthornus, Scop., Ann. Hist. Nat. i. p. 39 (1768); not C. A'an- thornus, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 108 (1758). Aud. B. of Am., oct. ed., vii. pi. 499. Buff. PI. Enl. 532. Catesby Car. App. pi. 5. . Large; plumage of the throat and neck in front elongated, linear and pointed; hill nearly straight or slightly curved. A naked space behind the eye. Wing rather long, third ami fourth quills longest ; tail rather long, feet rohust. Adult p. Head black ; back, wings and tail black ; shoulders yellow, greater coverts white, and edges of shorter quills white, formings longitudinal hand of white on the wing. Neck behind, rump, and entire under parts usually rich orange- yellow, frequently paler yellow, and inclining to lemon or sulphur yellow. Hill dark bluish-black, base of under mandible light blue, frequently nearly white ; legs bluish-brown. Total length about 9J4 to 10 inches ; wing 4}^ to 6, tail 4 to l> j inches. Younger. Like the adult, hut with the Mack plumage tinged with hrown. Quilt- dark brown, under parts dull gamboge-yellow. Total length about a inches. Bah. — Northern South America, Venezuela, Guiana, Bio Negro, northern Brazil, Jamaica? southern United States? Spec, in Mub. Acad.. Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. Easily recognized by its lengthened beard-like feathers on the throat and neck, its large size, and wide stripe of white through the wing longitudinally from the yellow of the shoulder to the end of the secondary quills. The next species has, however, all these characters, and is probably not distinct. I have only seen this species from Northern South America, though one specimen in the Smiths. Mus. is undoubtedly from Jamaica; but this bird is so common in cages that almost any locality is possible ! 2. Icterus longirostris, (Vieillot). Agelaius longirostris, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxxiv. p. 547 (1819). Icterus longirostris, (Vieill.) Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 435. //at.— Northern South America ; " Carthagena, New Grenada" (Vcrrcaux). Spec, in Mus. A.Cad. Philada., and MUS. Smiths. Washington. This species, if such it is, may be distinguished from the preceding by its more slender and rather longer bill, and the specimens that I have seen are a pale lemon-yellow, instead of the usual orange-yellow of/, vulgaris; but it has tin- same description of lengthened ami linear leathers on the neck in front, and the longitudinal band of white on the wing. In this bird the black of the head perhaps extends downwards on the neck further than in the pre- ceding, but the general distribution of colors is very nearly the same. The character indicated by Bonaparte as above, " ted ctrvice nigra," I fail to recog- nize. It is a apecies id' but very imperfect respectability. One specimen is the Smithsonian .Mus.. labelled as this bird in the hand- writing of thai excellent ornithologist, Jules Verreaux, is from Carthagena, New Grenada; others, in the Academy Mus., are without labels indicating [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 47 locality. This bird and the preceding are not uncommon in the cities of the United States on the Atlantic seaboard, as cage-birds. 3. Icterus au*rantius (Hahn.) Xanthornus aurantius, Hahn, Voeg. pt. vi. p. 1 (1820). " Xanthornus aurantius, Wagler," Hahn, as above. Oriolus Jamacaii, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 391 (1788). Jamacaii Brasiliensibus, Marcg. et Piso, Hist. Nat. Brasil, p. 198 (1648). Hahn, Voeg. vi. pi. 1. Prevost, Ois. Exot. pi. 70. Easily distinguished from the preceding by the feathers of the throat and neck being somewhat lengthened only, but of the usual form (not linear nor pointed, as in the preceding). Greater wing coverts black, a large triangular spot of white on the wing (not a long wide stripe, as in the preceding). Naked space behind the eye, small. Large, bill nearly straight, pointed ; wing rather long, third, fourth and fifth quills long- est ; tail long ; feet robust. Head, back, wings and tail black, shoulders orange-yellow, wing with a large triangular spot of white. Neck behind, rump, and entire under parts rich orange-yellow. Bill bluish-black, lighter at base of under mandible ; legs dark brown. Total length about 10 inches ; wing <% tail 4}^ to i% inches. Adult male. Female rather smaller, But similar in colors. Hab. — Brazil; Bahia; Ceara. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washing- ton. This species can readily be distinguished from I. vulgaris, with which it has been frequently confounded, by the absence of the long beard-like feathers of the throat which characterize the former bird, and other strong characters. The fine orange color prevailing in this group of birds attains a maximum in this beautifui species, and seems especially rich and inclining to brilliant red- dish in specimens from Northern Brazil. This bird and /. gularis are the larg- est of this genus, both being rather larger than /. vulgaris. The proper name, by right of priority, for this species, is undoubtedly Jama- caii of Gmelin, which seems to have been adopted from Marcgrave and Piso, as above. This name bears no relation nor intimation whatever to the island of Jamaica, but is apparently an attempt to Latinize the native name "Jamae." It is, however, too readily to be misunderstood, and on that account I do not regard its adoption as expedient, especially as I have /. vulgaris undoubtedly from Jamaica. Numerous specimens in the Acad. Mus. and in Smiths. Mus., from Brazil. The finest plumage, and apparently most perfectly adult, are from Ceara, Northern Brazil. 2. Euopsar. 4. Icterus croconotus (Wagler.) Psarocolius croconotus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 757. Dumont, Diet. Sci. Nat. Atlas Ois. pi. 50, fig. 1. Guerin. Icon. Reg. An. Ois. pi. 20, fig. 1. Large, with the front, face and throat only black (not the entire head, as in the preceding three species). Bill nearly straight, and rather short, a naked space behind the eye; wing moderate ; tail rather long ; legs stout. Adult J. Head above, and entire body above and below rich orange-yellow, tinged with red, especially on the top of the head and neck be- hind. Front and wide space on the throat, and sides of the head enclosing the eyes, shin- ing black. Wings and tail black, shoulders orange-yellow; a triangular spot on the wing, white, scapulars yellow, tipped with black, under wing coverts fine chrome yellow. In some specimens there are a few black feathers on the back. Bill bluish-brown, lighter at base of under mandible. Total length about9% inches ; wing ll/£, tail 4jj£ inches. Female. Like the male, but smaller, and yellow plumage frequently tinged with dull gamboge yellow. Total length about %)4. inches. In some specimens of this species the feathers of the throat and neck in front are somewhat elongated and linear (as in 7. vulgaris). llrange-yellow, deepest and reddish-orange on the head. Throat, lores, back, wings and tail black. Base ot tail pale yellow ; shafts of tail feathers (at base) white ; bill bluish, lighter at base of lower mandible ; legs light colored (in skins). Total length about %y2 to 9 inches ; wing 4 to i%, tail 4 to 4jf inches. Younger. Tail olive-green, quills dull brown ; black plumage of the back edged with greenish. Bab. — Central America; Nicaragua; Costa Rica. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Smiths. Mus. Washington. Easily recognized by its spotted breast, and well represented in the plates cited above. Specimens in the Acad. Mus., Philada., from San Juan de Nica- ragua and Coban, Vera Paz, and in the Smiths. Mus., "Washington, from Nica- ragua and Costa Rica. A very fine, large species, apparently abundant in those countries. The edging of the shorter quills forms a long triangular spot of white in the terminal half of the wing, and there is a smaller spot of white near the base of the first primaries. Specimens from Nicaragua are the largest. 6. Icterus pustulatus (Wagler). m Psarocolius pustulatus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 757. Pendulinus Californicus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 436. Oeuv. Buff. Supp. vii. p. 333. Adult d . Smaller. Back with longitudinal ovate spots of black, detached, isolated, and frequently nut numerous in the adult, but larger, confluent, and inclining to form longitu- dinal stripes of black on the back in the younger or adolescent male. Head and body above and below orange-yellow, frequently deep reddish-orange on the lead and breast. Throat, lores, wings and tail black. Shoulders yellow, medial coverts of the wing white, forming a wide transverse or diagonal band on the wing; all the quills, except the first. widely edged with white ; tail black, tipped with white and pale yellow at base, Bhafts white (at base of tail). Bill bluish, paler at base of lower mandible: legs light bluish-grey (in skins). Total length about 1]4 to 8 inches ; wing :$^j to 4, tail 3).% inches. $. Entire upper parts yellowish olive, tinged with ashy on'tlie back, and with ovate brownish-black spots (on the back). Under parts greenish-yellow, throat black, wings ashy brown, all the coverts and quills edged with white; tail olive green. Total length about 7 inches. Young J. Like the female, but with the brilliant reddish-orange appearing on the head in front and sides of the neck ; white edgings of the quills and covert.- more con- spicuous. Bab. — Mexico (Mazatlan). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. Numerous specimens in the Acad. Mus., Philada., labelled as from Mexico, and in the Smiths. Mus. ; also from Mexico, the latter being mainly in the large and valuable collections of Col. A. J. Grayson and Capt. John Nantus, from Mazatlan and other localities in Western Mexico. In the adolescent and nearly mature plumage this bird is Pendulinus Californicus, Lesson, as above. This is a very handsome small species, not difficult to recognize by the ovate longitudinal spots of the back (unde nomen, pustulatus), and the deep reddish- orange (or orange-red) of the head and breast. It appears to be an abundant species of Western Mexico. This species does not appear to have been figured by any author. 7. Icterus Graysonii, nobis Iders yellow, greater coverts, and all the quill- except the first, >n their outer edges. Scapulars yellow, edged externally with black'. Greater wing coverts and primaries edged also with white on their inner edges. 'fail black, tipped with asliv u h ite, and with its basal one-fourth yellow, where also the shall- of the feather- arc w hite. Bill and legs bluish, the latter darker. Total length about .'. Michler); " Bogota" (Mr. Lawrence i; Venezuela. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., in Mus. Smiths. Inst Washington, and in coll. Mr. Lawrence, New York. Very similar to the immediately preceding (7. mesomelas), but is larger, and has the wing entirely black or very narrowly edged on the primaries only, and inhabits more southern regions of Central America and northern South 1867.] 52 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF America. Numerous specimens iu the Mus. Smiths. Inst, are from Greytown, Nicaragua, ami various localities in Costa Rica. .Specimens in Acad. Mus. are from Bogota, New Grenada, and from Venezuela, and are undoubtedly correct in locality. This fine species is dedicated to Osbert Salvin, Esq., of London, a most accomplished ornithologist, and most liberal patron of the natural sciences. 14. Icterus Grace-Ann^e, nobis. In a large and highly interesting collection made by the Hon. John Randolph Clay, while United States .Minister to Peru, and now in the possession of the Philadelphia Academy, there is one specimen of a small species of this group which I cannot identify from any figure or description. It is a small thick- billed species, about the size of I. Xanlhornus, but with colors much resembling those of /. mesomelas ; easily distinguished, though, from the latter, by its smaller size, and by having the tail entirely black and a very conspicuous, longitudinal spot of white in the middle third of its wing. It is very probably the bird alluded to by the Prince Bonaparte under the head of Xantliornus mesomelas, Consp. Av. i. p. 434, " var. ex Peru, Minor. An species?" It is a quite distinct and strongly marked species. Adult. About the size of/. Xantliornus, but does not resemble it in colors ; smaller than i". mesomelas, but similar to that species in general color-; only, and easily distinguished in having a conspicuous longitudinal spot of white in the middle of the wing, and tin- tail en- tirely black. Head and neck above, rump and entire under parts (except the throat) lemon yellow; throat, lores, wings, tail, and a wide transverse band across the back, black. Shoulders and under wing coverts yellow, the greater wing coverts white, which color is partially concealed by the yellow of the shoulders. Outer edges of the shorter quills, in their middle third, white, forming a longitudinal spot about the middle of the wing. In the present specimen the outer feathers of the tail are edged and narrowly tipped with ashy, nearly white at the ends, and the next two feathers of the tail are also narrowly tipped witli ashy-white. Bill and feet bluish-black, paler at the base of the under mandible. Total length 7% inches; wing 3%, tail 3% inches. Hab. — Western South America; Peru? Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. The fine collection of Mr. Clay, though mainly composed of birds of Peru, contained also some species of Ecuador and Bolivia, or hitherto only known as from those countries. The locality of the present species cannot therefore be given positively, but it is undoubtedly from western South America. This handsome little bird I have named in honor of my highly esteemed friend, Miss Grace Anna Lewis, of this city: accomplished as a teacher of Natural History, conscientious in all social duties and relations, faithful in her friendships. 15. Icterus Giuaudii, Cassin. Icterus Giraudii, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1847, p. 333. Xanthornus chrysater, Less. Oeuv. Buff. Supp. vii. p. 332 (1847)? Icterus melanopterus, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 275. Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pi. 17 (quarto). Resembling the three last preceding in colors, but with the back clear yellow, uniform with the other upper parts (not black, as in /. mesome&at, I. Salrinii, and I. G-raca-Annx). Bill nearly straight, conic, thick at base, and gradually pointed; wing rather long, third and fourth quills longest ; tail moderate, graduated; icet moderate. Adult '. Bead and entire body above and below rich chrome or sulphur-yellow, with a tinge of orange on the under parts; shoulders and inferior coverts of the wing yellow. Front, lores, and wide spa a tic throat and neck, enclosing the eyes, black; wings and tail black. Scapulars yellow, tipped with black (wings clear lustrous black, with paler edgings only to wan Is the ends of the primaries; tail clear black, back yellow, not black, as In the preceding three species). Hill dark bluish, or horn-color; legs bluish-gray. Total length about 8J? inches; wing 4, tail 4J£ inches. Younger. Enure upper parts tinged \\ ith dull greenish, under parts with dull orange or gamboge; wings brownish-black, quills narrowly edged with dull yellowish-green ; tail dark brown; shoulders black or dark brown. Young. Entire plumage dull greenish-yellow, black appearing on the throat, wines and tail dark brow Q, outer feathers of the ta'il with their shafts white. Total length about l]/2 Inches. Haft.— Southern Central America and northern South America; Mexico? Spec, in Mus. Lead. Philada., and Mus. smiths. Inst. Washington. This very handsome species is another of those in which the plumage is [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 mainly rich lemon, chrome, or sulphur-yellow, not orange, nor tinged with red, as in many others of this group. A fine large species, with the wings and tail clear shining black, the primaries only narrowly edged with grayish-white on their terminal half. Numerous specimens in Smiths. Mus. from Central Guatemala, and from the Rio Atrato (Capt. Michler*s Expedition). Specimens in Acad. Mus. from Guate- mala, Panama (Mr. J. G. Bell, collected by himself), and Bogota, New Grenada. This bird is quite probably X. chrysater, Lesson, as above, which is described as from Mexico, but from which country I have not seen it. 4. Ateleopsar. 16. Icterus melanocephalus (Wagler). Psarocolius melanocephalus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 756. Icterus graduacauda, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 105. Cassin, B. of Cal. and Texas, pi. 21. Head black, wings and tail black (wings clear black, the quills in the adult without any edgings of white, and very narrow and obscure only in young plumage). Bill rather short, nearly straight, eulmen somewhat flattened; wing moderate, third aud fourth quills long- est; tail rather long, graduated; legs strong. Adult cf . Head and neck black, body above and below sulphur-yellow, tinged with green on the back, and frequently on the entire upper parts of the body. Wings and tail clear black. Bill dark horn-color, base of under mandible blue, which is succeeded by a trian- gular spot of yellowish-white ; legs dark brown. Total length 8 to S]/2 inches; wing 3% to 4, tail 4 inches. Youngers Upper parts of body yellowish-green, quills narrowly edged with grayish- white, bill blue at base Younger? Upper parts dark olive-green, wings and tail brownish- black, shoulders green, quills narrowly edged with grayish-white, outer tail feathers dark yellowish-green, bill blue at base. Total length about 8 inches. Hdi. — Southern Mexico; Jalapa (D'Oca); Mirador (Sartorius); Orizaba (Sumichrast). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This species and the next (/. Audubonii) form a peculiar group of the genus Icterus, if, indeed, they are not entitled to generic distinction. The structure presents peculiarities in this group, the bill being flattened slightly on the eul- men, wings and tail long, and the colors of the plumage are quite peculiar. Specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are exclusively from Mexico. This bird is smaller than the next succeeding, and appears to be quite distinct ; though in plumage not quite mature, there are some light edgings of the shorter quills, as here described. In this nearly adult plumage it is described hj Wagler, as cited above : " remigibus extus stride griseo-marginatis." This plumage also is described by me in " Birds of California and Texas," p. 139, though the more fully adult is figured. In the next species the quills are edged with white in all ages. The name melanocephalus is pre-occupied by Hahn, as below, under /. Parisorum. 17. Icterus Audubonii, Giraud. Icterus Audubonii, Gir. B. of Texas, p. 5 (1841). Like the preceding, but larger, and with the shorter quills widely edged with white. Bill nearly straight, eulmen flattened, third and fourth quills longest; tail rather loug, gradua- ted ; legs strong. Adult d . Head, wings and tail black, body above and below sulphur yellow, tinged with green on the back more or less strongly, according to age or season. Quills, especially the shorter tcrtiarics, edged externally with grayish-white; bill dark horn-color, base of under mandible bluish ; legs dark brown. Younger. 'Quills brownish-black, tail with the outer feathers dull green. Total length (adult) about i\y2 incites; wing 4, tail 4 to 4J4 inches. Sab. — Northern Mexico; Tamaulipas; Neuvo Leon (Gen. Couch); Texas (Mr. J. H. Clark); New Mexico. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. Larger than the immediately preceding, but much resembling it, and with the colors nearly the same. In this species the shorter quills are edged con- spicuously with white at all ages, in which respect it differs from the prece- ding, and it appears to inhabit exclusively Northern Mexico and the adjoining districts of the United States. 1867.] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 5. Cassiculoidcs. 18. Icterus Parisoruji, Bonaparte. Icterus Parisorum, Bonap. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1837, p. 110. Icterus mclanochrysura, Less. Rev. Zool. 183Q, p. 105. Icterus Scottii, Couch, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1854, p. 66. Icterus melanocephalus, Hahn, Voeg. Am. pt. vi.'p. 4 (1820)? Ilahn, Voeg. pt. vi. pi. 3? Baird, B. of N. A. pi. 61, fig. 1. Rept. U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv. Birds, pi. 19, fig. 1. Anterior half black, or head and neck, back and breast, black. Abdomen and rump yellow, the latter generally tinged with greenish. Wings black, the greater coverts widely tipped with white, shorter quills widely edged with white. Middle feathers of the tail black, with their bases yellow; other feathers of the tail with their basal two-thirds yellow, terminal one-third black. Bill dark horn-color, base of under mandible pale blue; legs bluish-brown. Bill straight, rather slender, pointed, eulmen distinctly ridged ; legs i 9trong; wing long, third quill longest; tail moderate. Adult male. Total length about 7 to 8 inches ; wing 1 to 4^, tail :>d< to ?M inches. younger qT • Entire head and back dark brown; rump greenish-yellow, under parts of body dull pale yellow; tail olive-green ; outer feathers greenish-yellow, -a base ; wings dull brown, coverts tipped with white. Total length V inches. Bab. — Mexico ; Lower California ( Capt, Xantus) ; Texas; New Mexico. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This is another strange and peculiar form in the generic group Icterus, and belongs almost as properly to Cassicus. The colors, too, are quite peculiar, and approximate to the same group. It may be termed an analogue of Cussi- culus, in the genus Cassicus, if not more nearly related, but I am' by no means confident that this bird does not represent a peculiar generic division. Nu- merous specimens in Smiths. Mus. from Northern Mexico and Lower Califor- nia. This is the bird, I suspect, attempted to be represented in Halm's plate. above cited, but -without success. It. is, however, correctly and handsomely given in Prof. Baird's plates, as cited. II. Genus PENDULINUS, Vieillot. Genus Pendulums, Vieill. Analyse, p. 33 (1816). This group is composed of birds characterized by having more slender, lengthened, and weaker forms than in Icterus, with more slender, curved, and gradually tapering bills, and long tails, either rounded at the ends or gradua- ted. It is, in my opinion, a distinct and strongly marked generic group, of which the species here given as P. bonana is perhaps to be regarded as typical. The type of the genus, according to Vieillot, is the North American P. spuri- M.?, but in this respect he is probably in error, thai species being, very probably, one of the most aberrant. Fifteen species of this genus are in the .Museum of the Philadelphia Academy and the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington. Three others given in the succeeding pages ( /'. rufig aster, P. ru- faxillus, and P. chUensis) are not contained in either of the two collections mentioned. In this group, as in the preceding, I have given short descriptions of all the species of which I have any knowledge, and have copied the original descriptions of the three species to me unknown, above mentioned. 1. Bananivorus. 1. Pendumnus Bonana (Linnaeus). Oriolus Bonana, Finn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162 (1766). Pendulinus banana. Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 316 (1816). Buff. PI. Enl. 535, fig. 1. Bead, neck and breast dark chestnut, shoulders, rump and abdomen a paler shade of lightes the rump. Back, wings and tail black; undo]- wing coverts pale chestnut; upper and under tail coverts frequently tipped with black. Bill dark horn-color, ,it base of under mandible; legs brown. Bill curved, slender; wing rather long, third quill longest ; tail rather long, graduated. Adult f. Total length al t7j>^ inches; wing :;'.,. tail 8Mi inches. Female. Like the male, bul Bmaller, Total length about 7 inches. Had.— west Indies; Martinique (Smiths. Mus.) Spec. in Mob. Acad. Philada., and .Mas. Smiths. Washington. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 Although having abundance of specimens before rue in the Acad. Mus. and Smiths. Mus., I am not able to state the islands of the West Indies inhabited by this species, nor have I seen any other than the adult plumage. One speci- men only in the Smiths. Mus. is undoubtedly from the island of .Martinique, but all others now before me are either labelled " West Indies " or " Antilles." This is a quite peculiar, and, in adult plumage, an easily recognized species, but is probably allied to the immediately succeeding (/*. rufigasler). 2. Pendulinus rufigaster, Vieillot. Pendulinus rufigaster, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 321 (1816). " Bananivorus rufigaster, Bp. ex Vieill.," Bonap. Comp. Rend. 1853, p. 834. " Cette esp&ee, que je crois nouvelle, a le ventre et les parties posterieures d'un roux ar- dent; le rest du plumage noir, ainsi que le bee et les pieds; taille du carouge esclave (P. dominicensis). Elle se trouve dans rAnierique meridionale." Vieillot, as above. " Nigro ; eapite, collo, pectoreque castaneis; uropygio, corpore aubtus, tibiis, tectricibus- que alarum minoribua et inferioribus, fulvis. Le Troupiale enfumt du Musee de Paris, rapporte de la Guadaloupe par M. Moreau de Jonnes, nomine pur Vieillot, Pendulinus rufi- gaster et reuni a. tort au spurius." Bonap. Compt. llend., as above. Hub. — Gaudeloupe. Spec, in Paris Museum. These are the original descriptions of a bird given as distinct from P. banana by Bonaparte, as above cited, but which I have not seen. It seems to be nearly related to that species, but may be an inhabitant of different islands, and, like others in this memoir, persistently presenting some clearly pe- culiar characters. On the faith of the description by Bonaparte, I give it as probably a species of respectability, and his indication of the locality is im- portant. It is given doubtfully by that great naturalist in Consp. Av. (i. p. 432) as synonymous with P. spurtus of North America, which I suppose is the tort to which he alludes. 3. Pendulinus rufaxillus, Bonaparte. Pendulinus rufaxillus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 432 (1850). " Ex Mexico. Nigerrimus; humeris cinnamomeo-castaneis ; teetricibus alarum mino- ribus eitrino-castaneis ; eauda elongata ; rostro elongato, acutissimo." Bonap., as above . This species I have not seen. It seems to resemble in colors of plumage, at least, Agelaius pyrrhopterus, Vieill. (which is Hyphantes pyrrhopterus of this memoir), but that species was apparently known to the Prince Bonaparte, as he gave it a name (Pendulinus periporphyrus, Bonap. Consp. Av. 1. p. 432.) 2. Poliopsar. 4. Pendulinus Wagleri (Sclater). Icterus Wagleri, Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1857, p. 7. Psarocolius flavigaster, Wagl Isis, 1829, p. 756. Pendulinus dominicensis, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 432 (nee Linn.) Baird, B. of N. A. pi. 61, fig. 2. Rept. U. S. and Mex. Bound. Surv., Birds, pi. 19, fig. 2. Larger ; head, neck and back black; shoulders, rump and abdomen orange- yellow; wings ana tail blaek, upper and under tail coverts black. The black on the breast sepa- rated from the yellow of under parts of the body by a narrow band of chestnut, frequently obscure, but generally strongly marked. Under wing coverts yellow. Bill Long, Curved, bluish-black, lighter at base of under mandible ; legs dark brown ; wing rather lung, third ainl fourth quills longest ; tail long; legs rather short. Adult J. Total length about 0 inches ; wing.4J4. tail i% inches. Young. Entire upper parts yellowish-green, inclining to clearer yellow on the head, ami green on the back ; throat blaek; shies of neck and under .parts of body dull yellow ; wings dark brown, coverts edged with dull white; shoulders greenish-yellow; tail with the middle feathers brownish-black, outer feathers yellowish-green. Total length about 8 inches. Younger. Entire upper parts of head and body dull olive-green; under parts dull-pale greenish-yellow. Hab. — Mexico; Guatemala; State of Coahuila. northern Mexico (Gen. Couch); Mazatlan (Col. Grayson) ; San Geronimo, Guatemala (Mr. 0. Salvia). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. The under tail coverts being black, is a character to be remembered in com- 1867.] 56 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP paying this fine species with the next succeeding in this memoir (P. prostheme- as the most immediately available character. It resembles and is nearly allied to that species. Numerous specimens in Acad. Mus. and Smiths. Mus. from .Mexico and Guatemala, in both of which countries this handsome bird seems to be abundant. 5. Pendulinus PR0STHEMELA8 (Strickland). Icterus prosthemelas, Strickl Jard. Oontr. Orn. 1830, p. 120. Pendulinus Lessoni, Bonap. Gonsp. Av. i. p. 432 (1850). Jard. Contr. Orn. 1850, pi. 02. Resembling the preceding {I. Wagleri), bnt smaller, and with the under tail coverts yellow, uniform with the abdomen. Head, neck anil back black ; shoulders, rump, men and under tail coverts yellow j a transverse band of chestnut separating the black from tin' yellow on the breast, frequently strongly marked, bul often obscure or imperfect. Wings and tail clear black, longer upper tail coverts black, under wing coverts jrellow. Hill shorter than in the preceding, curved, rather thick at base; wing moderate, third quill longest; tail long. Bill bluish-black, pale blue ac base of under mandible; legs brownish-black. (No white marks nor spots in wings nor tail.) Adult rr. Total length about 8 tn s> £ inches ; wing 3J£, tail 'i]4 to 3% inches. Young. Singularly resembling in colors I.mdunocephalus anil Audubonii. Headandneck in front black ; entire upper parts of body greenish-yellow, shoulders and abdomen yellow. Wings and tail black. Total length ~xh to 8 inches. Adolescent, with the black of the adult beginning to appear mi the back and scapulars, and presenting a mottled yellowish- green and black, in which plumage this bird i> P.Lessoni, Bonap:, a- above. /////. — Guatemala; <'nsta Rica; southern Mexico. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This bird resembles the preceding (P. Wagleri), butt is smaller, and lias the under tail coverts yellow instead of black. It is undoubtedly P. Lessoni of Uoiiaparle, as suggested by that distinguished author in Compt. Rend. 1853, p. 834. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are from countries above given ; the type described by Strickland in the Acad. Mus. is labelled " Central America.'' The young of this bird bears a strong resemblance in colors only to the adult Icterus melanocephalus and 1. Auduboni. Specimens in this young plu- mage, and others with the black color beginning to appear on the back, are in Smiths. Mus. Indifferently figured by Strickland, as above, but better than Halm's figures, and recognizable with some exertion. 6. Pendulinus macxli-alatus (Cassin). Icterus maculi-alatus, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1847, p. 332. Jour. Acad. Philada., quarto, i. pi. 10, fig. 1. Resembling the two species immediately preceding, but smaller than either, and having iho greater wing coverts with ovate spots ofwhite at their tips. Primaries narrowly edged with white in'their terminal third. Head, neck and back, black : shoulders, lower part oi back, rump and under parts orange-yellow : under wing coverts yellow. Bill bluish-black, pale blue at base of under mandible ; legs dark brown. Bill moderate, curved, rather thick atbase; wing rather long, third and fourth quills longest; tail rather long, somewhat graduated. Adult. Total length about T1.; inches; wing '■'• ■'■ ,. tail ".!•_, inches. Bab.— Guatemala ; "Vera Paz" (Mus. Massena). S] in Mus. Acad. Philada. The type of this species, described by me as above, remains the only speci- men thai 1 have seen, though it has been obtained at various localities in Guatemala by late European naturalists and travellers. This species is of the same sub-group as the two immediately preceding j P. Wagleri and P.prottke- melat), bul is easily distinguished by the white spots on the wing coverts. which are peculiar, and a strong character. The type of this species in the Acad. Mus.. from the Massena collection, is labelled •• Cohan. Vera Paz. "which latter was printed erroneously " Vera Cruz" in my original description. 3. Melanopsar. 1. Pendulinus cintvsocKiMiAi.es (Linnseus). Oriolus chrysocephalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 164 (IT Gracula chrysoptera, Merrem Beytr. Gesch. Voeg. i 1 7 ^4). Briss. Urn. vi. Supp, pi. 2. Merr. Beytr. pi. 3. Vieill. Gal. i. pi. 8G. Spix. Av. Bras. i. pi. C7. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 Adult (J. Black; head above, rump, shoulders and tibise bright yellow. Longer upper coverts of the tail black; under tail coverts frequently with a few yellow feathers, yellow of the luail above and tibise frequently mixed with black. Bill curved, Blender, brownish- black ; winn rather long, third and fourth quills longest : tail lung, graduated; legs rather short, brownish-black. Total length about 9 inches; wing I to I1 .,'. tail l1 , inches. younger. Dull dark brown ; head, above, shoulders, rump and tibiae dull yellow. Variety? Same species? Like the preceding, but with tne yellow ou the head more re- stricted, and rump black; uniform with other upper parts of body. Hab. — Northern South America; Guiana; Brazil. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths. Washington. An easily recognized and well known species, apparently abundant in the northern countries of South America. One specimen in the Acad. Mus , from the Massena collection, differs from all others now under examination in having the lower part of the back and rump black, uniform with other upper parts of the body, but is not in fully adult plumage. Specimens in Acad. Mus. are from " Cayenne ;" others in the Smiths. Mus. are from Demerara, and one in the collection of Mr. Lawrence is probably from Ecuador. Wagler, in Syst. Av., seems to describe the black-backed variety above mentioned, exclusively, but Brisson describes the more usual plumage, as above given. 8. Pendulinus cayanensis (Linnajus). • Oriolus cayanensis, Linn. Systr. Nat. i. p. 163 (1766). " Icterus flaviscapularis, Lesson." Agelaius chrysopterus, Vieill. Nouv. Diet , xxxiv. p. 539 (1819). Briss. Urn. ii. pi. 9, fig. 2. Buff. PL Enl. 535, fig. 2? Swains. Zool. 111. i. pi. 22. Bill long, slender, curved; tail long, wide, graduated; wing rather long, second and third quills longest; legs moderate or rather short; tibia' black. Entire plumage deep black, except the shoulders, which are yellow. Under wing coverts usually mixed yell iw and black. Bill brownish black, legs brown. Adult. Total length about 5 inches, wing 4, tail 4 to 4'4 inches. Hab. — Northern South America, Cayenne, Northern Brazil? Spec, in Mus. Acad., Phila- delphia. This is another of the species of which I can give no precise nor well deter- mined locality from specimens before me. It is not a common species in Ame- rican collections, and seems to have been confounded with several others which it resembles only in its black plumage, but to which, in fact (except P. tibialis), it is not very nearly related. In determining this species, and distinguishing it from others which resemble it, the long and curved bill, and long, graduated tail are available characters. Specimens in the Acad. Mus. are from the Mas- sena collection. Much resembling the next species, P. tibialis, but seems to differ in being rather larger, the bill longer and more curved, and the tibise black (which are yellow in P. tibialis). 9. Pendulinus tibialis (Swainson). Icterus tibialis, Swains. Cab. Cy. p. 302 (1838). "Xanthornus femoralis." Label on Spec, from Imp. Mus. Rio de Janeiro. Xanthornus flavaxilla, Hahn, Voeg. pt. vi.-p. 1 (1820)? Hahn Voeg. pt. vi. pi. 2 ? Rather smaller than the preceding, bill shorter, tibise i/ellmv. Bill slightly curved or nearly straight, slender; wing rather long, third quill longest; tail long, wide, graduated ; legs rather short. Entire plumage black, except the shoulders and tibise, which are yel- low; under wing coverts and axillaries yellow (perhaps not so generally mixed with black as in the preceding). Tibise frequently mixed yellowand black. Bill and legs brownish Mack. Adult rf. Total length about 8*4 inches, wing :i% to 4, tail 4 inches. Adult ?. Like the male but smaller, total length about s inches. Hab.— Brazil, Bahia, Ceara. Spec, in Mus. Acad., l'hilada., and Mus. Smiths. Inst., Wash- ington. Distinguished from P. cayanensis by its yellow tibise, in addition to which this bird seems to be rather smaller and has the bill shorter and less carved. It is not entirely easj-, however, to fully determine the specific value of this bird, as specimens constantly occur in collections which have the tibise mixed yellow and black and, although usually with shorter bills thfti the adult /'. cayanensis, are in other respects about as much that species as the present. Fine 1867.] 58 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP specimens in the Smiths. Mus.. from Ceara. Northern Brazil, have the tibia clear yellow. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus. and Acad. Mus. from various localities in Brazil. This bird is probably that described by Halm, as above cited. It is commonly brought in Bahia collections. 10. Pendulinus chilensis, Beiehenbach. • Xanthornus chilensis, Reich. Denks. Acad. Vienna, 1853, pt. ii., p. 130. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 55, "Zun&ehst A'nnth. cajennensis, doch klciner, der Schweif viel kleiner, nieht stufenformig> kaum gerundet." "Ziemlich haufig habe ich diesen schSnen Vogel etwa 12 Stunden weit von Valparaiso in einer ebederi and etwas sumpfigen Gegend getroffen, an anderenOrten selten und bloss in vereinzelten Exemplaren." Evidently a peculiar species, but which I have not seen, nor indeed any black species of this style from Western South America. 11. Pendulinus dominicensis (Linnams). Oriolus dominicensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1C3 ( 1*766). Pendulinus flavigaster, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 317 (1816). Pendulinua viridis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 321 (1816)? Briss. Orn. ii. pi. 12, fig. 3. Buff. PI. Enl. 5, fig. 2. Like the two preceding (P. cayanensis and tibialis) but smaller, and with the under tail coverts, sides of the abdomen ami rump yellow (shoulders and tibia also yellow). All other parts of the plumage black. Middle of tin- abdomen black, uniform with tl ther plumage, hut yellow en the sides (of the abdomen I; under wing en verts and axillaries yel- low. Bill and' feet bluish black. Adult ,' j to 3:i-4' inches. Younger. Entire head and under parts ofDOdy dull O] yellow, black feathers appearing on the throat; quills and tail feathers dark brown, rump greenish yellow. Hab. — Northern South America, New Grenada, Venezuela, Trinidad, Mexico? Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and .Mus. Smiths. Inst., Washington. About the size of/*, chrysocephalus and. like that species, somewhat variable in all its dimensions, a specimen from the Island of Trinidad being the largest and another from Bogota, New Grenada, the smallest. A handsome and easily recognized species, with clear black wings and tail, without a vestige of white markings on either, and differing in that respect from the next succeeding, P. cucullatus. Shoulders in the present species, yellow ; in P. cucidlattts, black. Specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are from Bogota and Santa Martha. New Gre- nada. Two specimens in the Massena collection are labelled as from Mi xico, in the handwriting of Mr. Victor Massena.# Others in the Acad. Mus. are from Trinidad and Venezuela. 16. Pendulinus cucullatus (Swainson). Icterus cucullatus, Swains. Philos. Mag., 1827, p. 436. Cassin, B. of Cal. and Texas, pi. 8. Middle coverts of the wing white, forming a wide diagonal Viand across the wing, near the shoulder. Bill rather long, curved, rather slender; wing moderate, third and fourth quills longest; tail rather long, graduated; legs moderate. Adult '. Back, wings and tail black, middle coverts of the wing white, shorter quills widely edged with white, primaries narrowly edged with grayish white, Front, lores and throat Mack, united and forming a Wide mask. Head above, rump and entire under parts rich golden or reddish yellow; under wing coverts yellow. Bill bluish Mack, legs brownish. Total length about ~H inches ; wing,::1,; tail, 3% to i inches. Younger f. Buck plumage of the back edged with yel- li green, tail narrowly tipped with white, yellow of the head tinged with dull g\ and specimens OCCUr in which the entire yellow (.arts of the plumage are dull greenish yellow, much paler, and of a different shade of yellow from that of the fully-matured bird. Female. Upper parts dull ashy olive green, tinged with yellow on the head, under pits pale greenish yellow, dearer yellow on the middle of the abdomen and under tail coverts, ashy on the Bides, wings ashy brown, coverts tipped with while, tail yellowish green. length about 7 inches. Iluli, — Mexico ; Texas; Lower California. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philadelphia, and Mus. Smiths. Inst., Washington. About the size of the preceding P. aurieapilhu, and generally resembling it, but easily distinguished by its conspicuous white marks on the wings, and the shoulders being black. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus.. from Cor- dova and Mirador, and various localities in the States of Tamaulipas and Coa- [ April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 huila, Mexico, and from Texas. Specimens in the Acad. Mus. are from Mexico, and from Brownsville and "Ringgold Barracks," Texas. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus., also, are from Capt. John Xantus' collection in Lower California, and Colima, Western Mexico. 5. Pendulinua. 17. Pendclixus spurius (Linnasus). Oriolus spurius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162 (1766). Oriolus spurius et varius, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. pp. 389, 390 (1788). Oriolus castaneus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 181 (1790). Yphantes solitaria, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. iii. p. 215 (1816). Penduliuus nigricollis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 318 (1816). Oriolus mutatus, Wils. Am. Orn. i. p. 6-4 (1808). Wils. Am. Orn. i. pi. 4. Aud. B. of Am., pi. 42, oct , ed. iv. pi. 219. Catesby Car., pi. 49. Hahn Voeg., pt. v. pi. 5. Buff. PL Enl. 607, fig. 1. Small; bill slightly curved; wing moderate; third quill usua'ly longest; tail rather long, rounded or slightly graduated. Adult male. Head and upper part ot back, wings and tail black. All other parts dark chestnut. Greater wing coverts tipped with white, quills edged with grayish white; shoulders chestnut; bill bluish black, lighter at base of under mandible; legs dark brown. Female. Upper parts of head and body uniform olive green, under parts pale greenish yellow, smaller and greater wing coverts tipped with white, quills dark brown edged with grayish white, tail yellowish green. Young male. Like the female, but with the throat black, and (in adolescence] the chestnut of the adult beginning to appear on the breast and sides of the neck. Total length about V>y2 to 7 inches ; wing S}4, tail 3 inches. Hab,— Eastern North America; Mexico; Central America; New Grenada. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. An abundant species throughout temperate North America, east of the Rocky Mountains, and extending its winter migration into Mexico and Central America. One specimen in the collection of my friend Mr. Lawrence, of New York, is from Savanilla, New Grenada. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus., from widely distant localities, but showing no specific variation, whether from Nebraska or Guatemala. Numerous specimens also in Mus. Acad., from an equally extensive range of localities. On this little species the genus Pendulinus is founded by Vieillot, but, in my opinion, erroneously, the type or most perfect form being very probably P. boruna, or'perhaps P. Wagleri. The present species is but an humble member of this highly respectable group, and one which shows its characteristics but indifferently — indeed, I am not without a suspicion that it more properly belongs to the group Ilyphantes as an aberrant form. 18. Pexdulinus affinis (Lawrence). Xanthomas affinis, Lawr Ann. Lye, New York, 1851, p. 113. Like the preceding (P. spurius) in form and colors, but smaller, and restricted to South- ern North America. Adnlt male. Chestnut, with the head, back, wings and tail black. Female. Olive green above, pale greenish yellow on the under parts. Total length about 0^4 inches; wing 3, tail 2-&£ inches. Hab.— Texas; Mexico. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. Appears to be uniformly smaller than P. spurius, and not yet found north of Texas. It is, however, only to be distinguished from that species by this char- acter, the shorter wing being the most obvious character in prepared skins. Specimens from Texas and Mexico in Smiths. Mus., and Acad. Mus., and in the collection of Mr. Lawrence, New York. This little bird seems to be the resi- dent species of Texas, and perhaps Mexico ; but its near relative, P. spurius, is also found in those countries abundantly in the winter, or during the season of migration. Ill Genus HYPHANTES, Vieillot. (Genus Yphantes, Vieill. Analyse, p. 33 (1816). This is a group of smaller or medium-sized species, characterized by straight, sharp and rather strong bills, well-developed and somewhat pointed wings, 1867.] 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and rather short tails. All are of entire symmetry and compactness of struc- ture, ami the group represents, in my opinion, the perfection of the family Iclerhhv. ami is therefore, I think, to be properly regarded as the typical genus. My business, in the present series of memoirs, is, however, mainly with spe- cies, and I have not ventured upon such arrangement. 1. Hyp hantes. 1. IIyphantes Baltimore (Linnneus). (Mollis Baltimore, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162 (1766). Qriolus tricolor, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp., p. 87 (177(5). Catesby Carolina, i. pi. 48. Buff. PI. Enl. 506. Vieill. Gal. i. pi. 87. Wils. Am. Orn. i. pi. 1, vi. pi. 53. Aud. B. of Am. pi. 12, oct. ed. iv. pi. 217. Bill straight, pointed : wing with the first four primaries longest and nearly equal : tail moderate. Adult. Fine reddish orange; head, back, wings and middle tail feathers black Shoulders orange, greater coverts tipped with white, quills edged with white, tail at Inse orange, middle feathers black in their terminal two-thirds, others with a medial black, and largely tipped with orange. Bill bluish, legs bluish brown. Female. Like the male, but with the black parts tinged with brown, and the orange parts paler, and sometimes tinged with green; vounger, and frequently mated : the female has the bead above and back vellouish or grayish olive, quills brown, tail olive green. Youug. Like the young female, but with the quills blacker. Adolescent. Black appearing on the head and throat, tail feathers partly black. Total length 1% to 8 inches; wing 3%, tad 3 to 3>4 inches Hah.— Eastern North America; Mexico; Central America. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. and Mus. Smiths., Washington. Specimens of this well-known species in the Smiths. Mus. are from numerous localities throughout the United States, east of the Rocky Mountains, from Eastern Mexico, Guatemala and Costa Rica; many of them, in collections from Mexico and Central America in very fine adult plumage. One of the most beautiful and familiarly-known birds of the United States. This beautiful little species varies in the shade and depth of its orange colors in both males and females. Specimens in the Acad. Mus., from Jalapa, Mexico, are amongst the finest in plumage that I have seen. 2. Hyphantes Bollockii (Swainsan). Xanthornus Bullockii, Swains. Philos. Mag., 1827, p. 436. Psarocolius auricollis, DeWeid, Reise Nord. Am. i. pi. 3(37 (1839). Aud. B. of Am. pi. 388, oct. ed. iv. pi. 218. Size of the preceding, front and wide superciliary stripe orange. Bill straight, pointed, wins rather lone, second and third quills longest, tail moderate, rounded. Adult. Stripe throUKh the eye, head above, back and throat, black. Wings brownish black, greater coverts and quills widely edged with white, under wing everts orange yellow, trout and sunereiliarv stripe, sides of neck and entire under parts of body fine orange yellow, Tvderonthe abdomen. Lower part nf back and rump orange yellow, frequently tinged with ereenish Tail, with the middle feathers brownish black in their terminal two- thirds vellow at base; outer feathers orange yellow, tipped with brownish black. V - lAuer parts yellowish olive ereen, darker and frequently mottled with brownish black on theback. Total length about 7 to r% inches; wing 4, tail Scinches. //„/,._ Western North America; Mexico. Spec, m Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. _ Apparently a frequent species of all the temperate countries of North America on the Pacific Ocean, and inhabiting also a very extensive central ,",.., ion including the Rocky Mountains. Well represented in the plate of Audubon's folio edition, but indifferently in the octavo. Not ultimately resembling any other species. 2 Hyi'HANtes Ahku.i.ei (Lesson). Xanthornus Abeillei, Less. Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 101. Oriolus Costototl, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 385 (1788)? About the size ollthe preceding two species, and strictly of the same generic group. Fntire QDPer part* of head and body black, ruder parts with the throat and tides bUtf. !;" ... if, ,.,,;,, theeye.sides of the neck and middle of the under parts of the body ,,!',■ rellow Wings' black, greater coverts white, quills edged with white. Tail with the middle feathers brownish black, other tail feathers yellow, tipped with brownish [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 blank. Plumage of the rump and upper tail coverts einerous and greenish yellow at base, and widely tipped with black. Under wing coverts yellow. Hill bluish brown, light blue at base of under mandible, legs bluish brown. Bill straight, pointed, wing rather long, third quill longest, tail moderate, rounded. Total length about 7]^ inches; wing 4, tail 3}£ inches. llab.— Mexico. Spec, in Smiths. Mas., Washington. Of this curious anil little-known bird, I have seen only a single specimen, which was obtained from Messrs. Verreanx, of Paris, and is now in the Smiths. Mus. It is at once recognizable by the sides being black. This bird may be 0. costototl, Gmelin, as cited above, founded on a description of Hernandez, but not to be so determined satisfactorily. 2. Melanophantes. 5. Hyphantes xanthomus (Sclater). Icterus xanthomus, Sclat. Cat. Am. B. p. 131 (1862). Bill straight, pointed, thick at base; wing with the second and third quills longest, tail moderate, rounded, legs rather strong. Adult. Shoulders yellow; all other parts of the plumage glossy black. Under wing coverts black, uniform with the other black plumage. Yellow space on the shoulder frequently edged with yellowish white ; very pale and nearly pure white in some specimens. Bill black, paler at base of under mandible; legs brown- ish black. Sexes alike? Total length about 7'4 to 8 inches: wing 4 to 4'.t'. tail :;'£ inches. Hab. — Porto Rico; St. Thomas? West Indies. Spec, in Mus. Acad,, Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This is one of the anomalous forms, not to be arranged without difficulty, and, in structure, a curious species. My present opinion is that it is analogue of Agelaius in the genus Hyphantes, but am not without a suspicion that it really belongs in the subfamily with Agelaius and Molothrus. Easily recog- nized by its short compact structure, straight and almost conic bill, black plumage and yellow shoulders. (The under wing coverts being clear black, not yellow or partly so, as in Pendulinus cayanensis and P. tibialis, which this bird resembles in colors only.) Specimens in Acad. Mus., from the Massena collection, without label, numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus., exclusively from Porto Rico, in the fine collections of Mr. George Latimer. 3. Aporophantes. 6. Hyphantes pyrrhopterus (Vieillot). Agelaius pyrrhopterus, Vieill. Xouv. Diet, xxxiv. p. 543 (1819). Pendulinus periporphyrus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 432 (1850). Bill straight, sharp, rather slender; wing moderate; tail rather long, graduated; feet strong. Adult. Shoulders dark chestnut; all other parts of plumage lustrous black. Bill bluish black, feet brownish black. Total length about 8 inches; wing 3}£ to I}1^, tail 4 in. Hib. — Northern South America; Bolivia (Massena Coll.) Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. Another singular and anomalous form in this group, and not to be assigned to any genus without difficulty. The bill is straight, pointed and conic, though rather weak, the wings may almost be said to be rounded, the first quill shorter, the next four nearly equal, and the tail long and partially gradu- ated. At present my impression is that this bird belongs here, though it may be perhaps more properly regarded as Pendulinus or possibly Agelaius. The only specimens that I have seen of this curious species are in the Acad. Mus., from the Massena collection, one of which is from D'Orbigny's collection, and is labelled " Chicquitos." Easily distinguished by its chestnut shoulders and black plumage, which combination is peculiar. IV. Genus CASSICUS, Brisson. Cassicus, used generically, Briss. Orn. ii. p. 98 (1760). Cassicus, Daud. Traite D'Orn. ii. p. 322 (1800), Cassicus, Illig. Prod., p. 214 (1811). Cuv. Reg. An. i. p. 394 (1817). 1 . Cassicus. 1. Cassicus hvEmorrhous (Linnams). Oriolus ha-morrlious, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 161 (1766). 1867.] Gt PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Buff. PI. Enl., 482. Swains. B. of Braz., pi. 1. Shaw Nat. Misc. x. pi 365. Prevost Ois. Exot., pi. 71. Dubois Orn. Gal., pi. 43. D'Orb. Cuv. Orn. pi. 37. Briss. Orn ii. pi. 8. Bill large, slightly curved, wing long, third quill longest, tail moderate or rather short, feet strong. Adult. Back and rump bright scarlet: all other parts of the plumage lustrous black; bill bluish or greenish yellow; feet brownish black. Sexes alike in colors. Younger. Back and rump yellowish scarlet; other parts of plumage dull brownish black; bill dull greenish yellow, darker at base. Total length, male, about 12 inches; wing 7}^, tail 4 to -1 ' 2 inches; female smaller. Hiab. — South America; Central and Eastern? Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. Apparently one of the most abundant birds of South America. In all col- lections in this country, usually from Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, St. Katherine, ami other points in Eastern Brazil. Perhaps the same also from Guiana and Trinidad. In this species the bill is not so large as in the next succeeding, (C. affinis,) but in all other characters the two birds are very similar, and prob- ably ought to be regarded as identical. 2. Cassicus affinis, Swainson. Cassicns affinis, Swains. B. of Braz. " Cassicus crassirostris, Aliq." Bonap. Compt. Rend., 1853, p. 833. Swains. B. of Braz., pi. 2. To be distinguished from the preceding by its thicker bill, which is, so far as I can see, the principal character, and but a doubtful species. Not having a sufficient number of specimens which are clearly this bird, to form a satis- factory series or to show gradations, I give it provisionally as distinct, and very nearly as defined by the Prince Bonaparte in Compt. Rend, xxxvii. p. 833. • Like the preceding, and about the same size, but with the bill much larger, especially at base, straighter and wider; wing long; tail rather short. Back and rump bright scarlet; all other parts of the plumage lustrous black; bill bluish yellow; feet brownish black. Total length about 12% inches; female smaller. ILib— Northern South America: '-Cayenne." Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. The Prince Bonaparte's diagnosis of this species, as above crted is : — "Grande; d'un noir luisant; la couleur rouge 6tendue ; le bee droit, mais tres-dilat6, enorme a la base." Several specimens in the Massena collection present all these characters, and especially the last, the bill being, indeed, quite entitled to be considered i ■ nurmous at base. The scarlet of the back is of greater extent than in either of the two next succeeding, ami perhaps also of the preceding, (C. hxmorrhous,) as stated by the Prince Bonaparte, as above cited; but I cannot see that this bird is of a more lustrous black than the pre- ceding, as also stated by him in descriptions of the two supposed species — " noir mat " and " noir luisant." Specimens in the Acad. Mus. from "Cayenne." 3. Cassicus uropygialis, Lafresnaye. Cassicus uropygialis, LafreS. Rev. Zool., 1843. p. 290. Cassicus curvirostris, Lafres. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 218. Halm Voeg., pt. vi. pi. G? Like the two preceding, (C. hxmorrJiout and C. affinis,') hnt smaller, and with the bill curved, and the BCarlel of the back and rump more restricted. In all .specimens now before inc. the scarlet on the upper parts is restricted to the rump, and much smaller in extent than in either of the preceding, and frequently assuming a yellowish or copper lustre, (which is the case also in the succeeding species, ' '. micramynchm). Entire other plumage lustrous black, bill greenish yellow, feet dark brown. Mill thick at base, both mandibles curved, wing long, tail moderate or rather short. Total length about 10 to lu% inches ; wing C<},£, tail .r>J4 to b]^ inches. Female smaller. // head, Deck and 'back, and entire under parts of the body, wings and tail. Mack. Bill light colored, feet dark. Bill smaller than in C. persicus, pointed; wing moderate or rather long, third quill longest; tail ] lerate, legs rather short. Total length s;t.j inches, wing 4J4, tail 3% inches, i female). flat.— Guayaquil (Massena Coll.) Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. 2. Cassiculus. Genus Cassiculus, Swains. Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 27G (1831). 8. Cassicus melanicterus (Bonaparte). Icterus melanicterus, Bonap. Jour. Acad. Philada. iv. p. 389 (1825). Icterus diadematus, Temm. PI. Col. Cassiculus coronatus, Swains. Philos. Mag. 1827, p. 436. Temm. PI. Col. 482. Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ii. pi. 45. ('rested, tail entirely yellow, except the two middle feathers and the outer web Of the outer feather, which are black. Large, bill straight, tapering, pointed: wing long, third and fourth quills longest : tail rather long; head with a crest of long and Blender feathers. Adult ff. Back and upper and under tail coverts and tail (except two middle feathers) > ellow, middle and greater wing coverts yeiiou. ah other parts of the plumage lustrous black, mu bluish or greenish yellow, legs dark brown. Outer web of outer tail feather usu- allv dark brown, and the yellow feathers of the tail are frequently spotted with brown at their tips. Total length abou! 12 to i:i inches, wing 6 to 6J4, tail 6V$ to 6 inches. Female .smaller, and with the dark parts of the plumage usually tinged with brown. Total length about a1 ,, inches. Young. No crest, dark parts of plumage brownish black, yellow parts tinged with green, all the yellow tail feathers edged on both webs with dark brown. An irregular large spol on each side nt the I, use of the upper mandible dull yellOW, throat with numerous whitish spots. HaA— Mexico, Abundant at Mazatlan, Acapulco. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. The only species of this group having a well defined crest, and easily recog- [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. C7 nized. Abundance of specimens in the fine collections of Col. Grayson and Capt. Xantus, from Mazatlan. Specimens in Mus. Acad, labelled Acapulco. 0. Cassicus leucorhamphus (Bonaparte). Xanthomas leucoramphus, Bonap. Att. Sc. Ital. 1843, p. 404. Cassiculus leucoramphus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 428 (1850). Cassicus chrysonotus, D'Orb. et Lafres. Mag. Zool. 1838, p. 3? Bill straight, pointed; tail long; wing long, third and fourth quills longest : legs strong Adult. Back and. spot on the wing coverts bright yellow, all other parts lustrous black. Tail uniform black, upper tail coverts Mark at their ends, yellow at their bases. Bill blu- ish at base, with its point or terminal half, ivory white ; feet brownish Mack ( no yellow on the abdomen nor under tail coverts, those parts being black, uniform with other parts of the plumage). Younger or female? Entire black parts of plumage tinged with brown, and yellow parts with greenish: Mil dark brown at base, dull white at tip. Total length, male 11 to 12 inches, wing 6, tail 5% inches. Female V about \)]A, wing 3% to 4, tail 4% inches.. Hub. — Northern South America, New Grenada, Ecuador. Spec in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This is a large species, with a sharp, rather small bill and long tail, easily distinguished from any other bird of this group. It is frequent in collections from Bogota. This species has the tail and entire under parts of the body clear uniform black, without yellow in either. There can be little doubt that C. chry- sonotus, D'Orb. et Lafres., is the young of this bird, but that the student may judge for himself I give the original description of that supposed species, next succeeding. Of this fine species numerous specimens are in the Mus. Acad., labelled " Bo- gota," and in the Mus. Smiths., from Ecuador and New Grenada. If the same as C. chrysonotus, which I think quite probable, that name has precedence for the species. 10. Cassicus chrysonotus, Lafresnaye. Cassicus chrysonotus, Lafres. Guer. Mag. 1838, p. 3. D'Orb. Voy. Am. Ois. pi. 52. "Affinis hree species Cassico icteronnto ; sed differ! rostro rectiore, cauda longiore et colo- ribus. Rostrum in exuvia fiavo-albidum, in viva basi obscure ceeruleo nebulatum, apiee depressiuseulum ; casside frontali anghsta tereti quamvis pqsterius rotundata. Supra et subtus totus major dorso postico et uropygio tan turn flavo-aurantius, tectricibus caudse superis ac inferis nigris ; alee his Cassici icteronoti longitudine sequalis, sed cauda multo longiore maris nigredine supra nitente, foeminre ohsoura; hujus nonnullee alarum tectrices medise punctis aut striis minimis aurantius terminator. An majorum maeularum in aliis speciminibus indicium ? " •■ Longit. marts, HI cent., fceminx 27 cent." "CauasB maris 14]4 cent. Icteronoti 11% cent." "Habit, in Bolivia^ Yungas." (Lafresnayes' description as cited above). The tail, in the figure cited, is represented as plain black. This species I have not seen, at least no specimen to which this description applies, nor like the figure in D'Orb. Voy. above cited. My present impression and suspicion is that it is the young of the immediately preceding species O. leucoramphus, and. though figured without the yellow spot on the wing, that character is clearly indicated in the description, as above. 11. Cassiculus flavicrissus, Sclater. Cassiculus flavicrissus, Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 18G0, p. 276. "Nigerrimus : dorso postico, tectricibus alaribus dorso proximis, crisso et rectrieibus ad basin tiavissiinus : rostro plumbeo, apiee albicante : pedibus nigris." ■' hong, tota maris 10'0, alee 5'8, cauda 4'0; feminae 8-5, alffl 4*4, caudse 3"8." " Hub. in rep. Equator." " Mus. P. L. S." " Four examples. Irides and bill blue: not shy; very noisy, in flocks among large trees in the deep bush; stomach contained seeds and insects." (Dr. Sclater's description, aa above cited). This species is unknown to me and not in any American collection to my knowledge. It is evidently a strongly marked and peculiar species, the base of the tail being yellow, which is its special character in the group Cassiculus. 1867.] 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP (Genus Arehiplanus, Cabanis). 12. Cassicus albirostris. Vieillot. Ca8sicus albirostris, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 364. (1816). Xanthomas chrysopterus, Vig. Zool. Jour. ii. p. 190 (1825). [apus dubius, Merr. Grub. Eney. xv. p. 277. Zool. Jour. Supp. pi. 9. Small, much resembling the preceding (C. kucoramphtu) and with the same colors, but much smaller. Head with somewhat lengthen d and probably erectile feathers; i>ui tmcK at base, straight, pointed; wing long, third and fourth quills Longest; tail rather long,* • t strong. Adult. Rump and large spot on the wing coverts yellow, all other parts deep black, upper tail coverts and tail black. Bill yellowish or ivory white, frequently greenish atbase; legs brownish black. Younger. Entire black plumage tinged with brown, and yellow parts with greenish ; bill dark brownish, tip paler. Total length, male, about 8^ inches, wing 4. tail 4 inches, lounger or female, total length about VA, wing 3V£, tail 3% inches. .„,:,, , -,, Uab.— Brazil, south-eastern South America? Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., \\ ashington. In colors and general characters this bird much resembles the preceding ( C. leumramphus), but is smaller, with the feathers of the head more lengthened and crest-like, and has the yellow of the rump much more restricted. It seems to belong strictly to the same group, and in my opinion is certainly of the group Cassiculus. Specimens in the Mus. Smiths, from the Rio Parana. Brazil, and in the Acad. Mus. labelled Brazil. 3. Ostinops. (Genus Ostinops, Cab. Mus. Ilein., i. p. 187 (1851). 13. Cassicds citrecs (Miiller). Oreolus citreus, Mull. Svst. Nat Supp., p. 87 (1776). Oriolus cristatus, Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl., p. 20 (1783). Oriolus cristatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 387 (1788). Xanthornus decumanus et maximus, Pall. Spic. Zool.. pt. vi. pp. 1. 3 (1769). Buff. PI. Enl., 344. Pall. Spic. Zool., pt. vi. pi. 1. Swains. B. of Braz., pi. 32. Dubois Orn. Gal., pi. 34. Large with a crest of linear, procumbent feathers: bill large, very thick atbase; wing lone- fourth quill usuallj longest; tail long, graduated; legs strong. Adult Tail feathers yellow except the two in the middle, which are Mack: lowerpartol the back, and upper and under tail coverts, dark chestnut. All other parts of plumage black, generally lus- trous and frequently witb a brownish shade ; bill yelh.w; legs brownish black. Younger. Brownish black, with entire upper and under parts of body tinged with dull reddish chest- nut • (tail coverts and tail as in adult). Total length, male, about I dies; wn to io tail 8 to 9 inches. Female, 13 to 15, wing 6J« to 7, tail 7 to 7V£ niches. _ Haft.— South America; Brazil; Ecuador; New Grenada; Trinidad. Spec, in Mas. Acad., Philada.. and .Mus. Smiths., Washington. I The largest specimens of this abundant species in the series now before me are from Ecuador, and the smallest are from the island of Trinidad; but 1 tail entirely to detect differences or to discriminate between those from various localities. The female is decidedly the smaller. Numerous specimens in the Mus. Smiths., Washington, and Mus. Acad., Philadelphia. The finest-plumaged as well as largest specimens that I have seen of this l.ird are in the very valuable collection made in Ecuador, by the Hon. Charles R. Bnckalew, late '.Minister of the United States to that country, and presented by him to the Smithsonian Institution. 14. CA88IOUB VIBIDIS (Mullen. Oriolus viridis, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp., p. 81? (1776). Xanthornus virens. Schreber, tfaturforscher, wiii. p. 1 (1782). Oriolus viridis. Bodd. Tab. PL Enl., pi. 20 (1783). Cassicus viridis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 364 (1816). Oriolus rufirostris. Shaw. Gen. Zool. Avcs. vii. p. 416 (1809). Buff. PI. Enl.. 328. Natnrforsch, xviii. pi. 1. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 69 Largo, bill very thick at base, tapering rather suddenly, elevated in front, straight ; wing long, third quill longest; tail rather long ; legs and feel very strong. Head with acrestol very slender, recumbent feathers. Adult male Tail yellow, except the two middle fea- f tiers, which are dark-greenish brown : back and upper tail coverts, lower part of abdomen, tibia- and under tail coverts dark chestnut. Quills black. All other parts of plumage dark yellowish green, lighter on the under parts. Bill greenish yellow, legs black. Female. Smaller than the male, but similar in colors. Young. Tibias green. Total length, male, about 18 inches; wing about lu, tail 7 to 1]/% inches. Female. Total length about 11 ; wing 71 _, to 8, tail bM inches. Jiuh. — Northern and Eastern South America. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. This large species is to be found in all collections, and has long been known to naturalists, but, like rather numerous common species, must be studied care- full}' in connection with its later-discovered allies. Specimens in the .Mus. Acad, have no labels stating locality, but this bird comes abundantly in col- lections from Brazil, and I have seen it from more northern countries of South America. 15. Cassicus yuracarium, D'Orbigny et Lafresnaye. Cassicus yuracares, D'Orb. et Lafres. Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 2. Cassicus Devillii, Bomip. Consp. Av. i. p 427 (1850). D'Orb. Voy. Ois., pi. 51, fig. 1. Castelnau Voy. Ois., pi. 19, fig. 1. Large, resembling the preceding, and about the same size, but with a large naked spaci at the base of the lower mandible, and the bill black, tipped with yellow. Back, wings and abdomen dark chestnut, tail yellow, except two middle feathers, which are reddish brown. Head, neck. and breast and upper part of back yellowish green ; quills brownish black, edged externally with dark chestnut: legs black. Female like the male, but smaller. Younger like the adult, but with the chestnut on the under parts more' restricted. and on the back mixed with green. Head (in adult) with a crest of slender recumbent feathers, wing long, third quill longest, tail moderate or rather long, legs very strong. Total length, male, about 18 inches; wing cj}4, tail 1% inches. Female. Total length about 1.3; wing 7%, tail (i\4 to 7 inches. Hoi — Northern South America; New Grenada; Bolivia; Peru. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. About the size of the common C. viridis, but easily distinguished by it? chestnut-colored back and abdomen, and the large naked space at the base of the lower mandible. Numerous specimens in the Mus. Smiths., from various localities in New Grenada, and in Mr. Lawrence's collection from the " Rio Napo." Specimens in the Acad. Mus., from the fine collection made by the Hon. John Randolph Clay, while Minister of the United States to Peru. Very handsomely figured by D'Orbigny, as above. 1G. Cassicus atro-virens, D'Orbigny et Lafresnaye. Cassicus atro-virens, D'Orb. et Lafres. Mag. Zool., 1838, p. 1, D'Orb. Voy. Am. Ois., pi. 51, fig. 2. Like the preceding, but smaller and of a darker green color, Bill very thick at tapering abruptly; wing long, second, third and fourth quills longest and nearly equal ; taii rather long, legs strong. Adult? Back and upper and under-tail coverts dark chestnut, a la rue frontal space pale yellow ; all other parts of the body, above and below, and v trigs, dark olive green, darker on the head, pale] on the throat and neck, Tail with the middle and outer leathers dark olive, nearly uniform with the body; intermediate feathers (oi the tail) yellow. Bill greenish yellow, legs black, Tibiae green, Quills brownish black Total length about 1-'. inches; wing 8\£ to 9, tail 7 inches, ILih. — Bolivia, Spec, in Mus, Acad," Philada, The only specimen of this species is D'Orbigny's type in tho Masaena col- lection, (Mus. Acad.) It is singularly like all the preceding, but of a darker green color, nearly uniform on all parts, but rather darker on the head above, and back. This darker color is the principal character on which rests the species, so far as I can discover. In this specimen there is no crest, but the feathers of the head are somewhat lengthened only. I regard it as possible that this species and the next may be identical, but such is nut my opinion at present. Fairly represented in D'Orbigny's plate. 17. Cassicus Alfreoi, Dcs Murs. Cassicus Alfredi, Des Murs, Castclnau's Voy. Am. Ois., p. G7 (1855). " Ostinops angustifrons." Jules Verreaux' label in Mus, Smiths, Casteln. Voy. Am. Ois., pi. 19, fig. 3, 1807.] 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Several specimens in the Acad. Mus. and Smiths. Mus. seem to be this spe- All are labelled "Bogota," and tour specimens in the Smiths. .Mus. are certainly correct, and so are other specimens in Mr. Lawrence's collection. This bird differs from C. viridii and C. atrovirens, in having the head, in front, yellow, and this yellow color strongly tinging the neck ami the throat: and, in nearly all specimens, the body, above and below, is more or less tinged with reddish brown, sometimes strong, bat frequently taint. Xcarlyall the feathers of the crown are lengthened ami crest-like in a greater degree than in C. atro- rimix. At present my impression is that this is a distinct species, though no specimen that I have seen seems to be entirely adult. About tin- size of ''. vir%dis, and of the same general form and colors, but with the wings and tail longer, and with a large space in front, and frequently extending over tin- to]. of the head, yellow. Hark ami rump reddish brown; tie- latter (rump) usually with a yellow- ish tinge; sides of abdomen and under tail. coverts reddish or yellowish brown. Entire other plumage olive green ; head, in front, yellow, throat ami neck strongly tinged with yellow. Wings brownish black, middle and outer feathers of tail greenish "brown, other tail feathers yellow. Hill pah- yellow, less dark brown. Total length, male about 17 inches; wing 9 J^, tail 7V£ inches. Female? Total length about 13; wing 1XA, tail §M in. Hob. — Northern South America; New Grenada. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Phifada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This bird comes occasionally in Bogota collections, though not commonly. It seems to have the wings rather longer, and perhaps the tail also longer, than in either C. viridis or C. atrovirens, and my opinion is that it is distinct from either. It differs from C. angustifrons in having the bill always yellow. i not black at all ages, as in C. (tngustijram). In the splendid collection of Bogota birds, recently presented to the Smith- sonian Institution by the Hon. A. A. Burton, late Minister of the United States to New Grenada, there are four specimens of this species, and others also, from Bogota, are in the Acad. Mus., Philadelphia, and in the collection of my friend Mr. Lawrence, of New York. This seems to be clearly the bird de- scribed and figured by Des Murs, as above, the lengthened feathers of the head being; quite peculiar and characteristic, and partially shown in Castelnau's plate, as above. 18. Cassicus angcstifroxs, Spix. Cassicus angustifrons, Spix At. Bras. i. p. 6G (1824). Spix At. Bras. i. pi. 62. Differs from all the preceding species in having the bill black at all ages. Large : a few feathers of the crown lengthened and crest-like; hill straight, thick at base, flatl laterally, not so large as in the preceding species. Wing long, fourth quill longest ; tail long, rounded, feet strong. Adult. Entire plumage greenish brown or dark choci color, lighter and tinged with yell. .wish green en the head and throat, and, in some speci- mens, on the under parts of the body. Back and Upper and under tail coverts dark red- dish chestnut Wings brownish black, middle !'< atn< re of the tail brownish black, others yellow, hill and feet brownish or hlni-h black, lighter and sometimes nearly white at the tip. Vounger. 1 1 cad and neck Btrongly-tinged » ith dull yellow, and tail tinned with green, ■sexes alike and 'distinguished mainly by size? Total length, male, about is incl to1... tail 9 inches. Female. Total length about 15% ; wing 8, tail 7Jj»inches. Hub. — Northern South America; I pper Amazon; bio Napo. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This large species is always distinguishable by its black bill, and is darker and different!} colored in plumage than either of the preceding. Specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are from Lieut. Ilerndon's collection on the Amazon River, and in Mr. Lawrence's collection from the Rio Napo. In the Acad. Mu-. line specimens are labelled " Pebas, llaut-Ama/.on." Very indifferently figured by Spix. as above, but recognizable by its black bill, and altogether a peculiar ami entirely respectable species, not troubled with near relations. L9. Cassicus bifasoiatus, Spix. Cassicus bifasciatus, Spix At. Bras. i. p. C3 (1824). Spix At. Bras. i. pi. 61. Bill flattened laterally or compressed, a large naked the base of the under man- dible, which space i> integral, (not divided into two 9j m the two next succeeding [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 species). Head with a few long crest-like feathers, not so long nor so narrow as in C. guatimozinus, but longer than in C. Muntezunur. Wing moderate or rather loug, third quill longest, tail rather long, rounded. Adult. Head and breast brownish black, entire upper parts of body, abdomen, under tail coverts and tibise light chestnut. Tail yellow, tin' two middle feathers dark brown. Kill with its basal two-thirds Mack, tip yellowish white. Legs brownish black. Sexes alike. Total length, male, IS to 20 inches; wing n^ to 10, tail 8 inches. Female. Total length about 14 to 15 inches ; wing 8, tail 6 to 6]4 inches. Bab. — Northern South America; Para." Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. This species and the two next succeeding are much alike in colors and general form. In this species the naked space is always integral, as above described, and the tibia; light chestnut, uniform with the abdomen and upper parts of the body. Specimens in the Acad. Mus. certainly from Para, Northern Brazil. Spix's figure, above cited, is near enough for practical purposes, as the Professor of mathematics says. 20. Cassicus Moxtezum.*: (Lesson). Cacicus Montezuma, Less. Cent. Zool., p. 33 (1830). Less. Cent. Zool., pi. 7. Gervais Atl. Zool., pi. 33. Like the preceding, but with the naked space on the cheek partially divided by a line of short, imbricated feathers above the lower edge of the lower mandible, and the tibia black. Head with a few linear, crest-like feathers, (short and inconspicuous, not so long as in either C. bifasciatus or C. guatimozinns). Colors much as in the preceding: head, breast and tibise brownish black, body above and below dark chestnut, tail yellow, except the two middle feathers, which are brownish black. Basal half to two-thirds of bill black, tip yellowish or reddish white, feet brownish black. Sexes alike. Total length, male, 18 to 20 inches; wing 10, tail 8 inches. Female smaller. Bab. — Mexico; Central America. _Spec. in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Wash- ington. Always has the naked space at the base of the under mandible divided by an imperfect line of short feathers, as represented in Lesson"s plate, cited above, and the tibiae black, (not light chestnut as in the preceding). This seems to be an abundant species of Mexico and Central America. Lesson's type in Acad. Mus. is labelled " Mexique," others are from San Juan de Nicaragua. Numerous specimens in Smiths. Mus. are from the very fine col- lections made by Dr. C. Sartorius near Vera Cruz, Mexico, by Mr. O. Salvin in Guatemala, and Mr. J. Carmiol at Angostura and San Carlos, Costa Rica. 21. Cassicus guatimozixus (Bonaparte). Ostinops guatimozinus, Bonap. Compt. Rend., 1853, p. 833. Larger than either O. bifasciatus or C. Mimtezumse, darker-colored, and the crest feathers longer and more slender; bill thicker at base, and naked space at base of lower mandible completely divided by a line of short feathers. Bill very thick and wide laterally at base, straight, pointed, wing moderate or rather long, tail* rather long, legs strong. Adult. Head and entire under parts black, upper parts of body and under tail coverts dark-pur- plish chestnut, tail yellow, except the two middle feathers, which are brownish black. Bill with the basal two-thirds black, tip yellowish white, legs brownish black. Younger? Sides purplish brown, otherwise as in adult. Total length, male, about 21)4 inches; wing 1(% tail RV2 inches. Female smaller. Total length about 15*4 inches. ~^Bab. — New Grenada; "Bio Truando;" •■Turbo;" Spec, hi Mus. Smiths., Washington. This species is of the same general form as the two immediately preceding, but is much darker in colors, and not difficult to distinguish. The only specimens that I have seen are two in Capt. Miehler'a collection, made during a survey of the Rio Atrato, New Grenada, now in the Smiths. Mus. The crest in this species is in front, directly at the base of the upper mandible, and is composed of very narrow, almost thread-like feathers, probably erectile. 4. Ocyalus. (Subgenus Ocyalus, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1840, p. 183.) 22. Cassicus latirostris, Swainson. Cassicus latirostris, Swains. Cat. Cv., p. 358 (1838). Cassicus (Ocyalus) popayanus, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1S40, p. 183. 1867.] 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Bill thick at base, very wide and convex in front, wing long, primaries attenuated at their ends, tail rather short, legs moderate or rather weak. Adult. Head above dark chestnut, body above and below rich purplish black, wing lustrous greenish black, four middle feathers of the tail lustrous black, others yellow, widely tipped with black, and outer feathers edged with black on their outer webs. Bill pale bluish yellow, N-jrs brown- ish black. Sexes alike? Younger. Hack tinged with the same chestnut as the head, and wings nearly plain Mark, the green lustre being scarcely apparent. Total length about 11 inches ; « ing S to s1 ... tail 4 to 4*4. Female slightly smaller. Haft. — Northern South America; New Grenada; ("Popayan," Mr. Waterhouse;) Peru, (Mr. Swainson). Spec, in Mils. Aead., Philada. This is a richly-colored bird in adult plumage, and represents a strongly- marked gubgeneric group in the genus Cassicus, if not entitled to generic dis- tinction with the next species. The general form is short and compact, with the tail also short, or rather so, and the wings long, with the primaries attenuated at their points, feet rather slender. As Mr. Swainson says truly, a strong "fissirostral type." The only specimens that I have seen are male and female in Mus. Acad., Philadelphia, which were obtained from Messrs. Ycrreaux, Paris, labelled as from New Grenada. 23. Cassicus Wagleri, G. R. Gray Cassicus Wagleri, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, ii. p. 342 (184?). Gray's Gen. ii. pi. 85. Larger than the preceding, but strictly of the same subgroup. Bill very large and eon- vex in front, wing long, primaries strongly attenuated at their ends, tail rather short, graduated, feet moderate. Adult. Entire head, lower part of back, side- .,t al domes and under tail coverts dark chestnut; wings, back and body below lustrous greenish black ; tibia' brownish black. Two middle leathers of the tail" and outer webs of two external feathers clear black, other tail feathers yellow. Bill yellowish green, legs brownish black. Head with a few filiform crest-like feathers. Sexes alike. 5Tounger. Entire body above and below tinged with dull chestnut, nearly uniform in shade with the head, (black of the back and body beneath, in the adult, scarcely distinguishable in the young.) wings dull black with little greenish lustre. Bill brownish, yellow at point; "bill in living bird yel- lowish white," (Prof. F. Sumichrast). "Iris light blue," (Mr. J. Carmiol). Total length, male, about it inches; wing s]4 to 9, tail 5J£ inches. Female. Total length about 12 inches: wing 7' ,, tail I1/, to .". inches. Hal,.— Mexico: Central America; New Grenada. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada., and Mus. Smiths., Washington. Abundance of specimens in the Smiths. Mus. from the magnificent collections of Prof. P. Sumichrast in Mexico, and Dr. A. Von Frantzius and Mr. Julian Carmiol in Costa Rica. The latter labelled '• San Jose," "Angostura," " Tur- rialba " and San Carlos." Also from Guatemala, and Panama and the l!io Truando, New Grenada. In the younger bird, the attenuation at the cuds of the primary quills is not soj-drongly marked as in the adult. This interesting specie- is accurately and handsomely figured by Mr. G. R. Gray ill his great work, "The Genera of Birds,-' cited above. 5. Clypicterus. (Genus Clypicterus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 426.) 24. Cassicus Oskkyi, Deville. Cassicus Oseryi, Der. Rev. Zool., 1849, p. 57. Castelnau, Voy. Am. Ois., pi. 18, fig. 3. "Bee tenement rentie a sa base fnrmant mi bourrelet arrondi sur la partie frOE idant jusqu'a la naissance de l'ceil ; lorum uoirs, bord despaupieres garni de pel plumes i loirs ; en dessus d'un bum rou3 chatain.pl us fanes' dur le aerriere de la tete, plus clair et passant au vert olive sui la partie frontale; gorge el poitrine d'un jaune plus on moins olivacfi, changeanl un peu an gris sous la gorge; ventre m616 de chataio et de jaune olivatre. Aile a premiere remige noir; les deuxieme, troisieme, quatrieme, cinquieme et sixieme ayant a teurs bords externes, et an tiers de leur longeur k peu pris, une bande jaune allant en s'eclaircissant, el s'elargissaat de la deuxieme A la sixidme; les grandes couvertures des ail.- ayant du cot4 du bord interne une bande ronsse chatain, puis une d'un jaune oliv&tre faiblem. nt colore jusqu'a la bagnette du milieu, laquelli uoire, ainsl que tout le bord interne. Pied robustes; le pouce etson ongle tres-forts. Queue jaune, a I'exception desquatres | medianes, el le I I externe de ia prem penne lateral e, qui son! d'un brun verd&tre fonc6. Long, tot 29 cent. 3 mill, Long 18 c. :( m. Long. do. bee 6 e. _ m, Larg. du renflement du bee -J c. :i m. Long de la queue 12 c.6 m." [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 "■Hah. — P6bas, sur le Haut-Amazone." (Deville, as above.) "Rubro-castanens; pectore fronteque flavo-olivaceus ; remigibus fuscis: cauda flavissima, reetricibus mediis margine- que externarum olivaceis." (Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 426.) These are the original descriptions of a species of which the Prince Bona- parte makes a genus, as above, but which I have not seen. The figure in Castelnau's Voy., above cited, looks much like a young bird, but is different from any species known to me. This bird is given in the catalogue of tin- Baron Lafresnaye's collection, now in the museum of the Boston Natural History Society. (The following may be an additional species of this genus.) 25. Cassicus leuccrus, De Wied. ? Cassicus leucurus, De Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras. iii. p. 1245 (1831). "Der weisschwanzige Cassicke. Wird Jonccmgo genannt." " Er lebt, nach Aussage der Cfcmacan-Indianer, haufig an den Ufern des Rio Pardo ini Sertong. Der Vogel ist Schwartz, mit weissem Sehwanze. Sein Nest hangt er gesell- sehaftheb, wie der Japu, Guasch nnd Japui, an den Baumen fiber dem Wasser auf. Es hat die Gesbalt wie bei obigen Arten. Ich habe diesen Vogel durch Zufall nich zu sehen bekommen." Not subsequently determined, and, of course, may have been erroneously reported to the Prince Maximilian. V.— Genus AMBLYCERCUS. (Genus Amblycercus, Cabanis Mus. Hein. i. p. 190.) 1. Amblycercus solitarius (Vieillot). Cassicus solitarius, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. v. p. 3G4 (1816). Cassicus nigerrimus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 66 (1824). Spix, Av. Bras. i. pi. 63. Entirely black, except the bill, which is yellowish white. Head with the feathers of the crown somewhat lengthened, and probably partially erectile ; plumage of the back long, ample; wing rather short; fourth quill longest; tail long, rounded; legs strong. Bill straight, Battened laterally or compressed. Black plumage with slight greenish lustre in adult. Sexes alike. Total length about 1()]4 inches; wing 5, tail 5^ inches. Hab.— Northern and Central South America; Brazil; Ecuador; Bolivia; (Dr. Sclater). Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. A clear black species, frequent in collections from Brazil. The feathers of the head are lengthened in this bird, and the plumage of the back, though ample, is not so much so as in the next succeeding, which is also a plain black species. Specimens in the Acad. .Mus. from Brazil, and in Mus. Smiths, from the collections of the Hon. Charles R. Buckalew in Ecuador, and of Com. T. J. Page in Paraguay. Spix's attempt to represent this respectable species, as above, miscarried palpably. 2. Amblycercus Prevostii (Lesson). Amblyramphus Prevostii, Less. Cent. Zool., p. 159 (1830). Less. Cent. Zool., pi. 54. Gervais, Atl. Zool., p. 34. Much resembling the preceding, but smaller, and with the feathers of the crown short, (not lengthened, as in the preceding). Bill thick at base, flattened laterally, and not SO much convex above as in the preceding. Wing rather short, rounded; fourth and fifth quills longest; tail rather short; legs moderate; plumage of the back very profuse, lengthened. Adult. Entirely black, with little or no lustre; bill yellowish white; legs dark brown. Sexes alike. "Eye yellowish white, legs light-lead color, hill greenish yel- low." (Mr. Frederick Hicks, Panama.) Total length, male, about '.0 ., inches; wing ixA, tail V._. in. -lies. Female. Total length about s^ inches; wiiiK 3%. tail 3% inches. Bab. — Mexico; Central America; New Grenada. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philadelphia, and Mus. Smiths., Washington. This smaller species much resembles the preceding in form and color, but is quite distinct. The most immediately available characters are the smaller size and lengthened feathers of the back in the present bird, and the bill is more flattened on the culmen. In a large number of specimens no one has the feathers of the crown lengthened, as in the preceding. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are from the fine collections of Dr. C. Sartorius at Mirador, near Vera Cruz, Mexico, of Prof. F. Sumichrast and Mr. J. Canuiol in Costa 1867.] 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Rica, and also from Guatemala and Panama, New Grenada. Specimens in Arm!. Mas. from Mexico ami New Grenada, and in all other collections from everywhere else in Mexico and Central America. Here endeth the Zcteridse, so far as the knowledge of the present writer doth warrant him in attempting to compass. May 7th. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-four members present. The following was presented for publication : " Notes on Micropus leucopterus." By Henry Shimer, M. D. A letter was read from George W. Tryon, Jr., proposing to deposit his Conchological Library with the Academy on certain conditions, which, on resolution, was accepted. The conchological works consist of about 100 bound volumes, and 60 unbound volumes and pamphlets. With this addition to the Library of the Academy, it will contain nearly every known work published on conchology. Prof. Leeds made some remarks on the inspiration of oxygen as a remedial agent. He stated that he had inhaled ten gallons, and a friend twelve gallons, without any apparent bad effect. May 14 th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Forty members present. The following was presented for publication : " Contributions to the History of the Vertebrates of Mcsozoic Pe- riods in New Jersey and Pennsylvania." By E. D. Cope, A. M. The death was announced of Dr. C. M. Diesing, of Vienna, Corre- spondent. May 21st. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Twenty-seven members present. The following were presented for publication : " Descriptions of five new Unionida), ccc." By Isaac Lea, LL. D. " Description of a new genus of Plants." By Alphonso Wood. May 28,/t. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-seven members present. The following were elected correspondents : E. E.Adams, D. D. ; Alexander Winchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.; Henry Pleasants, Pottsville, Pa , and D. Antonio llaimondi, M. D., Lima, Peru. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 The following were elected members : Asa Whitnev, George Whitney, John R. Whitney, Edward Clarke, Clarence H. Clark, Frank H. Clark, Theodore H. Morris, 0. Nichols Beach, James N. Wheien, Wm. A. Whelen, Alexander Whilldin, Or- lando Crease, Andrew I. Sloan, D. Murray Chestoo, M. D., Edw. C. Knight, Frank Hazeltine, Wm. R. White, Jr., Daniel H. Rockhill, Franklin S. Wilson, Rev. J. G. Ralston, and Clarence S. Bement. On favorable report of the Committee, the paper of Prof. Cope, read May 14th, was ordered to be published in the Journal. On favorable report of the Committees, the following were ordered to be published : Notes on MICROPUS (LYGARUS) LETJCOPTERUS, Say, ("The Chinch Bug.") With an account of the great Epidemic Disease of 1865 among Insects. BY HENRY SHIMER, A. M. M. D., Mount Carroll, Illinois. During the few. years preceding the summer of 1865, I was very favorably located for observing the great grain enemy of the West — " The Chinch Bug " — in the midst of one of the most important agricultural regions in the valley of the Mississippi, and with some personal interest in that direction. I gave the subject the most thorough investigation in all its bearings, during a period of several years, and therefore believe that I observed some facts worth recording, although it is an old subject — one upon which much has been written — much, however, upon mere conjecture or ephemeral observa- tion, without sufficiently thorough investigation ; hence, often widely depart- ing from the truth. (See the various printed reports.) With the wide-spread destruction that followed the rise and progress of the " Chinch Bug," most western men are quite well acquainted, and many in pocket sadly familiar. Under the genial influence of a favorable clime, the " chinch bug " attained the maximum of its development in the summer of 1864, in the extensive wheat and corn fields of the valley of the Mississippi ; and in that single year, three-fourths of the wheat and one-half of the corn crop were destroyed throughout many extensive districts, comprising almost the entire North-west, with an estimated loss of more than one hundred mil- lions of dollars in the currency that then prevailed ; which, if thus continued for one hundred years, and estimating the value of money at the legal rates of our State, annually, would amount to the enormous sum of one hundred and thirty-seven thousand seven hundred and ninety-six millions of dollars lost to the farming community alone. By estimating the effect of this loss upon the various associated interests of the nation, and by observing the tendency of this insect, unchecked, to spread everywhere in this our rapidly developing country, we can easily see that it would fall short of the true estimate to place the entire loss to this continent, if uninterruptedly continued for one hundred years, equal to a sum sufficiently vast to engulf the present wealth of the world, and all from an apparently " insignificant insect" — a "bug," popularly un- worthy of notice, as a single specimen. in view of these great facts, I gave the subject my most untiring attention ; the insect enemies of the chinch bug were carefully watched, everything bear- ing upon it was noted, hoping that some practical method might be developed, or some enemy discovered, that would lead us to hope for its ultimate control, if not destruction. The ravages of the " chinch bug " have been marked with varying paroxysms, from year to year, for a long time, among the records of which it will be seen that Mr. Walsh (Transactions 111. Agricultural Society,) estimates the loss iu 1867.] 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Illinois alone, in the year 1850, to have been four millions of dollars. What fatality produced the subsequent paroxysms in its development, and so greatly diminished its destructiveness for several years, so that it scarcely excited much attention, it was not my province to behold; and I believe no record has been made. The pleasant dry summers, and the snowy protection of the accompanying winters for several successive years, so fostered these inserts that the harvest- men found them in every field in unnumbered millions in 1864, blasting the fairest prospects of the bone and sinew of the land. It was my privilege, in the spring of 1864, to observe the parent insects fulfil the principal office of nature by propagating their species, and quietly die from natural laws after the great object of their being was accomplished. Day after day, it was the greatest pleasure of all my numerous entomological observations, in a scientific point of view, while I deplored their devastations, to mark the progress of the vast hosts of their offspring towards the imago state everywhere around me. From the platforms of the grain reapers in the prairie harvest Gelds, it would have been no difficult task to gather these little insects by bushels ; and when the dry straw of the wheat fields no longer afforded them nourishment, they took up their line of march for the corn-fields, according to their usual well- known custom, on this occasion almost literally covering the ground in many places ; sometimes gathering together into piles, and here easting their skins. This, being observed carelessly by farmers and others. Leads them to declare that " the • chinch bugs ' were destroying each other." " that they were dying,'' &c. ; the dry shells remaining behind being mistaken for the insect itself. I have seen the columns of these insects a full week on the march across meadows and pasture fields from the wheat to the corn field; and have even seen them swim a small stream of water that crossed their line of march. In former years the few border rows of corn, together with the '■fox-tail grass," (Setaria,) carelessly left among the com in cultivating, usually satisfied them. This latter grass is usually attacked in preference to the corn. In 18G4 whole corn fields were overrun by them; the stalks, especially below the ears, blackly covered through the day. weir bleeding and literally raw from their numerous punctures. At length, when they had attained the perfect state during the warm part of bright sunny days, they took to their wings, and literally tilled the atmosphere, not much unlike an April snow storm. This interesting phenomenon induced many to believe that they were leaving the country; but it was for an entirely different purpose — that of choosing their mates — for they never fly except in the love season. After a few days they might be found paired in corn fields, and other proper breeding grounds producing a new generation. At this time, in the month of August, 181)4. my attention was very favorably directed to a small field of tender, Ihii kly-sown corn for fodder, where they congregated in immense numbers, and continued until the frosts of autumn had killed the corn that they did not consume, and developed their progeny in unnumbered millions. During the day they resorted to the stalks of coin to feed upon the juice, but they passed the night usually upon the ground. The two principal insect enemies that I observed among this autumn brood were a very common specie- of •■ lady bird," {Hippodamia maculata,) and a ties of the "golden-eyed fly," [Chrysopa Illinoiensis, Shinier. Proceedings Entomological Society, vol. iv., p. 208). Both these enemies were rery nu- merous—especially the former, which could lie counted by hundreds on every square yard of ground after shaking the corn ; bul the chinch bugs wen so numerous that these hosts of enemies made very little perceptible impression among them. After the early autumn frosts, they left their feeding grounds, on foot, in search of winter quarters ; none could he seen on the wing, as at harvesl time, above alluded to. For a. winter retreat, the\ resorted to any convenient shelter they mighl chance to find, as long grass, weeds, boards, pieces of wood rails, fallen tree leaves, fee., fcc. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 In January, 1865, I next examined their condition ; those that I found in the sheathes of the com leaves above the snow, and had been thus exposed during the previous severe weather — when, for several successive days, the thermometer was 15° — 20° below zero — were invariably found dead, without exception, and those beneath the snow were alive This observation was made in the common farm cornfields, as they might be found. anywhere all over the wide country; for in autumn the chinch bugs remained in great numbers in the corn husks, and under the sheathes of the blades, as well as in other win- ter retreats. Upon various occasions, as the winter advanced, I brought in corn husks, filled with ice, enclosing the chinch bugs in the crystallized ele- ment ; when the ice was thawed, they were able to run, apparently unaffected by that degree of cold. It is therefore proved that these insects possess vital- ity sufficient to withstand the effect of a temperature below the freezing-point, and perhaps below zero, as must have been their condition in these ice-bound husks ; but when in the open air. exposed to the sweeping prairie winds, 15 or 20 degrees below zero, for a long time, they succumb to the cold. March 7, 18(35. The snow having cleared off from the ground, I examined the condition of a host of these chinch bugs that had chosen for their winter covering cord-wood sticks, lying on the ground, entirely surrounded by frost and ice ; of these, 20 per cent, were living ; those that were more fortunate in their selection of winter quarters fared much better. From a single handful of leaves, picked up at one grasp from beneath an apple tree, I obtained 355 living and 312 dead chinch bugs; and of their lady-bird enemies that had entered the same winter quarters with them, 50 were living and 10 dead Of these chinch bugs, I placed a number in comfortable quarters in the house, in a small paste-board box — not in a stove room — together with some coleopterous insects, casually gathered among the chinch bugs ; after one month, I found the latter all dead and the former living. The entire month of March was rain, snow, thawing, freezing, alternately, seeming to be very uncomfortable for any living creature to remain out of doors with so poor a shelter, and on top of the ground. April 1 — 6. I again made repeated examinations of these chinch bugs in their winter quarters, and found about the same proportion of them living as noted on the 7th of March. At this time they wandered away, on foot, from their winter quarters, in quest of food. May 16, 1865, was a delightful, mild, bright, sunny, summer-like day; and I again, for the last time, observed the same highly-interesting phenomena, which I have noticed above as occurring after the harvest of 1864 — the atmosphere swarming with chinch bugs on the wing. This is their spring; that was their autumnal nuptial season — their season of love. These remarkable little crea- tures prefer to conduct their courtships under the searching gaze of the noon- day sun, instead of at the midnight hour. They were so numerous, alighting on the pavements in the village, that scarcely a step could be taken without crushing many of them under foot. In a few days, they had all disappeared : their breeding grounds were chosen, where they could be found in great num- bers, often in pairs. I first noticed this disposition of the chinch bug to take wing under the promptings of the love passion, about six years ago, in their autumnal love season. At no other time, save their love season, twice a year, have I ever seen one chinch bug flying. It is quite remarkable that the winged imago, under no other circumstances, will even attempt to use its ample wings. No threatening danger, however imminent, whether of being driven over by grain-reapers wagons, or of being trodden under foot, &c, will prompt it to use its wings to escape. I have tried all imaginable ways to induce them to fly, as by threshing among them with bundles of rods or grass, by gathering them up and letting them fall from a height, (fee, but they in variably refuse entirely to attempt to use their wings in escaping from danger. The love emotion alone makes them conscious that they are in possession of wings. May 18th and 10th. — 1 find the chinch bugs very abundant in the fields of 1867.] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP young spring wheat, barley, &c, under loose clods of earth, old cornstalks, and about the roots of the grain, in cracks of the ground, &c. In some badly affected fields a dozen or more to every wheat stalk. May 26th. — The chinch bugs are just beginning to lay their eggs, and some fields of wheat are greatly damaged already from the feeding of the perfect insect. The stalk at the surface of the ground is black from their punctures, the sheaths of the outer leaves being scarred and dead : the tops are pale yel- low, and often withering; many stalks are as dead and dry as hay. I saturated some saw dust witli coal tar, and mixed some quick lime among it, so that it might be in a good condition for handling, and sowed it thickly broadcast over a portion of my wheat field where the bugs were very numerous. May 21th — 2dth. — I find the chinch bug eggs more abundant, mostly on the roots and stalks beneath the ground, sometimes in loose clusters of a dozen or more. They are on the roots, where they cross the numerous cracks in the ground ; less frequently on the stem, at the surface of the ground. These eggs are scarcely visible to the naked eye. Many of the hugs are in copulo, with their heads in opposite directions; the females are the larger, dragging the males when alarmed. The bugs refuse to leave the part of the field where I sowed the tarred sawdust, so there is but little hope of driving them from their once chosen grounds by the reasonable application of strong smelling drugs. June 10th. — I saw the first larva? chinch bugs of the season, small red fel- lows, on the roots; eggs very numerous. Actually saw a female laying an egg on my hand, under a slight pressure. The egg is elongate ovate, about four times as long as wide (as nearly as I could determine with fine mathematical instruments -04 in. long and *01 in. wide ; of course this lacks the precision of a micrometer measurement) pale amber white when first laid, but becoming of a reddish color, like the young, as the season of incubation advances. A moderate amount of moisture is necessary to the development of the egg. Those put into a pasteboard box in my room did not hatch, but shrivelled or dried up. June 17//;. — .Millions of very small red young chinch bugs; they are on the roots, in crevices, and on the stems, under clods. &c, beneath the ground. The egg-laying season has terminated; the parent bugs are principally dead. Those that died before the rains a few days ago are mouldy; others, in great numbers, in many places covering the ground, apparently are just dead. Dur- ing the past month, as I learned from many observations, they passed most of their time beneath the ground, in the crevices, &c, so that although millions of them existed in every field, a casual observer would believe that but a few were there. But their work being finished, they came out to die. A very few imago, scarcely one of a hundred, yet remain alive. July 1st. — T ploughed a few acres of badly affected barley beneath the ground, to see what effect it would have upon the bugs, hoping that it might destroy them, and thus save the adjoining corn. July I6tk. — A farmer four miles from here informed me that a black coleop- terous insect was destroying the chinch bugs on his farm very rapidly ; and .ill hough I found his supposition to be an error, yet I found many dying on the low creek-bottom land from the effects Of some disease, while they are yet in the larvae state — a remarkable ami rare phenomenon for insects thus in such a wholesale manner to be dying without attaining their maturity, and no insect enemy or other efficienl cause to lie observed capable of producing this impor- tant result. July lid. — Saw the first matured young chinch bug observed this year. Wings perfect, body pale reddish white, fresh from its last moulting. It is just 57 days from the time I saw the first egg, and 42 days since 1 saw the first larva. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 On the low grounds the young chinch hugs are all dead from the disi above alluded to, and the same disease is spreading rapidly on the hills and high prairies. The weather has been very wet since the first of July, and the barley above alluded to, which I ploughed beneath the ground, did not die, but assumed a yellow, sickly appearance ; in its shady, compressed, unnatural position, the ends of the heads project from beneath the furrows. The chinch bugs also remained alive for a time, but feeding on the sickly grain and shaded from the sunlight, what little we had, were attacked by disease in the same manner and about the same time as those on the low creek-bottom lands, meeting very rapidly the same fate, so that very few of them ever found their way to the neighboring corn. July 28th. — In the fields where GO days ago I saw plenty of eggs, and 42 dajs ago an abundance of young chinch bugs, the imago are beginning to develop quite plentifully. Great numbers, in all stages of their development, are dying of the prevailing disease. Aug. 8th. — The majority of the chinch bugs yet alive are in the imago state, but they are being rapidly destroyed by the prevailing epidemic disease, more fatal to them than the plague or Asiatic cholera ever was to man, more fatal than any recorded disease among men or animals since time began. Scarcely one in a thousand of the vast hosts of young bugs observed at the middle of June yet remain alive, but plenty of dead ones may be seen every- where, lying on the ground, covered with the common mould of decom- posing animal matter, and nothing else, even when examined by the mi- croscope. Even of those that migrated to corn fields a few weeks ago, in such numbers as to cover the lower half of the corn stalks, very few are to be found t. maining alive ; but the ground around the base of the corn hills is almost iterally covered with their mouldering, decomposing dead bodies. This is a matter so common as to be observed and often spoken of by farmers. They are dead everywhere, not lying on the ground alone, but sticking to the blades and stalks of corn in great numbers, in all stages of their development, larva, pupa and imago. Aug. 22d. — It is almost impossible to find even a few cabinet specimens of chinch bugs alive, so that I am quite sorry that I did not secure a large supply of specimens while they were so numerous, in former years ; for it really ap- pears quite probable that even cabinet specimens will be hard to secure, whereby to remember the fallen race of the unnumbered millions of former years. Sept. \Zth. — After a whole day's searching in the corn fields, I have just been able to rind two larva} and a few imago chinch bugs, against the great numbers above alluded to in the corn about this time last year. From this series of investigations I have learned that the parent chinch bug is occupied about 20 days in laying her eggs, during which time she probably lays about 500 eggs, and then dies : although careless observers and theorists suppose that she lays many more eggs, and that she continues to lay eggs all summer; also that the egg is about 15 days in hatching, that in from 57 to CO days after the egg is laid the imago appears, and that there are two distinct broods in a season, and only two, notwithstanding the often promulgated opin- ions of theorists, from their very brief and imperfect and disconnected observa- tions, about chinch bugs being many-brooded. The first brood matures from the middle of July to the middle of August, and the second late in autumn. The elder members of the first brood are 20 days in advance of the younger in their development, hence the former commence depositing their eggs for the autumn brood 20 days before the latter begin, hence the fall egg-laying season covers at least about forty days. This makes a difference of 40 days in the development of the second brood, and abundantly accounts for the fact that we 1867.] 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF see larvae, pupa and imago promiscuously together, more especially towards autumn. It is also highly probable that none of the first brood survive the following winter, but that they all lay their eggs and die as does the spring brood. A close observer will, however, notice that of the parent bugs in the spring a very few may be seen among the larva ami pupa of the spring brood. Quite probably they are such females as never mated nor fulfilled the great law of their being by propagation, ami many of the males, for. like many other in- sects, the chinch bug lays its eggs and dies. It is generally believed among entomologists that insect enemies are the most efficient means in nature for exterminating noxious insects; but in this remark- able fact in the history of insects, the great epidemic of 1865 (there can be no doubt about this being an epidemic disease, because the insects died without attaining their maturity), we find a greater enemy, the greatest insect enemy ever recorded, a dreadful "plague," that in a few days almost utterly annihi- lated a race of beings living in the northern part of the valley of the Missis- sippi, outnumbering all the human beings that have ever lived on this planet since the morning of Creation. This disease among the chinch bugs was associated with the long-continued wet, cloudy, cool weather that prevailed during a greater portion of the period of their development, and doubtless was in a measure produced by deficient light, heat and electricity, combined with excessive humidity of the atmosphere, whereby an imperfect physical ("bug") organization was developed. The dis- ease was at its maximum during the moist warm weather that followed the cold rains of June and the first part of July. The young chinch bug spent a. great portion of its time on or near the ground, where its body was colder than the atmosphere; hence, upon philosophical principles, there must have been an excessive precipitation of watery vapor in the bronchial tubes. These are the facts in the case, but in the midst of the great obscurity that envelops epi- demic diseases among men, it would be only idle speculation to attempt to define the cause more definitely than the physiological laws already observed seem to indicate. At all events it will require many years of warm dry sum- mers, and accompanying winters of plenty of snow for protection, to reinstate the lost innumerable armies of this insect. During the summer of 18GG the chinch bugs were very scarce in all the early spring, and up to near the harvest I was not aide, with the mOSl diligenl search, to find one. At harvest I did succeed in finding a few in some localities. This epidemic disease was not confined to the chinch bug alone. During the summer of 18G5 I saw the larva? of the common striped cucumber bug (Diabroc- tini riiiuia) on the stems of melon and cucumber vims, above ground, a very unusual place for them. Always before this I have found them on the root, beneath the surface of the ground. This unusual position was evidently to escape the effect Of some unnatural conditions. During the latter part of the summer of 1865 the imago were very much less numerous than common. The apple-worm (the larva of Carpocapsa (Tinea) pomonella L.) was very numerous in 1863-4, affecting almost every apple. ID 1865 6 they were very much less numerous. From observation 1 conclude that the disease was pro- duced by the same cause that swept away the chinch bugs. The potato-worm (Sphinx quinque-macitlalus) was very numerous in 1864, do- ing much damage to tomatoes, &c. The pupse were extremely abundanl in the soil iii the spring of 1865, but in autumn no observed larva' had survived. The Loautada (grasshoppers) were also severely afflicted; the numerous dead, of all states, were easily seen everywhere, clasping the grass, weeds, &C, in the embrace of death. I might add much more of mv observations on these insects, ami greatly extend the list of afflicted Bpecies, but my object, to prove that epidemic diseases are incomparably the most important agents in all nature in destroying noxious bisects, has been sufficiently illustrated. Neither is this a mere isolation, for I have observed diseases among various iuseets for the past 25 years. fMay, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 Descriptions of Five New Species of UNIONID.E and One PALUDINA of the United States. BY ISAAC LEA. Unio Bisselianus. — Testa la?vi, oblonga, sublenticular!, insequilaterali, pos- tice obtuso-angulata, antice rotunda; valvulis subci'assis, antice aliquanto crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices concentrico-undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-oliva, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, com- pressis, subelevatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvis- que ; margarita carnea et valde iridescente. Bab.— BisseVs Pond, Charlotte, N. C, C. M. Wheatley. Unio Clinckensis. — Testa lam, triangulari, ad latere planulata, valde inse- quilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus ; epidermide luteola, ad latere radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, subcompressis corrugatisque ; lateralibus per- crassis, curtis et obliquis ; margarita alba et iridescente. Hab. — Clinch River, Tenn., Pres. Estabrook, and French Broad River, Dr. Edgar. Unio Jewettii. — Testa la2vi, oblonga, subinflata, valde in^quilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuis, natibus prominulis, ad apices concentrico-undulatis ; epidermide fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, obliquis, compressis ; lateralibus, prajlongis lamellatisque ; margarita alba et iridescente. Hub. — Florida, Col. Jewett. Margaritana Columbensis. — Testa lrevi, elliptica, valde inflata, subequi- laterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices undulatis; epidermide luteola, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, sublobatis ; margarita alba et aliquanto iri- descente. Hab. — Tombigbee River, near Columbus, Miss., W. Spillman, M. D. Anodonta Youconensis. — Testa laevi, elliptica, valde inflata, valde ina>qui- laterali, postice subbiangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, aliquanto undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, radiata ; mar- garita albida. Hab. — Head waters of the Youcon, Arctic America. Paludina Spillmanii. — Testa transverse exillissime striata, obtuse carinata, subelliptica, subtenui, imperforata ; spira aliquanto exserta ; suturis impressis, anfractibus quinis, subinflatis ; apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus cajruleo- alba ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella parum incrassata. Hah. — Jackson Co., Alabama, W. Spillman, M. D. Description of a New Genus of Plants. BY ALPHONSO WOOD. BREVOORTIA, nov. gen. Perianthium corollaceum (coccineum), tubuliforme, superne ventricosum f'auce remisse contracts, regulare, persistens ; limbo 6-partito, laciniis ovatis, ohtusis, arete revolutis, sexies tubo brevioribus. Corona (flava) brevis, erecta, tribus squamis truncatis integris, bis latioribus quam longis, constituta. Stamina 3, squamas excedentia. Filamenta per totam longitudinem tubo adnata, interioribus laciniis opposita, ac cum squamis alternantia. Antherse liberse oblongo-liueares, extrorsae, apice obtusa>, basi profundi bifida ibique insertse. Ovarium Hberum, ovatum, triloculare. Uvula in loculis 3 — 5, uniseriata. Stylus continuus, erectus, longitudine perianthii. Stigma capitatum, triloba- tum. Capsula? 1867.] 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Herba glabra, BCapigera (bulbosa?). Folia 5 — 7, linearia, canaliculata, ob- . Scapus teres, erectus, rigidus, 2 — 4 pedalis, longitudine foliorum. Flores 8 — 12, in apice scapi umbellati, unciales, nutantes, spatha 4-valvi suffulti ; pedieellis 1 — 2 policaribus diffusis ; bracteis ovato-lanceolatis, purpureis. B. Ida-Maia. Grows in deep rich soil on high hills of the Trinity Mt. Range, Shasta county, California, near the stage-road from Shasta City to Yreka. I saw it here in full bloom about the first of June, 18G6, occupying a space of several acres. The leaves are very long and narrow, and recurved. The scape, although slender, is rigidly erect, of three, or even four feet high, round, smooth, wavy, and bearing at the top an umbel of about twelve scarlet or bright red flowers, nodding on their slender, recurved, unequal foot-stalks. The form of the perianth is between cylindric and pyriform, about one inch in length, with the limb very short, of six valvate lobes. Before opening, these lobes are chrome-green in color, making a peculiar contrast. After opening they are yellow. The three leaves (scales) constituting the corona are yellow, one line in length by two or three lines in breadth, occupying the place of, but in no wise resembling abortive stamens. Unfortunately I found no speci- men in fruit ; neither did I secure a bulb, so deeply buried were they, and so impatient of delay were my fellow passengers. The whole plant possesses singular grace and beauty, and few are better worthy of a place in the flower garden. The new genus Brevoortia is nearly allied to Brodisea (Smith), Dichelostem- ma (Kunth), Stropholirion (Torr.), &c, of the Natural Order Liliacea^, tribe Asphodelea\ All have the floral envelopes more or less united, with only three perfect stamens. Other three stamens (usual to the Liliacese) are vari- ously transformed, as in the following Synopsis : Leccocoryne, three abortive filaments subulate or clavate. Brobijea, three abortive filaments lanceolate-spatulate. Dichelostemma, three abortive filaments petaloid, bifid, — a 3-lobcd crown. Stropholirion, three abortive filaments petaloid, 2-parted, — a 6-lobed crown. Brevoortia, three abortive filaments petaloid, entire, twice broader than long, truncate, with no semblance of stamens remaining. The perianth also wholly diverse in form from that of the four preceding. This plant was first noticed by Mr. Burke, stage-driver, in his daily route, and by him my own attention was first called to it. He had given it the name of "Ida Jin//, in affection for his little daughter/' — a name quite appropriate, moreover, as on the Ides (i. e the 15th) of May, the plant begins to flower. Mr. Burke was confident that this was its only locality. Probably, however, it may yet be found in many other places in northern California. We dedicate this genus to J. Carson Brevoort, of Brooklyn, a Reg'ent of the University of the State of New York, himself an earnest naturalist, and a libe- ral patron of science. Jane 4/7*. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Twenty-eight members present. The death of Miss Margaretta H. Morris, member of the Academy, was announced. June 11 th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-six members present. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 The following was presented for publication : " On the Families of the Ilaniforni Anura." By E. D. Cope. June 18th. Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair. Eleven members present. MI>I!'!'/K"}£J Longitudinal section of Salisburia, showing wood cells of the first year's growth, with spiral ducts intervening between them and thejnth. Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr., called the attention of the Academy to the existence of true spiral ducts in the wood of Salisburia adiantifolia, a Japanese tree belong- ing to the Taxinese, now extensively cultivated in Europe and this country, ami remarkable for its leaves more closely resembling in general appearance those of some ferns than any exogen. He stated that, as far as he was aware of, ducts had not hitherto been found in any coniferous wood, and even in the Salisburia their position and arrangement were eminently peculiar, — different from those of the Angiosperms. The only layer of the wood in which they were produced was that formed during the first season of growth, all the other rings being composed simply of prosenchymatous cells, of the ordinarj' conife- rous type. The medullary rays in the Salisburia are not continuous and well pronounced, but the points of the wood wedges formed during the first season are usually separated by well pronounced prolongations of the pith. It is in the extreme points of these wedges that the spiral ducts are situated, from three to six or even more deep. They are of small size, the largest scarcely ex- ceeding the wood cells in diameter, the smallest scarcely one-third as large, — and contain some one, some two spiral fibres. The veins of the leaves are also composed largely of spiral ducts, but in these there is a strong tendency in the component cells of the vessel not fully to unite and be merged into one another ; in many instances their end walls are not absorbed, so that each cell is distinct and perfect. June Ihth. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty members present. The Committee to which was referred the communication entitled 1867.] 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP " On the Families of the Raniform Anura," by E. D. Cope, reported in favor of its publication in the Journal. The following letter was read from Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. : Dk. Jos. Leidy: Dear Sir, — A few weeks since I proposed to deposit my collection of Shells, &c. in the Museum of the Academy, subject to certain conditions. These conditions were, as I learn from the minute book, " unanimously agreed to,'' but they do not appear at length on the minute book, nor upon the record of Donations to the Museum, and my letter containing them appears to have been mislaid or lost. I now repeat the conditions upon which I make the deposit of my shells, in order that they may be again acted on by the Academy and, if accepted, en- tered at length upon the minutes of the meeting. 1st. That all the species and varieties not now in the Academy's collection, as well as specimens from localities different from those now contained in it, shall be intercalated with the Academy's collection, but distinguished by their labels. 2d. That names of species representing authors' types shall never be changed. 3d. That the Academy will, immediately upon occupying its new Hall, pro- vide a sufficient number of horizontal or table cases to display advantageously the entire collection ; the cases to be constructed so as to prevent the ingress of dust. 4th. I reserve the right to sell the duplicates as well as the cases in which my collection is now contained, for the purpose of augmenting, with the pro- ceeds of such sale, the Conservators' Fund of the Conchological Section of the Academy. 5th. That the Conservators elected by the Conchological Section of the Academy, as well as the scientific Standing Committees of the said Section, shall have access to and control of the entire conchological collections of the Academy, subject to the supervision of its Curators. 6th. That none of the specimens deposited by me shall be loaned or removed from the custody of the Academy. The deposit will never be withdrawn provided that the Academy shall faith- fully observe the above conditions in every particular. Yours, truly, Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. The following gentlemen were elected members: S. Morris Wain and B. Hammit. The following were elected correspondents : C. William Zaremba, St. Joseph's, Mich. ; H. E. Dresser, London ; M. H. Crosse, Paris ; Dr. Paul Fischer, Paris ; M. J. R. Bourguignat, Paiis; R. P. Montronzier, New Caledonia; Geo. French Angas, Port Jackson ; Henry Adams, London; Arthur Adams, London ; Dr. J. C. Chenu, Paris; Hon. Edw. Chitty, Kingston, Jamaica; J. B. Gassies, Bordeaux ; Sylvanus Hanley, London ; J. Gwyn Jeffreys, London ; Dr. II. C Kuster, Cassel ; Arthur Morelet, Dijon ; Dr. Louis Pfeiffer, Cassel; Prof. 0. A. L. Morch, Copenhagen ; Prof. F. H. Troschel, Bonn ; G. S. T on Mohrenstern, Vienna ; Fred. Cailliaud, Nantes ; A. P. Server, Lyons ; Petit de la Saussaye, Paris ; Wesley Newcomb, M. D.. Oakland, Cal. ; Dr. J. G. Cooper, San Francisco, Cal.; B. E. C. Stearns, San Francisco, Cal. : Prof. F. Poey, Havanna ; Dr. J. Grund- lacb, Havanna ; Dr. 11. A. Philippi, Santiago, Chili; II. Benson, Chel- tenham, Eng. ; Henri Drouet, Troyes ; Dr. Auguste Baudon, Bauvais, [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 France; M. C. Recluz, Paris ; Dr. Leon Vaillant, Paris; Baron de Cas- tello de Paiva, Lisbon ; Dr. Gr. Von dem Busch, Bremen ; J. C. Cox, Sydney, N. S. Wales; Jules Mabille, Dinon, France; Luigi Benoit, Messina; J. Gonzales Hidalgo, Madrid; Abbe Joseph Stabile, Milan ; M. Souverbie, Bordeaux. Dr. Leidy remarked that the fine specimen of the cranial portion of a fossil ox skull, from St. Francisco, California, presented this evening by William M. Ga lib, of the California Geological Survey, approached sufficiently near in size and form to the corresponding fragment of a skull from Big-bone-lick, Ken., referred to Bison antiquus, that it might be regarded as of the same species. Both probably belong to the female of Bison latifrons, as originally suggested in relation to the Big-bone-lick fragment. Prof. Rutimeyer, who has ably investigated the geological history of the bovine family, reverses the reference of the fossils to the sexes, and regards the American forms as of the same spe- cies as the European Bison priscus. The measurements of the cranial specimen presented this evening are as follows : Distance between tips of horn cores 3 feet. Length of horn cores, following the lower curve 14£ in. Circumference at root of horn cores , 15 in. Distance between roots of horn cores 14 in. Length from inion to naso-frontal suture 13;} in. Depth of inion 8 in. Breadth of inion 13 in. Prof. E. D. Cope called attention to a collection of reptiles from Owen's Valley, ' California, made and presented by Dr. Geo. H. Horn. He observed that they confirmed the conclusions derived from the study of the insects, that its fauna was that of the Colorado Region, or the Sonoran district. Characteristic species were Spea bombifrons Cope, Coleonyx variegatus Baird, Rhinochilus lecontei Bd. Gird., Caudisona cerastes Hallowell, and a new Chi- lomeniscus Cope, which was called C. ep hip p ic us, with the following characters : Scales broad, in thirteen rows ; tail about one-seventh total length. Rostral plate large, entirely separating internasals, not encroaching on prefrontals ; nasal plate separating prefrontals and labials, in contact with preocular. Post- oculars two, upper only in contact with occipital. Superciliarics very narrow, occipitals broad as long. Temporals 1, large ; labials above, seven, third and fourth in orbit, these with second, narrow erect; first longitudinal ; fifth and sixth smaller than the others, seventh suddenly larger. Inferior labials eight, first pair in contact before pregeneials ; postgeneials very small. Total length five and one-half inches. Gastrosteges 113, separated from geneials by four rows gulars ; aual 1 — 1 ; urosteges 28 — 28. Above reddish or yellowish, with twenty-one black cross-bars to vent, which are broader than interspaces, and do not quite reach gastrosteges ; five nearly complete rings on tail. Belly white. From occipitals to anterior part frontal with the labials opposite this part (except their lower edges) black. This species is somewhat similar to the C. cine t U S Cope, from Souora, but differs in many details, and in not being annulate. He also stated that Scaphiopus holbrookii had appeared abundantly in a pond over a mile west of the falls of the Schuylkill. They were the first he had noticed in this neighborhood, though John Cassin had seen them previously in Delaware county. The speaker also made some remarks respecting the origin of species, stating that the genera of tree frogs Hyla, Scytopis, Ostcocephalus and Trachycepha- lus form a natural series, measured by the relative degree of ossification of tin- 1867.] 86 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF cranium. He stated that individuals of Trachycephalus first belong to the genu.? 1 1 via, subsequently to Scytopis, later to Osteocephalus, and finalh- to Trachycephalus, and that no additional characters existed at any of these es, to render such references inexact. He said that the characters of the inferior genera might be regarded in one sense as larval, and that as the genus Siredon had passed into Amblystoma by loss of larval characters, there was no reason why the preceding genera might not, under suitable circumstances, do the same, respectively. He said also that the specific characters were recog- nizable while the Trachycephalus exhibited the generic type of Hyla and others, suggesting that the specific characters might be more permanent than the generic. A similar case recorded by Agassiz was mentioned, — that of Chelo- pus guttatus, where the yellow spots appear before it has lungs or its family characters. July 2d. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Twenty-four members present. July 9 th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Eighteen members present. Dr. Genth made some observations on certain doubtful minerals which he had lately examined. Burnhardtite, the peculiar copper ore which stands be- tween Chalcopyrite and Variegated Copper Ore, occurs amongst the ores of Bill Williams Fork, Arizona. From the same locality he observed Brochantite, both in foliated masses and small but brilliant crystals. A former pupil of his. Mr. X.S. Higgins. received in Arizona an Arsenide of Copper, the nature of which he did not fully ascer- tain which proved to be the interesting species Whitneyite, of which we have now four localities: two on Lake Superior, one in Chili, aud the last at La Lagoona, a rancho near the town of Saric, Sonora. The Tellurides from Melones appear to be three distinct species. One seems to be principally Telluride of Silver, with some Tellurite of Gold — probably auriferous Hessite. The second is a combination of Telluride of Silver and Lead; the third, and most interesting of all, is Telluride of Nickd. which he rails Melonite. This is the first time that a combination of Tellurium and Nickel has been observed. It has a reddish-white color, almost exactly like thai of Bismuth, and a granular and foliated structure. The three Tellurides associated with native Gold, Quartz. Pyrites, Chalcopyrite, Calcite, etc., and it is almost impossible to obtain pure material for analysis. From Beveral of the mines in Humboldt County, Nevada, he has noticed a mineral with the aspect of Aikinite or Needle Ore, with the examination of which he is at present engaged. July lGth. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixteen members present. July 2Bd. Dr. Bridges in the Chair. Eighteen members present. [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 8it July ZOth. Mr. Vatjx, Vice-President, in the Chair. Sixteen members present. The following was presented for publication : " Notes on certain Birds from New Grenada, with Descriptions of New Species." By Geo. N. Lawrence. The following gentlemen were elected members : Henry C. Gibson, Chas. Gibson, Andrew M. Moore, John Gibson and T. Brantly Langdon. On favorable report of the Committee, the following paper was or- dered to be published : The Necessity and Velocity of Nebular Rotation. BY J. ENNIS. If matter were universally diffused through all space, the supposition would not be in accordance with experience, that this diffusion would be perfectly uniform and even. Such is not the result of natural processes in the actual world. The waters of the ocean are not perfectly uniform ; their densities be- ing varied by temperature and saline ingredients. The air is not uniform, nor the vapor of water in the air. Therefore, if matter were universally diffused, and contraction were to ensue, then the rarer portions would gather around the denser, and the expanded vapor would break up into separate huge irregular masses, like the clouds when the vapor of the atmosphere is contracting. On the surfaces of these separate nebulous masses we can conceive of four sources of motion ; the first only hypothetical, and the other three absolutely necessary. First source of motion.. In this general diffusion of matter, the supposition would be unnatural that all was perfectly motionless and still. A state of absolute repose might, for aught we know, be possible, but it would be a strange and unheard of assumption. How unlikely that the causes which spread matter abroad so widely should stop entirely, and leave no motion ! Therefore every nebula in its beginning was probably endowed with some movements. Second source of motion. When separate nebulous masses were formed by the ordinary principles of contraction and condensation, we cannot suppose they would be stationed at equal and symmetrical distances from one another, any more than we see among the white clouds which float together across the clear blue sky. Neither would they be of equal size, for the heavenly bodies, like the clouds, are very unequal in size. Therefore, by the force of gravity, the smaller would fall into the larger ; and often two or three near together, though of similar size, would fall into one another. But any one could never fall directly toward the centre of gravity of another ; because every approach- ing pair would be more or less under the influence of other neighboring nebu- lae. Therefore, in striking each other obliquely, and not in the direction of their centres of gravity, a rotation must result. These collisions must have been a thousand times more numerous than the fall of meteors now, and so they would continue until space became cleared of all small and neighboring masses, and nothing remained but large and vastly distant nebulae, each one of which is now represented by a great stellae system, containing countless numbers of fixed stars. Third source of motion. By the assumption of the nebular theory, as under- stood by myself, the contraction of a nebula was always much more slow than would be due to gravity. Therefore gravity would make the nebula round, 1867.] £8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and the irregular projections, perhaps long arms, would slide down laterally in the neighboring depressions. By this process many horizontal currents would be produced on the surface. Fourth source of motion. These irregular projections, perhaps great ex- tended arms but little attached to the nebulae, would be under the influence of neighboring nebulas similar to tidal influence ami stellar perturbation, especially while the nebulae were still near to one another, though contracting steadily to greater distances. Therefore the fall of these irregular prominen- ces into the larger mass would be somewhat like the falling together of two independent nebula?. They would not fall towards the centre of gravity of the principal mass, but more or less obliquely, and hence they would lead to rotatory motion. From these four sources of motion many currents would flow on the surface, at least, of every nebula. In those cases where two large nebula" fell into each other, the currents would pervade the entire mass. But even when the cur- rents were superficial only, they could not stop : because, on account of the continued contraction of the nebula, they would flow in the direction of an in- clined plane. With their horizontal motion they would have an inclined mo- tion towards the centre, and gravity would hasten them downward. These cur- rents would act and react on one another, and by well known mechanical princi- ples they would all result in a single current, as we see by experiment in a basin or funnel of water. This one current would be around the centre of gravity. and, for the same reason, it could not cease to flow. In consequence of the continued contraction of the nebula, every particle of the surface current is moving in the direction of an inclined plane, and gravity must give them the velocity due to inclined plane motion. If they be retarded by friction on the unrotating or slowly rotating interior, then this interior will be moved in the same direction, and gravity will carry it onward until the entire nebula ro- tates. As the nebula contracts from the extant of its original round form down to near its centre, every particle must acquire a velocity equal to that of a fallfrovi its original to its last extent, excepting only the retardation due to friction. This is one of the most essential ideas in the nebular theory originated by myself, and demands a complete illustration. Every body approaching toward the centre of the sun, whether directly or obliquely, must be hastened by the force of gravity. The celebrated I [alley's comet, for instance, which requires about seventy-six years to go around its orbit, is beyond the distance of Neptune when it reaches its aphelion ; then the moment it passes its aphelion, and begins its return toward the snn, it be- gins to be hastened on its course by gravity. So it continues to lie hastened b\ that force every hour faster and faster, during thirty-eight years. Being free to move, and unobstructed, it runs in a conic section, anil when it arrives at perihelion its velocity has become so great as to have a centrifugal stronger than its centripetal force. Therefore it shoots away from the sun again, but every hour in its departure its vclocityis delayed bygravity. Thus the propo- sition is certain that when a body departs from the sun its velocity is retarded, and when it approaches the sun its Telocity is accelerated, by gravity. Every particle in a current on the surface of a contracting nebula is moving oblique- ly, like a comet, towards the centre of the nebulous sun, and therefore they must all be hurried along by gravity. Halley's comet, while descending from aphelion to perihelion, may be re- garded as moving down a spiral inclined plane. Its ultimate velocity will be the same as if it had fallen to tin' smi through the heighl of the plane, plus it- initial velocity at aphelion. That is, its ultimate velocity will be the same as if it had fallen from aphelion in a direct radial line until a distance from the -mi equal to it-- periphelion, plus its initial velocity at aphelion. In the same manner a panicle, while descending in its spiral currenl towards the centre of the nebulous sun. must at any point ill its course have the same velO( ity. fric- tion excepted, as if it had fallen in a direct radial line to that point, plus the [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 initial velocity which it acquired in the rounding process. I have found by calculation that this velocity may be so great as to give all the zone on the nebular equator a centrifugal force equal to the centripetal force. Therefore a period may arrive in the contraction of a nebula, when the equatorial zone can no longer approach towards the centre, but must be abandoned as a ring circulating around the nebula, until by perturbation it is broken, and subsides by gravity into a rotating nebulous planet. Friction, however, in the cases of some nebula;, may be so powerful as to retard the velocity, and prevent the separation of matter in the form of a ring. There are some points of difference between a comet and a particle on a ro- tating equatorial zone. A comet, in departing from the sun, is deprived by gravity of all that velocity which, in approaching the sun, was imparted by gravity. A nebulous particle does not fly off from the centre like a comet when departing from periphelion, because it does not run in a conic section ; and it cannot pursue a conic section on account of friction, which retards its motion, and also on account of atomic repulsion in the nebulous mass, which forces it outside of the elliptic curve on the way towards periphelion. The spiral course of the nebulous particle, from the slowness of nebular con- traction, is nearly circular, and hence, when the centrifugal equals the centri- petal force, the particle takes nearly a circular orbit. Hence, as it always ap- proaches the centre of the nebulous mass, it always receives velocity from gravity. And when it ceases to approach, it never flies far off, and therefore never loses velocity from gravity, as does the comet. Gravity could cause no rotation, unless a particle on the surface had first a horizontal motion given in the process of rounding the nebula, and unless the nebula contracted. By this horizontal motion and by contraction, the particle approaches the centre of the nebulous sun obliquely, and gravity hastens it down the inclined path. The particle cannot stop, because there is nothing to make it stop. Repulsion cannot stop it, because repulsion, like centrifugal force, is every instant yielding before it, and allowing it to retain all its actual motion, and to acquire more motion by a fall every instant towards the centre. If it be delayed in its velocity by friction on other particles, then just so much momentum must be imparted to them, 'and they too will move in the direction of an inclined plane towards the centre, and these again will move other parti- cles, and so on until the entire mass moves and rotates. If the particle had no horizontal motion, then repulsion and gravity would act upon it in opposite directions, and it would partake only of the general contraction in radial lines towards the centre. There could be no rotation. But by its horizontal mo- tion, and by the slow contraction of the mass, — slower than is due to gravity, — the particle finds the path before it every instant settling down. Hence every instant it goes down as it goes forward, and its motion is in the direction of an inclined plane, and subject to the inclined plane law of increased velocity ; that is, a velocity equal to that of a fall through the height of the plane. Imagine a circle, the equatorial section of a nebulous globe, with a million of radii. Then the particle with a horizontal motion finds at each succeeding radius that the surface, by contraction, has gone down towards the centre. It must, through gravity, follow that surface downward. Every instant, there- fore, it receives a new impulse down its course, — a million of impulses in one revolution. Then, with no impulse in the contrary direction, its velocity must increase. By calculating the velocity of the equatorial zone of our sun down an in- clined plane as due to gravity, I ascertained the velocity of rotation of our sun when in a nebulous condition, and found that it precisely equalled, at different stages of its contraction, the present velocities of the planets and asteroids when an infinitessimally small allowance is made for an inevitable friction on the unrotating or slowly rotating interior. These small allowances due to friction are given in my recent volume, " The Origin of the Stars." In that volume also the rotations of the several nebulous planets are shown to have 1867.] 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP been the ?nmo as the present revolutions of their satellites ; and the reason is pointed out why the smaller planets could have qo satellites. By these and by many other coincidences the discovery was first made that gravity is the FORCE WHICH IMPARTED ALL THEIR MOTIONS TO ALL THE STARS. It is proper now to attend to three objections which, on account of the pre- sent state of astronomical science, naturally rise against this view of the ne- cessity and velocity of nebular rotation. The first objection is that this view " contravenes the principle, of conserva- tion of areas." The fallacy of this objection may be seen by a very simple arithmetical calculation. We will take Mercury, w hose radius vector moves most rapidly, and at the rate of 110,000 per hour. Neptune is about eighty times farther from the sun. The original extent of our nebulous sun was half- way to the nearest fixed star ; say 3.622 times farther than Neptune, and con- sequently, in round numbers, 3622 X 80 = 290,000 times farther than .Mercu- ry. The area described by the radius vector of Mercury in one hour equals that radius multiplied by half its distance per hour, say 1 X 110,000 — 2. The area described by the radius vector of the original nebulous sun must have equalled that radius multiplied by half its distance per hour, say 290,000 X * -f- 2. Both these areas must be equal. Now what must be the value of k that, when multiplied by 290,000, gives 110,000 ? Plainly 11, or \ nearly ; that is, the movement of the radius vector of the original nebulous sun, or, in other words, its primary rotation, was about one-third of a mile per hour. I will soon point out how this velocity was obtained. The second objection is drawn from a misapplication of the principle that action and reaction are equal, and in opposite directions. By this principle, when an object falls to the earth, the earth falls proportionally to the object j when we walk forward in a straight line, we push the earth backward pro- portionally ; when a car, by gravity, runs down an inclined plane, the earth as well as the plane moves proportionally in the opposite direction : that is, both upward and backward. Therefore it has been wronglj inferred that when a particle, or all the particles, on the rotating exterior of a contracting nebula move by gravity in the direction of an inclined plane toward the centre, then the interior should move proportionally just the contrary way. It has been wrongly inferred that these two opposite motions should counterbalance each oilier, that in fact there can be no such operation, that the whole idea is like " the old absurdity of a perpetual motion, or of a man trying to lift himself up by pulling at the straps of his boots." But all such inferences show a misunderstanding of the case. We must learn to see the difference between moving in the direction of an inclined plane, and moving on an actual inclined plane. A comet or a planet approach- ing perihelion is moving in the direction of an inclined plane. With its tor- ward motion in its orbit it has an inclined motion towards the sun. and its velocity is hastened by gravity in consequence of this inclination. Imagine a hundred comets all in the plane of the sun's equator, and equally distributed around the sun, and all approaching their perihelion. While all would be accelerated by gravity toward the sun, the sun would not be moved in any way towards them, because it would be equally acted on all around by the comets. Neither could there be any reaction to make the sun rotate in the opposite direction, because there is no actual inclined plane to cause a back- ward motion. The comets have the inclined plane motion without an inclined plane. In the same manner on the horizontal equatorial zone of a rotating and contracting nebula, all the particles move in the direction of an inclined plane spirally coiled many times around, and all are hastened by gravity according to the law of velocity on such a plane, but not one of them moves down an actual inclined plane. Thbt all reposb on a i.kvf.i, ob horizontal surface! therefore they do uot move the interior backward while they move forward. If they were on an actual inclined plane they would create a conn- [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 91 ter movement. But such is not the case. Each one, while approaching the centre, draws the entire mass up towards itself, as when a fly alights on the earth, but being equally distributed all around, they counteract one anothers' efforts in this regard, and produce no result. The reason why there is a back- ward reaction on a real inclined plane is simply because of the inclination of the surface. An object cannot repose quietly on such a surface. The forward motion of the object must give a backward push to the surface. But when there is no inclined surface, as on an equatorial zone, there can be nothing against which a backward push can be made by mere gravity. In its approach toward perihelion a comet is upheld from falling in a straight line toward the sun by centrifugal force ; that is, its plane is sustained by centrifugal force. In like manner, on the equatorial zoue of a rotating and contracting nebula, a particle is upheld from falling straight toward the sun s centre, partly by centrifugal force and partly by atomic repulsion ; that is, its plane is upheld partly by centrifugal force and partly by repulsion. But nei- ther of these hinders the force of gravity from imparting every instant an in- creased velocity in the inclined plane direction. Both repulsion and centrifu- gal force are constantly yielding before the power of gravity, and allowing the comet or the particle to be accelerated. In this way inclined plane direction and increasing velocity are produced without an actual inclined plane, and hence one of the reactions of an inclined plane is wanting : namely, the back- ward reaction. The other reaction — the upward — is nullified by opposite particles on opposite sides of the nebula. Atomic repulsion has two effects different from mere centrifugal force ; it hinders the moving particle from following an elliptic orbit, and it causes re- tardation by friction. But the direction of its action is always in a radial line, always perpendicular to the nebular surface on which the particle quietly re- poses ; and it yields every instant like centrifugal force before the power of gravity, which continually brings the particle toward the centre. In the be- ginning of nebular rotation, and when that rotation is very slow, a particle on the exterior presses with nearly all its weight on the interior. It is then up- held very little by centrifugal force, and chiefly by repulsion. As it moves more rapidly it acquires greater centrifugal force, and presses less heavily on the interior. It becomes hourly less and less upheld by repulsion, and more and more by centrifugal force. At length it is held up entirely by centrifugal force, and presses no more on the interior. It is independent of repulsion ; it circulates freely around the centre, without approaching it. The centripetal and the centrifugal forces are equal. An important illustration may be made with a funnel to show that a fluid may move down the direction of an inclined plane without producing the back- ward reaction,. of such a plane. Suspend the funnel by a single small silk braid, having no twist. Pour in the water, and give a portion a horizontal motion. Give the funnel an equal impulse in the opposite direction. The water, as it runs through the funnel, will rotate, and evidently every particle of the water will run an inclined plane direction, but the plane must necessarily take the form of a coil. According to the principle of the backward reaction on an actual inclined plane, the natural expectation would be to see the funnel ro- tate in the direction contrary to that of the water. But this does not occur. On the other hand, the water, by friction, carries the funnel around in the same direction with itself. In like manner the exterior of a nebula must carry along the unrotating interior with its own motion. The reason is the same in both cases. There is no backward reaction, because in both cases the particles, as they move, repose on a horizontal suhface. They do not move down an actual inclined surface, and hence cannot react according to the law of an in- clined plane surface. They have the law of velocity, but not the law of back- ward reaction. This absence of the backward, though not of the upward, re- action, may be regarded as a new dynamical principle. It has not before been detected in the funnel problem, nor in the nebular theory, nor in aught else that [ am aware. 1867.] 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP The third and last objection is that gravity cannot cause nebular rotation, and that it cannot therefore be the force which imparted their present motions to the stars. We have already seen that if, on the surface of the nebula which formed our solar system, there had been a movement of rotation only about one-third or one-half a mile per hour, then gravity, acting by the law of con- servation of areas, would have imparted the velocity of 110,000 miles per hour to Mercury. But how could this nebula have received a rotation of half a mile sperhour? This question is easily answered by following the logical conse- quences of the nebular theory, aided by well known facts in astronomy. The fixed stars have velocities at least equal to the planets. When they were all in a nebulous condition, just broken up from the vast nebulous disk stretching all around within the Milky Way, they must have been irregular in form, quite near to one another, and endowed with their present rapid velocities. Then, by their mutual perturbations, they must have imparted motions to one auothers' irregular exteriors. The power of perturbation between the fixed stars is much stronger than has been suspected By astronomers. In " The Origin of the Stars" I have shown that the sun's gravity on Alpha Centauri is now so powerful that that star must move more than 2,000 miles per clay at right angles to its present direc- tion from ourselves, to gain a centrifugal force sufficient to avoid falling into the sun. Estimating the masses of the stars from the amounts of their light and their distances, then the power of gravity from Alpha Centauri alone on our sun is so great that our sun must move more than 5300 miles per day to avoid falling into that star ; and for the same reason our sun must fly with a velocity of more than 13,000 miles per day to avoid falling into Sirius. When these stars were in their nebulous conditions, expanded nearly to one another, irregular in shape, and moving past one another with their present astonishing velocities, their mutual power for moving currents on their irregular surfaces must have been very strong. Moreover, they must have had the same liability to fall into one another, and thus to produce rotation as the original stellar nebula-. We can also readily conceive how, in the very first formation of the several solar nebulae, and flying along with inconceivable rapidity, their irregular projections may not have had precisely the same motions as the centre of gravity. From all these causes we can understand how, after the rounding process, a motion of half a mile per hour may have been given to the one re- sultant current on their surfaces. I!ut whence the proper motions of the fixed stars? or rather, whence the proper motions of the nebulas from which the fixed stars were formed? The nebular theory gives the same cause for the forms and the motions of the stellar systems as of our solar system. That theory points to a great original nebula, trhose rotations by the force of gravity formed and moved the ring of the Milky Way, and its interior disk, and its scattered exterior clusters. Gravity, in causing this rotation and the proper motions of the fixed stars. must have acted by the law of conservation of areas; ami now we must in- quire how much motion, according to that law, was necessary on the surface of our original stellar nebula? If half a mile per hour was sufficient for our solar system, how much was necessary for our stellar system ? On the suppo- sition that the stellar motions are as rapid as the planetary, and that the tone Of gravity was equally Strong in both, then the original surface motions of our solar and stellar nebulas must have been to each other in some proportion inversely as the Lengths of their radii. But as the length of the Stellar radius was almost infinitely longer than that of the solar radius, so the original mo- tion on the surface of the stellar nebula must have been almosl infinitely slower than on the BUrface of the solar nebula ; that is, almost infinitely slow- er than half a mile per hour ! lint whence these very slow motions on the surfaces of the original stellar nebula- ' These I have already given in the four sources of motion in the be- ginning of this paper. [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 In our solar nebula the areas described by the radius vector diminished very slowly, on account of the very slight friction, which also retarded the velocities of the planets, as I^have shown in Section 19th. August 6 th. Mr. Cassin, Vice-President, in the Chair. Nineteen members present. Dri H. C. Wood, Jr., called the attention of the Academy for a few minutes to some observations on the life history of some of our siphonaceous fresh water algae. He stated that the accounts of the method of the production of the zoospores of the ordinary Achyla prolifera, as given by Henfrey and Carpenter, differed very essentially. The former states that the zoospores do not directly appear in the filaments, but that in the original zoosporangium are formed only daugh- ter cells by the aggregation of nitrogenous protoplasm, which daughter cells are incapable of spontaneous motion, are unprovided with cilia, and are emitted apparently by being, as it were, forced out by endosmotic pressure excited through the zoosporangium. After emission, according to Henfrey, they re- main clustered at the end of the filament, and in a few hours each daughter cell gives origin to a single zoospore, which is formed from the whole of its protoplasmic contents. According to Carpenter, the zoospores are formed di- rectly in the zoosporangium, are theu furnished with cilia, and escape by means of their own motile power. Dr. Wood stated that his own observations on the plant entirely corroborate and coincide with the results arrived at By the la- mented Henfrey, and that he had frequently seen the very delicate cellulose coats of the daughter cells still aggregated around the distal end of the zoospo- rangium after the escape of the zoospores from them. Dr. Wood further called the attention of the members to the existence of several algoid forms growing in the neighborhood of the city, which were closely allied to Achlya prolifera, but in some respects quite distinct from it. In one of these, which appears to be at least generically the same as the former species, the Doctor stated he had studied the formation of resting spores, which takes place in a way similar to that seen in other of the Siphonaceae, such as the Vaucheria. At the distal end of a filament about to form resting spores a roundish bulb-like enlarge- ment takes place, which soon is crowded with nitrogenous protoplasm derived from the main filament, from which it is in a little while shut off by a delicate membranous partition. About this time, just below such sporangium, there appears a process very similar to that seen in the Vaucheria, which process fi- nally conies in contact with the sporangium, between which and itself a com- munication is soon established. The contents of the sporange now contract themselves into a globular ball, and develop into the resting spore. If these views and observations hereafter should be confirmed, they would settle the doubt expressed by many authorities, whether the Achyla lie not merely a submerged fungus, altered by this very submersion so as to resemble an algoid growth ; for if species of the genus are found whose whole life his- tory is similar to that of others of the Siphonacea^, even to the formation of resting spores by a kind of conjugation, it seems indisputable that the organ- isms under consideration are perfect entities, not merely degraded forms of higher plants. Further, granting the facts stated, if one of the Siphonaceae is a fungoid growth, surely all the others must be ; and it does not seem proba- ble that the Vaucheria, with its green endochrome, is a fungoid growth. Dr. Leidy mentioned the recent appearance of the seventeen year locust in Montgomery, Wythe and other counties of Virginia. 1807.] 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP August \oth. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Nineteen members present. The following was presented for publication : "Additional Notes on male forms of Vitis vinifera." By T. Meehan. By permission, the Committee reported in favor of publishing the following paper, which was so ordered : Notes on certain BIRDS from New Granada, with descriptions of New Species. BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE. Tachyphoxcs rnopiNQrrs. Tacliyphonus rubrijrona, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. 18G5, p. 106. In a conversation with Mr. McLeannan concerning the red on the forehead of the male in this species, he said the sexes were alike in plumage, and sug- gested that the color might be a stain caused by its feeding on some kind of fruit ; on examination with a glass, it is quite apparent that the color is due to such a cause, — the pulp, probably of some kind of fruit, still adhering to the feathers. The first name, therefore, being inappropriate, I propose iu place of it that of propinquus, from its near relationship to T. xanthopygius. 2. PlI/EXICOTHRAUPIS YIXACEA. Male. — Crest scarlet, distinctly bordered on each side with a line of blackish feathers; the entire upper plumage besides, including the tail, is of a dark vinaceous red ; the quills have their inner webs blackish-brown, the outer are the color of the back, but brighter, as are also the outer margins of the rec- trices; the under plumage is likewise dark vinaceous, but lighter than the back, with the throat clearer in color, but not so decidedly as in all the other allied species, except P. rubica, in which the entire under plumage is quite dull ; the upper mandible is black, the under brown : tarsi and toes reddish- brown. Length about Cj in. ; wing 3§ ; tail 3$ ; bill 9-lGths ; tarsi J. Habitat. — New Granada, line of the Panama Railroad. Remarks. — I have had this specimen for some years, and considered it dif- ferent from any of its atlines ; in its upper plumage it comes nearest to P. ru- bica, but the color is deeper and clearer, the sides of the head are not dusky as in that species, in the coloring below they are not at all alike, rubica being of a dull brownish-red, with but little brightness even on the throat, whereas the other is of quite a clear color throughout; rubra, rubicoides and fuscicauda have their throats much lighter and brighter in color ; it is smaller than any of the Others except rubra, from which it scarcely differs in size ; they are also much alike iu their upper plumage, but rubra has the rump and tail brighter, and below LB much paler in color, being the most so of any id' the group. Its deep and nearly uniform color will distinguish it from all the others. In an article by Mr. 0 Salvia (l'roc. Zool. Soc. London, 1807), "On some Collections of Birds from Veragua," he refers a bird to J', rubica with a ques- tion, id' which be has several specimens; from his remarks I should judge it to be the .-nine as the above described species. 3. Leptoptii.a CASSINIl. Leptoptila verreauzi, Cass., Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. 18G0, p. 195. Leptoptila rrrrcauxi, Lawr., Annals Lye. N. Y. vol. vii. p. 333. J/aZe.— Forward part of the crown and front bluish-white, paler next the bill | hind part of crown and nape, back, wings and central tail feathers, of a [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 dark greenish olive-brown, washed on the upper part of the back with vina- ceous ; the lateral tail feathers are purplish-black, the outer two on each side marked with grayish-white at their ends ; quills dark brown, tinged with pur- ple, the inner margins for two-thirds their length from the base pale dull cin- namon ; lining of wings and axillars deep cinnamon ; a band on the hind neck, of bluish ash, connecting with the same color on the breast ; the lower part and sides of the neck are of a paler bluish-ash ; chin and throat white ; the sides are dark olive-brown ; upper part of abdomen of a pale vinaceous, the lower part nearly white, just tinged with the color of the upper part ; feathers over the thighs filamentous, and of a grayish-white color, as are also those of the vent ; under tail coverts brown, with their ends white ; bill black ; " irides vellow ;" tarsi and toes fleshy yellow. Length (fresh) 10| in. ; wing 5]~ ; tail 3-f ; bill f ; tarsi 1 3-lGths. The female does not differ materially from the male. Habitat. — New Granada. Line of the Panama Railroad. Remarks. — This species was referred to L. verreauxi by Mr. Cassin, in hi? " Catalogue of Birds from the Isthmus of Darien," and by myself in " Catalogue of Birds from New Granada," &c. Since then I received from Mr. McLeannan a specimen of another species, which I determined to be the true L. verreauxi, Bp. ; on a recent visit to Boston I was able to verify it as being so, by com- parison with that species in the Lafresnaye collection, now the property of the Boston Natural History Society, the liberal gift of the late Dr. Henry Bryant. L. verreauxi is above of a lighter and more decided olive, the outer three tail feathers on each side end more largely in white, the under plumage is much lighter and very different in color, the neck and upper part of the breast being of a light vinaceous rose color, gradually merging into white on the abdomen; the under tail coverts are entirely white. The two species are very different in appearance, that of cassinii being very dark, whereas the colors of verreauxi are comparatively light. I have conferred the name of my friend Mr. John Cassin on this fine species. In the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution are specimens from Costa Rica, as well as those from the Atrato in Lt. Michler's collection. Mr. John Galbraith, in his notes sent with the collection made for me on the line of the Panama Railroad, states that it is " common, but shy." August 20th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Nineteen members present. August 27th. Mr. Vatjx, Vice President, in the Chair. Sixteen members present. The following gentlemen were elected members : Dr. J. K. Tyson, Dr. W. Pepper, Dr. Geo. Pepper, Dr. Horace Binney Hare and Elias D. Kennedy. The following were elected correspondents : Geo. J. Durham, Austin, Texas; John Henry Gurney, Norfolk, Eng.j Osbert Salvin, London ; T. C. Jerdon, M. D., Madras, India ; and Prof. J. Reinhardt, Copenhagen. Prof. Cope communicated by letter the following description of a new genus of Cyprinoid fishes from Virginia : Among the Cyprinidre of the Kanawha River, at Eggleston's Springs, one appeared to be of sufficient interest to mention to the Academy. I took but 1867.] 06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF two specimens, supposing them to be the young of some species of Catostomus or sucker. The size of the scales shows that it does not pertain to any species known in this region, and I was, therefore, induced to examine the pharyn- geal teeth and alimentary canal. I found, to my surprise, that they were both of the carnivorous type, showing the form and position of the mouth to be de- ceptive, though they are frequently coordinated parts. The genus and species appearing to have hitherto escaped observation. Piienacobius Cope. Pharyngeal teeth 4 — 4, uncinate raptatory, sharp edged ; alimentary canal not longer than head and body ; dorsal fin above the ventrals ; scales normal, lateral line complete; mouth very small, inferior, maxillary arch projectile, covered by a thick fleshy lip, which is enlarged posteriorly and behind mandible ; no barbels ; mandible naked, included. Aspect of Ca- tostomus. Name from ' & to 6 Inches. Hab. — Mexico, Jalapa (Mr, D'Oca i, Mirador, Vera i Iruz t l>r. C. Sartorius), Potrero, Cordo- va i Prof. F. Sumichrast), Vera Paz (Mr. O. Salvia). Coban, Guatemala (Mr. ll. Hague), Be- i Honduras (Mr. C. J. Wood), spec in Mus. Acad. 1'hilada. and Mus. Smiths, washing- ton. The band of scarlet on the lower edge of the yellow space of the throat is very narrow in this species, and frequently nol to be seen without examination, but iu fourteen specimens now under examination, it is present, and can be [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 103 traced in all of them. Specimens of this fine species are in the Smiths. Mus. from Mexico and Central America, as above given, and in Acad. Mus. from Mexico. 4. Ramphastos approximans, Cabanis. Ramphastos approximans, Cab., Jour. Orn. 1862, p. 333. Like the preceding, but with the scarlet band on the lower edge of the yellow space of the throat conspicuous wad much wider. About the size of the preceding. Mil large. Colors of bill and of plumage as in the preceding, 1{. earinatus. "Iris yellow" (Mr. .1. Carmiol). Total length about 21 to 24 inches. Female smaller ; total length about 20 inches. Bob. — Costa Rica, Dota, Grecia, Angostura, San Carlos (Mr. J. Carmiol), San Jose ( Dr. A. von Frantzius), Nicaragua, San Juan (Mr. De Bareuil), New Grenada, Panama (Mr. J. Mc- Leannan). Spec, in Mus. Smiths. Washington, and Mus. Acad. Philada. About the size of the preceding, and with the bill fully as large. Only to be distinguished from that species, — R. earinatus, — by the wide and conspicu- ous scarlet band as above described. Thirteen specimens in the Smithsonian collections from Costa Rica, and one specimen from Panama, are clearly this species. Others in Acad. Mus., from San Juan de Nicaragua, are also certainly this species, and just as certainly correct in locality. Only differing in size from the next succeeding, R. brevicarinatus. both having the wide pectoral band of scarlet. It is possible that the yellow of the throat in R. brevicarinatus is darker, or with a tinge of orange, but at present I could distinguish between the female of one and the male of the other, with difficulty, if at all ! 5. Ramphastos brevicarinatus, Gould. Ramphastos brevicarinatus, Gould, Monog. Ramph. p. (2d ed. 1854). Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 3. Much resembling the immediately preceding E. approximans, and with the scarlet pec- toral band wide and conspicuous, but much smaller, and with the bill shorter. Colors of bill and of plumage as in the two preceding. R. earinatus and R. approximans (but probably with the yellow of the throat of a darker shade than in either). Total length about 16 to IT inches ; wing 7J^, tail GJ^, bill (chord) 4 inches. Hab. — Costa Rica, Chiriqui (Dr. John Evans), " western side of Isthmus of Panama " (Mr. John Gould), " Mexique " (Bfassena Coll.) Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philadelphia. In one very fine adult specimen of this speies the yellow of the throat is of a darker and richer shade, than in any specimen of either of tbe two prece- ding species. This specimen came in a very interesting collection presented to the Academy by Dr. John Evans, and collected by him at Chiriqui, East- ern Costa Rica, thereby confusing somewhat the idea of this species being of the western coast, exclusively. The type of Mr. Gould is also in Acad. Mus. but bears no label stating locality. 6. Ramphastos Tocard, Vieillot. Ramphastos Tocard, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxxiv. p. 281, (1819). Ramphastos engnathos, Wagl. Syst. Av. Add. (1827). Ramphastos Swaiusonii, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853, p. G9. Gould. Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 4, 1st ed. pi. 8, upper fig. LeVaill, Ois. Par. pi 9 ? Colors of the upper mandible divided by a diagonal line from near the nostril to the edge, within the terminal one-third of its length. Upper portion yellow, lower portion dark reddish-chestnut, lower mandible dark reddish-chestnut, terminal one-third, black. Throat yellow, with a transverse band of white and another of scarlet on its lofl er edge. Upper tail coverts white, lower tail coverts scarlet All other parts of the plumage black; top of the head and neck behind tinged with reddish-brown or moron, begs bluish- brown. Young. Upper mandible entirely greenish-yellow, mottled with black at Plumage as in adult. Total length about 22 to 24 inches; wing !ii, tail C to 7 inches. Hob.— Northern Boutb America, Guiana, Surinam, Northern Braiil. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This species is undoubtedly the R. Tucanus of Linnaeus, as suggested by thai great and philosophical naturalist, Mr. Vigors, in Zool. Jour. ii. p. 471. It is an entirely peculiar and in some respects isolated species, strongly characterized by its red bill. Le Vaillant's figure above cited, Ois. Par. pi. 4, is [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 very probably, this bird, though the pectoral band is given as yellow instead of scarlet. On this figure R. Le Vaillantii is founded as above. In his first edition Monog Ramph. Mr. Gould describes and figures a bird to which he gives the name R. citreopyyus, as above. Tn his second edition, he states that the specimen figured " is made up of the head of R. vitellinus and body of R. erythrorhynchus." 10. Ramphastos Inca, Gould. Ramphastos Inca, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1846, p. 68. Gould Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 7. Resembling the preceding, but with the bill black, culmen yellow, and a large somewhat triangular spot of red on each side of the culmen near the base of the bill. A wide trans- verse band at the base of the bill yellow, with a narrow band of scarlet at its anterior edge. Upper tail coverts rich orange, under tail coverts scarlet, all other parts of plumage black. Total length about 20 inches. Hab. — Western South America, Bolivia (Mr. Gould.) This species is unknown to me, though one specimen in Acad. Mus. seems to approach it, but the upper tail coverts are not so richly colored as in Mr. Gould's figure, though more decidedly orange than in R. Tucanus, and the bill being dry and faded long since, does not show the peculiar markings of the present bird. The specimen is rather shorter, and the tail especially so, and the bill larger than in the specimens of that species now under exami- nation. The specimen alluded to is No. 650, and is labelled only " Bresil." 11. Ramphastos Cuvieri, Wagler. Ramphastos Cuvieri, Wagl. Syst. Av. p. (1827). Ramphastos Forsterorum, Wagl. Syst. Av. p. (1827) ? Gould Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 2, 2d ed. pi. 8. Le Vaill. Ois. Par. pi. 5? Bill black. Resembling both of the preceding in colors of plumage, especially R. Tuca- nus, but with the bill black, culmen and wide transverse band at base of bill yellow. Upper tail coverts orange, under tail coverts scarlet, throat white, faintly tinged with yellow, a wide pectoral band of scarlet; all other parts of the plumage black. Total length about 22 to 23 inches ; wing 91/, tail G}4, bill (chord) &A to 7 inches. Hub.— Northern South America, Rio Amazo'ns. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. Distinguished from R. Tucanus by its black bill and orange upper tail coverts and seems to be rather larger. From R Inca this species differs in not having the large spots in the upper mandible nor the scarlet transverse line at the base of the bill. Specimens in Acad. Mus. labelled " Upper Ama- zon " and other very fine specimens in the Smiths. Mus. from Lieut. Hern- don's collections on that river. The figure in LeVaill.Ois.Par.pl. 5, maybe intended to represent this species, but the throat is orange and the upper tail coverts scarlet. Stated to be from Peru. R, Forsterorum, Wagler as above, is founded on this figure. 12. Ramphastos culminatus, Gould. Ramphastos culminatus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1833, p. 70. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. i. 2d ed. pi. xi. Bill black. Resembling R. Cuvierii, but smaller, with the bill more compressed, and with the throat pure white. Bill black, with the culmen and wide transverse band at base greenish-yellow. Upper tail coverts orange, under tail coverts scarlet, pectoral band nar- rower and darker red than in R. Cuoierii. All other parts of plumage black. Legs bluish- black. Total length 10 to 20 inches ; wing 8 to S]4, tail (% to 7, bill 5 to 5% inches. Hab.— Western South America, Peru? (Hon. J. R.Clay), Upper Amazon (Mr. Gould). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Very much like R. Cuvieri but got up on a smaller scale and clearly distinct. The pure white throat is a peculiar and immediately available character, and the pectoral band is narrow and dark red, quite distinct in shade from that of R. Cuvieri. It is an entirely respectable species. The only specimens of this species that I have seen, are in the fine collec- tion made by the Hon. John Randolph Clay, while minister of the United States to Peru, and are very probably from that country. 1867.] 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 13. Ramphastos citreolaemus, Gould. Ramphastos citreolaeinus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 147. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 9. Gray, Gen. B. ii. pi. 100. Like the preceding audi?. Cuvierii, but smaller, and with the pale yellow space on the throat nearly encircled with white. Bill black, with the culmen and wide transverse band at base yellowish-green. The yellow on the neck in front dearer defined, and ofa darker shade than in either of its preceding allies. Upper tail coverts pale yellow. A wide pectoral hand of scarlet, under tail coverts scarlet, all other parts of the plum - black. Scarlet of theundertail coverts extending upwards, and appearing somewhat in the upper tail coverts (which are yellow). Legs bluish-black. Total length about 'Ji inchesj win;; s'.t. tail 7J£, bill ■">'._> inches. Hub. — Northern South America, Bogota. Spec in Mas. Acad. Philada. Smaller than R. Cuvieri, but about the size of R. culminatus. Differs from the former in having the white space on the throat strongly tinged with yellow in its lower part only, and in having the upper tail coverts pale yellow, (in both R. Cuvieri and R. culminatus the upper tail coverts arc orange). In R. culminatus the throat is pure white and scarlet, pectoral band narrow ; in this species, R. citreolaemus, the white space is strongly tinged with yellow in its lower part and the pectoral band, wide, and of a different shade of scarlet. The only specimens that I have seen of this species are Mr. Gould's types in the Acad. Mus., both of which were received in the Massena collection, pre- sented to the Academy by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson. 14. Ramphastos osculans, Gould. Ramphastos osculans, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 156. Gould Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 5, 2d ed. pi. 10. Very much like the preceding, JR. citreolaemus, but with the upper tail coverts orange, and the neck in front orange. Bill black, culmen and wide transverse band at base yellow- ish-green. Plumage of other parts as in R. citreolaemus. Total length about 19 inches. Bab.— Northern South America, Guiana, Rio Negro (Mr. Gould). This species I have not seen. Judging from Mr. Gould's description and from his superb figure, it differs from R. citreolaemus sufficiently, in the orange of the neck in front, and upper tail coverts as above, (both of which are yellow in R. citreolaemus). 4. Ramphodryas. 15. Ramphastos Ariel, Vigors. Ramphastos Ariel, Vig., Zool. Jour. ii. p. 466, (1826). Ramphastos Temminckii, Wagl., Syst. Av. Ramph. No. 10,(1827). Ramphastos Tlicanus, Wagl., Syst. Av. Ramph. No. 11, (1827), nee. Linn.) ? Ramphastos erythrosoma, Wagl., Syst. Av. Ramph. No. 9, (1827)? Ramphastos maximus, Cuv Reg. An. i. p. 431, (1817)? Ramphastos flavicollis, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 83, (1776)? Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 10, 2d ed. pi. 12. Buff. PL Enl. 307? Le Vaill. Ois. Par. pi. 6? Zool. Jour. ii. pi. 15. Smaller. Bill black, with a wide transverse band of yellow at base, flattened somewhat, and with a wide groove near the cul a. Uppertail coverts scarlet Throai orange, with row band oi pale yellow on its lower edge, which is succ led by a wide band ol scar- let ,m the breast. Under tail coverts scarlet. All other parts ol the plumage black. Legs bluish-black. Throai In sonic specimens reddish-orange. Total length aboul 18 to 21 inches; wing 7 to 8, tail ''■'.. to 8, bill (chord) -f to 5 inches. Bab— Northern and eastern Bouth \ rica, Bahia, St Catherines, San Paulo. Spec. In Mo-, lead. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This is the first of several species in which the tipper tail coverts are scarlet. In this species the bill is uniformly clear black, including the cul- men, and having only a transverse band, at base, of yellowish white. So far as can be determined from dried specimens the bill in this species is more flattened than usual in this group and with a wide but shallow groove, leav- ing the culmen very distinct. The specimens before mc from various localities and all of which I regard [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 as one species, would make about three, with some stretch of propriety. One specimen from St. Catherines, Brazil, is larger than all others : total length 21 inches, wing 8J, tail 7£ inches, but the bill is shorter than others ; length (chord) 4| inches! Two other specimens labelled only " Bresil," have the throat dark reddish orange, (or orange red) much darker red than usual in specimens from Bahia. The largest seems to be that figured and described by Mr. Gould. It is not to be concluded hastily that the species proposed by Wagler as above are all to go for nothing. Two of them, R. Tucanus and R. erythrosoma, seem to be founded on figures, and, if said figures are correct, they are valid species. These figures may represent R. Ariel with some exaggerations and oversights. Wagler's species are : 1. Ramphastos Temminckii, which is R. Ariel as above given. 2. Ramphastos erythrosoma, founded on Le Vaill. pi. 6, which is much like R. Ariel, but has the under parts almost entirely scarlet. 3. Ramphastos Tucanus, (Wagl. nee. Linn.) R. flavicollis, Miiller, founded on PI. Enl. 307, in which the upper tail coverts are orange, (not scarlet, as in R. Ariel) and the pectoral' band narrow (it is very wide in R. Ariel.) The following are varieties in the collections now under examination : R. Ariel, a. Throat pale orange. Eastern Brazil, Bahia. b. Throat deep reddish orange, bill longef. Northern, Amazon River. c. Large, bill shorter, throat pale orange. Southern, St. Cather- ines, Rio de Janeiro. 16. Ramphastos vitellinus, Temminck. Ramphastos vitellinus, Temm., Man. D'Orn. i. p. 76, (1820.) Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 9, 2d ed. pi. 13. Le Vaill. Ois. Par. pi. 7. Swains', Zool. 111. i. pi. 56. Bill black, upper tail coverts scarlet, large space on the throat orange in the middle and lower part, fading into pure white on its edges, throat, and sides of theneck. Wide pecto- ral band and under tail coverts scarlet. All other parts of the plumage black, legs bluish- black. Bill black, with a transverse band of pale blue at base, flattened and grooved near the eulmen. Total length about 19 to 20 inches ; wing 7% to 8, tail G]4 to 7, bill 4J4 to 5 inches. Hab. — Northern South America, Guiana, Cayenne, Northern Brazil. " Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. In all American collections, and not difficult to distinguish from any other species. The bill is entirely black, including the eulmen, but having a wide transverse band of pale blue at base. 5. Tucaius. 17. Ramphastos dicolorus, Linnaeus. Ramphastos dicolorus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 152, (1766). Ramphastos chlororhynchus, Temm. Man. d'Orn, i. p. 76, (1820). Ramphastos pectoralis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 365, (1811). Ramphastos Tucai, Licht. Verz. p. 7, (1823). Buff. PI. Enl. 269. Le Vaill. Ois. Par pi. 8. Swains. Zool. 111. ii. pi. 108. Jard. &Selby, 111. i. pi. 29. Gould Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. xi. 2d ed. xiv. Bill green, with a transverse band of black at base. Entire under parts of body scarlet, with a transverse band of black on tin- abdomen ; tibia} black. Upper and under tail cov- erts scarlet. Large space on the throat, orange in the middle and fading into pale yellow on its edges, throat, and sides of the neck. All other parts of the plumage black. Legs brownish-black. Bill flattened and grooved near the eulmen. Total length about 17 to 20 inches ; wing 7% to 8, t:iil i;.; to 7, bill 3£ to 4 inches. Hab. — Central and eastern South America, Brazil, St. Catherines, Bio de Janeiro, San Paulo, Paraguay. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This abundant and handsome species differs from all others of this genus, in having the bill green and the under parts almost entirely scarlet, the tibia and a narrow belt on the abdomen being black. It is in all American collec- tions. 1867.] 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP II. Genus PTEROGLOSSUS, Illiger. Genus Pteroglossus, 111. Prodr. p. 202 (1811). 1. Pteroglossus. 1. Pteroglossus Aracari, (Linnreus). Ramphastoa Aracari, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 104, (1758). Ratuphastos atricollis, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 83, (1776). Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 12, 2d ed. pi. 15. Buff. PI. Enl. 166. Shaw, Nat. Misc. pi. VJS. Le Vaill. Ois. Par.pl. 10, 12. Adult J. With one wide, well defined band of scarlet on the abdomen. Entire head ami neck glossy black ; back, wings and tail fine dark green; under parts of body green- ish-yellow (except the wide band of scarlet across the abdomen). Tibise olive- green, mixed with reddish ; rump scarlet. Bill with the upper mandible yellowish-white, (or straw color) and a wide longitudinal band of black on the culmen; under mandible black ; at the base of both mandibles, and completely enclosing the bill, a raised band of straw-yellow. Legs greenish. Frequently an obscure spot of dark chestnut on the ear, and usually an obscure and imperfect narrow band of scarlet between the black and yellow on the nock or breast. Total length about 18 or 19 inches ; wing 6, tail 7£, bill (chord) 4£ to 5 inches. Hub. — North-eastern South America, Guiana, Northern Brazil. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and .Mus. Smiths. Washington. This might erroneously be supposed to be a common and well known species, but between P. formosus on one side, which is larger, and P. Wiedii on the other, which is smaller, but both otherwise very similar, it is not entirely easy to fix its identity, nor to ascertain which of the three was origi- nally described. At present I rely on the plate and description of Mr. Gould. The wide band or stripe on the culmen is the only remaining hope for this species, this stripe being narrow (or not so wide!) in both of its aspiring rela- tives, now about to be brought forward. It does appear, though, that the ■ tibia are more mixed with red than in either /'. formosus or P. Wiedii, and other small points of difference can be developed by the diligent and patient student. 2. Pteroglossus Wiedii, Sturm. Pteroglossus Wiedii, Sturm, ed. Gould's Ramphast. p. Sturm, ed. Gould's Monog. pi. Gould, Monog. 2d ed. pi. 16. Much resembling the preceding, but smaller, with the bill shorter and less curved, and the longitudinal stripe on the culmen much narrower. Tibise more clearly dark green; breast witli little or no mixture of scarlet. Total length about 17 or 18 inches; wing S\i to 5%, tail C>}4 to 7, bill (chord) -I to i% inches. Young male Throat and sides of the neck with a decided tinge of dark chestnut ; other parts as in adult. Bab.— Central and eastern South America, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Smaller than the preceding, with the longitudinal stripe on the culmen narrow. Inhabits more southern districts of South America. 3. Pteroglossus formosus, Cabanis. Petroglossus formosus, Cab. Jour. Orn. 1862, p. 332. Much resembling both of the preceding, bul larger than either, stripe on the culmen narrow, as in I'. Wiedii. Yellow plumage of the in-east mixed with red, a- in P. Aracari. Tibia- green, as in /*. Wiedii. Bill long, strongly curved at the end (perhaps more slender than in either of the preceding). Total length about 19 or 20 inches ; bill (chord) 6% inches. //„/,._ Northern South America, " Venezuela V (Cabanis). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Young. This species? BUI thick, much shorter than in adult, cutting edge of upper mandible integral, smooth (noi serrated as in adult). Entire head dull brown or Bnuff COlor, darker on the crown ; upper part id' back, wings and tail dark green ; under parts of body dull and pale greenish-yellow; wide band across the abdomen dull yellowish-red. Bill" nearly uniform greenish-yellow, darker on the under mandible, lighter at the tip. Yellow of the breasf mixed with pale reddish. Total length abOUl 1 I inches. This is a large species like P. Aracari, but with the longitutioDal stripe on the culmen narrow as in P. Wiedii. One specimen in the Acad. Mus. is this bird. It is labelled " Demarara " in a hand writing that 1 do not recognise. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 4. Peteroglossus pluricinctus, Gould. Peteroglossus pluricintcus, Gould Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 157. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 15, 2d ed. pi. 17. About the size of P. Aracarf, or rather larger. With two bands on the under parts of the body; one is black across the breast, the other is mixed black and scarlet across the abdo- men. Head and neck black, with a rich bluish lustre ; back, wings and tail dark green ; rump scarlet. Under parts of body (except the bands) fine greenish-yellow or straw-color, much mixed with scarlet; lower band almost entirely scarlet and expanded on the sides; tibiae greenish-chestnut. Upper mandible rich yellow, nearly orange on the basal half of the bill, a wide stripe of brownish-black on the culmen, under mandible brownish-black, bill enclosed at base by a raised line of yellow. Female and young male with the ears fine chestnut. Total length about 18 to 20 inches ; wing 0 to ti1^, tail 7, bill (chord, from corner of mouth direct to point) 4 to i]4 inches. "Iris yellow" (Lieut. Herndon, in Smiths. Mus.) Hab. — Northern South America, •' Rio Negro," "Rio Orenoque" (Acad. Mils.), "Petas, Amazon River" (Lieut. Herndon). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Wash- ington. A beautiful and strongly characterized species, easily distinguished from either of the preceding by its two bands on the under parts. It is, however, singularly afflicted with relatives (as follows immediately) and to avoid dis- couraging entanglements, it is necessary to remember that in this species and the$next succeeding only, P. pcecilosternus, the upper band (on the breast) is complete and well defined and black. In all others the upper_band is imper- fect or rudimentary, or not at all. 5. Pteroglossus poscilosternus, Gould. Pteroglossus poecilosternus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 147. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 18. Le Vaill. Ois. Parad. pi. 11. Only differing from the preceding in having the lower band (on the abdomen) nearly fine scarlet, or but slightly mixed with black, and the yellow of the under parts less mixed with scarlet. Total length 18 to 20 inches. Hab. — Western South America, Peru. Spec, in ^Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This species, if such it is, inhabits a more western range of locality than the next preceding, P. pluricinctus, which it exceedingly resembles. One specimen in Smiths. Mus. is in Lieut Herndon's collection from the Western tributaries of the Rio Amazon. One other in the Acad. Mus. bears Mr. Gould's label, but without locality. 6. Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gould. Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 15. Voy. Sulphur, Birds pi. 28. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 21 (lower figure). Under mandible yellow, tipped with black (the under mandible is black in all others of this connection). Upper mandible with a wide longitudinal band parallel with its cutting edge (which the preceding two species have not). Otherwise much resembling P. pluri- cinctus and pcecilostemus. Total length 18 inches (Gould). Hab. — Realejo, Western Nicaragua (Mr. Gould). This species I have not seen. It appears to be much like the various allies of P. pluricinctus, but has the under mandible yellow in its basal two thirds. Nearly allied also to the next succeeding [P. sanguineus) but that species has the uuder mandible black. 7. Pteroglossus sanguineus, Gould. Pteroglossus sanguineus, Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 2d ed. p. (in text of P. erythropygius), (1854). Pteroglossus erythropygius, Cassin, Cat. Michler's collection, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1860, p. 136. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 21 (upper figure). Resembling the immediately preceding, but with the under mandible black (which is yellow in that species — P. erythnqnjuiiis). A longitudinal band of black near tin' cutting edge of the upper mandible, as in the preceding (but not in any other of the allies of P. 1867.] 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP pluricinctus). Yellow of the under parts much mixed with scarlet. Otherwise much re- sembling /'. pluricinctus. Total length about 18 to 20 indies; wing 6 to 6% tail 7 inches. Female rather smaller. Ebb.— New ( trenada, Bio Trnando, a tributary of the Rio Atrato. Sped in Mus. Smiths. Washington, and Mus. Acad. Philada. Six specimens in Capt. Michler's collection, from the Rio Atrato and its tributaries, are undoubtedly this species, and as distinct as customary in this group from P. erythropygius. It is probably not smaller than that species. 8. Ptrroglossus torquatus, (Gmelin). Ramphastoa torquatus, Gen. Syst. Nat. i. p. 354, (1788). Pteroglossus ambiguus, Less. Traite. d'Orn. i. p. 178, (1831). Pteroglossus regalis, Licht. Ramphastos discolor, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 83, (1776). Tucana mexicana torquata, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 421. Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 14, 2d ed. pi. 20. Generally resembling the preceding, but rather smaller, and distinguished by a band of chestnut on the neck behind. Upper band (on the breast) nearly obsolete, or represented only by a large black spot on the breast. Yellow of the under parts much mixed with scarlet. Total length about 17 inches. Y<>ung r more obtuse angle. Black spot on the breast smaller, and yellow of the under parts more mixed with scarlet than in /'. torquatus. Total length about is inches. Bab. — " Porto Cabello" (Cabanis). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. This species, if so, can be recognized mainly by its larger and longer bill, gradually curved and not so decidedly nor abruptly hooked at the end as in P. torquatus. The under parts in the specimen before me are more mixed or spotted with scarlet than in either of ten specimens of that species (P. tor- quatus) in the Acad, and Smiths, collections, and at the termination of the black on the neck in front there is a band of bright scarlet, narrower, but more complete than in either of them. It may be only a full plumaged or older specimen of that species 1 The only specimen in Acad. Mus. is labelled " Pteroglossus regalis,^ ? Mex- ique," in a handwriting that I do not recoguise. 10. Pteroglossus Frantzii, Cabanis. Pteroglossus Frantzii, Cab. Sitz. Bericht Naturf. Berlin, 18G1. Jour. Orn. 1862, p. 332. Like /'. torquatus and /'. nuchalis, and about the same size or rather larger, but with the abdominal band -very wide and nearly pure scarlet. Upper mandible yellow, except the usual stripe en the eiihiieii. which is black, and a -j ace of dark greenish at base (yellow at the tip, which is black in P. torquatus and J', nuchalis). chestnut-colored collar on the neck [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. Ill behind darker, and perhaps more narrow than in those species. Bill larger and wider than in P. torquatut, but not so long as in P. nuchalis, and with the teeth smaller than m either. In other characters much resembling these and nth it allies of P. pluricinctus. Total length about 18 to 19 inches; wing 6 to i;>$, tail 6J^ to 7, bill (chord of upper mandi- ble ! 1 inches. Young. Bill with the cutting edge of upper mandible smooth (not serrated as in tin- adult), entirely dull brown. Head dark brown ; abdominal band yellowish-scarlet. General colors as in adult. Bab. — Costa Rica, " San Jose," " Angostura," " Chiriqui." Spec, in Mus. Smiths. Wash- ington, and Mus. Acad. I'hilada. This species is of the same general style and colors as the two preceding, and has a well defined nuchal collar, but is easily to be recognized by its wide and clear scarlet abdominal band, and yellow pointed upper mandible. The abdominal band is more than double the width of that of either P. tor- quatus or P. nuchalis, and seems to afford a character entirely reliable in determining this species. Specimens in the Smiths. Mus. are from the large and very interesting col- lections of Mr. Julian Carmiol, made at various localities in the Republic of Costa Rica as above cited. 11. Ptekoolossus castanotis, Gould. Pteroglossus castanotis, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1833, p. 119. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 13, 2d ed. pi. 19. This is one of the strongly marked species of this sub-group, and (in a sort of aggregate) is not difficult to recognize, a large space on the sides of the neck, continuing into a wide collar on the neck behind, being rich dark chestnut. In all specimens before me the neck in front i3 chestnut also, but this space differs in extent, and may give place to black. In two specimens ihe throat, immediately at the base of the under mandible and within its fork, is black, in others it is chestnut. One band only on the abdomen, which is wide and well defined, and bright scarlet. Entire justice has not been done to this species, regarding as praiseworthy example the treatment of P. aracari, P. pluricinctus, and P. torquatus. Like them, it heads a group of allies and affinities which seem to inhabit different localities ; and in the specimens now before me I think I could set up a spe- cies or two, as customs seem to prevail in this group. But having got through the almost inextricable tangle of the preceding ten species, after a fashion, I am quite demoralized, and very sure that no living man can remember the species already described in this group, unless, like the gay young gentleman •who tied his cravat with such wonderful success, he gives his whole mind to it. Adult ,-f . Sides of the neck rich dark chestnut, whieli color continues into a wide, well defined band on the neck behind; frequently, neck in front also chestnut. Head above, and throat black, especially near the commencement of the yellow of the under parts (but above frequently chestnut). Mack, wings and tail dark green. Rump scarlet; a wide band on the abdomen scarlet ; other under parts pale greenish-yellow, mixed with scarlet on the breast and under tail coverts." Tibia' dark chestnut, frequently mixed with green. I '|>jn*r mandible yellow, with a wide band of black on the culmen in its basal three fourths, and another at its base and near its cutting edge, of nearly the same, length. Under man- dible black. Legs dark colored. ?. Like tiie male, but with the chestnut of the head more extended. Total length about 17 to 22 inches: wing r, to 7, tail r>}4 to 7, bill (chord 1 \% to r>]4 inches. Hah. — Northern and western South America, Itio Amazon (Lieut. Herndon 1, Para (Imp. Mus. Hio de Janeiro), Peru (Mr. Gould). This fine species is strongly characterized by the chestnut color of the neck, throat and cheeks, but this color seems to be variable in extent, and in some specimens now before me extends to the top of the head. The size of speci- mens is also quite different, the smallest in the present collection being in Capt. Page's collection from the Rio Parana, and labelled " Brazil," — undoubt- edly correct, and showing the most southern locality yet ascertained for this species. These are both sexes in mature plumage, and so much smaller than specimens from the Bio Amazon that they would easily make a species in this group. Another specimen in the Acad. Mus., labelled 9> uas* l"« head 1867.] 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP entirely chestnut, with only frontal and superciliary stripes black. Three varieties of this species may be distinguished : /'. caslanolis, a, castanotis. — Larger ; head above black ; total length about 20 to 22 inches. Northern, Rio Amazon, Peru. b, australis. — Smaller; head above brownish-black ; total length about 1G to 17 inches. Southern, Rio Parana. c Entire head chestnut, with a frontal band and su- perciliary stripes black. Locality unknown. Perhaps young female of var. castanotis. 2. Grammarhynchus. Genus Grammarhynchus, Gould, Monogr. Ramph. Intr. p. 2G (2d ed., 1854). 12. Pteroglosscs inscriptis, Swainson. Pteroglossus inscriptis, Swains. Zool. 111. ii. p. (1820). Pteroglossus scriptus, Temm. Man. d'Orn, i. p. 76 (1820). Gould, Monogr. Ramph., 1st ed. pi. 23, 2d ed. pi. 23. Swains. Zool. 111. ii. pi. 90. This is the first of three species which form a sub-group of the genus Pteroglossus ; all having the plumage dark green on the upper parts, and plain greenish-yellow on the under parts, without the bands and spots which are so conspicuous in the preceding sub-group, or typical 1'teroglossus. These species resemble each other, but differ in size and other characters, especially the colors and markings of the bills, and are without exception represented with entire accuracy in Mr. Gould's Monograph of the Ramphastidae. Adult (J. Small; bill with both mandibles yellow, tipped with black, the under mandible black at base, and a wide longitudinal band on the culmen black. Both mandibles with irregular black marks on their cutting edges (rather remotely resembling letters). Mead and neck black; back, wings and tail dark green; rump scarlet; under parts of body greenish-yellow or lemon-yellow; tibia; mixed with chestnut ; legs dark green. " Adult ?. Throat and sides of the neck dark chestnut, otherwise like the male. Young cf • Bill dull yellow, with the hand on the culiiien dull brown and indistinct, and tipped with dull brown. Head above black, throat chestnut; otherwise as in adult. Yellow of the under parts with obscure spots of dull reddish. Total length about 13 inches; wing \l/>, tail a'.J', bill (chord) 2% to 3V£ inches. liah. — Northern south America, Northern Brazil, "Guiana," "Para." Spec. in Mas. Acad. Philada. Distinguished from the succeeding by the under mandible being yellow in a large middle space (the under mandible is entirely black in both of the succeeding, — P. Ilumboldlii and P. viridw). This is a common species in col- lections, and of which numerous specimens are in Acad. Mus., but none of them verv carefully labelled for locality, being only given as "Brazil" and " Guiana!" 13. Pteroglossus Humroldtii, Wagler. Pteroglossus Humboldtii, Wagl. Syst. Av. p. (1827). Gould, Monogr. Ramph., 1st ed. pi. 22, 2d ed. pi. 22. Resembles tie- preceding, /'. inscriptis, but i^ larger, and has the under mandible black. Cutting edge of the upper mandible with irregular black marks, remotely resembling let- ters. Tibia chestnut, and in some specimens tier'- are obscure marks t>f dull chestnut, forming an imperfect and partially concealed band on the abdomen. Plumage in both sexes as in the preceding. Total length al I 15 to 17 inches; wing 5 to ''J. tail 6 to 6V£ bill (chord) a1.; to 4 inches. Hah. — Northern Brazil. "Upper Amazon," "MinasGerass, Peru, "Head waters ol the Huallaga River." Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philadelphia, and Mus. Smiths. Washington, Clearly distinguished from the preceding by its black under mandible. Specimens in the extensive and valuable collection made by Mr. Walter S. Church, from the head waters of the Huallaga River, Peru, are the largest, and have a partial band on the abdomen, of chestnut, much more apparent than in specimens from Mr. "Wallace's collections on the Upper Amazon. The [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 113 bill also seems more slender. Specimens in Acad. Mus. labelled " Upper Amazon." 14. Pteroglossus viridis (Linnaeus). Ramphastog viridis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 150 (1766). Rampliastos glaber. Lath. Iud. Orn. i. p. 138 (1790). Pteroglossus brevirostris, Less. Traite d'Orn. i. p. 178 (1831). Gould, Monogr. Raniph. 1st ed. pi. 21, 2d ed. pi. 24. Swains. Zool. 111. iii. pi. 169. Shaw, Nat. Misc. xvii. p 717. Buff. PI. Enl. 727, 728. Le Vaill. Ois. Par. pi. 16, 17. Edwards' Birds, vii. pi. 330. Like the preceding in colors and general characters, but without the irregular letter-like marks on either mandible. Upper mandible dull greenish-yellow, with a black line near to and parallel with the eulmen; under mandible black. Plumage of the male much as in th'1 preceding; head black, back, wings and tail dark green; under parts greenish-yellow ; tibia green, mixed with dull chestnut. lA-malc. Head and neck chestnut; otherwise like the male. T >tal length about 13£ inches: wing -H to 4%, tail 4j to 5, bill (chord) 3s inches. Hub. — Northern South America, "Guiana." Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Long known and common in collections from Guiana and Northern Brazil. Numerous specimens in Acad. Mus., but labelled only "Guiana" and " Brazil." 3. Pyrosterna. Genus Pyrosterna, Bonap. Aten. Ital. (1854.) 15. Pteroglossus bitorquatus, Vigors. Pteroglossus bitorquatus, Vig. Zool. Jour. ii. p. 481 (1826). Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 16, 2d ed. pi. 26. We now enter upon another well defined sub-group, presenting brilliant colors, and with a wide belt of scarlet on the breast in all of the five species at present known. Very handsome, and distinguished from each other mainly by the colors of the bills. Adnlt $. Bill with the upper mandible yellow, under mandible white at base, with its terminal half black. Head above black; throat and sides of the neck chestnut ; a narrow crescent of pale yellow on the neck in front, succeeded by a wide transverse band of scar- let; abdomen pale yellow; tibia? dull green. Wide space on the neck behind scarlet; back, wings and tail dark green ; rump scarlet Legs greenish-blue. Sexes alike? Total length about 14 inches; wing 4£ to 5, tail 51, bill (chord) 3k£ to Z\ inches. Hub. — Northern South America, " Para," "Guiana." Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Of this gayly colored species four specimens are in the Acad. Mus., which are all that I have seen. It is easily distinguished by its white and black under mandible, and is accurately and very handsomely figured by Mr. Gould as above. Specimens in Acad. Mus. are labelled " Para " and " Guiana," and occasionally brought also in collections from New Grenada. 16. Pteroglossus Sturmii, Natterer. Pteroglossus Sturmii, Nat. in Imp. Mus. Vienna. Sturm ed. Gould Monog. (not paged, 1842.) Gould, Monog. Ramph. 2d ed. ( 1854.) Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 2d ed.pl. 17. Sturm's ed. pi. 7. Similar to the preceding, but smaller, and with the under mandible entirely black. Hal). — Northern South America, " Rio Madeira " (Natterer). Spec, in Imp. Mus. Vienna This species I have not seen. Its point of distinction from P. bitorquatus is mainly its black under mandible, but a few ojaier characters are pointed out in Sturm's edition of Goulii's Ramphastidae, as above, and in Mr. Gould's second edition. 17. Pteroglossus flavirostris, Fraser. Pteroglossus flavirosiris, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1840, p. 60. Pteroglossus Azane, Gould, Monog. Ramph., 1st ed. (nee Vieill.) Gould, Monog. Ramph., 1st ed. pi. 17, 2d ed. pi. 29. Generally resembling the two preceding, but with the scarlet belt restricted to the neck. 1867.] 8 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF in front, and succeeded by a wide transverse belt of black, edged with scarlet on its lower border; abdomen greenish-yellow. Head above black; throat and sides of the neck chestnut; neck behind with a wide band of brownish-red or deep red (nearly scarlet). Back, wings and tail dark green, ramp scarlet. Hill yellow, with a transverse band of orange mar the cutting edge of the lower mandible ; edge of the upper mandible black. Totol length 12 to 15 inches ; wing 4* to 5J, tail 5 to r.J, bill (chord) 8}4 to ::% inches. Hob. — Northern South America. New Grenada. Northern Brazil, Rio Negro, Rio Amazons, Para. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. This very handsome species is frequently received in collections from Bo- gota, and is readily distinguished from the two preceding by its wide band of black on the breast, the scarlet band being restricted to the neck in front. From the two species next succeeding, P. Marix and P. Azarse, this bird is mainly distinguished by the colors of the bill. 18. Pteroglossus Mari.k, Gould. Bcauharnaisius Maria'. Gould, Monogr. Eamph. Intr. p. 22 (2d ed. 1854). Gould, Monogr. Ramph., 2d ed. pi. 30. Much resembling the preceding, but smaller, and with the under mandible entirely dull orange or ochre color (not with a stripe only of that color on the lower mandible, as in P. Atone). Other colors as in P. fiavirostris. Total length 14 inches (Gould). Ifub. — Amazon River. Spec, in Mus.? This species I have not seen. 19. Pteroglossus Azar.e (Vieillot). llamphastos Azara, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxxiv. p. 282 (1819). Pteroglossus nigridens, Temm. Man. d'Oru. i. p. 75 (1820). Gould, Monogr. Ramp. 2d ed. pi. 28. Vieill. Gall. Supp. pi. 16. Le Vaill. Ois. Par. Supp. pi. A. Resembling the two species immediately preceding, P. Jlavlrottrit and P. Maris, bnl with a u ide longitudinal hand in the upper mandible of orange-red ; under mandible yel- low. Colors of plumage as in P.-flavirottris, and about the same size. Total length 14:V, inches (Gould). Hub. — Amazon River (Gould). This species I have not seen. 4. Beauharnaisius. Genus Beauharnaisius, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 95 (1849). 20. Pteroglossus Beauharxaisii, Wagler. Pteroglossus Beauharnaisii, Wagl. "Unterh. das Ausland, 1830, p. 470." Pteroglossus Pccppigii, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1230. Pteroglossus lepidocephalus, Nitzsch. Pterylog. p. 136 (1840). Pteroglossus ulocomus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1833, p. 38. Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 18, 2d ed. pi. 25. Differs from all other species in having the feathers of the head changed into a singula'' jue resembling horn or whalebone, which arc curled on the top of the head, flattened or itulate on the occiput, and black (on the head above) Throat and side- of the neck with similar hern-like feather-, which are straight, and white, tipped with black. Back of the neck and rump carmine ; back, wings and tail dark green. Breast yellow, irith nu- mall spots of Bear lei : sides and a wide hand on the abdomen scarlet ; middle of the abdomen yellow ; tibia- green Total length 18 to 18 inches. Haft.— Northern Sooth America, Cpper Amazon. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada. A curious bird, easily recognized by its most singular head-gear, which has the appearance of being composed of curled shavings of horn or whalebone of a lustrous black color. Rare in American collections, but stated to be common enough in the countries on the Rio Amazons. Specimens in Acad. Mus. were received from European dealers. 5. Baillonius. 21. Pteroglossus Bailloni (Vieillot). Ramphastos Bailloui, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxxiv. p. 283 (1819). □ epfc. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 Pteroglossus croceus, Jard. and Sclb. 111. Orn. i. (no page nor date.) Gould, Monogr. Ramph. 1st ed pi. 20, 2d ed. pi. 41. Le Vaill. Ois. Parad. ii. pi. 18. Jard. and Selb. 111. Orn. i pi. 6. A singular and anomalous form, not related specifically to any other. Head and entire under parts saffron-yellow. Rump crimson; upper parts of body, wings and tail yellowish- green. SeXes alike. Total length about 15 to 16 inches. Hab.-~ Central and Eastern South America, Brazil. Spec, in Bins. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. Quite common in collections from Brazil. This peculiar and oddly-colored species seems to be most properly arranged here, though usually rated as an Andigena. It does not intimately resemble any other species of Toucan. Th" following may be an additional species of Pteroglossus, but is doubtful, and unknown to modern naturalists. 25. Pteroglossus Aldroyandi (Shaw), Wagler, Syst. Av. sp. I (182*7). Ramphastos Aldrovandi, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 366 (1811), Rainphastos picatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 152 (12th ed. 1776) ? Albin's Birds, ii. pi. 25. " This bird is little bigger than the common Magpie; the head, neck, and upper part of the back towards the neck, are black ; the rest of the back and wings show something of a cinereous whiteness. The breast shines with a most bright and lovely gold or saffron color, with a certain redness near the beginning ; the belly and thighs of a most beautiful vermillion or scarlet color. The red color reaches almost half-way of the tail, and is intercepted by a broad bar of black, and ending in a beautiful red ; the legs, feet and claws are black." " Its bill is very large, considering the bigness of the bird ; its length was six inches, breadth at the upper part towards the head two inches and a quar- ter, the circumference at the same place five inches and a half; the upper chap is large and somewhat hooked, with a cavity exactly fitting the under chap, both serate (sic) or toothed, and of a thin bony substance, and a cover- ing over that of a horny-like scale, both very thin and light, weighing but eight drachms. It was of a yellowish color, clouded with a darkish green, towards the end or point reddish ; its nostrils were situate just above the horny substance of the bill, adjoining to the head, which is large and thick, as is suitable and requisite to sustain a bill of that length and. bigness." — A Natural History of Birds, illustrated with two hundred and five copper plates curiously engraven from life, and exactly colored by the author, Eleazer Albin. To which are added Notes and Observations by W. Derhani, D. D., Fellow of the Royal Society. London, 1738 (vol. ii. p. 24). The peculiarities of the bird here described are the abdomen and thighs being scarlet, aud the tail being scarlet at base and tipped with "beautiful red." The plate, " exactly colored," seems to represent a Pteroglossus, but of a species quite unknown, and, in fact, has much the appearance of a fictitious specimen, though Albin, as above (ii. p. 24), intimates that he has seen it living. It is the sole authority for the species. III. Genus SELENIDERA, Gould. Genus Selenidera, Gould, Icon. Av. pt. i. (1837). 1. Selenidera. 1. Selenidera maculirostris (Lichtenstein). Pteroglossus maculirostris, Licht. Verz. p. 1 (1823). Ramphastos maculatus, Vieill. Gal. Ois. ii. Supp. p. (1834). Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 24, 2d ed. pi. 31. Vieill. Gal. ii. Supp. pi. 14, 15. Jard. and Selby, 111. Orn. i. pi. 26. Le Vaill. Ois. Par. pi. 15,. Supp. pi. A. A. 1867.] 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF With this species we again enter upon a group resembling each other in colors of plumage, but distinguished by different colors and markings of tbe bills. All the species are smaller than in either of tbe preceding groups, Ramphastos or Pteroglossus, and form apparently a natural and readily defined group, probably generic. All the species are singularly alike in colors of plumage, and are nearly of the same size. They are, without exception, repre- sented with extraordinary accuracy in Mr. Gould's Monograph of the Family Ramphastidie. The ear coverts are yellow in all known species of this group, and present an immediately available generic character. Adult r?. Bill pale bluish or greenish-white, darker on the culmen and at the base : up- per mandible with about four or five irregular transverse bars ol black, the last oi which (nearest the tip) extends to the under mandible also, forming a very distinct and nearly perfect transverse band across both mandibles near the end. Head, neck and breast glossy black ; ear coverts orange nearest the eye, pale yellow posteriorly. Narrow band of yellow on the back of the neck; back, wings and tail dark olive-green, tinged somewhatwith yellowish on the back and nun]). Flanks with a large spot of orange; abdomen yellowish- green; under tail coverts scarlet. About six middle tail feathers, tipped with chestnut. Feet greenish-brown. Adult 9. Head, neck and breast reddish-chestnut; otherwise much as in the male. Total length about 12 to 1:5 inches; wing 5 to 5] ,. tail 4'., to 5, bill (chord) 2% inches. Bob.— Central and eastern Brazil, Kio de Janeiro, St. Katharines, Bahia. Spec, in Mus. Smiths. Washington, and Mus. Acad. Philada, Abundance of specimens of this species in Smiths. Mus. and Acad. Mus., but not specially stating locality ; nor is there any specimen in young or im- mature plumage. It is brought commonly from Brazil. 2. Selenidera Gouldii (Natterer). Pteroglossus Gouldii, Natt. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1837, p. 44. Gould, Monog. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 32. Icon. Av. pi. 7. Much resembling the preceding, and about the same size, but with the basal half to two- thirds of the upper mandible Mack (not with transverse bars or bands, as in that species, S. maculirostris.) Under mandible with one transverse band near the tip. Large spaces on the Hanks deeper orange. $. Very nearly as in S. maetdirostris, but with the upper mandible black at base, as in the male. Total length 12 to 1?, inches. Baft.— Northern South America, Para, Rio Amazons. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada, Easily distinguished by the black of the upper mandible, and inhabits more northern regions of South America than S. maculirottris. Specimens in Acad. Mus. labelled " Para" and " Rio Amazons," the latter from Mr. Wallace's collections. .3. Selenidera Langsdorffii (Wagler). Pteroglossus Langsdorffii, Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827.) Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 28, 2d ed. pi. 33. Resembling the preceding two species, but with the bill entirely bluish-black, paler at base, especially of the under mandible. Colors of the plumage much as in the preceding, in both sexes. Total Length about 12 to 13 inches. Hob.— Western South America. Peru, Amazon River (Lieut. Ilerndonl. Spec, in Smiths. Mus. Washington, and Mus. Acad. Philada. This species has the upper mandible uniform bluish-black or dark horn- color, paler at base ; under mandible with the paler base extending to one- lialf to two-thirds of its length, bluish-black in the terminal portion. Easily distinguished from the two preceding or other species by these colors of the bill. Lieut. Berndon's specimens in Smiths. Mus. are labelled "Amazon River," but as he crossed the continent on the route of that river, they are probably from its western or head waters. Other specimens in Acad. Mus. arc from Peru. 4. Sk.lknidera Rbinwaedtii (Wagler). Pteroglossus Iteinwanltii, Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827.) Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 26, 2d ed. pi. 34. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 Like the preceding, but with the bill dull red in the basal two-thirds of both mandibles; terminal one-third bluish-black. Plumage in both sexes much as in the preceding. Size perhaps rather larger. Total length 12% to 13*4 inches. Baft.— Western South America, Peru, Ecuador? Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Having an entirely peculiar coloring of the bill, and inhabiting western and perhaps north-western South America. Mr. Gould mentions a specimen which was probably from the country on the Rio Napo. Specimens in Acad. Mus. are from Peru. 5. Selenidera Nattereri (Gould). Pteroglossus Nattereri, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 157. Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 25, 2d ed. pi. 35. Bill red, but with culmen green, and with several irregular transverse bars of greenish- black across both mandibles, widest at the base. Ear coverts pale yellow nearest the eye, orange posteriorly (the reverse of all the preceding species). Chestnut color of the tibiae extending on the flanks. Plumage generally as in all the preceding in both sexes. Total length 12 to 13 inches. Sab.— Northern South America, Rio Negro, British Guiana. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Differing agaiu from all of the preceding in the colors of the bill, and hav- ing the colors of the ear spot reversed, as above described. Spec, in Acad. Mus. labelled as above. 2. Piperivorus. Genus Piperivorus, Bonap. Ois. De Lattre, p. 84 (1854). 6. Selenidera piperivora (Linnreus). Ramphastos piperivorus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 103 (1758). Pteroglossus culik, Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827.) Gould, Monog. Ramph., 1st ed. pi. 27, 2d ed. pi. 36. Buff. PI. Enl. 577, 729. Edwards' Birds, vii. pi. 330. Le Vaill. Ois Parad. pi. 13, 14. This species, though having in the male the same general colors of plumage as all the preceding species of the genus Selenidera, differs in the bill being longer and more strongly curved, and the plumage of the female is different from that of those species, and quite peculiar. The bill somewhat approaches that of Pteroglossus, and this species may be regarded as an analogue of that group in the present, -just as the next species represents Ramphastos. This species, undoubtedly, as Mr. Gould remarks with his usual accuracy and ex- cellent judgment, is properly to be retained in this genus. Adult tf. Upper mandible red at base, with its terminal seven-eighths black ; under mandible with its basal one-half red. and its terminal one-half black (base of bill dull red- dish-yellow in dried specimens). Ear spot 3',ellow, or very slightly tinged with orange. Large space on the flanks yellowish-green, scarcely distinguishable in some specimens Other plumage as in the preceding, but with the green of the upper parts darker. All the tail feathers tipped with chestnut Total length \2% to 13J4 inches. Adult 9. A wide space on the neck behind chestnut; top of the head black. Back, wings and tail green, the back with a yellow tinge. Throat, neck before and In-east fine. bluish-gray, with a greenish tinge running into yellowish-green on the abdomen. Tibiae chestnut, generally mixed with green; under tail coverts scarlet; tail feathers tipped witli chestnut. Legs greenish-brown. Hull. — Northern South America, Guiana, Cayenne, Rio Amazons. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. Numerous specimens in Acad. Mus., labelled as above. 3. Ramphastoidcs. 7. Selenidera spectabilis, Cassin. Selenidera spectabilis, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 214. Jour. Acad. Philada. iv. pi. 1 (quarto). The largest species of this genus, and with the bill larger and wider verti- cally. Easily distinguished from either of its congeners by its size and the colors of the bill, though having the same general colors of plumage. Ear coverts yellow. 1867.] 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Adult '. Colorsof the upper mandible divided obliquely by a line from below the nos- tril to the edge of the upper mandible within its terminal one-third. Upper portion and tip greenish-yellow (in dried specimen); lower portion and under mandible greenish- black, paler at Ui><\ Bill at Las.' with a line of black (as in species of Ramphastos). Bar spot light yellow ; Bank with a large spot of orange-yellow. Head, neck and body below glossy Dlack; back and wings dark olive-green. Under tail coverts scarlet; tibue chest- nut. Tail greenish-blue, with gray tinge (uniform, and having no chestnut tips). Legs bluish-brow n. Adult V- Bill as in the male. Head above and neck behind dark chestnut; other plu- tnage as in the male. Total length about 15 inches ; wing r,v.„ tail 5, bill (chord) 4 inches. Hdb.— Northern South America, Central America, " Cocuyas de Veragua, New Grenada " (Mr. Robert W. Mitchell), " Province of Choco, New Grenada" I Mr. W.B. Wood, Jr.), ' Rica (Mr. J. Carmiol). Spec, iu Mus. Smiths. Washington, and Mus. Acad. Philada. Specimens in Smiths. Mus. are in the valuable collections of Mr. Julian Car- miol. from Costa Rica, and from Captain Michler's collection from the Rio Atrato. Mr. Mitchell's type specimens in Acad. Mus. are from New Grenada, as above. IV. Genus AULACORAMPHUS, G. R. Gray. Genus Aulacoramphus, G. R. Gray, List Gen. 1840, p. 50. Aulacothynchus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 147. 1. Aulacoramphus. 1. Aulacoramphus sulcatus (Swainson). Pteroglossus sulcatus, Swains. Jour. Roy. Inst. ix. p. 2G7. Swains. Zool. 111. i. pi. 44. Temm. PL Col. 356. Gould, Mon. Ramph., 1st ed. pi. 31, 2d ed. pi. 42. Entiie plumage grass-green, darker on the Tipper parts of the body, wings and tail lighter, and tinged with yellow on the under parts; throat bluish or grayish-white ; cheeks and narrow stripe over the eye blue. (Rump green, uniform with the back.) Both mandi- bles with wide, very distinct grooves throughout their length. Upper part of uppei man- dible and tip of under mandible brownish-red ; lower pari of upper mandible black. Under mandible, at base, red (tip brownish-red); intermediate space black. Legs greenish- brown. Tail bluish at the end | no! tipped with reddish-brown, as in the next succeeding). Total length about 13 inches; wing 4>£ to 5} ■_>. tail 5, bill (eh unit ii' 4 to :i inches. ii.ih. — Northern South America, Venezuela, " Caraccas." Spec, in "Mus. Acad. Philada. Easily distinguished by the grooved or silicate bill, but especially thai charac- ter in the under mandible. In the specimens now before me there is con- siderable difference in Bize, and especially in thai of the bill; and in one spe- cimen, obtained at Caraccas, the bill measures '1\ inches, wing- -i\ inches. In the largest specimen the bill is 3 inches, wing 5J inches. Several specimens in Acad. Mas. This species is the type of a group, undoubtedly generic, first indicated by Mr. Gould under the name Aulaeorhynchus, but which, having been previously used, was changed by Mr. Gray to Aulacoramphus, &s above. Ft is a singularly uniform group in coloring, all of the eleven species a1 presenl known being of grass-green and yellow colors, though the species are for much the greater part more strongly distinct from each other than in any other group of this famih. My present impression is thai Bize is an uncertain character in this genus, and more variable, and generally so. iu the same species than usual. 2. AoXACOBAMPHUS DSRBIANUB (Gould). Aulaeorhynchus Derbianus, Gould. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 49. Gould, Mon". Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 32, 2d ed. pi. 43. Upper mandible only sulcata; occiput with a wide transverse band ol pale blue; loi tail feathers tipped with reddish-chestnut I Rump green, uniform with the back.) Both mandibles al base brownish-red ; tip of upper mandible red; intermediate space ol both mandibles black. Entire other plumage grass-green; throat bluish or grayish-white; cheeks blue; line ever the eye bluish-white ; line at base of bill white, and very consp ,,us. Larger than the preceding. Total length about 1 1 to r> inches. Bab Western Smith America, Peru r Dr. w. S. W. Ruschenberger, U. S. Navy), "Colum- hie" (Mr. J. P. Veireaux's label), Bolivia (Mr. Gould). [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 Resembling the preceding in colors, but easily distinguished by the large occipital band of pale blue, and has the longer tail feathers tipped with chest- nut (which is not the case in the preceding, A. sulcatus). The under mandible is not grooved, as in the preceding. Of this species, specimens from Peru seem to have the bills darker than in others labelled as from " Columbie " in Mr. Jules Verreaux's hand-writing, though otherwise quite similar. In the Acad. Mus. there are specimens in very fine plumage from the "Province of Curco, Peru," in the valuable col- lections presented by Dr W. S. W. Ruschenberger, of the United States Navy. 3. AULACORAMPHUS CASTAXEORHYNCHUS (Gould). Pteroglossus ( Aulacorhynchus) castaneorhynchus, Gould, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 238. Aulacoramphus castaneirostris, Bonap. Ois. Delattre, p. 84 (1854). Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 44. Larger. Bill fine chestnut-red, culmen usually black ; large space in middle of under mandible usually black; line of white at base of bill wide and very distinct, especially on under mandible. Rump scarlet; longer feathers of the tail widely tipped with brownish- chestnut. Entire plumage grass-green, with a golden tinge on the neck behind and back, paler and strongly tinged with blue on the under parts, especially the breast ; middle tail feathers strongly tinged with blue; cheeks and small spot over the eye blue. Total length about 17 to L9 inches. Hub.— Northern South America, New Grenada, "Bogota." Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. The largest species of this group. Much resembling the preceding, A. Derbi- anus, but with the rump scarlet. In three specimens now before me in Acad. Mus., no two are exactly similar in the colors of the bill, and one only corres- ponds in that respect with Mr. Gould's beautiful plate of this species. In two others a band of black is strong and well-defined on the culmen and on the middle of the lower mandible. In the one specimen the black of the culmeo is much more restricted and less clearly defined, and the under mandible al- most entirely black. Easily distinguished from either of the preceding by its scarlet rump and larger size. Specimens in Acad. Mus. from Bogota. 4. Aulacoramphus h.ematopygus (Gould). Pteroglossus hrematopygus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 147. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 33, 2d ed. pi. 45. Like the preceding, .1. castaneorhynchus, hut smaller, and with a shorter and stouter bill- Total length 14 inches (Mr. Gould). Bab. — Ecuador. Spec, in coll. Mr. John Gould, and Dr. P. L. Sclater, London. In the large collection now under examination I have no specimen which exactly corresponds with Mr. Gould's plate and description, hut I do not find any characters which might not readily be found in the young of the prece- ding, A. castaneorhynchus, especially in view of the liability to variation which seems to prevail in this group. One specimen only known to Mr. Gould, but this species is given bjrDr. Sclater in List of Birds from Pallatanga, Ecuador. (Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 185;), p. 146). 5. Aulacoramphus c^ruleicinctus (D'Orbigny). Aulacoramphus cajruleicinctus, D'Orb. Voy. Am. Ois. p. 382 (1844). Pteroglossus Lichtensteini, Sturm ed. Gould's Monog. (not paged, 1845). D'Orb. Voy. Am. Mer. Ois. pi. 66. Gould. Mon. Ramph. 2d ed pi. 46 Large; bill dark bluish horn-color, with the tip and edges of both mandibles yellowish- white. Wide transverse band on the breast pale blue. Rump red; ti),s of longer tail feathers brownish-chestnut ; throat bluish-white ; cheeks blue; line over the eye bluish- white. Entire other plumage grass-green, tinged with yellow mi the abdomen and under tail coverts. Total length from 14 to l(i inches. Hdb. — Western South America, Bolivia, "Columbie." Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. The bluish or horn color of the bill is peculiar, and immediately available in the recognition of this species. Five specimens in Mus. Acad, differ in size 1867.J 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and also in length and thickness of bill, two specimens from D'Orbigny'a col- lections being the Bmallest, and probably not adult. These last arc from '• 7ungas, Bolivia." Others arc labelled "Columbie," in the hand-writing of Mr. Jules Verreaux. The wide pectoral hand of pale hlue is also a strong and peculiar feature in this species. One specimen of this fine species is in the very interesting and valuable collection presented to the Smithsonian Institution by the Hon. D K. Cartter, of Washington, l>. C, and made by him while Minister of the United States to the republic of Bolivia. 2. Ramphoxanthus. Genus Ramphoxanthus, Bonap. Ois. De Lattrc, p. 84 (1854). 6. Aulacoramphus ri!Asi\rs (Could). Pteroglossus prasinus, Gould, Monog. Ramph. 1st ed. p. (1834). " Pteroglossus prasinus. Liechtenstein," Gould, as above. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 20, 2d ed. pi. 47. Upper mandible yellow, with a longitudinal stripe on its cutting edge black : spol .-it the base of i he culmen black, passing into chestnut-red anteriorly, ami a small irregular -pot of black below the nostril ; under mandible Mack. Under tail coverts chestnut, and all the tail coverts tipped with chestnut Throat and cheeks white, frequently tinged with yellowish or bluish. Entire other plumage grass-green, tinged with golden on the head and neck behind, and with blue <>u tin- under parts of the body, at the ends of the shorter quills, and towards tl nds of the longer tail feathers. Total length 13 t<> 14% inches; wing 5, tail ") to &Q inches. Bab. — Mexico, JalapaiMr. D'Oca), Orizaba (Prof. F. Sumichrast), Mirador. near Vera Cruz ( 1 >r. < '. Sartorius . Guatemala, I loban, Clusec (Mr. Henry Hague), spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. ami Mus smiths. Washington. An abundant species in American collections, and contained in all the vari- ous and interesting collections from Jalapa, Mexico, sent to the United States by Mr Raphael Montes D'Oca. Also, usually in the very fine collections from Orizaba sent by Prof. Sumichrast, and from Mirador by Dr. Sartorius, to the Smithsonian Institution. Specimens in the Smiths. Museum from "Central Guatemala " are in a very valuable collection made by Mr. Henry Hague. This is the first of several species in which the upper inaudible is yellow, as above described. Very handsomely figured by Mr. Gould, as above cited. The line at the base of the bill in this species is yellow. 7. Aulacoramphus Waglbri (Sturm). Pteroglossus Wagleri, Sturm, ed. Gould's Mon. Ramph. (not paged, 1845). Pteroglossus pavoninns, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 158. •• Pteroglossus pavoninus, Mus. Mun.." Gould, as above. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 30, 2d ed. pi. 48. Pike the preceding, J. prasinut, but with the base of the upper mandible black (yellow in A prasinus), and tin- line at the base orange-yellow. Total length about 1 1 inches, Hab. — Mexico ! Si.ec. in Imp. Mus. Vienna. This species I have not seen, but from Mr. Gould's and Mr. Sturm's descrip- tions and figures I have no doubt that it is an entirely valid and respectable species. 8. Aulacoraufbus albivittata (Boissoneau). Pteroglossus albivitta, I'.oiss. Rev. Zool. ism, p. 70. Pteroglossus microrhynchus, Sturm, Mon. Ramph. (name on plate). Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 49. Like the two immediately preceding, A. prasinut aad A. WagUri, butwithawidetransvi I, hi id at base of the hill, white and conspicuous I narrow ami yellow in those species). I'p- per part of upper mandible yellow, lower part hlack; a narrow band across the culmen brownish-black. Plumage as in A. prasinut. Total length riboui 13 inches. H5i6.— Northern South Imerica New Grenada, Bogota. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. and Mus. Smiths. Washington. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 Frequently received in Bogota collections, and several specimens in Acad. Mas. are labelled " Columbie " in Mr Verreaux's hand-writing. Much resem- bling the two preceding, especially A . prasinus, but easily recognized by its white band at the base of the bill. The black portion of the under mandible is also much wider. 9. AULACORAMPHUS ATROGULARIS (Sturm). Pteroglossusatrogularis, Sturm ed. Gould's Mon. Ramph. (not paged, 1845). Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 50. Throat black. Upper part of upper mandible yellow, lower part black ; upper mandible with a line of white at base, frequently tinned with yellow, or with a line of white and an- other of yellow at base. Under mandible black, with a wide line of white at base, some- times tinged with yellow. Colors generally as in A.prasinus and A. bivittalus. Total length 12}/, to 15 inches. Bab. — Western South America, "Peru, Ecuador" (Mr. Gould), " Columbie " (Mr. Ver- reaux's label). Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. The peculiarity of this species is the black throat, which character is strongly defined in two specimens in Acad. Mus., but in one other the throat is black, tinged and edged with blue. This specimen is, however, evidently not adult. 10. AULACORAMPHUS C^RULEOGULARIS, Gould. Aulacoramphus casruleogularis, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853, p. 45. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 51. Throat and cheeks blue. Upper mandible with a wide transverse band of reddish-chest- nut at base, and also a longitudinal band ot black in the basal one-third of the eulmen. Upper part of upper mandible yellow, lower part black ; under mandible black ; a wide line at base of hill yellow in upper mandible, wider and white in the lower mandible. Inferior tail coverts chestnut; all the tail feathers tipped with chestnut. Entire other plumage grass-green, strongly tinged with golden on the head, and with yellow on the abdomen. Legs bluish-brown. Total length about 12)4 to 14 inches ; wing 4% to 5, tail 4^g, bill (chord) 1M to 3 inches. "Iris black, length 14 inches" (Dr. A von Frantzius). "Iris brown, length 14J4 inches" (Mr. J. Carmiol). " ?, length 13 inches." Bab. — Costa Rica, " Bems," "La Palma," "San Jose" (Dr. A. von Franzius), "Dota," " Barranca," " Turrialba " (Mr. J. Carmiol), Veragua (Mr. Gould). Spec, in Mus. Smiths. Washington. Numerous specimens in the Smiths. Coll., exclusively from Costa Rica. This species strongly resembles the immediately preceding, A. atrogularis, but has the throat blue instead of black, and the plumage of the head is glossed with golden yellow, and in other respects it is quite distinct and easily recognized. Seems to be the most abundant species of Toucan inhabiting Costa Rica. 11. Aulacoramphus cyanoljemus, Gould. Aulacoramphus cyanolaemus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, p. 24. "Male. Bill black, with a small mark of yellow at the tip of the upper mandible, and a band of white at the base of both mandibles, except on the eulmen; this white baud is much narrower on the upper than on the under mandible, and moreover has the posterior half of its breadth pale yellow. Naked skin around the eyesdull red ; throat grayish-blue, approaching to violet, and becoming of a deeper tint where it joins the green of the neck ;' a tinge of blue also appears at the base of the ear coverts, towards 'the bill, and over the eye, where, however, it becomes of a greener hue. Plumage of the head ami body deep grass-green, with a wash of yellow on the flanks ; primaries black, edged with brown ; un- der surface of the wing pale yellow; tail feathers deep green, conspicuously tipped with chestnut; under tail coverts chestnut-brown; lctrs green?' "Total length of male 12 inches; bill 2%, wing 5^j tail 5] X. tarsi l^." "Female. Precisely similar in color, but, as is the case wfth all the other species of the genus, much smaller than the male." "If ih. — Loxa in Ecuador." "Remark. — This well marked species is allied to the Aulacnrumphi/s en rnU'igularil of Pana- ma and the A. atrigularisof Peru, but differs from the former in the smaller extent o( 1,| 1 10 on the throat, from tic latter in having 110 trace of black on that part, and from both in the markings of the bill." (Mr. Gould.) This is Mr. Gould's description, but the species is unknown to me. 1867.] 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP V. Genus ANDIGENA, Gould. Genus Andigena, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 18a.O, p. 93. 1. Andigena. 1. Andigena hypoglaucus (Gould). Pteroglossus hypoglaucus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1833, p. 70. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 1st ed. pi. 19, 2d ed. pi. 38. Bill with its basal one-half yellow, enclosing a nearly triangular spot of black near the base; terminal portion of upper mandible red ; terminal portion of the under mandible black. Head above black; back and wing coverts reddish-brown; rump yellow; outer webs of quills dark green. Under parts and hand around the neck light blue or bluish- gray; tibiae chestnut; under tail coverts scarlet; tail greenish-black, the lour middle feather- tipped with chestnut; legs bluish-brown. Total length 17 to 18 inches; wing i:1.,. tail 6>4 to 7, bill 4 inches. 7/./ .—Western South America, Peru (Hon. Jf. Randolph Clay), "Columbie" (Mr. J. Ver- reaux's label;. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada. This is an oddly colored species, two specimens of which in the Acad. Mus. are all that I have seen. One specimen in excellent plumage is in the inter- esting collection made by the Hon. .lohn Randolph Clay in Peru, while Minis- ter of the United States to that country; and the other was received from the establishment of the Messrs. Verreaux, Paris. These specimens have the bills differing somewhat in size and length, but are otherwise quite similar. This is the type of a very peculiar group, certainly of generic value, and so described and named as above by that great naturalist, Mr. John Gould, of London. All of the known species are of rather plain but grotesque and tiddly arranged colors. This lot is evidently what my Lamented and accomplished friend and associate, the late Dr. Wilson, was accustomed to call " the eccentric type " of the Toucans. 2. Andigena laminirostris, Gould. Andigena laminirostris, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon, 1850, p. 93. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 37. Bill with a raised plate or lamina of yellow in its basal half; hand at base of bill red, other parts of bill, black. A large spoi on each flank orange-yellow. Head above and neck behind black ; back and wings light brown or snuff-color ; rump greenish-yellow. Under parts light blue; tibise dark chestnut; under tail coverts scarlet; tail bluish-black, the four middle leathers tipped with chestnut ; leu- bluish-brown. Total length al t is inches; wing • >'.. to 7. tail <;'.. to 7, bill 3% inches Hob — Ecuador (Hon. Charles R. Buekalew). Spec, in Mus! "Acad. Philada. and Mils. Smiths. Washington. Strongly characterized by the curious raise. 1 plate in the basal half of the upper inaudible. The colors of the plumage ill this .strange Toucan resemble those ot' i lie preceding, A. hypoglaucus, but differ entirely in the bill, and in the present bird there is no extension of the color of the under parts around the neck behind, and it has Large spots of orange on the Hanks. The fine collection made in Ecuador by thai accomplished gentleman and statesman, the Hon. Charles II. Iiuckalew, late Minister of the United Slate- to that country, and now United States Senator from Pennsylvania, contained severa' excellent specimens of this curious bird, very similar in their colors and other characters. Mr. Buckalew's collection was presented by him to the Smithsonian Institution. 3. Andigena odcullatus (Gould). Pteroglossus cucullatus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 184G, p. C9. Gould. Mon. Ramp. 2d ed. pi. 40. Much resembling .1 ht/pogl lueus, but with the bill yellow in its basal two-thirds and black in its terminal one-third; under mandible with a black spot near its base. Tail hi aide (not tipped with chestnut . Plumage nearly as in A. hypoglaueus. Total length ahoiit Is inches. Hat.— Bolivia Spec, (n Brit. Mus. London. This species is not in an\ American collection, to my knowledge, and seems to [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 be only known from three specimens obtained in Bolivia by Mr. Thos. Bridges, and now or recently in British collections. I am not without a suspicion that this bird is the young of .4. hypoglaucus, which, judging from Mr. Gould's ex- cellent plate and description, it closely resembles, except in the colors of the bill. 2. Ramphomelas. Genus Ramphomelas, Bonaparte, Ois. De Lattre, p. 84 (1854). 4. Andigena nigrirostris (Waterhouse). Pteroglossus nigrirostris, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1839, p. 111. Pteroglossus melanorhynchus, Sturm, ed. Gould's Mon. Ramph. Gould, Mon. Ramph. 2d ed. pi. 39. Bill black. Head above and neck behind black; bank and wing coverls sienna-brown; upper tail coverts pale yellow. Throat and sides of the neck bluish-white ; under parts of body pale blue; under tail coverts scarlet; tibise dark chestnut; quills greenish-black, edged externally with brown; tail bluish or greenish-black, the longer leathers tipped with chestnut; legs greenish-black. Total length 18 to 19 inches ; wing 6^ to 7, tail S, bill -1 to i}4 inches. Hub. — Northern South America, Bogota. "Columbie." Spec, in Mas. Acid. Philada. Easily recognized by its entirely black bill, and not intimately resembling either of its preceding congeners. Specimens in Mus. Acad, were received from Europe, and are labelled "Bogota" and " Columbie." 5. Andigena spilorhynchds, Gould. Andigena spilorhynchus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 149. " Crown of the head and back of the neck glossy black ; back, wing coverts and margins of the primaries dull sienna brown, secondaries bluish-brown ; upper tail coverts blue, strongly tinged with green ; tail slaty-blue, tinged with green, the four central feathers largely tipped with chestnut ; band across the rump sulphur-yellow. Throat and cheeks white, blending into the light blue of the breast and abdomen; thighs rich chestnut ; under tail coverts blood-red ; feet greenish-blue, with a lilac tinge on their under sur- face ; bill black, with a mark of obscure brownish-red at the base of the upper mandible, which, when viewed in front, much resembles the letter W : this color advancing for a short distance on each side of the culmen, and extend- ing down the sides of the base." "Total length 18 inches; bill 3|, wing 7, tail 7.}, tarsi If." "Hab. — Forests of Beza, on the eastern side of the Cordillera, in Ecuador." " Differs from .4. nigrirostris in the bill being shorter, broader and much more robust, and colored with obscure brownish-red at tbe base of the upper mandible." One specimen in Acad. Mus. seems to approach this description, but not sufficiently. It may be the young of A. nigrirostris. Dr. Sclater possesses specimens from the Rio Napo, Ecuador, and says: "scarcely different from .4. nigrirostris." (Cat. Am. B. p. 327.) The following have been described as species of Ramphastos, but are either not so, or the descriptions are not sufficient : 1. Ramphastos albus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 357 (1788). White Toucan, Lath. Syn. i. p. 336. " All that we know of this species is that the bird is wholly of a pure white, and that it is now, or was very lately, alive in the menagerie of the King oi Naples." Which small matter of information has in nowise increased that I know of. Not given by Latham in Gen. Hist., subsequently published. 2. Ramphastos pulcher, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 84 (1776). Ramphastos pavoninus, Gm. Syst. Nat i. p. 353 (1788). Tucana Mexican a viridis, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 423 (1760). Xochitenucatl, Hernandez, His. Nov. Hisp. p. 51 (1651). 18b7.] 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACXDEMY OF " Avis est Psittaci magnitudine et forma, ac pene tota viridis, insertis tamen nonnullis pennis rubescentibus, pauoninisque aliis; verum crura, pedesque nigra sunt et tenuia ; rostrum incuruum, qaaternas pene vncias logum, serra- tumque, vnde aomen, et luteo, ac nigro varium colore; calidarum regionum atque maritimarum Incola est, neque alium (quod nouerim) quam plumae pra- estat rsum." Hernandez, as above. This description has been done into various languages by competent hands, but remains the sole authority for the species. It seems to be more like a Trogon than a Toucan. 3. Ramphastos flavits. Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 84 (1776). Ramphastos luteus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 353 (1788). Tucana lutea, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 432. "Tucana dilute lutea ; taenia utrinque longitudinali a rostro ad pectus usque nigra ; tectricibus alarum superioribus minimis luteis ; rectricibus albo et nigro variis." "Habitat in Mexico." Brisson, as above. Probably not a bird of this family. Brisson seems to abridge from " Ens. Nieremb. pag. 209," which author is not included in my circle of antique ac- quaintances. 4. Ramphastos glaucds, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 84 (1776). Ramphastos caeruleus, Gm. Syst Nat. i. p. 357 (1788). Tucana caerulea, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 433. " Tucana in toto corpore coeruleo et cinereo varia." li Habitat in Mexico." Brisson, as above. This is another of the descriptions which Brisson apparently copies from "Eus. Nieremb. pag. 209," anil perhaps also somewhat from " Aldrovandus, Orn. 1 p. 803, in qua hujus icon a Nierembergio mutuata." The figure in Aldrovandus probably is intended to represent a bird of this family, but neither it nor his description applies to any known species. 5. Ramphastos nuiuus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 35? (1788). Blue-throated Toucan, Lath. Syn. i. p. 357. '•In a list of birds in the Museum of Baron de Faugeret of Monfpi-Iier, I find one by the name of Toucan h gorge bleue, with this addition, ' Ce Toucan n'est decrit par aucun auteur.' 1 do not find a Toucan with a blue throat mentioned by any writer, and must therefore, with him, conclude it to be a new species. As it is but very lately that I have known this circumstance, it lias not been in my power to say further on this head, resting the whole, for the present, on his opinion." Latham, as above, and in (Jen. Hist. ii. p. 294, gives the Bame account of it, in substance. I agree in allowing it to rest for the present, but should the original Baron or other be disposed to stir in the matter he can now lie better accommodated. 6. Ramphastos Bybon, Mull. Syst. Nat. Supp. p. 82 (177G). Buceros albus, Gm. Sysi Nat i. p. 301. '• Captus inter insulas Tinian et Pulotimeon, anseris magnitudine." A white Toucan, the size of a Goose! I guess not. 7. Ramphastos indicts, Miller, Cimelia Physica p. 102 (1796). Mill. Cym. 1'hys. pi. 57. "Ramphastos gula remigibus caudaque nigris, genis pectoreque albis, ab- domine femorisque Luteis, rertice rubro-aurantio, uropygio phoeniceo." Miller, as alio\ e. Usually cited doubtfully as a synonymc for R. Torn, hut the plate represents no Bpecies al presenl known, and has the appearance of having been drawn from a made-up or fictitious Specimen, the head rather especially. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 125 October 1st. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of black hornstone, a variety of basa- nite, from the limestone of Easton, Pa., and observed that he had suspected it was of organic origin. Low microscopic power exhibits in tbis hornstone a composition resembling oolite. October Sth. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-four members present. October 15th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-five members present. The following was presented for publication : tl Notes on a Collection of Mammals from Arizona." By Elliott Coues, M. D., U. S. A. Prof. Holmes, of Charleston, exhibited specimens of remains of extinct and recent animals, accompanied by bones of man, together with pottery, stone arrow-heads and hatchets, which he observed were obtained from the post-pliocene strata in the neighborhood of Charleston. Dr. Wood made some remarks on a fresh-water alga from the thermal springs in Mono Co., Cal., which was said to grow in water having a temperature of irom 120°— 136° F. October 22d. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. The following papers were presented for publication : "Notes on a Collection of Californian Myriapoda, with the descrip- tion of a new Lithobiid from Illinois." By Horatio C. Wood, Jr.. M D. " Note on Geotrygon sylvatica. Go.«sc." By Richard Hill. Abstract of a verbal communication to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2'^d Oct., 13G7, by Benj. Smith Lyman. On the Great CARBONIFEROUS CONGLOMERATE in Sullivan County, Pa. It has been hitherto supposed that the Great Conglomerate, or Formation No. XII, at the bottom of the coal measures, thinned away so rapidly northwest- ward from a thickness of twelve hundred feet near Mauch Chunk, that il had a thickness of only a hundred feet on the northern edge of the Wyoming Valley, and still less in the First Bituminous Coal Basin north-west of that A recent examination of exposures in the First Bituminous Coal Basin, on tl i Berwick and Towanda Turnpike, in the eastern part of Sullivan County, some thirty miles north-west of Wilkesbarre, and twenty-five from the nearest anthracite 1867.] 124 PROCEl INGS OF THE ACADEMY OP " Avis est Psittaci macrnit ine et forma, ac pene tota viridis, insertis tar nonnullis pennis rubescenl 3, pauoninisque aliis; rerun crura, peded nigra sunt et tenuia ; rostru incuruum, quaternaa pene vncias logum. sM t unique, vnde nomcn, el In . ac nigro varium colore; calidarutn regibj atque maritimarum Incola e neque alium (quod iiouerim) quam plumae estat vsum." Hernandez, a Wove. This description has been ne into various languages by competent liar but remains the sole autlu y for the species. ms to be more. ! Trogon than a Toucan. 3. Ramphastos flavfs Miil 3yst. Nat. Supp. p. 84 (1776). Ramphastos luteus yst. Nat. i. p. 353 (1788). Tucana lutea, Briss. (h v. p. 432. "Tucana dilute lutea ; ta i utrinque longitudinali a rostro ad, pectus lj nigra; tectricibus alarum si rioribus minimis luteis ; rectricibus albo et i variis." "Habitat in Mexico." B on, as above. Probably not a bird of tl family. Brisson seems to abridge from " Nieremb. pag. 209," which i hor is not included in my circle of antique quaintances. 4. Ramphastos glauccs, ' . N'at. Supp. p. 84 ( 1770). Ramphastos caeruleus, i. Sysl Nat. i. p. 357 (1788). Tucana caerulea, Briss. n. iv. p. 433. "Tucana in toto corpore i ruleo et cinereo varia."' " Habitat in Mexico." 1! on, as above. This is another of the di iptions which Brisson apparently copies j " Eus. Nieremb. pag. 209," i perhaps also somewhat from " Aldrova Orn. 1 p. 803, in qua huju on a Niercmbergio niutuata." The figl Aldrovandus probably is i nded to represent a bird of this famih, neither it nor his descriptioi pplies to any known species. 5. Ramphastos Dunn's, Gm. st. Nat. i. p. 357 (1788). Blue-throated Toucan, h. Syn. i. p. 357. "In a list of birds in the tseum of Baron de Faugere* of Montpdier} one by the name of Toucan /orge bleue, with this addition, ' Ce Toucai decrit par aucun auteur.' 1 i not find a Toucan with a blue throat met by any writer, and must tin fore, with him, conclude it to be a new s; As it is but very lately that have known this circumstance, it has not in my poAver to say further < this head, resting the whole, for the presj his opinion." Latham, a- >ve, and in Gen. Hist. ii. p. 204, gives tie account of it, in substance, agree in allowing it to rest for the prese should the original Baron < other be disposed to stir in the matter now be better accommodate 6. Ramphastos Byron, Mull yst. Nat. Supp. p. 82 (1770). Buceros albus. Gm. Sys N'at i. p. 301. " Captus inter insulas Tin! et Pulotimeon, anseris magnitudine." A white Toucan, the size a Goose ! I guess not. 7. Ramphastos indicus, MilL Cimelia Phys Mill. Cym. Phys. pi. 57. " Ramphastos gula remigus caud domine femorisque luteis, veice as above. Usually cited doubtfully a| no species at present kno\ from a made-up or fictit NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILA'-HUA 129 October The President. Dr. B s, Twenty-three member* present. Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of black nite. from the limestone of Easton. suspected it was of organic origiu. L * in tbis hornstonea composition retenit Oct Mr. Yavx. Yice-Pres Twenty-four members present. October \l The President. Dr. II Thirty-five members present. The following was presented for pub'.! '' Notes on a Collection of Mammals tr Coues, M. D., U. S. A. Prof. Holmes, of Charleston, exhibited extinct and recent animals, accompai. with pottery, stone arrow- beads and hat obtained from the post-pliocen. Charleston. Dr. Wood made some remarks on afresh-* Mono Co., Cal., which was ■ temperature **t ^ xt. » ooa maae some remarKS on a tresbw; springs in Mono Co., Cal., which waa ■ temperature of Irom 120°— 136° P. Octobtr '2U. The President, Dr. II ■ Twenty-three members present. The following papers were presented " Notes on a Collection of Oalifomur tion of a new Lithobiid from Illinois " M D. "Note on Geotrygon sylvatica. Q« Abstract of a verbal communication to 22d Oct, 18G7, by Benj. Smith Lyman. On the Great CARBONIFEROUS C0NfiT It has beenhithert. XII. at the botto ward from a thi thicknes; and still exam ; an 1 n lite mo- pevibus, Iticulatis ue 115; joint of closely isparity [published ulis maxi- 4 secta. long con- heir skins, inty. The itum. The \. The ter- 'the part as hed on their istal third is !e body) con- er part much arger, and is pines ; of the on itself; the er of them is escnption, ex- 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF one into the bottle containing the Georgian species, and that such as are herein noted are strictly Oalifornian types. Gen. MECLSTOCEPIIALUS. M. QUADRATL'S, 11. Pp. M. saturate aurantiacus, venuste politus ; capite sparse distincte punctate- ; antennis sparse pilosis; labio distincte punctato, medio sulcato ; mandibulis distincte punctatis, intus denticulis parvis duobus armatis ; suturis sterno- episternalibus et scuto-episcutalibus conspicuis ; scuto postremo triangulare ; pedibus utrinque 51. The head is rather large. The cephalic segment is slightly narrowed from near the front posteriorly. The punctations, both on the upper and under sur- face of the head, are mostly arranged in longitudinal series ; they are much more numerous on the under surface ; there is a transverse row of them on the anterior border of the cephalic segment. The mandibles are furnished, on their inner margin, with two minute distant denticules ; upon the Labium at their base is a minute black dot. The scuto-episcutal sutures are very dis- tinct, and communicate at their bases so as to leave a central quadrate islet. Length, about an inch and a half. Hab. — Los Gatos, Coast Mountains. Gen. GEOPIIILUS. G. l;evis, Wood. Three specimens from the Santa Cruz Mountains, agreeing in all important characters with Dr. Le Conte's specimens supposed to have been collected in Georgia. The only difference is that there is not, in any of them, a ventral median line; some of them have central sternal indentations, which may be considered rudiments of such a line. Gen. BOTHROPOLYS. B. xaxti. Wood. Specimens from San Jose, California, and Santa Cruz Mountains, agreeing well with published description. Gen. SCOLOPOCRYPTOPS. S. BPINIOAUDA, "Wood. Specimens frmn San Jose, agreeing with published description, except that the head is scarcely profoundly punctate, and the scuta not rugous; from Los Gatos Mountains, agreeing well. Gen. STRIGAMIA. S. L/EVII'ES, "Wood. Specimens from Santa Cruz Mountains and Los Gatos, Coast Mountains. which exhibit no specific differences from the specimens said to have been col- lected in Georgia by Dr. Le Conte. S. gracilis, sp. nov. S. saturate olivacea, gracilis, elongata; capite sparse punctato; segruento cephalico elongato; antennis modice longis; labio sparse punctato, medio leviter canaliculato ; mandibulis parvis, intus denticulo parvo arm at is ; scutia Qonnihil rugosis; Bternis suturis sterno-episternalibus ct depressione mediana Lnstructis : pedibus utrinque 96, modice longis. The body of this geophilid is very long ami slender. The head and mandi- bles are sparsely pilose. The color is dirty (dive, approaching a slate : the an- tennae are more oi an orange. The mandibles are furnished on their inner margin \\ i t li a single small tooth. The scuta have frequently a somewhat ob- solete central depression ; they do not have the sutures well marked, but arc- more or LeBS irregularly wrinkled. The last pair of feel in the single specimen ] have seen are large and niassive ; their coxal joint is not pitted. llab. — San Jose. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 129 S. inermis, sp. nov. S. aurantiaca; corpore valile depresso, antico modice angustato ; capite mo- dice magno; segtnento cephalico triaagulare, modLce lato ; antennis brevibus, submoniliformibus, baud acuminatis ; mandibulis parvis, baud denticulatis sternis depressione medianainstructis ; pedibus crassis, brevibus, utrinque 115; scutis brevibus sine suturis. Tbe labium is strongly narrowed posteriorly by the very large basal joint of the mandible encroaching on it. In general appearance this species closely resembles G. tseniopsis, Wood, from which it is separated by the wide disparity of the number of joints. The coxie of last pair of feet are not pitted. Ilab. — Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Gen. POLYDESMUS. P. Haydenianus, Wood. Specimens from tbe Santa Cruz Mountains, agreeing well with the published description. P. dissectcs, sp. nov. P. olivaceus? ; scuto anale parvo, triangulare ; appendicibus masculis maxi- mis ; spina terminale magna, robusta, intra pilosa, ultima in spiuulis 4 secta. The specimens which I have seen have either lost their color from long con- tact with alcohol, or else are individuals which have recently shed their skins. The pattern of coloration is therefore not to be made out with certainty. The lateral laminae evidently differ in color from the remainder of tbe scutum. The male genital appendages are large. They are robust and very hairy. The ter- minal spines are robust, and so placed at right angles to the rest of the part as to be nearly horizontal and anteriorly divergent. They are furnished on their inner surface with numerous long rigid hairs. Each spine in its distal third is divided into two parts, and the upper of these (the one nearest the body) con- sists of a short, robust, curved process, which is opposed to the lower part much as the thumb is to the fingers. The lower division is much the larger, ami is terminated by a short, inconspicuous, blunt proce'ss and three spines ; of the latter, the lowermost is broad, thin, obtuse, and as it were twisted on itself; the other two are sub-cylindrical, acute and simply curved, tbe larger of them is slightly sabre-shaped. This species belongs in the group Fontaria. Hub,— Fort Tejon. Gen. SPIROBOLUS. S. UNCIGERCS, Wood. A number of specimens, agreeing well with the published description, ex- cepting that they are much darker in color. Ilab. — San Jose, Fort Tejon. Gen. JULUS. J. Oregonensis, Wood. Hab. — Fort Tejon, San Jose. Gen. CRYPTOPS. C. asperipes, sp. nov. C. aurantiacus; antennis 19 articulatis; pedibus postremis dilute aurantia- cis, modice robustis, longissimis, spinulis acutis nigris numerossimis armatis ; appendicibus analibus lateralibus truucatis, profunde punctatis, spinulis pau- cis instructis. Long., unc I. The color of this strange little animal is orange, mostly somewhat deeper on tbe head and lighter on the feet. The labium is convex, rather short, and edentate. The mandibles very long. The cephalic segment has a dark, more or less concentric marking. The scuto-episcutal sutures are well marked, and there is in many specimens a central line. The antenna; have 19 joints each, 1867.J 9 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and the latter are so short and broad that they are almost moniliform. The hindmost two or three pairs of feet are roughened by small black acute spines, which are especially pronounced on their femora and tibiae. The last pair are very much longer than any of the others and. when preserved in alcohol, the last three joints are bent into the form of a triangle, so that the terminal claw rests on the tibiae-tarsal articulation, pointing inwards ; the femora and tibiae are almost covered with the very numerous black spines. In most specimens there is a sharp black spinule on the upper posterior angle of the lateral anal appendages. I am indebted to Prof. Leidy for my specimens of this species. He caught them in the woods on the Alleghanies of Montgomery County, Vir- ginia. Gen. LITHOBIUS. L. BILABIATUS, Sp. nOV. L. brunneus ; segmento cephalico sparse leviter punctato. late subcordato, margine postico elevato ; antennis modice longis, nonnihil pubescentibus ; ocellis utrinque 13; labio antice producto, sine laminis dentalibus distinctis, cum lateribus sejunctis usque ad basem ; dentibus sejunctis 4 — 6; scntorum marginibus posticis rectis, angulis baud productis ; pedum pare postremo in mare magno, processibus magnis duobus utrinque arm at o. The general color of this species is a dark brown, with the labium and feet lighter, somewhat approaching ferruginous. In the male the last segment with its appendages is much lighter than the rest of the body. The cephalic seg- ment is very broad in the male, much broader than the anterior portion of the body. The labium is produced forward in such a way that there are no dis- tinct dental lamina?. The two halves are separated or merely joined by a mem- brane almost to their base. Anteriorly they are very close to one another, but then separate so as to make an elliptical opening closed by a thin membrane and a little ligula-like process projecting on the superior portion. The styliform appendages of the anal segment appear to be wanting in the male. The mar- gins of the scuta are remarkably straight, the angles generally rounded, so that they are not all emarginate. The feet generally are robust and somewhat compressed. In the male the hindmost ones are very large, the coxae short, the thigh short with the distal internal angle prolonged into a well-pronounced process surmounted by numerous spines; the next joint is large, with a long, robust, curved process projecting inwards from its proximal third, and also a small, nearly cylindrical one on its distal inner angle. In the female the next to last pair of feet is larger than those anterior to it ; the last pair long, cylindrical, still larger, without processes, but with numerous spines on the enlarged distal end of the thigh. I am indebted to the well- known entomologist, Mr. Walsh, of Hock Island, Illinois, for a male and female of this species, by whom they were captured in the vicinity of his home. Length, f an inch. Note on GEOTEYGON SYLVATICA, Gosse. BY RICHARD HILL. (Communicated by Thomas Bland, New York.) Spanish Town, Jamaica, 1th June, 1867. To Thomas Bland, Esq.: My Dear Sir: — In examining, the other day, our large ground dove, found only in solitary places in our mountain forests, (the bird familiar to you by the name of the mountain witch, but so named less from the beauty of it's coloring than from its mysterious movements — moaning in the underwood,) it Btruck me that, in habits and contour, it had an apparent relation to the ex- tinct Dodo, the Didut ineptut of naturalists. A careful examination of the only remains of the Dodo, — the head and foot in the British Museum, — establishes [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 131 that it was one of the Columbidai. Our mountain ground dove is the Geotry- gon sylvatica of Gosse. Its habits are solitary ; it is of a thick, heavy form ; seldom seen on the wing; feeds on the ground, and has a moaning coo. The Geotrygon sylvatica varies in plumage from light bright tints to a sombre blending of bronze and claret-purple. It is drab colored on the head, varying from blue to dull yellow. The feathers fall into a kind of hood, and the plumage of the breast to the legs is edged so as to appear scaled. A scaled feathering prevails in all the under plumage. It resembles in this peculiarity the Carpophaga of Eastern Australia; a style of feathering rare in doves, but characterizing the Dodo. Our bird is such a lover of solitude that it is seldom seen ; few know its habits, beyond the lonely moaning and the uncertain movements that render the tracing of it difficult in the forest. Our bird is the largest of our doves ; as big as a pullet. The bill has con- siderable curvature and fleshiness, large and strong. It would be easy, by studied exaggeration of the rounded heavy contour, with the pigeon beak, and the dumpy goose-shape, to make out the Dodo-form, between the figures of Bontius and Leguat. We have only to elevate it into its habitual stride, and we have the stateliness and grace in Leguat's description of the solitary bird of the Island of Rodrigo. That description is just our mountain-witch, grown to the size of a turkey. Our bird is noticeable for its rasorial scratching, if that habit be correctly reported. It is said to take in occasionally such molluscous food as the snail. with the eggs of termites. Mr. Gosse's information relative to mollusks is very precise. He detected the snail among the contents of its craw. This is a great deviation from the pigeon character. Pigeon food only varies from grain by the occasional mixture of the young shoots of such succulent herbage as turnip tops. Sir Hans Sloane has in his manuscript notes an observation made by L'Es- trange on the living Dodo. It is introduced as an annotation by Wilkins in Pickering's edition of Sir Thomas Brown's " Vulgar Errors." " About 1638 as I walked London streets I saw the picture of a strange fowle hong out upon a cloth. vas* and myselfe with one or two more Gent, in company went in to see it. It was kept in a chamber, and was a great fowle somewhat bigger than the largest Turkey Cock and so legged and footed, but stouter and thicker, and of a more erect shape, coloured before like the breast of a young cock Fisan (pheasant) and on the back of dunn or deare colour. The keeper called it a Dodo and in the ende of a chimney in the chamber there lay a heape of large pebblestones whereof hee gave it many in our sight, some as big as nutmegs." Yours, &c, Richard Hill. November bth. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-twn members present. Prof. E. D. Cope presented to the Academy specimens of four extinct species of Mammalia, which were discovered by Jas. T. Thomas, in the Miocene de- posits of the Yorktown epoch in Charles Co., Maryland. The first was a species of the genus Eschrichtius, to which the recent hump- back whale is allied, of a species not previously known. It was called E. cephalus Cope. The remains preserved were a considerable portion of the muzzle, both rami of the mandible, several vertebrae, and a considerable- number of pieces of the hand, with ulna, humerus, etc. Other specimens, previously presented to the Academy, probably belonging to the same species, were some cervical and dorsal vertebra", portions of cranium aud os petrosum * The name is in part erased, perhaps it was Gervas, for Gervas Hollis, the antiquary. 1867.] 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP from Yorktown, Va., and os petrosum from Tarboro', N. Ca. The mandibular rami measured 9 ft. 4 in. and were referred to an individual 31 ft. long. They were compressed, and with a narrow superior ridge, without nutritive foramina. The hitherto known Miocene Whales — Balaena p r i s c a and B. p a 1 a e a t- 1 a n t i c a of Leidy — founded on portions of the mandibular rami, were much less compressed, were furnished with numerous marginal nutritive foramina, and the B. p r i s c a was without superior ridge. The anterior cervical ver- tebrae were transverse quadrate. The arms were much shorter relatively than the recent M. 1 o n g i m a n a and M. o s p h y i a of the American coast. Mandible with a low coronoid process. The second, named Rhabdosteuslatiradix Cope, was a peculiar genus near the Delphinidaj, allied to Priscodelphinus Leidy, and perhaps Platanista of the Ganges. Characteristic of it was a muzzle formed of the usual elements but entirely cylindrical, the alveolar series approximated underneath, and ceasing near the middle. Beyond this the muzzle was prolonged like a cylin- drical beak of a sword fish, or Coelorhynchus, and probably much farther than the mandible. Alveola; longitudinal fragmentary specimens of this muzzle had been found by the discoverer 2-5 feet in length. Thirdly, a fragment of the muzzle, including the proximal portions of the maxillary bones, with molars, and the canine teeth of the Squalodon ATLAS - ticus (Leidy). As the Miocene representative of the larger species of the Eocene period, it was shown to possess a close affinity to the Miocene Squa- lodon grateloupii (Gerv.) of Malta and France. The double serration of the molars and their deeply divided compressed fangs were features in which it differed from its congener. Squalodon mento Cope was characterized from four molar teeth, which were between two and three time as large as those belonging to the Squalodon w y m a n ii (Phoca of Leidy) with similar short incurved crowns, but much more rugose. One molar had a smooth compressed fang, which was little curved and with groove on each side. The fangs of the others were weathered, not grooved, curved and acute. November \2.th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty- two members present. The following was presented for publication : An addition to the Vertebrate Fauna of the Miocene Period of the Uuited States. By Edward D. Cope. The death of Prof. Michael Faraday, correspondent, was announced. Dr. Le Conte made remarks, illustrated by specimens, upon the tertiary coal-beds of New Mexico, in the vicinity of the Rocky Moun- tains, and upon the cretaceous coal-beds of the Rio Grande Valley. Roth regions were regarded by him as capable of supplying abundaut fuel for railroads, metallurgic and manufacturing purposes. He also mentioned beds of lignite coal, in the vicinity of Denver, of great thick ness — from 11 to 16 feet — free from impurities. November \{\th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty-four members present. [Nov. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 November 2§th. The President, Dr. Hays, in the Chair. Thirty- three members present. The following gentlemen were elected Correspondents: Mr. W. S. Bingham, of Boston ; Prof. 0. Root, of Utica, N. Y., and Col. E. Jewett, of Utica, N. Y. The following were elected Members : Messrs. Jidw."R. Murphy, Lloyd P. Smith, F. A.Hassler, G. Y. Shoe- maker and Matthew Newkirk. On favorable report of the Committee, the following paper was ordered to be published : Notes on a Collection of MAMMALS from Arizona. BY ELLIOTT COTJES, M. D., U. S. A. Circumstances have unavoidably delayed, until now, the preparation of the present article, needed to complete the record of the zoological collections made by the writer in Arizona daring 1864 and 1865. Articles upon the Coleoptera, by Dr. J. L. Le Conte ; upon the Batrachia and Reptilia, by Prof. E. D. Cope ; upon the Cheiroptera, by Dr. H. Allen ; and upon the Birds, by the present writer, have already appeared in these Proceedings. The few fishes collected were unfortunately destroyed in transitu. The plants, collected jointly by Dr. E. Palmer and the writer, still remain in the hands of Dr. Geo. Engelraann, of St. Louis, to whom they were transmitted for examination and identification. These collections, taken together, may be considered to repre- sent, in a measure, the more prominent features of the fauna and flora of the Territory. The classification and nomenclature here adopted is that of Prof. Baird's " Mammals of North America " (Pacific Railroad Report, vol. viii.) A general sketch of the Quadrupeds of Arizona, by the present writer, has already ap- peared in the " American Naturalist," vol. i., Nos. 6, 7, 8 and 10. CHEIROPTERA. VESPER TILIONID^. 1. Vespertilio scbulatus, Say. Several specimens. An abundant and generally distributed species. 2. Vespertilio macropus, n. s., Allen, Pr. A. N. S., Phila., Aug., 1866, p. 288. One specimen, Colorado Desert, near Fort ilojave ; taken in broad daylight, as it was capturing insects over a small pool. 3. Antrozods pallidcs (Le Conte), Allen. Several specimens. An abundant species in the Colorado Valley and south- ern portions of the Territory; particularly numerous at Fort Yuma. Other species of this family, found in Arizona, according to Dr. Allen, are : Lasiurus cinereus, Vespertilio lucifugus, V. evotis, V, nilidus, and Corynorhinus macrotis. CARNIVORA. FELIDJE. 4. Feus concolor, Linn. One specimen, a fine hunters' skin, measuring 6| feet from tip to tip. This animal is generally distributed, but of rather unfrequent occurrence. 1867.] 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 5. Lynx rufus, Rafinesque, var. maculatus. Several specimens. Of frequent occurrence, particularly in the vicinity of Fort Whipple. CANIDJE. 6. Canis latrans, Say. (C.frustror, Woodhouse.) Numerous specimens. The most abundant of the larger mammals of the Territory, and very generally distributed. It is particularly numerous in the vicinity of the settlements, and very annoying. A umbers may be readily de- stroyed by poison, as is frequently done. The pelage in winter is fuller and softer than in summer, and chiefly black and grayish-white, losing the tawny and rufous which it has in the latter season. Reproduction occurs in May or June, rive or six young being ordinarily brought forth, in rocky, secluded places. The species is frequently precluded from indulging its carnivorous tastes, and compelled to subsist, in great measure, upon fruits and berries. 7. Canis occidentals, Rich., var. griseo-albus. Several specimens, taken at Fort Whipple in winter, are referrible to this variety. The skins make very beautiful robes. No black or tawny individuals were observed. The species is generally distributed over the Territory, though by no means so abundant as the preceding. 8. Vclpks virginianus, Richardson. Three examples. The species is of common occurrence. No red foxes were met with. V. macrourus and V. velox may possibly be found in the Territory. TJRSIDM. 9. Ursus horribius, Ord. One specimen, a quarter-grown cub, killed with its dam in the San Francisco Mountains. The species is of common occurrence in that locality. RODENTIA. SCIURIDJE. 10. Sciurfs Abertii, Woodhouse. S. dorsalis, Woodhouse. (Pre-occupied.) S. castanonotus, Baird. (Without ear-tufts.) Three specimens, San Francisco Mountains. A large and very beautiful species, abundant, and a characteristic of the pine-covered mountainous por- tions of the Territory. 11. Sciurus Arizonensis, n. s., Coues, Am. Naturalist, i., 1867, p. 357. One specimen, Fort Whipple, Dec. 20, 1865 ; type of the species as described 1. c. No other examples met with. A gray squirrel, resembling the common Eastern species, but smaller, the tail longer and broader, and distinctly tricolor below. In addition to the two preceding species S. Frtmonlii, And. and Bach., is believed to occur; and 5. fossor, Peale, from California, may possibly reach the Colorado Valley. 12. Tamias dorsams, Baird. Numerous examples. An abundant species throughout the Territory. Closely allied to, but readily distinguishable from the other recognized species. It lives chiefly, or wholly, in rocky, broken localities. 13. SPBEMOPHiLrja Beichbyi, Cuvier. Two examples. This species ranges into Arizona from California, but is there by no means so abundant as in the Last mentioned region, where, in a measure, it represents the prairie dog of the plains, both in numbers and in habits, and proves a great pest to the tanners. [Nov. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1S5 Other Arizonian Spermophili are : S. gramm.urus, Say, in the southern por- tions; eyus Leidy, miocene. Pr. A. N. S. 1851, 327. Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope, miocene. CATODONTIDJE. Orycterocetus cornutidens Leidy, miocene. Pr. A. N. S. i853, 378. Orycterocetus crocodilinus Cope, miocene. Physeter antiquus Leidy, pliocene. Pr. A. N. S. 1853, 378. Ontocetus emmonsii Leidy, miocene. Pr. A.N. S. 1859, 162. GYNORCID.E. Cynorca proterva Cope, miocene. Squalodon debilis Cope, pliocene. Squalodon wymaxii Cope, miocene. Squalodon mento Cope, miocene. Squalodon iiolmesii Leidy, pliocene. Squalodon atlanticus Leidy, miocene. BAS1LOSAUR1D.E. Doryodon pygmaets Cope, eocene. Douyodon serratus Gibbes, eocene. Basilosaurus cetoides Geinitz, eocene. Descriptions and notes on many of the preceding are given below. ORYCTEROCETUS Leidy. This genus differs from Physeter in the extensive pulp-cavity of the teeth. and the absence of surface cementum. Orycterocetus crocodilinus Cope. This species is hiised on a toot.li oelonging to an individual of one-third or one-fourth the size of the known Bpecies 0. cornutidens Leidy, hut never- theless adult, as attested by the obliquely worn apex of the crown. Thegeneml form is that of an elongate curved cone, with Battened sides, and a broader convex face within the curve, and a narrower one on the outside. The tooth [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 is marked by numerous irregular transverse lines, similar to those frequently marking growth, and by longitudinal shallow grooves. The pulp-cavity ex- tends for two-thirds the length of the tooth, being thus relatively deeper than in the known species, and is also very large, thinning the external wall out to an open basis. In the known species the walls are relatively thicker, and for a considerable distance parallel to each other. The form of the tooth is in some degree similar to the crown of the canines of some crocodiles. There is no enamel on the teeth of Cetaceans of this genus. Total length, 2 inches 5 lines; long diameter at base, 8-25 lines; diameter at middle, 6 lines. RIIABDOSTEUS Cope. This genus is either referable to a family not yet characterized, allied to the Platanistidaj and Delphinidre, or belongs to the first named of these recent families. Premaxillary and maxillary bones forming a cylinder, bearing teeth on its proximal portion, and prolonged in its distal portion into a slender straight beak. Teeth with the enlarged crown separated from the fang by a con- striction. This is one of the most remarkable genera of Cetaceans, and may be com- pared to its affines as Xiphias is to other Teleostei. Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope. A portion of the muzzle of this species, which is preserved, measures 12 in. 7-5 lines in length, 12-5 lines in transverse, and 11 lines in vertical diameter at the base. The superior edge of the maxillary bone forms the external out- line, while the remainder of this element is entirely inferior. The palatine face is convex, and the alveolar series approximated. The alveola? themselves are longitudinal, two in V5 of an inch, and separated from each other by spongy septa. The vomer does not appear in the portion of the muzzle at my disposal. Lines. Width of premaxillary 6 " superior face maxillary 4 - T 5 " palatine face of maxillary 4-5 Three teeth are referred, with much probability, to this species. The fangs are from equal to to twice the length of the crowns, and are much compressed, widening downwards, and more or less prolonged at one inferior angle, in the same plane. The crown, compressed transversely to the root, and expanded above the base, straight or slightly curved in the direction of its plane. Enamel smooth, edges obtuse. The compressed fang corresponds to the longi- tudinal alveolus, while the transverse dilatation of the crown is similar to the form of those of Platanista. Line?. Length of largest specimen 12 " " crown 5 Width of fang 3 Jas. T. Thomas, the discoverer of this Cetacean, tells me that he has seen portions of the muzzle between two and three feet long. From the gradual acumination of the individual here described, the length of the muzzle alone might have been at least of that length. A slender piece, evidently a portion of the premaxillary of a smaller individual, is fourteen inches in length, its posterior portion is deflected, as if to give place to the prenarial triangle, and its inner margin descends abruptly to the same. PRISCODELPHINUS Leidy. In this genus the muzzle is elongate and flattened, and furnished with cylin- drical fanged teeth, which extend throughout much or all of its length. The symphysis mandibuli is very elongate. The teeth have not been described. DelphinuB canaliculars von Meyer, from the Swiss Tertiary, appears to belong to it. (Palaeontographica, 185C, p. 44). 1867.] 10 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Pribcodelphintjs acutidenh Cope. This species is represented by a single tooth, which is apparently that of an adult of much smaller size than either of the known species of the genus. The fang is straight, fusiform, and cylindrical in section. It is constricted imme- diately below the crown. The latter is curved conic, the face within the curve bounded on each side by a low but acute ridge, which extends from near the acute apex to near the base. Enamel polished, smooth. Extremity of fang acute, solid. Total length 7 lines; length crown 3-2 lines; diameter of base crown 1.4 lines. LOPHOCETUS Cope. Temporal fossa truncated by a horizontal crest above, prolonged backwards and bounded by a projecting crest, which renders the occipital plane concave. The same crest prolonged upwards and thickened, each not meeting that of the opposite side, but continued on the inner margins of the maxillary bones, turning outwards and ceasing opposite the nares. Front, therefore, deeply grooved. Premaxillaries separated by a deep groove. Teeth with cylindric roots. Lophocetus calvertensis. Delphiuus calverlensis Harlan. Pontoporia calvertensis Cope, Proc. Acad. 186G. This species is near to the Pontoporias, but differs as above, so as to be referable to another genus. The form of the occiput indicates the insertion of powerful muscles, a condition which does not exist in any of the true Getacea within the knowledge of the writer, excepting in Inia and in Arionius, von Meyer, from the Swiss Miocene. The latter genus resembles it also in the su- perior truncation of the temporal fossae, but here all similarity ceases, for in Arionius the frontal bones are well developed, while in Lophocetus they are, as in true Delphinidse, mere narrow transverse wedges. They are, indeed, much less developed than in Pontoporia. or even than in Inia. The resemblance to Inia is closest. The only feature which renders a gene- ric distinction certain is the cylindric form of the posterior alveolae, which renders it probable that the teeth were not furnished with lobes as in Inia. In the latter the fangs have a transverse dilatation to support those. Harlan also states that but one and a half inches of the muzzle are broken away. If this be the case, the genus is short-muzzled and with the symphysis mandibuli not elongate. This is, however, exceedingly doubtful. In Lophocetus calvertensis the nasal bones are separated by a deep fis- sure. The mamillaries exhibit, on each side in front of the external Dares, two oval, roughened surfaces, which converge behind the nares. These appear to be insertions, perhaps for cartilaginous crests, comparable to the bony roofs of Platanista, less probably, for muscles connected with the external meatus. The form of the muzzle is not as elongate as in the known species of Ponto- poria, and it is much expanded, proximally, instead of contracted, as in the latter. This dolphin approximated the larger white whales (Beluga) in size. ESCHRICIITirS Gray. The genus Megaptera Gray embraces species of large size, living in the recent seas, known as the hump-backed whales. There are six species known, from different seas, of which one, Megaptera osphyia Cope, occurs on tin Atlantic coast of the United States. An examination of some specimens of periotic bones and vertebrae, from near Yorktown, Virginia, firsl indicated to the writer tin- existence of a supposed Bpecies of the genus, in the .Miocene period, and it was mentioned in these Proceedings, 1865, 180. In the present collection the remains of an allied or the same species art' preserved. These the premaxillary bones, nearly complete ; the rami of the mandible, nearly [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 perfect ; the first, third, fourth, fifth and seventh cervical vertebrae ; several caudal and lumbosacral vertebrae, humerus, ulna, carpal bones and phalanges. The attachment of the epiphyses everywhere, indicate an adult animal. In the genus Megaptera the transverse processes and the parapophyses of the second and succeeding cervical vertebrae are always separate, and not united at their extremities. Those of the second are usually very broad at their origins. The gular region is folded, and there is a knob on the back, representing the dorsal fin of the finner whales. The above-named specimens, however, appear to belong to the genus Esch- richtius, recently established by Dr. Gray. It is near to Megaptera, differing technically in the presence of an acromion* on the scapula. As this piece is wanting, I rely on another feature pointed out by Gray, the great size of the neural canal, as compared with the vertebral centra. In the fin-backed whales, Balsenoptera (Balsenoptera and Physalus Gray), this author states its diameter to be not more than half that of the body ; in the specimens before me it mea- sures from six-sevenths to over two-thirds the latter, thus resembling the Eschrichtius robustus. It also exhibits the same affinity by the small size of the coronoid process. Before considering the species from the Thomas collection, another species previously represented in our Museum may be noticed. This, a second cervical vertebra from the Miocene of Eastern Virginia, dif- fers from that of any known species in the slenderness and depressed form of its parapophyses, and in its transversely parallelogrammic form. It is without epiphyses, and is therefore part of a young animal, but when compared with the third cervical of the adult specimen above alluded to, is considerably larger. The vertical depth is the same in the two, but the transverse diameter of the Virginia specimen is 1-5 inches greater. The parapophyses are also nearly transverse in the latter ; in the Maryland specimen, directed downward at 45° from the horizontal. I record it at present as — Eschrichtius leptocentrus Cope, Since it is not likely to have pertained to the species already described by Leidy, Balaenoptera prise a and Baliena palseatlantica. The former was described from a portion of a mandibular ramus, which, when restored, would have measured 4-75 feet in length, giving a total length of 21 feet. As there are no evidences of immaturity in the specimen,, it is probable that its size was not greater than, if as great as, the existing Balamoptera r o s t r a t a.f Its affinity to this species is confirmed by the slender proportions, and great external convexity of the ramus. Its superior and inferior aspects are broad and nearly similar. The species is well distinguished. The B. p al a? a tl an- tic a is based on a portion of the mandible of an individual of not more than thirty-five feet in length. The inner face is more convex than in the last, and more so than in any known Megaptera. It also presents the peculiarity of two rows of vascular foramina, closely approximated on each side of the superior median ridge ; this has not been observed in that genus or Eschrichtius. The species from Maryland is near thirty-five feet long, according to the usual estimate. The E. leptocentrus has no doubt attained a considerably greater size, since its cervical vertebra is longer, and is that of a young individual. It will not be unsafe to ascribe to it a length of 50 feet. In. Lin. Transverse extent of centrum 6 Vertical diameter 4 Length of body (below, with epiphyses restored) 1 8-75 Distance between origins of dia- and parapophyses '1 3 * The genus Poescopia (!) Gray, established for hump-backed whales with a coracoid pro- cess, does not seem to differ from Megaptera, where that process sometimes occurs. f A fine specimen of this species, over 30 feet long, went ashore during the autumn of 18i".(i, on the Long Beach, N. J. It was much injured, probably by the killers. This spe- cies has not been before noticed on our coasts. 1867.] 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP In. Lin. Vertical depth odontoid elevation (under epiphysis) 2 5 Superior width " " " " 1 10 Diameter base of dia- and neurapophjsis 7*5 " neural canal (in pari estimated) 4 10 Eschrichtius cephalus Cope, sp. nov. The species whose remains are above alluded to as having been preserved by Jas. T. Thomas. The atlas of this species most nearly resembles among existing Cetaceans the Balaenoptera rostrata, in the width of the neural canal above, and the inferior position of the diapophysis and cotyloid articular face. That most essential point, the form of the dia- and parapophyses of the second cervical, not being attainable, owing to the absence of that piece, it becomes necessary to decide on the real relations to the B. rostrata on other grounds. The lack of elevated coronoid process of the mandible contradicts this affinity, while the narrowness and steeply descending angle of the parapophyses of the third cervical render it very improbable that the dia- and parapophyses of the second were united, if they observed their usual parallelism. This is confirmed by the fact that they are not united in the E. robustus Lillg. ; though the parapophyses of the third have in it an almost transverse direction. This species may be compared with the known species of this genus, and of Megaptera, as follows : The third and fourth cervical vertebra? exhibit the quadrate form attributed to the E. robustus and M. lalandii, and the above-described E. 1 e p- tocentrus. The form of the centra in M. 1 o n g i m a n a and M. o s p h y i a is more ovate. The parapophyses of the third cervical are flattened in the plane of the cen- trum ; their axes are continuous with those of the combined dia- and neurapo- physes, and the connecting lines cross at a superior angle of 50°. In the E. robustus these processes have a transverse direction, according to Lilje- borg. In the fourth cervical of the miocene species, the parapophyses have a still more vertical direction. The fifth and seventh cervicals are prominently rounded below, a feature not seen in the M. lalandii and E. robustus, and neither of them possess parapophyses. The floor of the neural canal is convex in all the cervicals, most strongly in the posterior. In E. robustus it is plane in Gray and Lillgeborg's figures ; they are similar in the E. 1 e p t o - centrus and in the Megaptera. The neural arches are more or less broken away, but enough remains in the third to give the width of the neural canal. The diapophyses of the fifth and seventh are directed backwards, and the bodies of all are convex in the same direction. The atlas is notable for the want of a neural spinous crest, and in the infe- rior position and obliquity of the cotyloid cavity. The latter are separated by an inch below ; in the same interval behind there is a transverse, very obtuse tuberculum atlantis. The inferior portion of the perforation, or foramen denlati, is much narrower than the neural arch. In. Lin. Vertical depth of atlas 6 5-3 " " " perforation 3 9 Total width of atlas (exclus. diapophysis) 8 2 " " " articular cotylus 3 8 Greatest transverse thickness atlas above 2 45 The diapophysis is compressed, its base oblique, descending in front. The neural arch on each side is at right angles to the long diameter of the articu- lar faces. In. Lin. Diameter of centrum third cervical 4 7 " " parapophysis at base 1 2-5 " " neur. diapophysis at base 1 2-5 [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 140 Diameter of neural canal (greatest) 4 Depth centrum 4 1 Length " 9-5 Transverse diameter of fifth cervical 4 9 " " " neur. diapophysis 1 6-5 Vertical " .' 4 55 Length centrum 10-5 Transverse diameter seventh cervical 5 3 " " neur. diapophysis 1 8 Vertical " centrum 4 5 Length centrum 1 2 " " of an interior caudal 5 2 Vertical diameter of anterior face 4 9 Transverse " " " " 5 7-5 Height neural spine (worn) 1 7-5 Length diapophysis (worn) 1 7-5 "Width of inferior concavity 1 8 The caudal vertebra measured has the elongate form of those of the Balte- nopteras, and two strong inferior ridges, separated by each other by a deeper, and from the diapophyses by a shallower concavity. A considerable portion of both premaxillary bones preserved shows an elon- gate muzzle ; their form is narrow, especially towards their distal extremity, where they are much flattened ; for a short distance posterior to that point they are subcylindrical and grooved. Ft. In. Length preserved (proximal end wanting) 6 8 Width near proximal end. 3-5 " " distal 2-5 The mandibular rami are massive, moderately curved, and considerablv compressed, especially on their distal fourth. The interior face is everywhere nearly flat, the exterior convex ; the superior ridge is rather acute ; the infe- rior aspect obtuse, narrow. A series of large distant vascular foramina extend along the outer face some distance below the superior ridge. The coronoid processes have been broken off; their bases would indicate that they were compressed, and not elevated. Ft. In. Length of jaw to opposite coronoid 7 0-5 Total length (restored after E. robustus) 9 4-5 Depth one foot from extremity 4-8 " two feet in advance coronoid proc 8 The great length of the ramus as compared with the size of the cervical ver- tebra? is a remarkable feature. In two not distantly related species, following, they are : Diam. vertebrae. Ramus. Total. Eschrichtius robustus (3d c.) 8-75 in. 8f. 2 in. 47 Megaptera longimana (1st d.) 8'5 10-7 34-6 Eschrichtius cephalus (7th c.) 5-25 9-4 31 The proportion of the last cervical to the ramus is probably one-fourth less in the new species than in the second-named, and it might therefore be sup- posed that the head would bear a greater proportion to the total length than in Megaptera longimana, and thus approach the Balaena mysticetus. This great proportion is reduced by the indications furnished by posterior ver- tebra? which have the elongate form of those of the Balaenoptenc. This point being opposed to the other, it seems probable that the proportions most nearly approached those of the B. longimana, as above estimated, and that while this Cetacean possessed a larger head than the Eschrichtius robustus, ita absolute length was less. The form of the anterior limb presents us with a striking peculiarity of this 1867.] 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF species. Tt was remarkably short, approaching the species of Balsena, and differing from E. robustus, still more from the Sibbaldii and Bahenoptene. and most from Megaptera longimana. In. Lin. Length humerus 11 8 Least width 4 4 Distal " 5 3 Length radius (straight line) 15 5 Proximal width 3 6 Distal " 4 The humerus is flattened in one plane, and 1ms an elevation near the middle of the infero-posterior margin, for muscular insertion. The shortness of the limb is a consequence of the small size of the radius and ulna. Two carpals and one phalange are preserved. The former are as deep as wide, oval ; one longer, and composed of two united centres of ossification. In. Lin. Length of longest carpal 2 6 " '• phalange 3 2 Width " " 2 3 In conclusion it may be asserted that a rather more than usually fortunate coincidence in the preservation of important parts of the skeleton has enabled the writer to explain with some degree of accuracy the characteristics of this monster of the deep, almost the largest mammal of the miocene period yet known, but few of whose fellow leviathans have been as yet indicated by fragments only. SQUALODON Grateloup. Van Beneden Ac. Roy. Belg. 18G5. Phocodon Agass., Crenidelphinus Laurill. Macrophoca Leidy, JUelphivoides Pedroni, Champsodelphis Gervais. This remarkable genus of Cetaceans, at one time supposed to be identical with the Basilosaurus (Harlan), has recently been greatly elucidated by the investigations of Prof. Van Beneden of the University of Louvain. The discoverv of remains of more than one allied species in the neighborhood of Antwerp was the immediate stimulant to these researches. Jourdan and Van Beneden have proven the distinctness of this genus from Basilosaurus, in its much shorter cranial cavity, and posteriorly placed nasal meatus. The nasal bones are abbreviated and flattened, as in the whales, while those of the Basi- losauri are elongate, prolonging the nasal meatus, ami throwing the nares tar anteriorly. The latter thus approximate the Pinnipedia, while the Squalo- dons are more typical Cetaceans. The present collection contains remains to be attributed to this genus, and which will he made subjects of illustration. At present a brief notice of den- tal features will suffice. A considerable amount of variation among teeth situate in different posi- tions in the jaws of the same species, has been shown in the above mentioned , to exist. In consequence, remains, assigned by authors to various genera, have been, with much probability, referred to the genus Squalodon.* The same erroneous references had also been made in this country, hut to a less extent. The remains on which these, and the present notices are based, indi- cate much paralellism between the marine faunae of the coasts of America and Europe, during the Yorktown Epoch. Remains of nine individuals at niv disposal indicate several species of this genus. They may be compared as follows with those already known. * Prof. \':i. the longest ray | its base, and | distance to longest fulcrum at origin caudal. Total length 4-52 inches; depth -95 inch. Color bright olive above, without line or spot ; below and sides from fifth lateral row of scales above, golden silvery. All the fins except the pectorals with white pigment at their bases, without markings; a large round black spot at base of caudal. Habitat — Pearl River, Mississippi, at Monticello. Helen Tennison's coll. in Mus. Smithsonian, Washington, D. C. Four specimens. I. Dorsal fin above or anterior to ventrals ; teeth 2*4 — 4-2 ; anal radii I. 9. Head more elevated, decurved above, mandible included; mouth slightly oblique ; eye over four times in length of head. Dorsal and caudal neither black nor }rellow-banded cornutus. 1867.] 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Head nearly plane above ; mandible projecting beyond muzzle, mouth very oblique ; eyeless than four times in head. Dor- Bal black bordered ; caudal yellow at base ; head red striped... coccogenis. II. Dorsal fin a little behind above ventrals ; teeth 1-4 — 4-1 ; anal radii (usually) I. 8. Head flat, descending, mandible included, mouth horizontal ; eye nearly five times in head. Dorsal with a black spot behind ; caudal yellow at base, head not striped ; teeth smooth ; larger galacturus. Similar to the last, but smaller ; the teeth more or less crenate, and the basal half of the caudal fin is not colored ; a black scapular band analostanus. III. Dorsal fin well behind above ventrals ; teeth 2-4 — 4-2 ; anal radii I. 11. Head short, deep, eye entering 3-5 times ; small, depth 3-75 in length; lateral line much decurved, scales 10 — 44 — 3, not black- edged ; dorsal black at base diplaemia Head flat, elongate; mouth very oblique; eye three and a-half times in head; small, depth one-fifth length without caudal ; srales black-edged above 9 — 50 — 3. Dorsal black at base ; lateral line little decurved aniens. Hypsilepis cornutus Mitchell. Girard, in Storer, Trans. Amer. Acad. Arts Sciences v. 1855, 118. Proc. A. N". Sci. Phila. 1856, 212. Cyprinu* Mitch., Amer. Month. Magaz. N. Y. I. 324- Leuciscus cornutus Storer, Dc Kay. This is one of the most widely distributed of our Cyprinida?, occurring from Nova Scotia and New England through the middle and ■western States to be- yond the Mississippi, and in the Roanoke and Tennessee Rivers southwards. In the waters of the Susquehanna and Delaware basins it is, with the Argy- rens atronasus, the most abundant species. It prefers clear waters, and does not haunt rapids. The best figure of this, as well as of some of our other Cyprinida?, is given by Dr. Storer in his excellent Monograph on the fishes of Massachusetts. This species is represented in its distribution 1)}' a greater amount of varia- tion than any other of the family with which I am acquainted. The varieties are constant in a great number of their individuals. They may be enumerated as follows : H. c. gibbus, Proc. Acad. 1864, 279. Seven specimens from Monroe county, Mich. Scales large, six rows above lateral line, sixteen anterior to dorsal fin ; it differs from the following in the great elevation of the outline in front of the dorsal fin, and other points. From tin- first dorsal ray the outline again descends, giving the fin a very oblique position ; this extends also, when laid back, as far as above the fifth anal ray. while in frontalis it most usually reaches a point opposite the first ray only. The eye is contained four times in the length of the head — more fre- quently tour ami a half times in frontalis. The length of the head measures in the depth of the body, from the dorsal outline to the middle of the row be- low that .bearing the lateral line; it extends nearly to the ventral outline in frontalis. The pharyngeal bones appear to be relatively rather stouter than in typical frontalis, and are not furnished with so prominent an in- ferior angle to tiie external ala. This, with the form of the body, would almost indicate a species; but as I find approximations in these and transitions in the Other characters, 1 cannot so consider it. H. c. frontalis. Leuciscus frontalis Agassiz. Lake Superior, p. 368. Hypsilepis frontalis Cope, 1. c. 27!'. fDec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 Scales of dorsal region larger; fifteen to eighteen in front of dorsal, six above lateral line. From various streams flowing into Lakes Huron and St. Lake Superior, Agass. Holston River, Virginia, abundant. Orbit in specimens 3 in. 9 1. in length, 3-5 times in head; in specimen 7 in. 3 1., 4-75 times in head. The latter have the interorbital region arched in section, and the vertical diameter of the orbit 3-74 in the same of the head. The former, the interorbital region flat and the orbit twice in the head as before. The large specimens have a black scapular bar. They all belong to one variety. H. c. cerasinus. This variety is represented by specimens of rather small size, and with large scales: 6 — 40 — 3; 16 in front of dorsal fin ; orbit 3-25 in head of a specimen 3 in. 9 1. in length. Head four times in length. This is a most beautiful spe- cies in the spring and summer ; it is entirely deep rose, the inferior fins crimson, a dorsal and two lateral metallic golden lines ; the latter only visible in life and in certain lights, as in the other varieties. Head waters of the Roanoke. H. c. cornutus. Leuciscus cornutus Mitchell. Leueiscus plargyrus Rafinesque hinc Plargyrus typicus Girard. Plargyrus bowmanii Girard, Proc. Acad. 1856, 196 (from autopsy). Scales of dorsal region smaller, 22 to 24 in front of dorsal fin ; on sides 8 — 41 — 3-4. Dorsal region blue in spring ; fins, chin and muzzle red. Dorsal region convex and compressed to dorsal fin, the head four and one-quarter times in length to base of caudal fin, and four-fifths of greatest depth of body ; vertex concave, muzzle obtuse rounded ; mouth terminal, end of maxillary terminating opposite posterior nostril. From end muzzle to dorsal (1st ray) £ths from latter to origin of caudal. Ventrals origin exactly under first dorsal, broadly truncate, not quite attaining vent. Base of anal nearly equal its an- terior ray, outline slightly concave. Base of dorsal two-thirds height anteri- orly. Pectoral anterior rays shortened, medial not quite reaching the ventral. Operculum one-third higher than long. Eye, diameter one-fourth length of head, and once below its rim to upper preopercular ridge. Frontal width one- lialf length head above. Scales JLf about twenty-three on the dorsal line in front of third dorsal fin Radial formula D. 1. 8 ; C. 4. 19. 5. A. 1. 9. V. 8 ; P. 1. 15. Coloration of an adult male : dorsal region as far down as the fourth row of scales dark impure blue, divided by an indistinct band of yellowish-olive one and a-half scales wide, which follows the outline of the back ; bordering the dark below is a luminous line which does not attain the tail, which is very visible in the water, and from above when wet and out of water. Sides from rosy to silver-white, the scales in adults blackish at bases ; anal, ventral and pectoral tins bright crimson in spring and summer, in males. Operculum rosy, head dark above. The males in spring have the branchiostegal membranes and the chin bright crimson. Total average length 5 in. 7 lin. ; head 1 in. 1 1. ; end muzzle to base anal 3 in. ; depth at dorsal 1 in. 4 1.; at anal 11-5 1. The above description is taken from an adult from the Conestoga in Penn- sylvania, tributary to the Susquehanna. It applies equally well to all indi- viduals of the species, except as pointed out under the heads of the varieties, respectively. Nevertheless, the specimens from the Susquehanna are frequently distinguishable from those of the Delaware. Numerous specimens from Michigan agree with the former in having a more elongate form of head and body than specimens from tributaries of the Delaware. They often differ from those of the Susquehanna in having a row of scales more below the lateral line. In Delaware specimens the head is shorter than in the latter, not more so than in the former, but the depth of the body is greater than in either, entering in length to base of tail 3} times — in the others 4 and 4^ times. The dorsal fin is a little more anteriorly situated in the Delaware specimens, and there is a row of scales more below the lateral line than in Susquehanna speci- 1867.] 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF mens. With typical specimens only, these might be regarded as representing two species, and as such I have already alluded to them; but in the 1 number of individuals at my disposal, I find transitions in all the points. The Delaware specimens more nearly resemble the II. c 0 r n u t u s, figured by Dr. Storer. General Habitat. — Eastern. Middle and Western States ; head waters of the James River. There is nothing in the description of Plargyrus argentatus Girard (1. c. 212). from the lower James River, to distinguish it from this variety. II. c. cyaneus. Scales of the whole dorsal and ventral regions very small, 31 to 40 in front of dorsal fin; on sides 10 — 40 — 4. Colors very dark; above blackish-blue, all the scales black at their bases ; head entirely black ; pectorals black : ventrals with a broad black band and red tip ; anal black in front, dorsal chiefly black ; membrane of caudal blackish. In a specimen 5 in. 10-5 lines long, the orbit enters the head 4-5 times. Small tubercles extend from muzzle to vertex, are numerous on the sides of the former to rictus oris, and form a strong crest on mandibular and suborbital bones. This well-marked variety was taken in the Montreal River, Keeweenaw Point, on Lake Superior, by John H. Slack, M. D., to whom the Academy is indebted for a number of specimens. Hypsilepir coccogenis Cope. Spec, now The general form of this fish is moderately stout, the head elongate and straight, with large eye. The caudal peduncle is neither narrow nor broad ; the dorsal outline very little elevated. Length of head four and a quarter times in total without caudal fin ; greatest depth scarcely less than length of head. Diameter of eye three-fourths of frontal width, and greater than dis- tance between its lower margin and gular plane. Scales of typical form 7 — 42 — 3. The fins rather small ; pectorals extend little more than halfway to ven- trals. and the latter do not reach the vent. External margin of anal as long as from end of muzzle to preopercular line, or as long as pectoral; fronrmargin of dorsal equal the same, and greater than posterior margin of same. The colors of this fish are very pleasing. Belly and sides silver white, or in the breeding season rose-colored, bounded above the lateral line by a leaden shade. Back olive, with sometimes a brown dorsal band, sometimes the scabs heavily Idack margined. The head blackish above, and a deep black band on the scapular arch. Muzzle and lips with a broad band behind the edge of the preoperculum and axillary spot, crimson. Dorsal fin broadly black-handed on margin, yellowish-banded medially, and crimson at base. Colors of the caudal similar, without the crimson; inferior fins milky white. Dimensions of an adult specimen : In. Lin. In. Lin. Total length 5 2 Depth at occiput 8-5 Length muzzle and chin 4-f> " at dorsal 1 Diameter orbit 3-75 " at caudal peduncle.. 5-25 This species is only second to the II. cornutus in size, and first in the genus in beauty. Its particolored fins and crimson cheek stripe render it easily recognizable. The latter feature gives it its name. It occurs in abun- dance in the clear and often rapid creeks that flow into the north and middle forks of the Holston River in Viginia. Taken in the Ninth month. IIypsilepis GALACTi'iirs Cope. Spec. nov. The general form of this fish is fusiform, the inferior and superior outlines converging equally. The superior cranial outline descends gently and equally; the muzzle is more than usually prolonged beyond the mouth. The end of the [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 maxillary stands opposite the nares. The eye is smaller than in the other spe- eies, excepting H. analostanus, entering 5-5 times the length of the head in old specimens. The head enters the total (exclusive of caudal fin) 4-3 times, and the greatest depth 46 times. The exposed surfaces of the lateral scales are not so much narrowed as in the other species, and the lateral line is but little decurved ; nos. 6 — 41 — 3; eighteen anterior to the dorsal fin. Small tubercles appear on the top of the head, the patch narrowed behind, and the sides of the muzzle. The pectoral fins reach three-fifths the distance to the ventrals, the latter the vent. The anal is larger than in most species, its outer margin as long as from end of muzzle to middle of operculum. Dorsal elevated, the height equalling depth of body at first anal ray in a male. Kays D I. 8. C-J-19+- All. 9. V. 8. P. 14. Dimensions of an adult : In. Lin. In. Lin. Total length 5 4 Depth at occiput 8-25 Length muzzle 3-75 " dorsal ll.W Diameter orbit 2-75 " caudal peduncle 5-75 In life this species is steel gray above, and silver beneath ; the inferior fins are milkjr, and the dorsal and caudal iron grey sprinkled with blackish. The hinder portion of the former has the membrane black and the rays cream col- ored, and the whole base of the caudal is cream yellow. This fine species is abundant in the tributaries of the Holston River in Virgi- nia. Many specimens are in the museum of the Academy. It resembles the H. analostanus in its proportions of eye and head, but is more elongate in body. The largest specimens are more than twice the size of the largest of the latter. Hypsilepis analostanus (Girard) Cope. Leuciscus kentukiensis Kirtl. Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat Hist. V. p. 27 (not of Rafi- nesque). Cyprinella do. Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1854, 279. Hypsilepis do. Cope, Trans. Am. Phila. Soc. 1866, 371. Cyprinella analostana Girard, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1859, 58. Cope 1. c. The dorsal and ventral outlines are regularly and gently arched from the end of the muzzle and contract to a caudal peduncle ot about the depth of the head at the middle of the orbit. The dorsal region is quite compressed, the ventral narrow but not carinate in front of the vent. Eye round, contained 4-5 times in length of head, and 1-5 in length of muzzle ; the latter is narrowed and projects slightly beyond the mouth, most so in males in breeding season. Oral margin arched, end of maxilla opposite middle of nares. The greatest depth of the body is greater than the length of the head, and enters the total (including caudal fin) four and one-fifth times. Tail short, deeply and con- cavely emarginate. Anal fin less developed than dorsal, its base nearly equal height of first ray, and just exceeding base of dorsal; latter a little over \ greatest elevation of the same. General color leaden silvery, darkest on the sides, the scales above and be- low, a dorsal band and large spot on hinder part of dorsal fin, blackish; top of head and median margin of anal fin shaded with the same. In spring and summer the inferior fins, and even the tips of the caudal and anterior part of the dorsal, are filled with a satin white pigment, which has a very elegant ef- fect, and gives the fish its local name of " Silver Fin." At the same period the head and muzzle cf the male are studded with small tubercles, as follows : a conic accumulation on the end of the muzzle, prolonging it ; a series round the mandible, also over the orbit, from an agglomeration on the preorbital bone ; a double series of larger tubercles on each side the frontal region, which join between the nares and on the parietal region ; scattered series on the tem- poral region. 1867.] 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Total length 3-375 inches ; caudal 5 ; from its base to first ray of anal 1 in.; to first dorsal ray 1-44 in.; from latter to end of muzzle 1-56 in. This species is abundant in the various tributaries of the Ohio ; it is also common in all the waters of the Susquehanna examined (Octoraro, Conestoga, Juniata, Meshoppen) and in the Potomac (Girard) ; from the Delaware I know It from the neighborhood of Trenton (C. C. Abbott) and Philadelphia (J. Burk), Conshehocken on the Schuylkill. From the James River, Va. It is also abundant in the Kanawha and its tributaries, but is not known from the Holston. It is chiefly to be found in the quieter parts of river chan- nels and back waters, being comparatively rare in creeks. Dr. Girard described specimens of this species from the Potomac as distinct from those of the Ohio, without making comparisons. I undertook to sub- stantiate the differences and gave the following as distinctive features of the Eastern and Western fishes : 5— (6) Head 3f to 4 times in length to base of tail. Scales 32 — 5 for the Eastern. 2-(3) 6—7 Head'4j times ; muzzle more acute. Scales 3S — 40 for the Ohio type. 3—4 These represent the tendencies of the individuals of these regions correctly, but the exceptions to the rule are not rare ; thus a Schuylkill specimen before me exhibits a head 4£ times in length and has an acute muzzle, scales of lateral line 38. Seven rows of scales above the lateral line in a Youghiogheuy speci- men, include some abnormally intercalated, but not a true series; about half the Delaware specimens exhibit six. Four rows below the lateral line has resulted from counting an elevated abdominal series. In two Ohio specimens the anal radial formula is identical with that of the eastern, 1-9, while in five the formula is 1-8. Thus this species exhibits an unusual range of variation. Dr. Kirtland identifies this species with the Leuciscus (Luxilu*) kentukiensis Rafinesque, but this cannot be correct, as the latter is described as having red fins, a characteristic always wanting in the H. a n a 1 o s ta n u s. Hypsilepis dipl-emia Raf. Leuciscus diplkmia Raf., Ichthyologia Opiensis, p. 50. Luxilus do. Kirtland, Bost. Journ. N. H. 1845, 276, Tab. PUrgyrus do. Girard, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1856. Hypsilepis do. Cope, 1. c. 1864. This species has somewhat the form, as it has the coloration and minute nuptial excrescences of the species of Clinostomus; as in them, the dorsal fin commences slightly behind above the origin of the ventrals ; its hinder margin is opposite the origin of the anal, to which the ventrals attain. Anal elon- gate, its last ray horizontal, outline behind, vertical concave. Dorsal elevated, rounded above, length of first articulated ray one-half from its base to base of caudal. Radial formula D I. 9 P. 12. V. 8. A I. 11. 0.4-18+. Dorsal outline elevated, superior line of cranium scarcely arched, head rather compressed ; body rapidly narrowing to caudal peduncle at dorsal and anal fins. Caudal expanded, deeply emarginate. In the breeding season minute asperities cover the dorsal line in front of the dorsal fin, and appear on the upper and lower aspects of the head. The latter are most abundant on the preorbital region ; on frontal region sparse, minute. Rows on the superciliary and lower edge of suborbital regions, and two on each ramus mandibuli. Length of head four times in length to base caudal, and less than depth of body. Scales of anterior dorsal region much smaller than those of the lateral ; latter with exposed surfaces very narrow, and crested with minute tubercles in the breeding season. Color, dusky above, the sides and belly silvery without band ; below crimson [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 163 in spring. A large black spot at base of dorsal fin. Length extends to four inches, according to Prof. Kir t land ; of a specimen in Museum Academy, from Lansing, Michigan, 2 inches to origin caudal ; 12-5 lines to origin dorsal ; 6 lines to opercular margin ; depth 7 lines. Prof. Kirtland states that it is abundant in all western streams, and that it ascends rapids in shoals in spring for the purpose of depositing its eggs. Hypsilepis ardens Cope. Spec. nov. Length of head 4-33 times in total; orbit equal muzzle, its anterior border reached by the end of the maxillary ; mandibular symphysis projecting slightly beyond the end of the muzzle. About 26 rows of scales in front of dorsal fin. Anterior dorsal ray opposite the middle of the ventral, the posterior opposite the first anal. The first anal nearly as long as the longest dorsal, the fin elon- gate, concave behind ; it is nearly reached by the ventrals. Pectorals extend half way to ventrals. Cranium slightly arched transversely above ; inter- orbital space *25 greater than diameter of orbit. Opercular and preorbital bones deeper than long. Dorsal region yellowish olive, the scales black edged to middle of sides, all rose shaded. Sides, belly and head rosy crimson, muzzle approaching Vermil- lion ; suborbital region purple. Dorsal and anal fins vermillion, the former black at base ; pectorals and ventrals rose. Caudal orange red, bla«k lined. Length of largest specimen 3 in. 2-5 lines; to base dorsal 17-5 lines; latter to base caudal 14-5 lines. Depth at orbit 3-5 1.; at first anal ray 5-25 1.; at con- striction caudal peduncle 3 1. Habitat. — The head waters of the Roanoke River (in Montgomery Co., Vir- ginia). One of the most richly colored fresh-water fishes. PHOTOGENIS Cope. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1866, 378. This genus was established for species agreeing in general characters with Hybopsis, but resembling Alburnellus in dentition. The mouth is not small, the orbits and scales are large, and the form generally slender. The species frequent clear streams, are less common in swift rapids, and never occur in stagnant or muddy waters. They are ornamented with lustre almost exclu- sively, and do not develope conspicuous horny tubercles. The present collection contains three new species of the genus, which are here added to the three already known : A. Anal radii I. 10, in one species I. 9. (No black spot at origin of caudal fin.) a.A. Dorsal fin much nearer origin caudal than end of muzzle. Scales (5) 6 — 39-40 — 3. Diameter eye equal length muzzle ; 33 times in head ; latter 4 to 4-5 in length ; depth in same 5-6 — 5 times ; above olive ; sides silver, in a band on caudal peduncle. Anal radii I. 10 P. leucops. Frontal width three-fifths orbit. Scales 7 — 35 — 3. Orbit diameter greater than length muzzle, 2-75 times in head; depth 4-75 in length ; lateral line much decurved ; silvery below, fins unspotted. Anal radii I. 9 P. ariommus. a. Dorsal fin equidistant between origin caudal and end muzzle. Scales 4 (5) — 36-40 — 3. Diameter of eye exceeding length of muzzle, 2-75 times in length of head ; latter 4-5 in length,* depth 5 times. Head above and edges dorsal scales black- ish ; sides and belly silver P. telescopus. 1867.] • Always to origin caudal. 164 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP AA. Anal radii I. 8. «. A black spot at origin caudal fin. Scales 5 — 38-40 — 3. Orbit equal muzzle, 3-3 — 3-5 times in length head ; latter 4-5 in length. Olive scales above brown edged; sides silver, with a purple band; muzzle and base dorsal red P. leuciodus. at. No black spot at base caudal. Head narrower. Scales 6 — 38 — 2. Orbit less than length muzzle, 3-5 times in length head; latter times in total; depth five times in same. A leaden lateral band ; middle caudal and spot on dorsal black P. spilopterus. Head broad, frontal width equal diameter orbit, which is greater than length of muzzle, one-third length head. Scales 5-6 — 38 — 3. Head 3 75 — 4 times in length ; depth 4 — 4-5 times -. P. scabriceps. Photogenis leucops Cope. L. c. Squalius (Clinostomus) photogenis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, 280. A species resembling some Alburni in its large caducous scales and attenu- ated form. Eye over one-third head, round. Mouth quite oblique ; under jaw scarcely projecting ; maxillary not reaching line of margin of orbit. Head en- tering four and two-thirds times into length to fork of caudal ; greatest depth seven times. Back broad. Fins D. narrow 8; C. 19, A. 1 — 10. V. little an- terior to dorsal 9. P. narrow falcate 13, extending about half-way from their origin to that of the ventrals. Scales with radii stronger than concentric lines. From base of caudal to base of first dorsal ray, equal from latter to anterior border of iris. Lateral line deflexed, rising with outline of belly at anal fin. Above pale ochre, with a median brown line, and one on each side, from oper- cular upper angle to tail. Sides and below bright silvery, especially brilliant on the operculum and suborbital region. Lips blackish edged. Muzzle and chin whitish. Length three inches. This species has but five scales above the lateral line as originally described, exceedingly rarely. Three marked varieties of this species have come under my notice, as follows : *. Depth greater, equal from end muzzle to middle of operculum ; head usually 4-5 times in length. Numerous specimens from the Kanawha, especially from Sinking Creek and near Austinville, Wythe Co., Va. an. Depth less, six times in length, equal from end muzzle to edge preopercle ; head four times in length. Two specimens from Youghiogheny, Pa. a.na (P. 1. engraulinus). Depth one-sixth of length, equal from end muzzle to between orbit and pncoperculum, Head 3jf times in length. One specimen from Austinville, Wythe Co., Va., from a tributary of the Kanawha. Photogenis ariommus Cope. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 1866, 280. This species resembles at first sight the Ph. leucops, but is less elongate. On comparing an example of the latter, -25 longer, the depth of the body is the Bame, and the eye strikingly larger ; the depth of the head the same, and the muzzle shorter. In this fish the operculum is deeply concave on its upper posterior margin, and the inferior is shorter than the anterior; in P. leucops the former is Btraight, and the inferior border equal the anterior. The dark lateral line is faint or wanting in the ariommus, and there is no black vertebral band. Placed alongside of a Hypsilepis cornutus of equal length, this fish is less [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 deep, and has an eye of almost double the area, besides the different coloration and generic features of teeth and scales. Eye two and three-fifths in length head ; muzzle two-thirds its diameter ; mouth large, mandible scarcely projecting, maxilla not attaining anterior mar- gin of orbit. Frontal breadth three-fifths orbit. Pectoral fins reaching three- quarters distance to ventrals. Depth caudal peduncle one-third from middle origin caudal to opposite first anal ray. Basis of anal slightly elongate, four- fifths height of same, equal basis dorsal ; latter equal two-thirds height of dorsal ; last dorsal ray much less than half first, hence the outline of the fin is very oblique. Caudal deeply furcate, length equal that of head. Length from basis caudal to first dorsal ray equal from latter to above anterior part of orbit, as in Ph. 1 e u co p s. Anal radii I. 9. Light olivaceous sides and below silvery, becoming a band with superior dark edge on caudal peduncle. Sides of head and muzzle white. Total length 2-875 inches; base of dorsal to superior base caudal 1-06 inches ; same to end muzzle 1-19. This species has only been found as yet in the White River, Indiana, by Wm. P. Clark, to whose attention I owe a single specimen. Photogenis telescopus Cope, sp. nov. A species combining an elongate form, short head and large eye, and nearly allied to the last described. Mouth very oblique (angle 60°), mandible not projecting beyond premaxillary when closed ; posterior margin maxillary on line of anterior margin of orbit. End of muzzle slightly decurved, profile above nearly plane ; frontal region flat transversely, the parietal region gently convex in section. Lateral line slightly deflected. Posterior dorsal ray equal less than half the anterior, and equal the basis to the sixth ray. Basis of anal greater than that of dorsal, a little less than longest anal ray. Ventral fins fall short of vent, and are ap- proached two-thirds the intervening distance by the pectorals. P. 14. D. and V. I. 8. C. -|- 19+- Length of an average specimen 3 in. 6-5 lines ; end muzzle to first anal ray 1 in. 11-5 lines ; depth caudal peduncle at posterior anal ray 3-75 lines. In life this species is a pale sea-green, with distinct brown edges to the scales. Lateral lustre plumbeous posteriorly. This species is very abundant in all the rapid streams tributary to the Hol- ston River in Virginia. It is very rare in the river itself. Photogenis leuciodus Cope, sp. nov. This species is allied to the P. telescopus, and may readily be confound- ed with it, but the more delicate tints at once distinguish it in life, and the smaller orbit strikes the eye on making comparison. As shown in the analytic table, the characters are numerous. It is the only one of the genus adorned with bright colors ; they are subdued, the purple and silver of the sides re- sembling the nacre of some Uniones. Muzzle rounded in profile, mandible not projecting, mouth oblique (30°), end of maxillary bone opposite margin orbit. Vertex gently convex trans- versely. Twelve scales in vertebral line anterior to dorsal fin. Lateral line nearly straight. Radial formula, except for anal, and lengths of fins as in the last species. Longest dorsal ray measures twice from its origin to above posterior margin or middle of orbit. End of muzzle and basis of dorsal fin red, as in the young of Hypsilepis coccogenis. Total length of a fully grown specimen 3 in. 1 line ; length to first anal ray 1. 8-5 lines. Depth caudal peduncle at last anal ray 3 lines. This species is found in the tributaries of the Holston, in situations similar to those where the P. telescopus occurs. It is, compared with the last named, a rare fish. Numerous specimens in Mus. Academy. 18(57.] 166 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Photogesis spilopterus Cope. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila. 1866, 280. Form elongate, less so than in the Ph. 1 e u c o p s ; scales with the radii dis- tinct 6 — 10, and the concentric lines very strong. Lateral line deflexed ante- riorly. Orbit three and one-half times in length of head, equal length muzzle, and is three-fourths the interorbital breadth. Head five and one-third times in total length, equal length caudal fin. Muzzle straight above, mandible not projecting when closed, end of maxillary attaining line of orbit. Premaxillary margin opposite middle pupil. Pectorals two-thirds length to ventrals. Bases of anal and dorsal fins equal, equal two-thirds height of former, three-fifths height of latter. First dorsal ray a little nearer origin caudal than end muzzle. Rays, D. 1.8. A. 1.8. V. 7 and 8." P. 13. Length 2-875 inches, depth caudal peduncle at middle -19 in. Teeth in nu- merous specimens 1-4 — 4-1. Color olivaceous, with a plumbeous band along the posterior half the lateral line; thoracic region and lower half the sides of head silvery, remainder of head blackish. Median part of caudal fin, a spot on the upper hinder portion of the dorsal, and a narrow vertebral line, black. Many specimens of this species are in Museum Academy, from St. Josephs River, in southwestern Michigan. This species bears a superficial resemblance to the Hybopsis plumbeolus, but apart from the difference of dentition, and the spot on the dorsal fin, this species has a smaller eye, longer ventrals, etc. Photogexis scabriceps Cope, sp. nov. This species is readily distinguished from its congeners by its stout robust form, heavy head, and large eye, and in life by miuute rugosities which cover the front muzzle and chin, but which disappear, leaving no trace, in spirits. Front and vertex flat, upper profile plane, end of muzzle obliquely descend- ing. Mouth little oblique, mandible as long as muzzle ; extremity of maxillary opposite line of orbit. The operculum is more posteriorly prolonged than in the P. telescopus. Lateral line distinctly deflexed. Pins small, pectorals and ventrals short ; radii as in the last species. This species is not so refulgent as most others of the genus. In life it is of a bright sea-green, with an ill-defined silver lateral band, which is leaden shaded on the caudal peduncle. Dorsal streak reddish, scarcely perceptible in alcohol. Total length 3 in. 1-5 lines; width of cranium behind 4-2 lines; length of caudal fin (equal from end muzzle to preoperculum) 5-75 lines. This species occurs abundantly in the tributaries of the Kanawha River, in company with the Ph. 1 e u c o p s, especially in Sinking C: eek, Walker's Creek, and near Austinville. It occurs not rarely in the main channel of the river also. A Review of the species of the AMBLYSTOMIDiE. BY E. D. COPE. This family is of particular interest among the Urodela, as furnishing con- necting forms between the ordinary types of the order, and those larger species which we suppose to be more characteristic of Conner periods of the earth's history. It also furnishes us with transitional conditions of characters which have been regarded as indicating very diverse origin ami nature. The species are mostly of large size, and are probably confined to North America ; perhaps a species exists in Japan. The characters which restrict the family are as follows : Palatine boms not prolonged over parasphenoid, ^bearing teeth on their posterior margins. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1G7 Orbitosphenoid separated from probtic by membranous walls. Internal wall of vestibule membranous. Carpus and tarsus ossified. Vertebrae amphicoelian Prefrontals and pterygoids present. Premaxillaries feebly developed, distinct, but not embracing a fontanelle. Paraspbenoid without dentigerous plates. Parietals and prefrontals prolonged, embracing frontals. The writer characterized the family as above in the Journal of the Academy, 1866, 105. Dr. Hallowell proposed it in the same work, 1858, 337, but on in- sufficient characters. Many of the characters of the principal genus, Ambly- stoma, had been already pointed out by Prof. Baird. The genera included by Hallowell were Amblystoma, Xiphonura Tsch., and Onychodactylus Tschudi. Gray had previously embraced the same genera with Heterotriton Gray, in his first section of the Plethodontida?, which corresponds with this family. The writer in 1859 embraced Onychodactylus, Amblystoma, Camarataxis Cope, and Megalobatrachus Tschudi. In the above cited essay of 1866 the genera are limited to the two first mentioned, with Ensatina Gray. The full investigation of the subject results in the following disposition of these supposed genera, Baird having already shown the identity of Xiphonura with Amblystoma. Heterotriton is identical with Amblystoma. Megalobatra- chus, the great salamander of Japan, I have determined to pertain to the Proto- nopsidaj. Ensatina Gray my friend St. George Mivart informs me is identical with Heredia Girard. If this be the case, it is established on a species of the Plethodontidas, and one not to be separated from Plethodon. I therefore call H. oregonensis Girard, Plethodon en sat us, and thus we have three species* of this genus in the Pacific district, where none were previously supposed to exist. Onychodactylus most probably belongs to the Plethodontidse, the sphenoidal teeth having been perhaps overlooked or lost; but it may be also an exceptional type of the same family. I have not seen it. The character from which it is named, and which has been regarded as part of its generic di- agnosis, is probably only a seasonal or incidental one, and not likely to prove even specific. It is a common feature of the large AmblystomEe, and has no greater significance with them. The genus Camarataxis, as will appear further on, was established on a larval character, permanent in some individuals, it is true, but not permanent in any species. On the other hand, there is some probability that one or both of the species of Hynobius Tschudi, from Japan, enter the family, but this I am not able to establish. It is important to observe the significance of the features defining this family. One only, of the eight assigned,, is what may be termed a morphic character ; the shortened form of the palatine bones, as compared with the posteriorly produced lamina? of the Salamandridae, being neither assumed after possession of the latter structure, nor identical with the immature stage of the same, so far as yet known. The two families do not appear, after the brief examination we have given this point, to be developmentally related. The presence of dentigerous plates onthe parasphenoid in the Plethodontidae is a character of the same kind. The embracing of the frontals by the adjacent elements is a developmental feature, being characteristic of the larval condition of various families. The membranous condition of portions of the walls of the cranium, including that of the vestibule, is a persistence of an immature stage of the Salaman- dridae. The biconcave vertebrae constitute a similar persistence of a larval feature. * See description of Plethodon intermedins Baird, and Plethodon eroceater Cope, from the West Coast, at the end of this paper. 1867.] 168 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF The presence of pterygoids has the same significance with reference to other families. The ossification of the carpus, tarsus, and of the premaxillaries, are charac- ters in which this group develops beyond the larval condition which is per- manent in the family of Plethodontidse. Thus of eight characters two are morphic, and six developmental ; of the six, two are of advanced development, and four of repressed development, as com- pared with other families. The characteristics of the genus Amblystoma, the only one of the family, are as follows : Palatine series of teeth in the same line, though often interrupted. Quadratojugal bone wanting. Tongue attached by its whole base, but with a narrow free margin on all but the posterior portion. Digits 4 — 5, free, not connected by natatory membrane. A stratum of crypts more or less thickened on the parotoid region, and along the superior lateral region of the tail. A series of mucous pores around the orbit, and for some distance anterior to it. With respect to the caudal crypts, they are much less developed in the group of which A. t e n e b r o s u m Baird is the type than in the others. The larvae are characterized by the long slender processes of the three branchial lamina?, which bear the vascular fimbriae, rather than the laminae themselves, as in some other genera. The internal nostrils are confined be- tween the maxillary series of teeth and the palatine arch, which is concentric with the former and near to it, and is continued backwards on each side, in line with a similar series on the pterygoid bones. A relation of nostrils to palatine teeth similar to the above is permanent in Amphiuma, and one inter- mediate between it and the adult condition of Anablystoniae of groups III. and IV. characterizes Protonopsis. The tail and back have a free dermal margin, but there is none on the limbs or digits. The tail is short and deep. The general anatomy of the larvae is reserved for the completion of this monograph. The following are some of the most readily observed characters which are assumed by the Amblystoime at the period of their transformation : 1, the series of teeth on the splenial bone is shed; 2, the carpus and tarsus ossify ; 3, the tail narrows and lengthens ; 4, the branchiae disappear ; 5, the tongue enlarges, and covers the floor of the mouth ; tj, the pterygo-palatine series of teeth be- comes more nearly transverse ; 7, brightly colored pigment is deposited in the chromatophone of the derm. These changes are stated in the order of their occurrence. But in some of the protean species this order is not exactly ob- served in all individuals, and in consequence of the assumption of one or the other character of maturity in advance of another, the number of species has been supposed to be greater than it is. The same irregularity in the success- ional appearance of structures is well known in the earlier periods of embryo- nic life, as stated by Von Baer in the Scholia of his Entwickelungsgeschichte. In the chick, different portions of the vertebral axis, and the abdominal plates, may or may not appear in the usual order or succession. In Amblystoma the approximation of the period of reproduction to that of transformation varies with the species, and it is evident that, the closer this approximation under the above principle of variation, the more protean will the species be. As we know from the experiments of Hogg, Dumeril and others that metamorphosis is greatly hastened or delayed by the conditions of tem- perature and light, what would not be the effect, on individuals of such a pro- tean species, of a change of topographical situation, such as the elevation or depression of the land? And I have no hesitation in saying that if the peculi- aiities of series of individuals of A. t ig r i n u m and A. mavortiura, in the Pec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 respects above enumerated, were permanent, they would characterize those series as species, as completely as any that zoologists are accustomed to recog- nize. For the evidences on this head, see the discussions of those species below. The experiments of Hogg above alluded to are as follows, as given by him in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. He placed a number of impregnated ova of frogs in vessels arranged at regu- lar distances from the light, in a cave. The lessening degrees of light were of course accompanied by a corresponding, but much less rapid decline in tem- perature. The resulting effects on the metamorphosis may be tabulated as follows : Mean Fahr. Mo. Day. 60° 56° 53° 51° 3 11 Egg Egg Egg Egg 20 Larva free. * * * 25 * Larva free. * 31 * * Larva free. Larva free. 4 10 Larva very large. * * * 22 Metam. complete. Larva large. Larva large. Larva small. 8 11 Metam. compl. * * 28 Metam. compl. * 10 31 Metam. compl. Other experiments, which will not be quoted now, are equally conclusive as to the effect of light and heat on this process. The distinction between maturity, or adult age, and complete development, must be borne in mind. The former condition is attained when the ova are fitted for impregnation, and the spermatozooids are capable of accomplishing that result. Development may or may not advance much beyond this period. As one or more periods in the life of every species is characterized by a greater rapidity of development (or metamorphosis) than the remainder, so in propor- tion to the approximation of such a period to the epoch of maturity or repro- duction, is the offspring liable to variation. The great difference between the different species, and between individuals of the same species in this respect, may be illustrated by the following com- parison between the size of the animals at the time of losing the branchiae, so far as known, and that to which they ultimately attained : Species. Size at loss of branchiae. Average full size. In. Lines. In. Lines. A. jeffersonianum 1 5-75 6 A. punctatum 1 10 6 6 A. conspersum 1 10-5 2 7-5 A. opacum 2 2 3 9-5 A. texense 2 1 ? A. microstomum 2 35 4 A. talpoideum 3 (perhaps too large). 3 9-5 A. paroticum 3 7-5 (not smallest). 7 2-5 , .. . 1 3 7 to 8 to 10 A. tignnum V „ - 1 3 9-5 to 8 9 A. mavortium \ „ In this connection it is desirable to ascertain how far characters distinguish- ing undoubted species fall into the line of successional changes common to all the species. An answer to this question would solve an important part of the inquiry as to the origin of species. We cannot go into it exhaustively at this time, but direct attention to these characters in the synoptic table. The follow- ing are developmental characters which distinguish known species : 1, the di- rection of the palatine series of teeth ; 2, the length of the body and tail, as 3867.] 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP compared with the width of the head, is greater in large .and old individuals of A. tigrinum; 3, the widening of the muzzle and greater separation of the external nares ; 4, the spotted, as distinguished from the uniform coloration. Characters to which no such relation can be assigned: 1, the number of costal folds, whose interspaces correspond with the vertebrae ; 2, the number of phalanges. The complete monography of this genus being reserved for another occasion, the description of the Siredons is not now attempted. Suffice it to say that both Prof. Baird and myself have had evidence, for some time, that some spe- cies described by Prof. B. under this name, from our south-western regions, are only undeveloped Amblystonia? ; and Prof. Dumeril, in the Jardin des Plantes, has actually observed the complete metamorphosis of a Mexican spe- cies.* In the following pages little more than a review of the species is attempted. Their clear discrimination has been hitherto a desideratum. Baird, in the first synopsis published, enumerates eight; Gray in 1850 catalogues ten, after we exclude some species of other genera erroneously included. Dumeril like- wise, including species of other genera, gives five true Amblystorna?. Hallowell, 1858, increased the number to sixteen. In the present essay, the species of the family described number nineteen, seven new ones being added. I must here express my acknowledgements to Prof. Baird, who has placed his MSS. notes at my disposal, and which I have adopted whenever they expressed the results of my own observations. Thus the diagnoses of nine of the species, and por- tions of those of two others, are, with certain modifications, from his pen. The materials on which the essay is based are the unequalled collections of the Smithsonian Institution, which goes beyond all others in the department of Urodela. Probably the second best collection existing, that of the Academy, has also furnished its numerous types, and many little known species, mostly described by the late Dr. Edw. Hallowell. After the following examination of the transitional features of the species, the value of many of the supposed species heretofore described will be better estimated. Sywpsis of species, I. Series of teeth along the external fissure of the internal nares. Plica? of tongue radiating fiom its posterior portion. Parotoid glands not forming an ovoid distinct mass. Four phalanges in fourth toe.j- A. Costal grooves ten ; a.. Vomerine series three. Head broad, width 3-5 to groin ; muzzle contracted. External nares much closer than internal ; palatine series convex backwards; tail short, compressed; blackish-brown, grey speckled talpoideum. B. Costal grooves eleven. a.. Vomerine series three. 0. No, or one indistinct plantar tubercle. Middle series transverse or concave behind posterior margins of nares; width of head in specimens of three inches greater than one-fourth length to groin, in adult, 4-7 times ; black above, with gray fascia? ; larger opacum. Teeth as in the last ; width of head in small specimens 3-5 to groin, in adults 1 •> times ; a strong dorsal groove and longer tail ; bhuk above, with a series of round yellow spots on each side the back punctatum. * See a highly- interesting account of this event by Prof. Dumfril, Annates des Sciences Naturelles for 1867, No. iv. p. 229. t Vide an exception under A. mavortium lid. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 Median series of teeth convex, advancing beyond posterior mar- gin nares ; width of head much less than one-fourth length to groin ; tail short, no dorsal groove ; lead colored, with an inferior lateral, and usually superior series of small yellow- ish spots conspersum. #/?. Two distinct plantar tubercles. Median series of teeth straight, nearly divided ; external nares much closer together than internal ; width of head more than one-fourth length to groin; muzzle very short ; tail much compressed ; blackish above, with large irregular yellow spots, confluent on sides ; below yellow bicolor. C. Costal grooves twelve ; mucous pores on each side the muzzle. a. Larger species with two distinct plantar tubercles. 0. No canthus rostralis ; head longer. External nares as widely separated as inner ; frontal and nasal regions very convex in transverse section ; teeth in four dis- tinct series, forming together a V, with concave sides pro- jecting between the nares ; body long, tail short ; color brown obscurum. External nares nearer together than internal, on account of narrower muzzle ; brown, with usually small yellow spots ; brown always predominating ; teeth continuous, or slightly interrupted externally tigrinum. External nares as widely separated as internal ; the muzzle broad obtuse ; brown yellow spotted, the yellow spots large, often excluding the ground color ; teeth continuous, or slightly interrupted externally mavortium. External nares as widely separated as inner ; the muzzle broad obtuse ; dark brown, with vertical yellow spots on sides ; teeth in four distinct series, in a nearly transverse line trisruptum. /?/?. Canthus rostralis distinct; tail longer than head and body. Head shorter. External nares nearer together than internal ; muzzle obtuse, head small, width five times to groin ; front convex ; vomer- ine teeth in one series slightly convex forwards ; yellow, with irregular brown bands above xiphias. act. Smaller species. Teeth in three series. No or one indistinct plantar tubercles. External and internal nares equidistant ; width of head 4-5 to 5 times in length to groin ; length of eye 2-5, or a little less in width between anterior canthus of same ; tooth series transverse ; lead-colored to black, with or without pale or distinct lateral spots jeSersonianum. Inner and outer nares equidistant ; width of the long oval head 5-5 to 6 times in length to groin ; length eye fissure 1-75 (to? twice) in width between anterior canthus of same ; tooth series slightly convex; lead-colored, uniform platinenum. Nares equidistant; width of head 5 times to groin; muzzle contracted; eye fissure 1-66 between anterior canthus of same, once to nostril ; median dental series convex forwards. A broad grey band on vertebral line of tail and body, ex- panding on occiput; sides dark reddish-brown macrodactylum II. Series of teeth extending to external fissure of inner nares ; lingual plicae radiating from behind ; parotoid glands forming a distinct ovoid mass. 1867.] 172 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP n. Teeth in three series (no canthus rostralis or plantar tubercles) ; fourth toe with three phalanges. Nares equidistant, both approximated ; median series of teeth nearly straight, short; width head 4-5 times to groin ; eye fissure 1-7 times in width between anterior canthus; limbs large, toes short. Uniform brown paroticum. III. Series of teeth not extending beyond inner line of nares ; lingual plica? radiating from behind ; no distinct parotoid mass. o. Two series of teeth (canthus rostralis distinct) ; no plantar tubercles ; fourth toe with three phalanges ; twelve costal furrows (species large). Vomerine series transverse or directed backwards; muzzle pro- longed considerably beyond nares ; brown, marbled with dark brown tenebrosum. Vomerine teeth in two sigmoids, which converge in advance of nares; muzzle shortly rounded from external nares ; uniform black aterrimum. aa. Two series of teeth ; fourteen costal grooves ; fourth digit with four phalanges. Teeth arched, between inner nares; head one-fourth to groin (in small sp.) ; eye one-half width between canthus ; muzzle broad, outer nearer than inner nares ; brown, with a series of lighter spots on upper part of sides; below yellowish ; muzzle and tail marbled with the same texanum. IV. Series of teeth not extending beyond inner margin of nares ; lingual plicae radiating from a median longitudinal furrow of the tongue ; no distinct parotoid mass (species small). a. Two series of teeth (no canthus rostralis) ; fourth toe with four phalanges. Mandible shorter than muzzle ; head elongate, width between eyes behind equal from same to nares; width of head 6-5 times in length to groin ; black, with numerous narrow grey annuli on body and tail cingulatum. Mandible longer than muzzle ; head short, broad ; width be- tween eyes behind equal from same to end muzzle ; body stouter ; width of head 61 to 7 times in length to groin ; lead- colored, with a few grey shades below microstomum. Amblvstoma talpoidecm Graj\ Catal. Batr. Grad, Brit. Mus. ; Hallowell, J. A. N. Sc. Phil. iii. 351 ; Baird (?) 1. c. i. 288. Salumandra talpoidea Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetology, iii. 117, pi. 29, 1838. Shortest, stoutest, and most clumsily formed of all the terrestrial Ambh/sto- mata. Character of skin, as to glands, pits, etc., much as in A. punctalum and opacum. A row of large pores on the head, interior to the eye and nostrils, extending anterior to the latter; this passes behind and beneath the eye, reaching forward nearly to the nostrils. A patch on the cheeks above the lateral groove, and another below it, probably extending forward along the lower jaw. The head is very broad, and larger, if anything, wider, than the body; be- coming constricted at the neck. Its width is about equal to the distance from snout to gular fold (thus wider than long), and contained about 3i times to the groin. The eyes are superior, and rather small ; separated anteriorly by nearly three lengths of the orbit, about one orbit from the nostrils, which are separated abont 1| orbits. The muzzle is rather angular. The upper jaw is visible beyond the lower, when viewed from below. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 The body is short, squat and depressed; there are ten costal grooves on the side. The tail is contained about 1} times in the rest of the animal. It is much as in A. opacum, but higher, though without a crest. The digits are rather long and slender, scarcely different from those of .4. opacum. The palatine teeth are in a transverse series of three sections. The middle section is not interrupted along the median line. In the type it is slightly concave anteriorly, scarcely reaching to the under line of the inner nares, and behind the range of the lateral sections, which begin a little interior to the outer line of the nostrils. The middle and lateral sections are separated by the width of the inner nostril. In another specimen the middle patch is nearly straight, in another composed of two arcs concave anteriorly. The tongue is thick, fleshy and adherent, though the edges are free at the sides ; less so at the top. Its width is not more than half that of the head. The papillose portion is separated posteriorly by the extension forward of the plain basal portion of the tongue, although there is no groove, and exhibiting two prominent cornua to the tongue proper. The papillous ridges are longi- tudinal, and nearly parallel. In alcohol this species is a light brown above, paler beneath, irregularly sprinkled, blotched and marbled with silvery or plumbeous gray of a lichen- like character. A carefully executed drawing, made from the specimens when alive, shows the ground color to be a dark brownish or liver black, more livid on the sides, and perhaps lighter beneath ; everywhere sprinkled with the silvery-grey dots, of larger size, on the back. The upper part of the tail is of a purer brown than elsewhere, and is bordered by a series of obscure blackish spots, seen also near the lower margin ; a few similar dusky spots appear scattered on the back. The iris appears to be a dark brown, without metallic lustre. A series of specimens from Prairie Mer Rouge, La , is quite similar. Some of these appear to have just completed the change from the tadpole state, and the tail is higher, more compressed, and somewhat crested ; the toes shorter and natter ; the papillose cornua of the tongue more indistinct. Length from snout to transverse line of mouth -30 " " gular fold -55 " " groin 1-90 " " behind anus 2-30 " " end of tail 3-80 " of tail 1-50 Width of head -52 Length fore arm -46 " hind leg from knee -56 Extent of hind legs 1-70 Greatest height of tail -31 " width at same place -15 Catalogue No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 3906. 5 Liberty Co., Ga., Dr. Jones, sp. desc. 3879. 6 Prairie Mer Rouge, La., J. Fairie. 3972. 1 Near Cairo, 111., R. Kennicott. Amblystoma opacum Baird. J. A. N. Sci. Phila., i. 283; Hallowell, 1. c, iii. 351. Salamandra opaca Gra- venhorst, Uebersicht Zool. Syst. 431, 1807; Delic. Mus. Vratislav. i. 75, tab. x. 1829. S. fasciata Green, J. A. N. S. i. 350, 1818; Holbrook, N. Amer. Herpetology ; Storer, Mass. Rept. ; Dekay, Geol. Surv. N. York. Body swollen, thick, cylindrical, depressed. Skin perfectly smooth, although under a lens everywhere showing minute simple pores or pits connected with 1867.] 174 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP the glands, which are seen everywhere in the body and tail, except perhaps iu the lower part of sides, belly, and beneath the head ; on the tail, however, they are more developed on the upper half. There are no regular patches of more conspicuous pores on the head and parotids, as seen in A. punctatum. Head rather broad, depressed ; its greatest width about three-fourths the length from snout to gular fold, and about two-ninths the distance to insertion of hind legs. Length of mouth half that to gular fold, which is interrupted on the nape. A constriction behind the angle of the mouth, with a lateral groove (or ridge) connecting the two, as in punctatum. Distance from snout to gular fold not quite three and a half times in that to insertion of hind leg. The eyes are moderate ; the pupil circular. The general relation much as in punctatum. Body nearly cylindrical, but decidedly depressed. No indication of a dor- sal furrow. Eleven well-marked costal furrows, including the inguinal. There are about four pelvic furrows; those on the base of the tail are distinct for a time, but gradually become fainter. The tail is oval or elliptical in cross section, though without any indication of a keel. It is nearly cylindrical at base, though slightly compressed ; be- coming more and more so to the pointed tip. It is thicker above than below, and, measured from beneath the anus, is contained one and a half times in rest of the length. The lateral groove on the tail is less prominent than in A. punctatum. The digits are linear, depressed, but without any indication of web or mar- gin. The third or longest finger is one-third the 'distance from its tip to the elbow (contained three times); the lateral ones are quite short. The fourth toe is longest; contained two and a half times in the distance from its tip to the knee. The third, fifth, second and first are successively shorter, or the fifth and second are about equal. The distance between the outstretched toes is contained about once and two-sevenths the length from snout to behind anus. The tongue is thick and fleshy, as in A. punctatum, though larger in propor- tion, and filling the mouth more. The teeth are in one transverse line, in three series, much as in punctatum. The central is a double arc. The lateral series are not so far forwarder pass more obliquely backwards, so that their exterior end is even behind the convexity of the central series, not anterior to it. The lateral series is about half the length of the central, with a decided interval. In alcohol the general color is a livid black. There is a dorsal series of transverse slate-colored bands, which widen at each end into a V on the back, but are more linear on the tail. These vary in number ; about seven on the body, and as many on the tail. Sometimes more or less : sometimes confluent with those before and behind them ; sometimes interrupted in the middle. They do not descend one-third the depth on the sides, being confined abruptly, and well defined to the dorsal region. There is a similar patch on the snoot. Total length 3-80 Length to tail 2-3f) Length of mouth -30 " of tail 150 " togolarfold -53 Width of head -45 " to fore leg -60 Length from elbow -r> " to hind leg 1-90 " " knee -55 The principal difference in form and structure between this species and A. punctatum axe seen in the absence of any dorsal furrow, and a less prominence of thai on the side of the tail. The limbs are more feeble, the head narrower. the tail shorter, etc. In specimens from Prairie Mer Rouge, 4033? the body is thicker and more clumsy, the legs weaker, the toes shorter, than in Pennsylvania specimens. The teeth, too, appear more transverse, and there is little' or no interval be- tween the middle and lateral combs. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 175 Cat. No. No. of spec. Locality. From whom rec'd. 3932 15 Carlisle, Pa. S. F. Baird. Typeofdesc 3940 1 Kemper Co, Miss. D. C. Lloyd. 4100 16 South Illinois. R. Kennicott. 3948 1 Tarboro, N. C. Bridger. 3943 1 Meadville, Pa. Thickstun. 3964 1 Racine, Wis. 3924 6 Georgia. Dr. LeConte. 3958 1 AuxPlaines R., W. Northfd., 111. R. Kennicott. 4008 2 Columbus, Ga. Dr. Gessner. 3928 1 Anderson, S. C. Mrs. Daniel. 3927 14 Gloucester, Va. 3962 1 Ripley, O. P. Hoy. 3941 1 Abbeville, S. C. J. B. Barrett. 4085 10 Grand Coteau, La. St. Charles Coll. 3954 4 Galveston, Texas. E. B. Andrew. 3953 1 Salem, N. C. J. T. Lineback. 3 Georgia. Maj. Le Conte. 4007 116 Prairie Mer Rouge, La. Jas. Fairie. 4920 1 Florida. Townend Glover. 4018 1 New Orleans. N. O. Acad. N. S. 1 Pearl R., Miss. R. Kennicott. Ambltstoma punctatum, Baird J. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. i. 83. Hallowell, 1. c. iii. 351. Lacerta punctata (1767), L. Syst. Nat. ed, 13, 370, 45. Salamnndra p. (1802) Lacep. Hist. Quad. Ov. i- 245, 314 (ed. of 1819). L. maculata (1802), Shaw, Gen. Zool. Amph. 304. Salamandra venenosa (1803?), Bart, in Daud. Hist. Rept. viii. 229 (in lett. from Raf.) Lacerta subuiolacea (1809), Bart. Am. Phil. Trans. O. S. vi. p. 108, pi. 4 fig. vi. 5. subv., DeKay (1842), N. Y. Rept. 74, pi. 2, f. 36. 5. venenosa (1838), Holb. Herp. 1st ed. iii. 105, pi. 24 (1842), 2d ed. v. 67, pi. 22. Amblystoma subviolaceum, Tschudi. Body swollen, stout, cylindrical. Head depressed. Skin smooth though pitted with pores, most numerous on the tail. Of these there is a patch larger over on the parotid region, and another on the top of the head inside of the orbit and extending anteriorly in a straight line towards the nostrils, and pass- ing backwards semicircularly behind the eye ; a double row round the edge of the lower jaw ; a pair on each intercostal space along the side of the body, and a row on each side of the top of the tail ; the latter indicated generally by a whitish dot. Head broad, depressed; width nearly equal to distance from snout to gular fold, and nearly one-fourth the distance to insertion of hind legs. Length of mouth, along axis of body, nearly distance from snout to gular fold, which is nearly continuous across the nape. There is a convolution behind the angle of the jaws, interrupted above and below, and a furrow connecting the two along the parotid region, and extended in a lateral line to the orbit. Distance from snout to gular fold contained 3£ times in distance to insertion of hind lip ; (four times in another specimen). The eyes are moderately large ; the length of the orbit contained 4.] times in distance from snout to gular fold ; about once in distance from the nostrils and about once in the distance between the two nostrils ; nearly twice in dis- tance between the anterior extremities of the orbits. Body nearly cylindrical ; perhaps slightly depressed, and swollen a little in the middle. On each side are eleven costal grooves, including unguinal and axillary ones, strongly marked, and nearly continuous above and below. The axillary is, however, quite inconspicuous. Four more of these furrows to behind the anus, where the last is confluent with the first caudal furrow. 1867.] 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF These become less and less distinct to near the middle of the tail. There is a slight groove down the middle of the back. The tail is oval in section, the larger end of the oval below; becoming more and more compressed to the tip, without indication of any ridge. There is a lateral indentation along the whole length, which is about equal to the dis- tance from its back to the snout. In alcoholic specimens the tail is bent or curved, sometimes upwards, sometimes down, sometimes laterally. The digits are nearly cylindrical, or slightly depressed, without web or mar- gin. The third or longest finger is contained about 2J times in the distance to the elbow. The second finger reaches to the last articulation ; the fourth to the penultimate. The fourth toe is largest, contained 2J times in the distance to the knee; the 3d, 2d, 5th and 1st successively shorter. The distance between the outstretched hind toes is rather more than one and one-third the length to behind anus. The tongue is thick, fleshy and attached, although free at the edges, except behind. It is about two-thirds the width of the upper jaw, nearly orbicular, though the outline of the papillose portion is a little emarginate behind. It almost seems as if the tongue were capable of closing round an object in its centre as in the hollow of the hand. The transverse line of teeth is in the parts or combs; a central about two- fifths the width of the head, and separated from the lateral by a slight interval. The central patch is nearly straight in its middle, but the end curves a little forwards, and continuously with the lateral portion of the line, from a curve concave backwards, bounding the orbit. The inner edge of the posterior nares marks the extent of the central row of teeth. The lateral combs of teeth are about half the central. The color of the specimen described is, in alcohol, of a dark liver brown above, abruptly light olivaceous beneath. On each side of the back is a series of nearly circular rounded spots, about the size of the orbit; about three on each side of the head, 8 or 9 on the body, and as many on the tail, where they are sometimes confluent. These spots are white in alcohol, but yellow in life. Along the sides, and more sparingly beneath, are some scattered quite small whitish spots, not very conspicuous. The legs are of the color of the under parts, not of the upper. They show some of the small light spots seen on the sides. Total length of 3950 (1) 6-50 Tail, behind anus 310 " mouth -40 Width of head -65 " togularfold -82 Arm from elbow -60 " groin 2.80 Hind leg from knee -80 " behind anus... 3 40 In the preceding paragraph I have described a specimen from Abbeville, S. O., as a locality nearest to that whence the original of Linnaeus' description was obtained. An examination of a large series of specimens from different localities shows certain differences which, however, are not of a character to indicate specific separation. Carlisle specimens have longer and more cylin- drical toes than those from Louisiana. The external appearance of the skin varies considerably with the strength of alcohol used for preservation, and probably with the season when captured. The animal when alive is perfectly smooth and lustrous, and readily exudes a Large quantity of a white milky juice from the upper half of head, body and tail, or from the dark colored portion. This is clue to the presence of glands closely implanted in the skin, the pores of which are sometimes quite incon- spicuous, sometimes very distinct. On the tail they are much largest and deepest, and the lateral groove marks their inferior boundary, being there implanted vertically. When these pores are very full of their milky juice, and the alcohol is very strong, the contraction of the skin between the mouths of these pores gives more or less the appearance of rounded, thick-set granules [Dec' NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 177 of rather large size. This also gives rise to an apparent depression of the digits, the skin forming quite a margin. The proportions of the body vary slightly. The tail is generally not so long as the rest of the animal, the groin being more usually nearer the middle point of the axis. Younger specimens appear to have shorter tails. There is considerable diversity in the curve of the transverse series of pala- tine teeth. In nearly all more northern specimens the central row is formed of two arcs, concave anteriorly ^— •— -, more or less continuous with the lateral, which are anterior and convex anteriorly. The two central arcs are continu- ous at their inner ends, forming an inverted angle at the axial line. Some- times, however, as in most of the specimens from Prairie Mer Rouge, this central angle is wanting, and there is only a single arc or curve, concave anteriorly. In the type specimen described the central row of teeth is nearly or quite straight (which is quite apt to be the case in very large ones), while in one specimen of No. 4684 it is convex anteriorly. The transverse extent of this middle line of teeth varies. Sometimes there is quite an interval between it and the lateral, while in 3930, from New York, they are continuous, without appreciable interruption. There are no very great variations in the pattern of coloration ; generally the outer surface of the limbs is colored like the back, in which case there are one or more large rounded light spots. The under parts are generally dark-bluish ; the sprinkling of small white specks on the sides and beneath varies consider- ably in prominence. The large dorsal spots are always nearly circular, and vary in number ; generally only one series on each side. In living specimens from Carlisle, Pa., the iris is dark brown, without metal- lic color, scarcely distinguishable from the pupil. The color of the animal above is a deep anthracite black, beneath dull livid. On each side the dorsal line is a series of large, nearly circular, gamboge yellow spots, somewhat sym- . metrically disposed. These vary from 10 to 20 from head to tail, and sometimes are larger than the eye, usually about its size. On the sides and beneath are sparingly scattered small bluish-white specks. The spots, both yellow and bluish-white, are sometimes found on the legs. In younger individuals the yellow spots are brighter, and the black ground deeper. Cat. No. No. of Spec. Localitv. From whom received. 3950 6 tf Abbeville, S. C. J. B. Barrett (spec, descr.) 3936 1 Quebec. R. Nettle. 4084 2 Grand Coteau, La. St. Charles Coll. 3925 2 St. Louis, Mo. Dr. G. Engelman. 2 Lake Superior. J. H. Slack. 3944 1 Centre Co., Penn. S. Brugger. 3961 3 Somerville, N. Y. 3938 7 Root River, Racine, Wis. Prof. Baird. 4686 1 Cleveland, 0. Dr. Kirtland. 3963 6 Meadville, Pa. 1 Halifax, N. S. Dr. Gilper. 4077 2 Fort Towson, Red R., Ark. Dr. L. A. Edwards. 3942 3 Knoxville, Tenn. Prof. Mitchell. 3929 2 Westport, N. Y. S. F. Baird. 3930 2 Alleghany Co., N. Y. Dr. Stevens. 3926 6 Carlisle, Pa. Prof. S. F. Baird. 4086 2 Virginia. W. McDonnald. 3786 1 Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Kirtland. 3905 62 Prairie Mer-Rouge, La. Jas. Fairie. 4098 41 W.Northfield,CookCo.,Ill. R. Kennicott. Amblystoma conspersdm Cope. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 123. This is one of the smallest species of the genus, and though less stout than 1867.] 12 178 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP the two preceding, is more so than the A. j e f f e rsonianura, -which it resem- bles in general features. Skin everywhere smooth. In some specimens only a series of pores may be traced along the superciliary region, and in a line to near the nostrils : several are on the parotoid region. The skin of the body is remarkably free from visible pores, while, as usual, the superior part of the tail is thickly studded with them. The head is a broad oval, its width entering the length to the groin 4-5 times or a little more, and is a little over three- fourths distance to gular fold. Eye fissure equal to nostril and 1-75 between anterior angles, and a little more than distance between nostrils. The last distance is a little less than that between inner nares. Posterior canthus of eye a little anterior to canthus oris, anterior canthus opposite middle of upper lip from anterior point. Muzzle longer than chin. Furrows behind the orbit inconspicuous, but present. Costal grooves eleven. Tail short, everywhere compressed, measuring from its origin (at end vent) to axilla or to gular fold. No marked dorsal groove. The limbs are short, the digits long and slender. When appressed the fin- gers reach to the keel or beyond bases of fingers. Digits subcylindrical, anteri- orly 3d longest, then 2, 4, 1 ; posteriorly 4, 3, 2, 5, 1. Two small tubercles on edges of sole. Expanse of outer toes equal from end muzzle to posterior can- thus eye. Teeth in three patches, the median longest, commencing opposite inner mar- gin nares and convex to between nares or nearly so in one specimen. Tongue longer than broad, the laminar portion prolonged in two lateral bands posteri- orly. Lines. Length from snout to gular fold 4*-0 " " groin 16-25 " " end anus 19-3 " « end tail 31-9 " of mouth on median line 3. " fore arm and hand from elbow 3. " leg and foot from knee 5. Width of head 3.7 General color above leaden, below pale leaden, the latter usually bounded by the line of the limbs, but in one specimen rising as high a* the line of the eye. Lower parts of sides and sides of tail more or less varied with small whitish spots, the former often in a regular line. A similar line on the upper part of the sides is present in some specimens, in others wanting. The end of the muz- zle is sometimes pale marbled. Eight specimens of this species before me confirm its validity in every respect. Specimens of the developed young of both A. opacum and A. pun eta turn are of considerably smaller size, and maintain their peculiar colorations, and a greater width of the head, etc. From the appended localities from which it has been sent, the range is seen to be extensive : Mus. Smithsonian. No. No. Spec. Locality. Donors. 3934 3 Carlisle, Pa. S. F. Baird. 3918 1 " " Mus. Aeadenui. 1 Charleston, S. C. Dr. Ilallowell. (Spec, descr.) 2 Liberty Co., 6a. John Le Conte. (Type) 1 Chester Co., Pa. E. D. Cope. Amblyrtoma bicolob, Ilallowell. Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. 1857, 215. In the type specimen of this species, the usual supraorbital and lateral [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 179 frontal series of large pores are not discernible. In a second specimen they are well marked. In the former the skin is quite smooth, with eleven lateral grooves, and the folds of the throat and side of the head not strongly marked. The head is broad and obtuse, entering the length to the groin 3-75 times. The front convex is profile, containing the length of the fissure of the eye in its width between anterior canthus of same 2-75 times. The same measure is a trifle less than distance from same to nostril, and one and a quarter the dis- tance between the latter. These are much closer together than the inner nares. Distance between outer margin of nares equal length from end muzzle to mid- interorbital space. Dorsal line with a faint groove. Tail much compressed, equal from end vent to canthus oris. Body stout and heavy. The limbs are stout and the digits not elongate and depressed The appressed limbs overlap by the length of the toes. Two well marked palmar tubercles. Third and fourth toes nearly equal, fifth a little longer than first. Tongue large, disciform, not emarginate behind ; palatine teeth in three entirely transverse series, the interruption taking place considerably inside the line of the nares. The teeth themselves are in numerous rows on each of their bony crests, presenting a brush-like arrangement. Medium series notched behind. In. Lines Length from end muzzle to gular fold 9-75 li " to groin 2 7-2 •' " to end vent , 3 2-3 " " to end tail 5 10-05 " of mouth (straight) 6-1 " forearm and foot 6-75 " lower leg and foot 8-8 Width of head 8-75 Color above olive brown, below yellowish, olive shaded in the middle. The inferior yellow rises on the sides as short blotches ; above them are several ill-defined yellowish spots. Parotoid region yellow, with a distinct black ver- tical bar. Limbs brown cross banded ; tail yellow with brown spots. The above description is taken from the type from Beesley's Point, N. Jersej7, in Mus. Academy. Another specimen, 4692, from the same locality, in Mus. Smithsonian, differs in two important particulars ; the palatine teeth are not brush-like, but are confined to the crest of the ridge, and the tail is a little longer than the head and body. The muzzle is rather longer and the mucous pores more numerous. It may belong to another species, as the A. tigrinum, which it much resembles, but its eleven costal folds are a notable peculiarity. The A. bicolor, though nearest the tigrinum, appears distinct, after a careful scrutiny of many individuals of the latter. Amblystoma tigrinum, Baird. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci., Phila., i. 284. Salamandra tigrina Greenr v. 116, 1825. Triton tigrinus Holb., N. Amer. Herp. 1842, 579, DeKay, Nat. Hist. New York. Salamandra lurida Sager, Am. Journ. A. S. 1839, 322. Amblystoma luridum Baird, J. A. N. S. i. 284, Hallowell, 1. c. iii. 383. Amblystoma ephcopus Baird, 1. c. 292, Hallowell, J. A. N. S. iii. 354. Salamandra inyens Green, 1. c. 1831, 254. Amblystoma Hallow. Ilcterolriton Gray. General form very thick and massive, although the head is proportionally small in mature specimens ; not as broad as the body. The skin appears quite smooth when fresh, especially when covered with its epidermis. On removing this, however, the skin is seen everywhere closely covered with shallow pits, interspersed with granule-like projections of the glands. There is an indis- tinct line of pores on each side of the head interior to the eye, but they can scarcely be traced elsewhere. The parotid region is much swollen, wider than the skull, and about equal 1867.] 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP the distance from snout to gular fold. The width of the jaws is contained about 4^ times in the distance to the groin, a little more than five to the end of the anus. The gular fold is very distinct and even overlapping. Over behind the jaws and from the eye, obliquely along the side of the head and neck, are also very strongly marked. The eyes are moderate, not prominent ; the pupil similar. They are distant from the nostrils one orbit length; separated anteriorly 'U orbits. The nos- trils are separated one orbit. There is a decided constriction at the neck. The body is swollen and large ; a little depressed at its circumference, at the widest is nine-tenths the distance from snout to groin. There are twelve well marked costal furrows, from fore to hind leg ; five pelvic ; the 4th and 5th uniting just behind the anus. The tail is about equal to the distance from snout to groin ; it is subquad- rate at base ; 1| as high as wide, but becomes immediately oval in section, larger below, and more and more compressed to the lip. The edges are, how- ever, rounded to the terminal third, where they gradually become sharp. The legs are stout, thickened and rather short in proportion. The digits are much depressed ; short, triangular in shape, tapering from the broad base to the tip, which are hardened and somewhat horny in appearance. The free portion of the longest is about one-third the total length of the limb from elbow to knee; sometimes even less. In the individuals which live on land, the digits appear longer and more cylindrical. The expanse of the outstretched toes is about four-fifths the distance from snout to groin. The tougue is fleshy, broad, about half the width of the head, and with the outline of the papillose portion slightly emarginate behind. The palatine teeth of this species extend across the palate very nearly from one side of the upper jaw bone to the other. The series is only interrupted along the median line ; sometimes scarcely so. The line is obtusely angularly rounded anteriorly, the concavity behind reaching forward to about opposite the middle of the internal nares. The slightly convex anterior branches di- verge backwards regularly nearly to the line of the inner nares, where the angle of divergence becomes still greater, and the line becomes nearly straight, or even concave, anteriorly. There are considerable variations in the outline of the curve of palatine teeth, as will be given below. In alcohol this species is of a dark livid blackish brown, paler beneath. On the upper surface, generally on the side of the tail and limbs, are nearly circu- lar yellow spots, about the size of the eye, and generally sharply defined. These are much like those of A. punclatum. though not quite so distinct, and although a faint indication of arrangement in ten dorsal rows may be traced, yet these are less symmetrically disposed, and single ones are scattered between the others along the back. Similar scattered spots are seen along the belly, which again is bordered, as on the lower part of the sides, with larger, more quadrate spots, which are more or less confluent, giving rise to elongated blotches, overpowering the ground color. This is also sometimes the case on the belly, and almost always on the chin, or beneath the head and neck. The rounded spots above sometimes vary considerably in size, and oc< a- sionally are almost wanting. Sometimes they are more or less confluent, in which case there is usually a predominance of yellow on the belly. In a large series of specimens, I have not observed any vertical yellow bands on the *m<- of the tail. In the young just perfected from the larva the upper parts are dark brown. the under parts uniform, of a brownish yellow apparently. The yellow spots next make their appearance, becoming more and more prominent to a certain age. In very old specimens the dorsal spots become indistinct, but may generally be discovered when held under water or alcohol. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 Dimensions of 4691. From snout along axial line to end of mouth -55 " " " gular fold 1-00 " " " groin 3-50 " " " end of anus 4-40 " " » " tail 8-00 Width of head -80 Fore arm from elbow -80 Hind leg from knee 1-10 The largest specimen before me measures ten inches (4003, Racine). In this the tail from behind anus is as long as the rest of the animal. DeKay de- scribes one of eleven inches in length. Measurement of a typical specimen of the var. tigrinum. 4692. (1.) Length from snout to end of mouth along median line -45 " " " gular fold -90 " " " groin 3-10 " " " behind anus 3-75 " " " tip of tail 7-55 " of tail 3-80 Width of head -70 Fore arm from elbow -75 Hind leg from knee -95 Greatest height of tail -65 Stretch of hind legs 2-80 In this variety the most appreciable difference in color consists in the ten- dency to transverse or vertical bars of yellowish on the side of the tail more or less confluent. I find no difference in form between the two series of the supposed A. episcopum now at hand, 3899 and 3887, and young specimens of A. lundum, as 3971. from Marietta, Ohio. The color above is light reddish brown, the sides a sharply defined dusky brown ; the belly of a lighter shade of the color of the back. There are some very obsolete indications of whitish spots in the belly and sides. I am by no means convinced that these are not light colored varie- ties of A. luridum. I have, however, not been able to find the original speci- men. The following examination of the nature of the variation to which this species is subject, and their causes, may be added to the preceding diagnosis from Baird's MS. The color varieties are as follows : a. Uniform brown above, yellow below, sides darker brown ; 3887, 3899, three specimens. l3. Blackish brown, with small scattered yellow spots above, and large ones on the sides; the majority of the individuals; Nos. 4003,4097,4691,3974, 3895, 3966, 3983, 3970, 3950, 2971, 4G92, 4706, and eight in Mus. Academy. y. Nearly equally and not coarsely marbled above with blotches of deep brown and bright yellow ; 4059. S. Entirely yellow, with brown linear patches irregularly arranged : tj'pe of A. ingens from New Orleans ; one specimen. The above coloration varieties, it will be observed, coincide in part with those of A. m a v o r t i u m. The conditions of preservation of immature stages in the dentition are as follows : A. Palatine series nearly entirely transverse behind the internal Dares; eight specimens, all from New Jersey, except two from Root River, Wisconsin, 4093, and one from Louisiana, 4706. All are fully developed, and many of the largest size ; one of 4093 has the postnarial dental series separated on one 1867.] 18 1 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF side. Of these, the largest example of the species is from Root river; with the other mentioned, the width of the head enters the length of the groin 4-5 times ; and the tail is longer than head and body ; the same relations are seen in two New Jersey specimens. Two from the latter State have the long tail, but the width of the head is only one-fourth length to groin, while one of the same have the longer body (4*5 times) but the tail shorter than head and body ; two specimens have both the short body ami tail. The elongation of the tail and body scarcely occurs in connection with any other type of denti- tion, and it is mentioned here to show the greater general completeness of de- velopment in these Eastern individuals. B. Series slightly arched, not passing between nares. Two specimens large. In No. 3993 both outer segments are well separated from the median ; the tail is longer than head and body, and width of jaws 4-33 to line of groin ; this individual is aberrant. C. Series angulated, not extending anterior to anterior margin inner nares ; Nos. 3956, 2971, 3983, 3895, 3899a, embracing five specimens. Three large sp. in Academy Mus. and type of A. ingens Green in same. This last specimen is peculiar in some respects, as already noted in coloration. The head is relatively a little wider than in other specimens of the same large size, the width entering the length to the groin four times, as in individuals of the smaller average size of the species. The length of the eye fissure enters 2-5 times the interorbital width, instead of twice, though in one of equal size from Root River it enters 2-2 times. The nares are not more than usually sep- arated, hence the muzzle is more contracted than usual ; it is also depressed in profile, but not more than in some other specimens. I believe it not to be a distinct species, but a form dependent on causes similar to those producing others here enumerated, and not more permanent than these so long as those causes are not universal. In other words, it is a large specimen with teeth, head and tail of adult character, but body and muzzle more larval. The fold on the hind leg and outer toe, mentioned by Green, is not marked, or different from that seen in the species generelly. No. 4097, sixteen specimens from W. Illinois, two have the series divided into four ; 4093, two sp. ; No. 4691, Cook Co., 111., thirty-four specimens, one has the three interruptions, and five, with one of 4093, a median, making two series of teeth. Of series C, the tongue is of normal size and the branchiae absori ed, ex- cept in twelve specimens, No. 469 L , of which five present stumps of the branchiae; and two, 4097, where both the tongue is very small and the gill stumps remain. The width of the head is -25 to groin, and the tail never longer than head and body. I). Median series arched, extending anterior to anterior margin of inner nares. One specimen, 3900, is fully developed in all other points. E. Palatine series angulated, extending anterior to inner nares' anterior bor- der. Nos. 4057, 3974, 3070, two of 4093, 3887, 3897b, four of 4097, nine of 4691. All of these have the short head and tail given in the preliminary diagnosis. The small or larval tongue occurs in one of 4093, 3070, 3974, nine of 4091, two of 4o:»7 ; branchial rudiments remain in two of 4097, and nine of 4691. No. 4057 is remarkable in having a very small tongue and short deep tail, no stumps of branchiae, and brilliant coloration, with large size and gene- ral adult appearance. It compares with certain specimens | 1693, 3984), of A, m a v orti u m in this strong retention of some larval characters, and like them is from northern Minnesota, a region noted for its cold and late seasons. Measurements of No. Ki57. Length of snout to end of ^rape of mouth -55 " " gular fold 1-00 " " groin 3-50 " " behind anus 4-30 [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 Length of snout to end of tail (about) 8-55 " of tail about 4-25 Depth of tail (at end vent) 195 Width of head 1-00 Fore arm from elbow "90 Hind leg from knee 1" 10 Stretch of hind leg 3-40 A specimen entirely similar except in size and coloration, was found by Dr. Horn, near Beesley's Pt., New Jersey, a well known locality for the species. The tail is remarkably thick and deep at the base, and only equal from its basis to the canthus of mouth. A groove in the dorsal line behind, tail not grooved. The color is a dark leaden brown, sprinkled everywhere with small yellow spots; spots large, on tail ; belly yellowish. Total length 6 in. 5 1. From the preceding investigation we gather that larval characters in this species are in part only cotemporaneous ; that the branchiae are lost first, the tongue develops next and the teeth last That the development extends in older age to the lengthening of the body and tail. That the progress may be arrested at a time when different degrees of combination of these and other fea- tures exist. That reproduction may take place at any of such different stages, is evident from the condition of development of the ova of many of the various specimens ; and it is known to take place in other species at earlier stages than any recorded here as adult. It is also to be noted that specimens from New Jersey are almost always more fully developed than those from the western regions ; the former is a warmer district than the latter. Of two specimens from New Orleans, how- ever, one only exhibits the dentitional characters of the New Jersey individ- uals. The characters cmmon to the western individuals have occasioned the opinion that it was another species, which was called A. luridum. Axolotls. or reproducing Amblystoma larvae from Mexico, have recently reproduced in the Garden of Plants, as before stated, and the offspring have lost most of their larval features remarkably early. Prof. Dumeril finds the teeth of these specimens to resemble those of the supposed A. luridum, and adds that they may belong to that species. This is not probable from the habitat. The A. m a vo r t i um extends into Northern Mexico, as far as the limits of the Fauna Nearctica, and it is more likely to prove to be this species. It must, be observed that this large species, whose description follows, differs absolutely only in the broader muzzle, and wider separation of the outer nares. The A. t i gri n um retains in this case a feature characteris- tic of the larva of A. mav or t iu m and of all other Siredon species. The range of color variation is only partly different in the two, but the majority of specimens of each belong to different color types. Each occupy a differ ent geographical area, both of which are well marked in the distribution of many other reptiles. Nevertheless, ultimately I think it quite possible that they will have to be viewed as developmental forms like so many other supposed species, which are not sufficiently isolated from one another at the present time to warrant them distinct places and names in the system. The Siredon of the Table Land of Mexico is different from those of the species described in this essay, as already pointed out.* As the metamor- phosed stage, if existing, has not yet been obtained, I introduce it into this synopsis by name only. Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 3979 Detroit. Dr. A. Sager (type of A. luridum). 4691 40 (ad.) W. Northfield, 111. R. Kennicott. 4097 30 N. Illinois. 4003 6 Racine. Wis. Dr. Hoy. 3983 1 Rock Island, 111. J. D. Sergeant. 1867.] *Proc. A. N. Sei., Phil., 1866, 300. 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 3992 2 S. Illinois. R. Kennicott. 3974 4 Columbus, 0. L. Lesquereaux. 3971 1 Marietta, 0. Prof. Andrews. 4706 2 Grand Coteau, La. St. Charles College. 3966 2 Mississippi. Dr. Shumard. 3956 (30) 1 New York. J. C. Brevoort. 3895 1 St. Louis. Dr. Rngelman. 3993 1 Russellville, Ky. (1852) Dr. Geo. R. Bibb. 4040 2 Lake Encenito, 111. J. Potts. 3899 2 Detroit. Mich. Dr. A. Sager. 3887 1 Ann Arbor, Mich. S. F. Baird. 4707 1 Racine, S. F. Baird. 4059 1 Fort Ripley, Minn. Dr. J. F. Head. 4692 3 Beesley's Pt., N. J. S. F. Baird. Amblystoma mexicanum Cope. Gyrinus m. (1800?) Shaw and Nodder, Nat. Misc., pi. 342. 343. Siren pisci- formis (1802?) Shaw, Gen. Zool. Amph., p 612. Siredon axolotl (1833) Wagler, Jones' Amph., pi. 20; Axolotl (1811) Cuv., Rept. dout. in Humb., Obs. Zool. 104, pi. 14. J/i/poethon pisciformis (1829) Gravenhorst, Del. Mus. Vratislav., p. 89. Acholotes guttatus, (July, 1844,) R. Owen. Ann. and Mag. Xat. Hist, xiv., p. 23. ? Lakes, City of Mexico. Dr. C. Sartorius. 4. Table Land, Mexico. Amblystoma mavortidm Baird. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1847, 292. Hallowell, 1. c. iii. A. proserpine Baird. Hallowell, 1. c. 354. A. maculatum Hallowell, 1. c. 355, Proceed. 1857,215. Camarataxis maculata Cope, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 122. A. nebulosum Hallowell, Sitgreave's Rep. Zuni and Colorado, J. A. N. Sci. iii. 352. A. cati- forniense Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853, 11, Tab. Desmiostoma macu- latum Sager, Peninsular Journ. Medicine, 1858, 428. Palatine teeth in a transverse series, more or less angular anteriorly : reach- ing to the posterior border of the inner Dares, or one diameter beyond. The angle Bometimes flattened or rounded. The series scarcely or not at all inter- rupted on the median line ; never (?) on the limbs, which are generally a little undulatory. Inner nostrils separated by the same space as the outer. Tongue broader than long ; more than half the width of the head ; thick and fleshy. Body very heavy, with 12 costal furrows. Head very broad, contained about 3.J times in distance from snout to groin. Tail about equal to the same dis- tance, much compressed from the base. Males in breeding season with a dis- tinct fin from near the base of the tail above, and from beyond the middle be- low; tail more oval at other seasons. Cloacal region of male much swollen, emarginate — angular behind. Legs moderate ; digits much depressed, very broad at base; triangular, and adapted for swimming. Free portion of digits about one-third the distance from their tips to elbow or knee. General color dark brown or blackish ; in alcohol varied with blotches of yellow. These are disposed along the median line of the back and tail (ex- tending down on the sides) as transverse ellipsoid bands of large size, perhaps equal to the space between the costal grooves. The blotches of opposite sides sometimes alternate, sometimes are opposite, and are frequently continent here and there, which is generally the case on the tail, where they form yellow, en- circling rings interrupted below. Along the sides of belly and lower part of the sides is a similar series of yellow ellipses, but usually larger; those of the same side usually somewhat confluent, sometimes entirely so. leaving a dusky ■itral line of the belly. The limbs are blotched black or Yellow. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185 The yellow sometimes predominates so as to almost form the ground color, encroaching largely, too, on the yellow of the belly. In general, however, there is little or no tendency to anastomosis or reticulation of the dark inter- spaces as in an allied species. Smaller rounded irregularly scattered spots of yellow are seldom if ever seen as in A. var. luridum. The ground color is sometimes uniformly dusky above, although the lighter transverse ellipsis can usually be made out; perhaps they are always appre- ciable in Life. In the preceding general description I have endeavored to represent the dis- tinguishing features of what I believe to be a single species, varying very much in shape of palatine teeth, proportions, color, etc. From the synonymy it will be seen that I combine under the oldest name of mavortium, proserpine, and nebu- losum. Although the type specimens of these supposed species differ suf- ciently among each other, yet there are sufficient connecting links in the large series before me, and it would be no difficult task to pick out a dozen more specimens each as distinct from each other and the above as the latter are among themselves. One great source of the diversity of character in different specimens of this protean species is to be found in the very different size of specimens in the same stage of growth, while in some the full metamorphosis will have been accomplished with a length of three or four inches ; in others the branchiae are still visible at a much greater size. In one female specimen of 8 inches in length (4978) the branchiae are still appreciable, the fissures in the neck not being closed up, although the ovaries and oviduct would indicate that it was captured when in full breeding condition. This embryonic tendency is almost always indicated further by shorter gape of the mouth; the tongue smaller, flatter, more adherent, not at all or very little free at the edges, and little or not at all papillose, but exhibiting a cartilaginous surface. The palatine teeth in the embryonic state are alone usually more arched anteriorly ; more or less parallel with the maxillary series ; less prominent above the soft palate, and extending to a less distance laterally. The digits are more depressed, their outlines more oval than triangular, the 3d and 4th toes and 2d and 3d fingers more nearly equal. The development of the different embryonic conditions may be carried on very unequally in different specimens, so that it is very unsafe to base specific characters upon small individuals, or even upon large ones in which there is the slightest indication of the branchial slits or their tufts. The same adult individual differs, too, in different seasons. While some spe- cies appear to reside almost entirely in water, others do so only partially. Even the same specimen may pass a more aquatic life in one year than in another. A more persistent residence in water is shown by the broader and more depressed digits, higher and more compressed tail, and more or less de- cided ridge (sometimes even membranous). I have no doubt that an animal, while possessing these features in marked degree when in the water, would lose them to a measurable extent after a lengthened residence on land. This aqua- tic habit is generally greatest during the breeding season. The preceding diagnosis and remarks are taken entire from Prof. Baird's manuscript. I will further extend and illustrate the same, and add that the names A californiense and A. maculalum have been applied by Gray and Hallo- well, and Desmioatoma maculatum, by Sager, to forms of this species. Various changes of form during the late metamorphosis of this animal have been already enumerated in the prefatory remarks on the genus. A feature of difference mentioned above, the varying length of the fourth digit, appears to be quite independent of other developmental conditions. In a specimen in the Mus Academy, from Kansas, this digit has but three phalanges on both feet ; in another from the same locality 3 on one, 4 on the other foot, and the same oc- curs in No. 3994 Mus Smithsonian. In all the other specimens at my disposal they are, as in this section of the genus, 4 — 4. 1867.] 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP The varieties of this species, which maybe distinguished by their coloration are as follows : a. (c a 1 i fo miens e.) Blackish, with slightly paler belly; a series of large oval yellow spots on lower part of side and tail (in one specimen a few on each side of dorsal line). System of mucous pores well developed, especi- ally below ramus of the jaw on each side. From California only ; eight speci- mens ; No. 4081. /3. Brown, yellowish below ; larger lateral and smaller dorsal yellow spots, irregularly arranged. Fewer mucous pores on each side the gular region. Fourteen specimens ; mostly from Kansas ami Nebraska, one from Missouri, one from lat. 38°, two from New Mexico, and two from Chihuahua. Nos. 4065, 4040, 3955a, 4062, 4084, 4908, 3984a. The type of A nebulosum belongs here. There is no material difference between this and the coloration of A. tigri- n um. y. Ground brown, crossed by transverse yellow bands, which inosculate more or less on the dorsal region, so as to obscure, sometimes almost entirely, the ground ; mucous pores as in the last; belly with a median dark or black band. Sometimes the yellow is shaded with olive. Nos. 4613, 4705, 3990, 4703, 4694 to '99, 3955, 4078, 4079, 4066, 3982, 5359, 4082, 3994. No. 4020 might be assigned to either /? or y. S. Ground olive, with numerous small brown spots; otherwise as above. No. 4693 and the type of A. maculatum in Mus. Academy. t. Brown above, yellowish below ; otherwise as above ; 3984b, 4702, 3992, 3955b ; from most diverse localities. £. Color as in y, the yellow leaving only inosculating lines of brown ; no frontal, nasal or mandibular series of mucous pores; 4698 one specimen So much to the principal of ornamental variation ; the following are the forms resulting from unequal development of parts ; the reader will observe by the numbers how partially they coincide with each other and with the preceding. Type A. Palatine teeth in a gentle arch convex forwards, not extending be- tween nares ; the teeth (but not the ridge) interrupted inside the series behind the nares. Nos. 4908 and 5359 (2 sp.); in all respects fully grown, the former not more than half the size of the usual type. Approach distantly A. tris- r u p t u m Cope. Type B. Palatine teeth forming a straight series on each side, meeting at a more or less open angle between the nares. Most of the specimens : Nos. 4702, 3992, 4705, 4613, 4065, 4040, 4698, 3990, 4703, 4694 to '99, 4081, 3955, 4079. Of these the angle of the tooth series does not extend beyond the anterior mar- gin of the nares in twenty-six specimens, of which one exhibits a small, unde- veloped tongue, and none have the stumps of the branchiae remaining, In eleven specimens the angle extends beyond this point (in 3990 and another ap- proaching an arch in form) ; and of these the tongue is small and larval in six, and in one of these stumps of the branchiae remain ; this last is of medium size only, but Nos. 4693 and 3694 are large, the first very large; they add the lar- val character of a short, deep tail. It is to be noted that these specimens are from Minnesota and the borders of British America, regions subject to great cold, to which cause we may, with much probability, assign their characters. Two individuals presenting the same peculiarities are described under the head of A. tigrinum. of two specimens from Chihuahua, fully developed, the teeth are of the two types : of eight from California one presents the second type only; it is otherwise fully developed. Type ('■ Tin' postnarial portion of the palatine series has nearly or quite assumed its transverse position, while the median series remains in its larval arch, extending more or less in advance of the nares. Eight specimens, four of the largest size : 3955a, 40 78, 4062, 4084; two Mus. Academy, one type of A. maculatum Hall. Of these two have the small tongue and traces of branchise, while four are fully developed in these respects. Type D. Palatine scries forming a parabolic arch from one extremity to the * [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 187 other, extending in advance of the nares. Three specimens, two of them of full but not large size ; one of the former full double the size of others from the same locality (the Platte Valley), which are referred to Types C and B, has larval tongue and branchial stumps. The others, 4066, with larval tongue, but the branchiae absorbed. Here may be mentioned a remarkable specimen, 3982, which is in all other respects fully developed, where the larval arch of teeth remains, but has be- come open and slightly transverse, extending but little beyond the anterior margin of the nares. It is intermediate between Types D and A, and is the result of a retardation in development of the larval arch, while Type B is produced by a retardation or preservation of the oblique lateral series of the larva, at the expense of the arch. I add here a description of the var. calif o rni e nse, for the sake of de- termination of varieties and species that may be found hereafter. The proportions of this variety and general character of the glands, pits, etc., appear much like those of A. var. luridum, in some respects of A. punctatum. I do not detect any patches of large pores on the top of the head and neck in one specimen, but in another a series of large whitish dots beneath the epidermis seems to indicate their presence. Of these one patch is placed on top of head within the orbit; another on the parotid region. Some pores, however, are distinctly visible behind the angle of the mouth, sending for- ward a series along the margin of the lower jaw, under the chin. The head is broad but also long, the width being decidedly less than the distance from snout to gular fold. The gape is very large, the length nearly two-thirds the width. The width in seven specimens is contained 4j times in the distance from snout to groin ; in one specimen four times only. The eyes are separated only by 2| lengths of the orbit. The tongue is very large, nearly filling the whole lower jaw. It is three- fourths the width of the head. There is quite a difference in the character of the palatine teeth of the ten specimens before me. In both the central part of the series forms a decided V; the angle sharp, and reaching to the line of the anterior margin of the inner nostrils. The limbs extend backwards slightly in an S shape to a short distance behind the inner nostrils and in line with their inner border, and then connect with the external segment of the palatine series, which extend (nearly transversely but a little oblique backwards) to a line with the outer margin of the inner nostrils. In both specimens the two sides of the palatine series are not symmetrical and of unequal length, one specimen showing a distinct interval between the central V and the lateral segment, as well as at the angle of the V; in the other these four elements are continuous. There appear to be 12 costal furrows. The tail is compressed but not high ; in one specimen it is as long as head and body ; in another shorter; shows a sharp ridge above from near the base and from the terminal half below in one specimen; not so much in another. The limbs are well de- veloped ; the digits depressed and triangular, but less so than in many aquatic Amblystomata, as A. luridum. The color of the species is blackish in alcohol, rather paler below. On each side of the belly or lower part of the sides of body and tail is a series of bright sulphur yellow spots, mostly nearby circular, sometimes oblong, and varying in size, though generally larger than the orbit. The spots are few iu number — five or six from head to tail, and four or five on the side of tail. In one of the specimens are some smaller rounded spots on each side of the dorsal line ; three or four in each series; these are not symmetrically disposed, as in A. punctatum. As Dr. Gray remarks, this species has a certain resemblance externally to A. punctatum, which, however, never exhibits the series of spots on the side 1867.] 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP of belly and lower part of sides of body and tail, the spots being confined to the vicinity of the median line above. In var. californiense, when dorsal spots occur, they are less regular, though of much the same size. In var. luridum the yellow spots are much smaller, more numerous and more scattered; very prominent on the belly. There are many essential differences in form from punctatum, as the more widely separated external nostrils, the anterior angle of the palatines, the depressed short digits, more compressed and sharply ridged tail, etc. A description of a specimen of color var. y may also be useful for reference. The form is very heavy and clumsy ; the head very broad ; the gape twice as wide as long. The inner nares arc about as tar apart as the outer. The gular fold is very distinct and overlapping; the neck much constricted. The body is very large. There is no dorsal groove distinctly evident. The tail is much compressed, and elevated. Iu the specimen selected there is a sharp ridge above and below, near the tip. The limbs are rather short; the digits very broad at the base, triangular, and much depressed. There is little appreciable difference in the length of the third and fourth toes. The tongue is very broad, wider than long, filling the rami anteriorly, and considerably more than half the width of the head. The palatine teeth form anearly continuousseries, nearly straight, but slightly obtuse anteriorly where it reaches to the line of the posterior border of the inner nares. Laterally the series extends one diameter of the inner nares be- yond their outer margin. The limbs of the very obtuse V are not straight, but slightly bow-shaped. There is a slight interruption along the median line. The ground color is purplish-black, with transversely elongated blotches of yellow. These appear to be arranged in one dorsal series on each side the median line of the back (coming up to it, and the opposite ones sometimes confluent), and another on the side of the belly of larger size, and ascending high on the sides. The latter are sometimes more or less confluent on the same side. The central region of the belly is generally of the dark ground color. There may be six or eight of these blotches from head to base of tail, and as many on the side of the tail, where, indeed, they generally form yellow rings, interrupted below. The limbs are blotched black and yellow in about equal proportions. Professor Sager has described, with considerable care, a branchiate sala- mander, as given in the synonymy, which I think is a larva of this species. His description points out sundry details of its external and internal organiza- tion, which do not differ from those noticed in this species. In the same connection it may be mentioned that Prof. Van der Hoeven has recently described a "perrenni branchiate." which hecalls Sirenodon, which appeal's to correspond with the larva of Spelerpes, while Neeturus* is identical with that of Batrachoseps. Proportional dimensions. specimen 4081. Var. californierue. Petal um a. Soft sp. Width head, to distance from snout to gular fold 1} " " " groin 4J From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin... 3| " " " " behind anus, 4J Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 2J " from eyes to nostrils " " 1A " between external nostrils, " " I?! << " internal " " " not 'J Width of tongue, to width of head * See Journal A. N. S., 1800. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip, not quite 3 " " toe " knee to tip 3 Length tail from behind anus, to rest of animal less. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape *40 " " " " gular fold -85 " " " " armpit 1-25 " " " " groin 3-00 " " " " behind anus 3-75 " " " " end of tail 6-20 Width of head -70 " tongue -45 Length of orbit -18 Distance between eyes anteriorly -40 " " outer nostrils -30 " " inner nostrils , -30 " '•' armpit and groin 1-75 Height of tail where highest -30 Breadth " " -18 Free portion of longest finger -28 From elbow to tip of longest linger -80 Free portion of longest toe -30 From knee to tip of longest toe -90 Distance between outstretched toes 2 85 Proportional dimensions. Specimen 3955 (1). Var. mavortium. Fort Bliss. Length of gape of mouth, to its width £ Width, to distance from snout to gular fold equal. " " " groin cont. 3£ times. " " " behind anus 4£ " From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 3 £ From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to behind anus 4i Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 3 " from eyes to nostrils " " 1-j- " between external nostrils " " nearly 2 " " internal " " " 2\ Width of tongue, to width of head rather more than i. Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip 3 Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from knee to tip nearly 4 Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin once. Length tail from behind anus, to rest of animal nearly equal. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape -60 11 " " gular fold l-oo " " groin 3 50 " " behind anus 4-50 " " end of tail 4-00 Width of head 105 " tongue .55 Length of tongue .45 " orbit , -22 1867.] U u u ii (1 u 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMT OP Distance between eyes anteriorly "65 " " outer nostrils '40 " " inner " -45 Height of tail where highest '75 Breadth " " -45 Free portion of longest finger "30 From elbow to tip of longest finger -95 Free portion of longest toe "32 From knee to tip of longest toe 1-15 Distance between outstretched toes 3-50 Proportional dimensions of Spec. 4082, type of var proserpine. Tamaulipas. Length of gape of mouth, to its width more than half- Width, to distance from snout to gular fold not quite equal- " " " groin nearly 4. " " " behind anus 4£-|- From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 3J From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to behind anus 4 Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 3 " from eyes to nostrils " " 1 " between external nostrils, " " 2 nearly. « " internal " " " 2 " Width of tongue, to width of head more than half. Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip 3 times. Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from knee to tip 3 times. Length tail from behind anus, to rest of animal less. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape -34 « " " gular fold -60 " " " armpit -90 " " " groin 2-00 " " " behind anus 2.40 « " " end of tail 4-10 Width of head -52 Distance between eyes anteriorly *32 " " outer nostrils '23 " " inner nostrils "24 Height of tail where highest "2 5 Breadth " " '12 Free portion of longest finger '20 From elbow to tip of longest linger "60 Free portion of longest toe '19 From knee to tip of longest toe -61 Distance between outstretched toes l'T5 Proportional dimensions of Spec. 4696. Cimarron R. Length of gape of mouth, to its width about one-halt. Width, to distance from snout to gular fold equal. " '• " groin 4 From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 4 [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to behind anus nearly 5. Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 3 " from eyes to nostrils " " 1& " between external nostrils, " " nearly 2. ." " internal " li " 2 Width of tongue, to width of head little over £. Free portion of longest finge.r contained in distance from elbow to tip 3^ Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from knee to tip 3£ Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin about equal. Width of body compared with that of head equal. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape -55 " " " gular fold 1-00 '< " " armpit 1-55 » « « groin 3-90 " " " behind anus 4-75 << « " end of tail 8-75 Width of head 1-00 Length of orbit "20 Distance between eyes anteriorly '56 " " outer nostrils '35 " " inner " -36 Circumference of belly 3-75 Distance between armpit and groin 2-25 Height of tail where highest "70 Breadth " " -40 Free portion of longest finger "27 From elbow to tip of longest finger "95 Free portion of longest toe "32 From knee to tip of longest toe 1*25 Distance between outstretched toes 3-55 Cat. No. No. of spec. Locality. From whom received. 3990 1 New Mexico. Dr. J. Le Conte, type of spec. 4084 1 " " " " 4702 1 San Francisco Mts., Nev. { ^i ^T^' type °f A' 3955 5 Fort Bliss, N. M. Dr. S. W. Crawford. 4065 1 Mimbres R. Dr. Webb. 4078 (35) 1 Fort Thorn. Dr. Henry. 4705 1,^ Fort Union, Neb. Dr. Hayden. 4066 1 Rock Creek, K. T. Lt. Bryan, W. S. Wood. 4079 1 Fort Benton. Dr. Hayden. 4062 1 Rocky Mts. Capt. Beckwith. 4698 1 Bridgers Pass. Lt. Bryan, W. S. Wood. 4011 1 Sand Hills of Platte. Dr. Hayden. 3982 1 Ft. Pierre. Th. A. Culbertson. 4020(84) 2 Fort Laramie. Dr. Hayden (proserpinc?). 4695 Fort Riley. Dr. W. A. Hammond. 4694 (2) $ Mo. of Cimarron. J. H. Clark. 4697 (365) J1 Lower Platte. Dr. J. H. Cooper. 4696 J1 N. Fork of Canadian. J.H.Clark. 4699 Cimarron R., near Salt Plains. " 4082(91) 3 Tamaulipas. Dr. Edwards, type proserpine. 1867.] 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 4057 1 New Mexico. Ed. Kern. 3984 Lac qui Parle, Minn. S. R. Riggs. 4693 N. Red River, H. B. T. C. Cavileer. 4081 2 Petaluma, Cal. E. Samuels, soft spec. desc. Numerous specimens from near San Francisco in Mus. Compar. Zoology. Amblystoma obscurum Baird. M. S. Species nova. In the greatly corrugated condition of the present specimen, it is impossi- ble to make out any satisfactory description of the integuments. They, how- ever, appear much as in the other stout aquatic species. The head is very broad, and the gape unusually large. The internal nostrils are very large ; their width half the diameter of the eye; the distance between their inner borders is the same as that between the outer. The tongue is large, broader than long ; its width about two-thirds that of the upper jaw. The palatine teeth are in four series collectively, forming a broad inverted V; the angle is anterior, and would be quite sharp but that there is an in- terruption along the median line. The branches reach as far forward as the anterior border of the inner nostrils. They are decidedly concave antero- externally. The two inner anterior sections of the palatine series are each about twice the length of the external ones; they fall short of the inner bor- der of the inner nares by nearly a diameter of the latter, which space sepa- rates them from the outer section, which, immediately behind the inner nares, are about as long as the latter are wide, and do not pass exterior to their outer border. As nearly as can be ascertained, there are twelve costal furrows. The tail is compressed, but not high. The color appears to have been of a uniform brown above and on the sides ; brownish-yellow beneath ; on the sides, darker vertical blotches can be de- tected in the single specimen before me; similarly indistinct markings are visible on the tail. The very convex frontal region, and the concave interrupted series of teeth alone distinguish this species from the A. mavortium of the brown variety. It differs from A. tigrinum in much larger inner nares, and more widely separated nostrils ; the inner borders of the two being at about the same dis- tance, instead of having the latter more approximated. The tongue is wider, as well as the head. The teeth are more V-shaped, reach farther forward ; the outline of the limbs of the V is concave antero-extcrnally, and inter- rupted by spaces equal to the wide nostrils; the outer sections not extending beyond the nostrils. Measurements. In. Lin. Length (along axis) from snout to gape 7-8 " " " gularfold 12.75 " " " axilla 1 8-75 " " •' groin 4 115 " " " behind vent 5 015 " " oftail 3 2- " from elbow to tip of longest finger 12.75 " " knee " " toe 1 4 f. Width of head at angle jaw 10 9 " between eyes anteriorly 61 " " external nares , 45 No. No. of spec. Locality. From Whom. 3994 1 Fort Des Moines, Iowa. W. F. Moore. Amblystoma xiphias Cope. Spec. nov. The specimen selected as the type of the description has the skin somewhat [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 193 altered by alcohol, so that an exact description cannot be made of the glands, pits and pores. There does not, however, appear to be any material differ- ence from A. tigrinum in these respects. The head appears small in proportion to the size of the animal, and the cheeks unusually swollen ; the width of the head is contained five times in the distance to groin. The mandible projects beyond the end of the muzzle. The eyes are rather small, distant three lengths of the orbit. The inner nos- trils are considerably more distant than the outer. The tongue is large and fleshj', filling the rami anteriorly, and more than half the width of the head. The inner nostrils are quite lateral. The palatine teeth form a very obtuse angle anteriorly, reaching to about op- posite the middle of the inner nares, and extending laterally beyond them by about one diameter. There is a slight, interruption along the median line, but no appreciable one elsewhere. The limbs of the V are not straight, but form a double curve (scarcely appreciable) on each side. There are twelve costal grooves ; others are not appreciable, except those at the base of the tail. The tail is very long, considerably exceeding the rest of the animal ; much compressed from the base, though not elevated. Oval in cross section, and only becoming sharp near the tip, without any crest. No grooves are visible along dorsal or ventral outline. There do not appear to be any peculiarities in the feet distinguishing it from other aquatic Amblystomas. The color of this species is a yellowish-olive ; brighter yellow beneath, with more or less anastomasing or reticulating bands of well-defined brown on the back and sides, and a few rounded spots of the same on the belly. These bands in width average perhaps the diameter of the eye, though varia- ble in this respect. ' Compared with A. tigrinum this species has a proportionally smaller head, much longer tail, and different color ; yellow predominating in the one, and brown in the other. The relationship, however, appears to be very close. The digits perhaps are narrower, though also triangular and de- pressed. A large Amblystoma mavortium, No. 4705, from Fort Union, at the mouth of the \ellowstone, with the same coloration as the preceding, differs in rather shorter tail, the ridge of which is more acute ; broader toes ; and a con- siderably broader and otherwise different head, the width of which is con- tained about four times in distance from snout to groin, not five times. The palatine teeth do not extend laterally beyond the centres of the inner nostrils, which are separated more widely than are the outer. The tongue is larger and more fleshy. The dusky marks on the tail are not reticulated, but transverse, and the under side is dusky, not yellow. This very great and marked difference in the form and size of the head of the two specimens, although that with the smaller head is considerably the larger of the two, in- dicates the distinctness of the species. Measurements. In. Lin. Length (along axis) from snout to gape 7.25 " " " gular fold 1 0- " " " axilla 1 11.25 " " " groin 4 2-5 " " " behind vent 5 3- " of tail G " from knee to tip of longest toe 1 31 Width of head at, angle jaw 10-5 " between eyes anteriorly '. 65 " external nares 3-7 1867.] 13 191 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Mus. No. No. of Spec. Locality. Donor. 4135 1 Columbus, Ohio. Leo Lesquereaux. Amblystoma trisruptum Cope. Spec. nov. The species is stout and heavy in build ; the head very broad, and much depressed. The skin is granulated by contraction of the alcohol, but in re- spect to glands, pits, etc., appears much like other species. There is, how- ever, a decided feature in certain particles which crowd the parotid region, and are seen also on the top of the head along the inner margin of the orbit, and perhaps below the eye. I have not noticed this character in any other species east of the Rocky Mountains. The head is broad, ovate, rather pointed anteriorly. The inner and outer nostrils nearly the same distance apart. The tongue is broader than long, more than half the width of the head, filling the interspace of the rami ante- riorly. The teeth are in four very distinct patches, with decided intervals. They form one transverse series, nearly straight centrally (where they are in a liue with the posterior border of the internal nares), but curving slightly back- wards laterally. The two central patches are wider than the lateral, which vary a little in length, and are separated by an interval half the diameter of the inner nares ; their distance from the exterior patches is about twice as great, the centre of the interval falling about opposite to the inner border of inner nares. The outer patches extend about half a diameter beyond the outer border of inner nares. The remaining external characters of the specimen are not different from • those of A. t i g r i n u m. The colors of the specimen are much obscured by preservation. It appears to have been of a uniform dark blackish or bluish-brown, with a single series of large transversely elliptical blotches of yellow from head to tip of tail, half in body and half in tail, the foremost one rounded, and placed behind the eyes. Those of opposite sides nearly meet on the back, and are confluent on the upper edge of the tail. This is the only species I have seen of the group in which a strictly trans- verse series of palatine teeth behind the eye is divided into four groups. Proportional dimensions. Spec. 4068. Ocate River, N. M. $ . Length of gape of mouth, to its width little more than half- Width, to distance from snout to gular fold not quite equal. " " groin 4 times. From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 3£ Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 3 " from eyes to nostrils " " lj- " between external nostrils, " " not quite 2 " " internal " " " 2 Width of tongue, to width of head over £ Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip little over 3 times. Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from knee to tip 3£ Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin about equal. Length tail from behind anus, to rest of animal less. Pec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 195 Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape '45 " « " gular fold -90 » " " armpit 1"45 k « '< groin 3*15 '< « '< behind anus 380 » » " end of tail .... 6-80 Width of bead '80 " tongue '45 " orbit "18 Distance between eyes anteriorly '50 " " outer nostrils '22 " " inner " '30 " " armpit and groin l'y0 Height of tail where highest , '46 Breadth " " '24 Free portion of longest finger '26 From elbow to tip of longest finger '90 Free portion of longest toe '29 From knee to tip of longest toe '96 Distance between outstretched toes 3-00 One spec. 4068. $ Ocate River, N. M., from John Potts. Amblystoma jeffersonianum Baird. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. i. 283. Salamandra Green, Coutr. Maclurean Lyceum i. p. 4, 1827 ; Holbr., N. Amer. Herp. v. 51, pi. 14. Triton mger Dekny, Geol. Surv. N. Y. Zool. iii. 85, pi. 15, f. 35. Salamandra granulata Dekay, 1. c. 1842, 78, pi. 23, f. 66. Xiphonura jeffersoniana Tschudi, 1838, Class. Batr. Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus., 1850, 34. Amblystoma fuscum Hallow., Journ. A. N. Sci. iii. 355. Amb. laterale Hallow., 1. c. 352. Body decidedly more slender and elongate than in A. punctatum. Skin everywhere smooth, and showing through the transparent epidermis the ends of the glands, which thickly stud the entire surface. Under a lens are seen numerous small rounded, shallow pits between the glands, not on them. The contraction of the skin, in strong alcohol, between these glands, would readily impart a granulated appearance. The glandules are accumulated into a thin stratum above the parotid groove. The head is elongated, with the muzzle obtuse or truncate, the greatest width contained one time in the distance to gular fold, and from four and a half to five times to the groin; the distance to the gular fold is contained three and two-thirds times in that to the groin. The eyes are rather large, and situated far behind. They are distant once the length of the orbit from the nostrils (which are separated by nearly twice this length). The anterior extremities of the orbit are distant more than twice this length. The gular fold or furrow is distinct, not very prominent above ; that behind the angle of the jaws is inconspicuous, as is the lateral parotid furrow. There are twelve costal furrows, including the inguinal and axillary. The tail is a little shorter than the body and head (measuring from poste- rior extremity of vent.) It is oval in cross section, largest below, though without any ridge or crest. It is little higher than broad at the anus, but be- comes more and more compressed to the tip, the upper and under outlines remaining nearly parallel for a considerable distance. The anal slit is pro- longed into a groove, which extends beneath the tail to its very tip. The tail is curved strongly upwards in the alcoholic specimen, but this is due to the corrugation of the spirit. The limbs are largely developed, and the toes very long. The digits cylin- drical, depressed, without any lateral or basal web. The third finger is long- 1867.] 196 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF est, then the second, fourth and first. It is one-third the length of arm from elbow. The fourth toe is longest, then the third (but little shorter), second, fifth and first ; it is contained about two and a half or two times in the length of leg from knee. The expanse of the outstretched toes is very nearly equal to the distance from snout to the groin. The length of the limbs varies a little ; when extended on the sides they may scarcely meet, or considerably overlap. The tongue is thick and fleshy; much as in A. punctatum. The teeth are in four patches ; the two central in nearly a straight line, or forming in smaller individuals a very obtuse j±, the angle anterior, but not passing the posterior border of the internal nares ; the sides of the a are per- haps slightly concave anteriorly. This patch or line extends to ihe inner nares, and is there continuous with the lateral patches, which are short, nearly straight, about one-fourth the central patch, and form the posterior border of the inner nares. These are large, far back, and widely separated. In alcohol, after long immersion, the specimen is nearly uniform light liver- brown, paler beneath, without any spots. Length from snout to gular fold -70 " " groin 2-55 " " endofanus 3-20 " remnant of tail 2-50 Width of head ! -50 Length of mouth, along median line -38 " forearm from elbow -62 " leg from knee -85 The specimen from which the preceding description has been taken, is, if not the original upon which Dr. Green's species was founded, at least one collected in the same locality and named by him, having formed part of bis collection, and presented many years ago by its owner to the Smithsonian Institution. The "light blue spots" so conspicuous in fresh specimens have disappeared. Dr. Holbrook, in describing this species has mixed with it the account of the tongue and teeth of Plethodon glutinosus, which it somewhat resembles, but which may be readily distinguished externally by the lighter silvery spots, and much shorter digits. This induced Dr. Hallowell erroneously to make the species a synonym of P. glutinosus. The error had its origin, no doubt, in the nearer resemblence of the var. latt rale to the latter species. A confusion of the specimen described with the type of DeKay's Salomon- dra granulata, exhibits no appreciable difference except in the darker color, rather more depressed toes, and perhaps more massive looking jaws of the latter, the muzzle a little more pointed ; all uncertain characters in alcoholic specimens. The palatine teeth are in better preserva'ion than in the speci- men here described. The central patch is interrupted along the middle line and does not extend quite so far laterally. The le^'s and digits ate much lengthened, the figure and description of Holbrook (see DeKay) conveying a very erroneous impression in this respect. The granulation referred to is in part the optical effect of the glands of the skin, showing through the transparent epidermis ; partly the result of contraction of the skin by alcohol. In the type specimen there are no symmetrically arranged patches of pores on the head. Their absence may be owing to the long continued preserva- tion of the specimens or to some accidental deficiency. In the type of gran- ulata these are quite visible. They are very distinctly shown in No. 4688, whcie there is seen a straight series interior to the eye and nostril (not reaching to the latter), bending abruptly behind the eye and passing beneath it. On the parotid region above the lateral groove is a slightly curved line [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 of six or eight pores, and a shorter straight one above it. Below the groove is a crowded patch which is continued into a simple series along the inner edge of the lower jaw. One or two are seen at the side of the base of the lower jaw, and others along the sides of body. It has been stated that in the type no indication of light spots was visible. In others, however, of more recent preservation, these are quite evident. In thesmallest specimen of 3998are visible numerous rounded irregularly disposed light spots on the lower part of the sides, with some scattered over on the belly averaging half the size of the eye, but with faintly defined margins. Some scattered ones are seen ou the side of the tail ; these may be plumbe- ous or bluish in life. In the largest specimen of 3979, Ripley, Ohio, these bluish spots are quite evident on the side of body and tail. Generally the ground color is, of the alcoholic specimen, olive brown, some- times blackish, ligbter beneath. The color of the living animal is similar to that above described from alcoholic specimens. The youngest specimen examined is about two inches long and is not ma- terially different from the adult, although the two inner palatine patches appear more arched. There are two varieties of this species other than the typical, as follows : Var. fu scum (Ambhjstoma fuscum Hallow.) is dark brown, with an espe- cially dark shade or band along the sides. Type in Mus. Academy from near Hanover Co., W. Indiana. 3U97 Mus. Smithsonian, Clarke Co., Va. Measurements of 3697. Length from snout to end of mouth *30 " " gularfold -55 " " groin 1-90 " " end of anal slit 2-25 " end of tail 3-80 Widthof head -40 Fore arm from elbow "50 Leg from knee "62 Extent of hind leg 1*80 Var. laterale (AmM. laterale Hallow). The length of the fissure of the eye enter the width between the anterior canthi of the same twice only. The color black with large white spots on the sides and tail, and smaller ones on the belly. Size about half the size of the adult of the typical variety, and the medium series of palatine teeth convex forward. The distribution of this form is northward. Specimens 7011 and 5941 from Milwaukee and high land between River St. Lawrence and Hudson's Bay. In Mus. Academy, from Michi- gan and from north side Lake Superior. The dark color of the coagulated blood in the vena lateralis gives rise some- times to the deceptive appearance of a color stripe. Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 3968 1 Canonsburg, Pa. Dr. F. Bache. 3979 4 Ripley, Ohio. Dr. Hoy. 3998 7J4^S 1 12 Cleveland, Ohio. Dr. Kirtland. 3989 2 New York, N. Y. State Cab. ^jj, *gj™ " 3997 1 Racine, Wis. Dr. Hoy. 4689 1 Lake Superior. Dr. Hoy. 4690 2 St.Catharine.C.W. D. W. Beadle. 3888 2(larva)Burlington, Vt. Z. Thompson. Also from Philadelphia. 1867.] 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Amblystoma platinepm, Cope sp. nov. This is one of the more elongate species and in many respects allied to the A. jeffersonianum. The head is oval and the muzzle rounded. The length of the fissure of the eye equals the distance of the nostril from the same, is hut little less than the distance between the nares, and half or a little more of the distance between the anterior can thus of the same. Inner and outer nares the same distance apart. Greatest width of head 5-5 to b' times in length from end muzzle to groin, five sevenths length from chin to gular fold. Canthus of mouth behind canthus of eye. A series of pores along the superciliary, which pass round the orbit behind and below ; a scattered longitudinal series on the parotoid region, and a transverse aggregation of the same on each side below parotoid groove ; a single series of the same for a short distance inside the ramus of the mandible. The parotoid region posses.-es a thin stratum of dermal eryptse. Costal folds 12 ; the anterior is a little distance behind the axilla. Toes subcylindric, similar to that of the A. jeffersonianum; in one specimen (type) they are separated by nearly an intercostal space when the limbs are pressed to the sides ; in another they meet. Tail rounded above at base, finally much compressed, but not elevated, equal, in one specimen body and head to middle orbit, measured from posterior extremity vent. In the type, however, it is much shorter, extending from its basis only to the eighth costal fold (from groin), but I am not sure that this is normal. Color leaden, in type paler below with numerous indistinct whitish blotches. Eye lids yellowish margined. Sp. 4b'88 has the abdomen darker and without spots. No. Locality. Donor. No. Sp. 7145 Cleveland, Ohio. Prof. J. P. Kirtland. 1 4688 Unknown. Prof. Agassiz. 1 The narrower head and more elongate body will distinguish this species from the A. jeffersonianum. It is readily distinguishable among many indi- viduals, nevertheless many of those of the var. 1 a t e ra 1 i s approach it in the proportions of the parts of the head to each other. These points are the closer approximation of the eyes and of the nostrils. The shorter body is, however, always preserved. The size of the lateral is is considerably less. Those of the typical var. of the same species are invariably stouter, not only in body but head. Amblystoma mackodactylum Baird. Journ, Ac N. Sci. Phila. i. p. 292. This species is the slenderest of all our speces of Amblystoma, in this respect as well as length of digits exceeding even the A. jeffersonianum. The specimen before me is too small to furnish any reliable indication as to the character of the glands, and pores of the skin. These are probably much as in A. jeffersonianum. No pores are visible on the head arranged in regular patterns. The head is rather large, depressed and elongated, with a moderate con- striction at the neck. The eye* are prominent and distant less than two lengths of the orbit. The outer and inner nostrils are each about one orbit distant. The width of the head is about three-quarters the distance to gular fold. The tongue is oval and longitudinal. The palatine teeth are in three or four patches, the central largest, occasionally separate. 1 by an interval less than half the diameter of the inner nostrils; together they form a line, slightly angular anteriorly, where they reach to about opposite the centre of the inner nostrils; laterally they pass a little the outer margin of the inner nostrils. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 199 The body is cylindrical-depressed, with twelve costal furrows. The tail is broken ; but from what is left appears to be somewhat compressed, but much rounded. The color in alcohol appears to be brown with a well defined broad dorsal stripe of grayish brown, which involving the whole upper surface of the head and neck contracts on the nape, swelling again on the back, with an average breadth of the outer orbital space ; this stripe seems to extend to the end of the tail. On each side of this dorsal stripe is a suffusion of dark brown which gradually pales through the color of the sides into the belly ; there are also a few spots of the same in the dorsal stripe. There are a few grayish white dots scattered along the sides, and perhaps on the limbs. Two specimens (4054) from Puget Sound, agree in form with the preceding specimen ; the two central patches of palatine teeth perhaps a little more angularly arranged, Instead of the grayish dorsal stripe, however, there is a brownish red one, and the sides are of a darker and more continuous brown. No. 4711 has a similar character of palatines but a coloration more like the type. The palatines in fact extends a little in front of the anterior border of the inner nostrils. Proportional Dimensions of 4042. Length of gape of mouth, to its width two thirds. Width, to distance from snout to gular fold about £. " " " groin 5 times. From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 3 j. Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit less than 2. " between external nostrils one orbit. " " internal " Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip about 2^. Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from kneee to tip 2|. Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin about equal. Number of costal furrows (including axillary and inguinal).... 12. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape *20 " " " gular fold -44 " " " armpit -65 " " " groin 1-50 " " " behind anus 1-82 " " " end of tail broken Width of head -30 " tongue *17 Length of orbit *12 Distance between eyes anteriorly -20 " " outer nostrils *12 " " inner nostrils "12 " " armpit and groin -90 Height of tail where highest -18 Free portion of longest finger *15 From elbow to tip of longest finger *39 Free portion of longest toe *20 From knee to tip of longest toe *50 Distance between outstretched toes 1*40 Total length of a larger specimen 4 in. 4 1. 1867.] 200 PROCEEDINGS OF TUE ACADEMY OF Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 4042 1 Astoria, 0. Acad. Nat. Science. 4711 1 Simiahmoo. A. Campbell. 4054 2 Puget Sound. Dr. Suckley. 4035 2 (larva) Wash. Terr. (Aug. 1.) Dr. Cooper. 5982 14 Chiloweyuck Lake/Or'g Pr. C. B. Kennerly. 5248 1 Walla Walla, Ft. Benton. Lt. Mullen. Amblystoma paroticum Baird. Spec. nov. This Salamander is of very peculiar character. It is one of the stout-bodied species, in this respect about equal to A. punctatum, but with a broader head. In the type specimen (4708) the skin is remarkably free from pits, pores and milk glands. These are found on the parotid region, both above and be- low the horizontal furrow from eye to side of neck, which is swollen in conse- quence. There is also a small patch on top of head, bordering the orbit ; a patch on the spaces between the intercostal furrows, on the upper part of the sides, extending, though faintly, nearly to the belly. Along the ridge of the tail, bordered below by an indented line, the glands are thickly crowded. A few scattered glands are seen along the back. Elsewhere the skin is perfectly smooth and glandless, witli the muscle directly beneath it, although probably when fresh the usual shallow pits of the group stud the skin thickly every- where, as usual. These are distinctly visible in a second specimen, 4709. In this, also, the glands are more numerous on the back, and extend farther down the side of the tail. The head is broad and depressed ; considerably constricted at the neck. The eyes are unusually large and prominent for the genus ; separated anteri- orly by about twice the length of their orbits ; distant from the nostrils less than this length. The outer and inner nostrils are respectively about equi- distant by little more than one length of the orbit. The tongue is moderate, nearly orbicular, filling the rami only anteriorly, and hardly more than half the width of the head. The teeth are in four patches, forming a transverse series, slightly angular anteriorly, where they extend to about opposite the centres of the inner nos- trils. The two central patches are rather the larger, with a slight interval. They extend postero-laterally nearly to the inner margin of inner nostrils ; these are separated from the outer patches by an interval nearly the width of the inner nostrils. The lateral patches extend a short distance beyond the outer margin of the inner nostrils. The sphenoidal portion of the roof of the mouth is much restricted laterally and behind. The body is full, rounded and depressed; there are eleven costal furrows, including inguinal and axillary. The tail is compressed, but oval in cross section, with the lower edge rather sharp towards the end; the upper outline is much rounded. It is not high, and not as long as the rest of head and body ; longer than from snout to groin. In one specimen there is a distinct furrow along the under side. The limbs are large ; the digits lengthened, more depressed than in .1. /u//?o- tntiiin, but linear, not triangular in shape. The lateral ones are more length- ened than usual, and those of each limb are more nearly of a length. The free portion of longest finger is more than one-third from tip to elbow ; that of longest toe in the same proportion. The gape of the head is wide; the length more than half the width. The width of the head is contained four times in distance from snout to groin. The color in one specimen is everywhere a dull reddish olive or brown, paler beneath, and without the trace of any spots. No. 4707 is much darker — nearly black. The Amblystoma trisruptum Cope, from Ocate Creek, is similar to the [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 present species in the intervals between the four palatine patches and the glands on the parotid region. The rest of the skin, however, as far as can he ascertained, is glandular, as in A. punctatum, tigrinum, etc. The digits, too, are shorter, natter, more irregular, the lateral and central more unequal ; the eyes are much smaller and farther apart ; there are 12 costal furrows, not 11, etc. Proportional Dimensions. Length of gape of mouth, to its width more than half. Width, to distance from snout to gular fold cont. lj groin 4^ behind anus +5 From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin 3} behind anus +4 Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit 2 from eyes to nostrils little over 1. between external nostrils 1. internal nostrils about 1. Width of tongue to width of head little over half. Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip 2| Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin equal. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape 50 gular fold 95 armpit 1.50 groin 3'10 behind anus 3-80 end of tail 7'20 Width of head '75 tongue "40 Length of orbit "25 Distance between eyes anteriorly '45 outer Dostrils *25 inner nostrils "24 Height of tail where highest '45 Breadth " " ' "20 Free portion of longest finger *30 From elbow to tip of longest finger *83 Free portion of longest toe '35 From knee to tip of longest toe 1*00 Distance between outstretched toes 3"05 Locality. From whom received. Chiloweymk, W. T. (1859) A. Campbell (type). Near Simiahmoo. Coal mines of Vancouver Isl. Alden W. Hewson. Puget's Sound. Dr. Kennedy. Amblystoma atekrimum Cope. Sp. nov. This is a stout species, having a form of head intermediate between that of the A. tenebrosum and A. mavortium. The dentition is quite pecu- liar, and with the ensemble of its characters, refers it to the immediate neigh- borhood of the A. tenebrosum. Head a broad oval ; its greatest width a little over § the length from end muzzle to gular fold, and 4-2 in same to groin. The pupil marks three-sev- 1867.] Cat. No. No. of Spec 4708 i 9 4708 2 6634 1 7021 1 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF enths the distance from canthus of mouth to external nostril. Fissure orbit equal length from same to nostril, and enters 1-66 times width between the latter; it is contained 2*25 times in width between anterior canthi of eyes. Canthus rostralis marked at orbit, terminating very obtusely at nostril ; the profile descends steeply from line of latter, not being prolonged as in A. t e u e- brosum Thus from the line connecting middle of inner nares to lip is "75 external internarial distance, and -6 between anterior canthus of eyes ; in A. tenebrosum, same equals internarial width, and -75 the distance between eyes. The distances between inner and outer nares are the same ; the former are round. The series of palatine teeth commence only opposite the middle of the posterior margin of the internal nares, and describe a slight curve round their inner margins to a point just in advance of their anterior, then turn ab- ruptly inwards and slightly backwards, making a right angle with their pre- vious course ; they converge but do not unite. Tongue large, as broad as long. Gular fold well marked ; parotid groove not visible, perhaps accidentally. It is difficult, as in the A. tenebrosum, to distinguish the costal folds ; there are not more than 12. The tail is short and stout ; its upper edge is much compressed, as is the posterior half; its glandular structures are much less developed than in other species of Amblystoma, the crypts of the crest being minute and globular. Length of tail equal from its origin (posterior margin vent) to posterior outline of sternum. The extremities are very stout, just meeting when laid along the side. The palms and soles are very wide, and the toes short and flattened ; they stand, as regards length, behind 3 — i — 2 — 5 — 1 ; before 3—2—4 — 1. The color is black above, lead-colored below. In. I-in. Length from snout to gape (flat proj.) 7'1 gular fold 12-75 axilla 19-1 groin 39' end of vent 48* end tail 6 6. Width of head 9-75 tongue 5*2 between eyes anteriorly 5. nostrils 4. inner nostrils 3. from eye to nostril 2-25 Circumference belly 236 Greatest height tail 5.4 width " 4-5 Free portion longest finger 2*5 From elbow to tip of do 9 75 Free part longest toe 3* Knee to tip of do 11' Extent of outstretched toes 3 3"1 No. 5242. From North Rocky Mountains. Lieut. Mullen. Amblystoma tenebrosum Baird and Girard. Pr. A. N. S. Phila. 1852, 174. U. S. Exp. Ex. Kept. p. 14, Tab. This species forms the type of a special section of the genus, differing as it does from all other Amblystomata of North America. It is especially character- ized by its massive frame and huge size among true Salamanders, as well as by other peculiarities hereafter to be mentioned. The con ligation of the skin prevents any critical examination of its charac- ter in respect to glands, pits, etc. It is certainly less glandular than in A. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 203 punctatum or luridum, although scattered glands may he detected closely and evenly distributed on the whole back and sides and on the chin : the remain- ing under parts and snout before the eyes are smooth. The head is very massively built ; large ; broadest behind the eyes and tri- angular ; the sides being nearly straight to the narrow and rounded tip. The eyes are very large and prominent, separated by less than two lengths of the orbit, and distant less than one length from the outer nostrils, which are sepa- rated by 1| orbits distance, and placed on the side below the distinct canthus rostralis. The outer nostrils are much more distant than the inner, which are very large, much excavated and have the external canal occupied by a soft plaited membrane. The tongue is thick and fleshy, nearly orbicular ; but angular anteriorly. It fills up the lower jaw pretty well, and is more than half the width of the head. The palatine teeth are in two patches only ; each very slightly convex an- teriorly, coming together at a slight angle with the apex backward, but sepa- rated along the median line. Laterally the patches of teeth form the poste- rior margin of the inner nares, and do not extend beyond their outer margin. The entire series is thus posterior to the nostrils. In younger specimens the series are more transverse, the inner extremities slightly incurved. The width of the head is contained 1^ times in distance to gular fold, and 4 times to groin. The body is rounded and depressed. There are 12 costal furrows. The tail iu the two specimens before me is considerably less than half the total length. It is much compressed from near the base, and the edges near the end are quite sharp. It is far short of being as deep at the base as the body. The limbs are stout ; the digits, the fingers especially, are short, consider- ably depressed, but linear and blunt at the tip ; the under surfaces of these are somewhat swollen into a kind of bulb, which in alcohol contracts into something the appearance of a disk. The third finger is longest, but is very little more than the 2d, and this than the 1st and 4th. The third finger is contained nearly 4 times in the distance from elbow to tip. The 4th toe is longer than 3d in three specimens, in one the 3d exceeds the 4th a little, and the same are nearly equal in case of the fingers. The color of this species in alcohol is a kind of dark reddish-brown, pale beneath, mottled and marbled above and on the sides with darker brownish ; most distinct on the head, especially on the snout, where the skin is perfectly smooth. The head shows a tinge of greyish in the ground color. (For fresh color see the figure in Grirard's Herpetology of the United States Exploring Expedition.) There are two varieties of this species : a. Where the loreal region is flat and the muzzle narrower before the or- bits, and the marblings confined to the head ; the body being of a nearly uni- form brown ; represented by specimens 4710 and 4053. /?. The loreal region swollen in front of orbits, and hence the muzzle broader ; the ground color greyish, with coarse brown marbling, like large hollow spots, distributed over the whole upper surfaces of the body and tail. Represented by No. 5981, and a large specimen (length 8 in. 6 lin.) in Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences, from Body Bay, lat. 38° 18 N., on the coast of California, procured by our esteemed correspondent, George Davidson. Proportional Dimensions. Length of gape of mouth, to its width ■ § Width contained in distance from snout to gular fold lj groin 4 From snout to gular fold, contained in distance from snout to groin little over 3 times. 1867] 204 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF Distance anteriorly between eyes, in length of orbit not quite twice. from eyes to nostrils four tilths. between external nostrils Is internal four-fifths. Width of tongue, to width of head ^ Free portion of longest finger contained in distance from elbow to tip nearly 4 times. Free portion of longest toe contained in distance from knee to tip " 3J " Distance between outstretched toes in length from snout to groin 1^ Length of tail from behind anus, to rest of animal contained 1^ " total length two-fifths. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape "80 gular fold 1'50 armpit 2-10 groin 4-55 behind anus 5 "65 end of tail 930 Width of head 1"15 tongue 'tiO Length of orbit "34 Distance between eyes anteriorly '58 outer nostrils '40 inner nostrils , '30 from eye to " '26 Circumference of belly 4-00 Distance between armpit and groin 2'65 Height of tail where highest '^ Breadth do. "36 Free portion of longest finger '28 From elbow to tip of longest finger 1"05 Free portion of longest toe '36 From knee to tip of longest toe \'ob Distance between outstretched toes 3-60 Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 4710 1 Oregon. Ex. ex. (type). 4053(34) 1 Mo. of Columbia. Lt. Trowbridge (spec. desc. above). 5981 1 Chiloweyuck Lake. Dr. C. B. Kennedy. Amblystoma texanum Baird. U. S. Mex. Bound. Survey, ii. Reptiles 27 Tab., xxxv. 15. Salamandra texana Mattb.es, Allg. Deutsche Nat. Zeitung i. 206, 1855. The description of this species is taken from specimens which are not fully grown ; the proportions are, however, much those of the A. microstomum at the same age ; this with the large number of costal grooves renders it almost certain that the full grown individuals are much like those of the latter species, and very probably of near the same size. Skin everywhere quite smooth, no trace of pores on the head or parotoid region in many specimens. Costal folds fourteen, distinct; head folds slightly marked, the gular Blight. A mediitn dorsal groove. Head oval, lather flattened and broad, cantlms rostralis somewhat marked. Month large, canthus behind eye, anterior cantlms of latter marking middle of margin. Nostril a little nearer eye fissure than length of latter, proba- bly equal iu older specimens. Width between anterior canthus of eye double [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 length of fissure ; external separated by one length of same, which is less than the distance between inner nares. Tongue small as in other young, but not fissured or grooved as in those of the two following Amblystoinse. Palatine teeth forming an arched series between nares extending to their anterior border, and not beyond their inner border in the lateral direction. From their resemblance to those of A. micros- tomum of the same age I suspect they are similar in old individuals. Body rather slender; width of head at jaws four times in total length to groin and -75 length to gular fold. Tail short, longer when older, equal from its basis to axilla. Limbs moderately stout, digits elongate, third and fourth toes nearly equal, then 5th, 2nd, 1st. Fingers 3, 2, 4, 1. Above light brown, with a series of light spots along upper part of sides ; these are small and one between each pair costal fold. Sides and belly yellow. In. Lin. Length end muzzle to can thus oris 2-6 to axilla 6"5 to groin 14. toendtail 2 3.75 elbow to end finger 3*1 knee to end toe 3-7 Mm.-!. No. No. Specimens. Locality. Collector. 4044 11 San Antonio, Texas. J. D. Graham. The plane front and canthus rostralis of this species form a resemblance to the A. tenebrosum, between which and A. micro'stomum it is naturally placed. Amblystoma cingulatum Cope, sp. nov. This species approaches the A. microstomum in general, but may be readily known by its more elongate ovoid head, with long muzzle, more slender form of body and peculiar coloration. Mucous crypts and pores are not much developed in this animal, a few only of the latter extend along the superciliary region. The costal folds aie visible across the abdomen. The head is elongate, convex both transversely and longitudinally ; the upper face of the muzzle is narrowed, and projects beyond the mandible. The width at the jaws enters the length to the groin six and a half times, and one and three-fourths to the edge of the gular fold. The external nares are quite close together, nearer than the long diameter of the eye, and nearly 1*5 this diameter in advance of the eye. The anterior angles of the latter are 2-33 diameters apart. The folds on the side of the head and neck are as in other species. The distance between the inner nares is 1*66 times the dis- tance between the external. The tongue is oval, quite elongate, but not filling the space between the rami of the mandible ; its median groove strongly marked. The palatine teeth are in a single row slightly convex forwards, entirely between the inner nares, their posterior margins of the ends of the series and nares correspond- ing. The gape of the mouth is short, but longer than in .1. microstomum ; its external canthus falls anterior to the posterior canthus of the eye, while the anterior canthus of the same measures the posterior third of the gape, commencing at the middle of the premaxillary region. Costal grooves fourteen ; a median dorsal groove strongly marked. An unusually strong fold across between angles of mandible, which sends a branch to the orbit ; gular fold continued on neck, sending a parotoid groove forwards. Length to gular fold 3-75 in length to groin. Length of tail nearly equal from basis of same to the mental cross fold. It is of rather uniform depth, much compressed, keeled above and for its distal half below. General form of the body slender and compressed, elevated at the scapular and pelvic regions. 18(37.] 206 PROCEEDINGS OF TDE ACADEMY OF Limbs stout, the fingers slender but not very elongate. Appressed to the sides they fail of meeting by the length of the sole and longest toe ; length from tip to tip when outstretched "66 Length to groin. Length of lower leg and foot scarcely "8 from muzzle to gular fold. No visi'de plantar tubercles. Fourth toe distinctly longer than third, then 2, 4, 1. Fingers 3, 2, 4, 1. Color in alcohol hlack, the under surfaces thickly speckled with grey. A vertical narrow grey line passes between every pair of costal folds and meets its fellow on the dorsal line or bifurcates to meet a similar bifurcation in like manner, embracing an area. These narrow annnli extned nearly as far for- wards as the orbits and surround the tail to its extremity. Muzzle black. In. Lin. Total length 3 (i. Length to canthus oris (straight) 2.25 gular fold 6. groin 18.7 Width of head 3.2 above femora 2.25 The shades of coloration in this creature are those of the A. opacum, but are differently arranged. No. 3786 ; 1 spec. Grahamville, S. Ca. Bailey. Amblystoma microstomum, Cope. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, p. 123. " Salamandra porphyritica Green," Hallowell (not of Gr^en), hinc Amblystoma porphyriticum Hallowell. Proc. A. N. Sci. 1856, p. 8. This species is among the most slender of American Amblystomata, and has other peculiarities by which it is readily recognizable. The skin is very smooth and slippery, with the glands less evident in the skin than in A. opacum jeffersonianum, etc. The skin is everywhere covered with small shallow pits only visible when the mucus is removed, which shows the tail to be some- times conspicuously granulated, the granules probably corresponding to the ends of the glands. There are no evident pores or pits of larger size than the others on the head and parotids as in some Amhlystomata. The head is very small, narrower than the body, with little or no construc- tion at the neck. It i- contained about six and a half to seven times in the distance to the groin. The head is much arched in every direction ; the eyes far forward and lateral. The lower jaw projects a little beyond the border of the upper, concealing the latter when viewed from above. The eyes are dis- tant, less than the length of the orbit from the nostrils ; their anterior ex- tremities separated by one and a half times this unit. The nostrils are one orbit length apart. The anterior edge of the orbit falls opposite the middle of the gape, instead of in its posterior third, as in A. jeffersonianum. The gular fold is distant from the snout one-fifth the distance to the groin. The body is slender for the genus. There are fourteen costal furrows, in- cluding the inguinal and axillary. There is a slight indication of a dorsal groove posteriorly. The tail is about two-thirds the head and body. It is nearly cylindrical at base ; tben becoming slightly compressed, more and more so to the tip, where it is quite flat, but without crest, although the edges are sharp. Viewed from the sides, there is a constriction at the base of the tail ; this is one- fourth higher in the middle than at the base. The limbs are weak, the digits are, however, rather long, cylindrical depres- sed, without membrane. The proportions of the digits as in A. punctatum. The longest finger is not one-third the fore arm ; the longest toe is a little more than one-third the leg from knee. The outstretched hind legs are about two-thirds the head and body to groin. The tongue is thick, fleshy and attached, although slightly free at sides and [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 207 tip. There is a longitudinal groove in the tongue, separating the two papil- lose portions of an oval shape placed side by side. This has not been observed in jeffersonianum. The pappilla? form parallel series on each oval oblique to the central groove with the edge of the tongue projecting beyond them. There are only two patches or lines of palatine teeth. These occupy the middle of the palate, forming a \, the angle anterior and reaching as far forward as the anterior border of the inner nares ; the postero-external ends do not pass the inner margin of these nares ^in the soft palate, the propor- tions being a little different in the skull.) Sometimes these two patches form nearly a straight line ; or at least the central portion is straight, the lateral bending slightly backwards. The color in alcohol is a dark brownish black, a very little paler beneath, and thickly and irregularly sprinkled on the sides with plumbeous spots about the size of the eye of no definite outline. These are less numerous above and below. Sometimes nearly wanting — sometimes they are larger than as described and look not unlike patches of a grayish lichen growing on the sides. 409(3 (1.) Length (along axis of body) from snout to angle of mouth.... *20 gular fold -45 groin 2*20 behind anus 2-50 tip of tail 4-00 of tail 1*50 Width of head -31 Fore arm from elbow '40 Leg from knee '46 Expanse of hind legs 1*45 The total length of largest specimen seen (3999 St. Louis) is six inches, of which the tail forms 2- GO. The smallest adult is two inches long. In the just perfected young is seen a series of larger illy-deliued light spots than elsewhere along each side of the back. The belly is quite light colored. This species bears a close resemblance to Plelhodon glutinosus, for which the generic peculiarities, the longer digi s, etc., readily distinguish it. The bluish spots too are much less sharply defined and duller, less silvery, and do not occur on the back, as in glutinosus, to anything like the same extent. From 4. jpfforsonianum it will be known by the projecting lower jaw; much smaller and more arched head, greater number of costal furrows, more evident spots on the sides, etc., besides the important peculiarities of tongue and teeth. This is one of the species whose metamorphosis is completed some time be- fore it attains full size. A specimen in which minute stumps of the branchiae remain measures 2 in. in length; another, without traces of them, 2-15 in. The width of the head enters the length to the groin 4-2 times, and the tail falls short of the axilla from its base. These measurements may be compared with those of the adult, in illustration of the general principle that the relative lengths of body and tail increase with increased size. Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 4096 30 South Illinois. R. Kennicott (spec, descr. ) 3902 4 New Madrid, Mo. " 4001 2 Lancaster, Ohio. L. Lesquereaux. 3995 3 (21arv.) Columbus, " " 3999 2 St. Louis. Dr. Engelman. 4037 1 Fort Smith, Ark. Dr. G. C. Shumard. 3884 5 Prairie Mer-Rouge, La. J. Fairie. 4687 2 Grand Coteau, La. St. Charles College. 3949 6 (juv.) New Madrid, Mo. R. Kennicott. 1867.] 208 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF In concluding the review of this genus I wish to criticise the following re- marks, published by F. P. Pascoe in Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 186fc>, p. 223 : " With many naturalists I believe the idea still remains that every genus must have certain definite structural peculiarities, and they appear to expect that broadly dividing lines shall run between them. Any confession that no absolute or primary characters exist, or that they are only secondary, is taken by them as a fatal proof of the weakness of the position. It is true that, ow- ing to the more or less exceptional isolation of many genera, a very clear and decisive description may be given of them ; but then it can never be said how soon the discovery of another form or species may upset the characters we have drawn from our limited number of examples, or whether the new genus or species may not be other sex of some other species. Moreover there are many natural assemblages of species, whether we choose to call them genera or not, for which no technical characters can be found, their connection de- pending partly on peculiarities which it is scarcely possible to convey an ade- quate idea of in words, partly on such gradual modifications of characters that no satisfactory line can be drawn between them, but which are, notwithstand- ing, not less real or striking. Those who only select a few prominent forma for description may demur to this ; but any one who has gone conscientiously through a large collection will acknowledge how difficult it is in many instances to say if genera really exist, even as a collective term for any limitable num- ber of species, and how unsatisfactory is any attempt to combine species into genera, or individuals into species, or to distinguish hybrids from what we conventionally call true species. It will therefore be readily understood that many genera can only be vaguely defined, either from the absence of salient characters, or from their gradual modifications ; and some of the most natural groups among the Coleoptera might be cited as examples of these classes. To argue that genera ought to be ignored, when not strictly defined, would, in entomology, be to make classification impossible ; to say that recognized gen- era should be enlarged from time to time to admit aberrant forms would be merely to create repertories of incongruous species." When we read " that genera can only be vaguely defined, from the absence of salient characters or their gradual modification," it is evident that there is a contradiction in terms, or that a new definition of a genus has b^en adopted. Are scientific men prepared to accept the above definition of a genus ? We suspect not, for with it the translation of the natural system becomes merely empiric, and that exactitude which characterizes nature vanishes fioin its written counterpart. A genus, in our estimation, is a series of spe- cies distinguished from all olher species by one or more structural charac- teristics, which are not variable in the reproducing adults of that series, or of any other series of species, not otherwise distinguished, A genus so defined constitutes one, or most frequently several series of species, bearing a suc- cessional relation to each other, which may differ widely in general appear- ance, coloration, etc., and which are frequently mistaken by zoologists for genera. They are "the assemblages of species, which are not less real or striking," to which our author alludes. I would correct the allusion by calling them assemblages of species which are less real, though not less striking. An error of this kind, or else a want of exhaustive investigation of struc- ture, most probably a combination of both, has no doubt led to the opinions I have quoted above. A rigid classification of characters into essential and non-essential, is what our science everywhere needs. But taking the opposite course, written zoology becomes a panorama rather than an analysis. Were the principles of classification employed by some authors to be ap- plied to domesticated animals, its errors would be obvious to every one. The genus occupying the preceding pages is an illustration in point. Had the author adopted the various supposed species and genera described [Dec- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 which it includes, he might have readily been brought to the necessity of according with the views above quoted. But a correspondence with nature has required the recognition of protean species, as in a higher grade of char- acters we are compelled to recognize protean genera. These groups are, per- haps, those in which, respectively, certain characters are, for the time being, undergoing a transition, which transition may at some period cease. The serial relation of species has been above alluded to. This is far less obvious, however, than the serial relation of genera. This does not, how- ever, interfere with the entire isolation of the latter from each other as re- gards any single geologic period, considered by itself. The naming of groups of species which do not present this isolation, though prevalent in some branches of zoology, is, in our estimation, a violation of the meaning of the name genus, and very disadvantageous to science. It is, of course, of no con- sequence to science whether a genus contains one or a thousand species, and for the student they can be as well classified and characterized in the latter case as the former. In the multiplication of names a new burthen is im- posed— but what shall we say when these co ue to apply to something "vaguely defined," or "for which no technical description ca. be found" !* II. Species of Amblystoma unknown to the writer. Ambhjstoma punclulatum Gray, Catal. Batrachia Gradientia, Brit. Museum, 37,1850. Said to be from Monterey, California. The description is too brief to enable us to recognize or place it. III. Descriptions of two new Pacific species of Plethodon Tsch. Plethodon intermedius Baird. This new species, in general appearance, proportions of body, etc., is very similar to P. erythronotus, although abundant differences are easdy discovera- ble. The bod?, as in erythronotus, is slender and depressed ; the tail, as far as indicated by the portion still remaining, is slightly compressed. There are no apparent peculiarities about the head. The tongue is elon- gated, elliptical, without posterior emargination. There ar 14 costal furrows, or perhaps 15, if we include one above the axilla. The distance from snout to axilla is contained rather less than three times in that to groin. The digits are well developed ; more as in P. ghitinosus. There is little if any indication of web at their bases ; the three terminal phalanges of the 3d and 4th toes being free. The 2d and 4th toes are about equal. The outer toe is not more than half the 2d ; the 1st finger and toe are almost rudimentary. The 3d finger is decidedly longer than the 2d. The dorsal surface of this species is traversed by a broad brownish-red stripe, extending from the nape to the end of the tail, the sides regular and nearly parallel, though more separated towards the middle of the back, where it is as wide as the interorbital space. The stripe is sparsely dotted with dusky throughout its extent. The sides are abruptly blackish-brown on each * Another example of this mode of procedure may be found in a classification of the Crocodilia, by Dr. Gray, in the Trans. Zool. Society, London, 1867, which only needs to be read to explain the applicability of the above remarks. The absence of all contrast in many of the generic tables is because they do not exist as such in nature. It may be added in this connection that the writer omits dates of publication of the names of the genus Osteoltemus Cope, the latter having over a year priority over Halcrosia Gray, the name adopted. He calls the species //. niijra from the Orvcodilus niger of La- treille, H. N. Kept, page 210 (not 510, as given by Gray), a species based on the MS. notes <■;' Adanson, with the only description that it is black, and that its jaws are longer than those of the Crocodilus of the Nile. Should such a description be sufficient to establish a spe- cies, which we greatly doubt, it is enough to indicate its inapplicability to this present one, that the jaws of the Osteolaemus tetraspes are always much shorter than, those of the Crocodilus vulgaris, a fact readily determined by reference to Dr. Gray's essay itsel f. 1867.] 14 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP side the dorsal stripe, at first continuous, but becoming more and more inter- rupted by mottling. The belly is light brownish-yellow, thickly mottled with dark brown in about equal proportions ; tightest under the chin. There is a dusky line from the eye to the point of the muzzle. The general proportions and structure of this species are more those of P. glutinosus than of erythronotus, although slenderer of body. In both there are about 14 costal grooves. The outer digit in intermedins is nearly rudimentary instead of prominent, as in the other species. A distinguishing feature, wheu compared with cinereus and erythronotus, is found in the 14 instead of 18 costal grooves, the fore and hind limbs being thus less widely separated proportionally. The legs are slender and the digits much less webbed (scarcely at all, in fact). The 3d and 4th toes, especially, are much longer. Independent of the structural peculiarities I find nothing in the color to distinguish this species from erythronotus. Measurements. Length (measured along axis of body) from snout to gape "14 gularfold -45 " " i " armpit *65 " " groin 1-80 " " " behind anus 2-15 end of tail 3-U5 tail 1-50 Width of head ' -25 tongue '15 Length of tongue *24 orbit 09 Distance between eyes anteriorly *15 Circumference of belly 80 Distance between armpit and groin 1.25 Height of tail where highest '17 Breadth do. -16 Free portion of longest finger •('7 From elbow to tip of longest finger *31 Free portion of longest toe "11 From knee to tip of longest toe '37 Distance between outstretched toes 1*10 Cat. No. No. of Spec. Locality. From whom received. 4732 1 Fort Tejon/Cal. J. Xantus (type of descr.) (iG35 1 Coal mines, Vancouver Isl. Alden W. llewson. Plethodo.n ckoceater Cope. The largest species of the genus, and one of the most ornamented of the American salamanders. hi primary features this species is near the P. e n s a t u s (Heredia oregonensis Girard.) having the attachment of the tongue along the median line, quite narrow, and a very narrow free margin in front. The palatine teeth form two long- transverse separated arcs, which are directed more posteriorly at their median than exterior extremity, the latter extending further outside the outer margin of the inner narcs than the transverse diameter of the same. The tail is subcylindrical and slender, compressed and narrowed in section below. No prominent glandular agglomerations or pores. Only three phalanges in the fourth toe. Form of head peculiar ; it is very broad, with straight converging maxill- ary outlines and truncate muzzle. Upper surface much narrowed on muzzle, loreal regions plane, very oblique, canthus rostralis not marked. Maxillary outline obliquely spread at and behinds orbits, where it is exceeded by the [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 projecting margin of the mandible. Anteriorly, with the end of the muzzle it projects considerably beyond mandible. Muzzle truncate in profile, a slight emargination at middle of premaxillary border, and a groove on each side of it on inferior projecting face of lip. Nares terminal some distance above the angulation of the lip, continued below in a groove which bifurcate.-1 mar lip margin ; the posterior line extending a short distance, the anterior to the me- dian emargination separating the anterior from the inferior plane of the muz- zle. Eye large, not very prominent, its anterior canthus well in front of middle of jaw, and separated one diameter from nostril, and 1-5 from the other ejre. No fold across from angle to angle of mandible, but the gular, parotoid and postorbital grooves well marked. Costal grooves indistinct, thirteen. Skin everywhere very smooth. Tail longer than head and body by the length of the mouth. Width at curve of mandible 4-6 times in length to groin. Extremities slender and long ; when pressed to the sides the fingers extend to the heel. Length of whole fore limb 2-75 times in length to groin. Inner finger very small, half the length of the fourth ; third longer than second. Sole narrow, longer than the longest toes. Inner toe less than one half the fifth ; third a trifle longer than fourth ; second much longer than fifth. Lower leg *75 thigh to groin. Patches of parasphenoidal teeth two, in contact anteriorly, well separated from palatine. All the teeth minute, numerous, acute cylindro-conic. Tongue with rather straight lateral and posterior outlines. Color throughout pitchy black, fading into bright red orange below ; limbs orange, a blackish cross band below the knee. A large red orange spot on each parotoid region, and four smaller irregular similar spots on the body to base of tail, on each side of and near the vertebral line. A pair of orange spots at base of tail, and a distant series on the upper face of the tail. Measurements. In. Lin. Length (measured along axis of body) 5 -11 " From sonut to gape, (on front) , -5 " " gular fold -8 " armpit 1 0-75 " " groin 2 5. " " centre of anal slit 4.5 Width of head 6-75 tongue 3-75 Length of orbit 2.2 Distance between eyes anteriorly 3-3 outer nostrils 2-3 inner nostrils 2. Heighth of tail where highest 3- Breadth " " " 2-5 Free portion of longest finger 2.25 From elbow to tip of longest finger 7-25 Free portion of longest toe.. 2-75 From knee to tip of longest toe 8-5 Distance between outstretched toes 2 4-4 One specimen. Fort Tejon, Cal. J. Xantus. The only genus omitted from my examination of the families of Uro- dela* is Aneides Baird. An examination of the skeleton shows that genua enters the Plethodontida; and is nearest Plethodon, but differs from it in having the mandibular teeth confined to the distal half, and exceedingly long and compressed, thus differing from all known Urodela. * Journ. A. N. S. 180G. 1867.] -12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP FASTI ORNITHOLOGIJE. BY JOHN CASSIN. Vain is it that your science sweeps th<> skies, Each, after all, learns only what in- can! — Faust, Brooks' translation. No. 3. Encyclopedia Londinensis, or Universal Dictionary, &c, &c. Compiled, digested and arranged by John Wilkes, of Mid/and House, in the County of Sussex, Esquire; assisted hy eminent scholars of the English, Scotch and Irish Universities. London, 1795 to 1829. 24 vols, quarto, many plo of Natural History. The Natural History contained in this Encyclopaedia is the basis of a work published separately, and apparently nearly simultaneously, much enlarged and popularized, and forming fourteen volumes octavo, with the following title : " A genuine and universal System of Natural History, comprising the three Kingdoms of Animals, Vegetables and Minerals, arranged under their respect- ive Classes, Orders, Genera and Species, by the late Sir Charles Linnaeus, Professor of Physic and Botany in the University of Upsal, and President of the Royal Academy of Stockholm ; improved, corrected and enlarged by J. Frid. Gmelin, M. D., Professor of Natural History in the Royal Society of Gottingen ; " Faithfully translated, and rendered more complete by the addition of Vaillant's beautiful Birds of Africa ; the superb Fish of Mark Eleazer Bloch ; the Amphibious Animals, Reptiles, Insects, &c, in the costly works of Al- bertus t?eba, Merian, Fabricius, Knorr, &c. ; the elegant improvements of the Comte de Butfon, and the more modern discoveries of the British Navigators in the South Pacific Ocean, New Holland, &c, &c. " Methodically incorporated and arranged by the Editors of the Encyclo- paedia Londinensis." London, 14 vols, octavo, dated only on the plates. In these fourteen volumes there are 415 plates, colored, 162 of which represent birds. The greater part are in octavo form, and evidently engraved express ly for this work ; the remainder are from the Encyclopaedia, mainly (in birds) representing Le Vaillant's species, and are qinrto, folded. The Lncyelopsedia Londinensis contains nearly or quite the whole of Gmel- in's edition of the Systema Natune, but perhaps rather more completely the zoological portion thereof, and in some genera of birds rather strictly accord- ing to the version of Turton. There are additions by the editor or editors, the most important of which, in ornithology, are the species given in the vari- ous works of Le Vaillant, a large number of which are named for the first time by any English naturalist or writer, and in some instances having the precedence over all others quite entirely. Daudiu, Vieillot, Shaw and Latham are the principal competitors, and successfully so, in the large majority of species, but by very small figures; and with Vieillot there is a tie of d occasionally, as, for example, in the genera Muscicapa and Motacilla. The dates of publication (iu the Eneyclopa-dia) are easily determined, being en- graved on every plate. The names and the descriptions of birds in this Encyclopaedia I have never seen quoted nor otherwise alluded to, by any author ; an omissiou or over- sight, as it seems to me, without sufficient reason, granting the doubtful pre- sumption (though odd accident in this wide-awake age) that any writing naturalist or amateur ever saw them (except myself). There is no reason, I think, why the Encyclopedia Londinensis should not be regarded as quite • ■ 1 1 1 .- 1 1 in authority to the Nouveau Diotionnaire or the Encyclopedic Metho- diqne, nor any possible impeachment of its respectability and grade of im- portance as a scientific work. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 Who the editors were, in charge of the department of Ornithology, is more than I know ; but perhaps some of the more intelligent of the English orni- thologists can find out, if they think it worth while. An inquiry in "Notes and Queries " would bring it. John Wilkes, of the County of Sussex, Esquire, is printed on every title-page as the responsible editor throughout, and for the present, as he was presumably an entirely respectable person, I take him at his word, and hold him accordingly, — preferring, however, that it be distinctly un- derstood and remembered that there was anotherof the same name (who did not concern himself with Encyclopae lire, so far as I ever heard, but was in a much less creditable business). In a preface to Vol. I of the octavo work it is stated that "This comprehensive system of Natural History was begun by the late E. Sibly, M. D. , who made considerable progress in it before his decease;" but it is not stated that be was at all engaged in the Encyclopaedia. Nor is the exact amount of headway made by him discernible at present, I think, in either book. In the octavo work, the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth volumes con- tain the ornithology, in the first four of which all the birds of Ginelin's edition of the Syst. Nat. are given, with some additions from Pallas, Turton, Pennant and others, with copious notes and translations well written and readable. The last, that is the eighth volume, is exclusively devoted to Le Vaillaut, and c mtains a translation of nearly the whole of his Ois. d'Afrique and numer- ous copies of his plates. The latter were given previously in the Encyclopae- dia, but the text is much enlarged, and apparently nearly a literal translation, while in the Encyclopaedia, where the species are named, usually only a short abstract of Le Vaillant's text is given. There are not many better popular Ornithologies, yet extant, than these same volumes of this "Genuine and Universal System of Natural History," and they deserve favorable mention, at least, alongside of anything in that line in the English language yet pro- duced. The following is a list of the species of birds named and described in the Encyclopaedia Loudiuends, those names having priority and consequent claim, valid in equity, being given in small capitals. The numbers of the species are the same as given in numerical order in the Linnaeau genera to which they belong (in the Encyclopaedia) : List of Birds named and described as new (but often erroneously) in the Encyclo- paedia Lmdinensis, with synonyms and references to plates, and straightened out, in general, according to the ability of the present editor. Genus FALCO. 2. Falco griffardus, Wilkes, Encyc. Lond. vii. p. 173 (1805). Falco bellicosus, Daud., Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 38 (18LI0). Le Vaill, Ois. d'Afr. pi. 1. Encyc. Lond. vii. pi. 2. 3. Falco caffre, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 173 (1805). Falco vulturinus, Dau 1., Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 53(1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 6. 4. Falco remex, Wilkes, Ency. Lond vii. p. 174 (1805). Falco ecaudatus, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 54 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 7, 8. Ency. Lond. vii. pi. 2. 41. Falco stridens, Wilkes. Ency. Lond. vii. p. 17S (1805). Falco vocifer, Daud., Tr ii. p. 65 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 4. Ency. Lond. vii. pi. 4. 50. Falco capillamentus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 171) (1805). Falco occipitalis, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 40 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 2. 1867,] 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 51. Falco longicaudus, Wilkes Eacy. Lond. vii. p. 180 (1805). Falco albescens, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 45 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 3. Ency. Load. vii. pi. 4. 56. Falco parasiticus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 181 (1805). Palco pirasitns, Daud.. Tr. ii. p. 150 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 22 Ency. Lond. vii. pi. 5. 63. Falco rutilo niger, Wilkes, Ency. Loud. vii. p. 183 (1805). Falco jakal, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 161 (1800). Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 16. 64. Falco rutilo-griseus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 183 (1805). Falco desertorum, Daud.. Tr. ii. p. 162 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 17. 65. Falco bacha, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 184 (1805). Falco bacha, Daud., Tr. p. 43 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 15. Ency. Loud. vii. pi. 6. 66. Falco manicatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 184 (1805). Falco pUnuipes, Daul., Tr. ii. p. 163 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 18. Ency. Lond. vii. pi. 6. 67. Falco maculatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 181 (1805). Falco tachardus, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 164 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 19. 68. Falco buserai, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 185 (1805). Falco bnsarellus, Daul., Tr. ii. p. 168 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 20. 69. Falco buson, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 185 (1805). Falco busou, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 168 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. . Ency. Lonl. vii. pi. 7. 79. Falco ranavoraus. Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 186 (1805). Falco ranivorus, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 170 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 23. 91. Falco tachiro, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 187 (1805). Falco tacbiro, Daud., Tr. i. p. 90 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 24. 120. Falco albicans, Wilkes, Kncy. Lond. vii. p. 190(1805). Falco lanarius, var. 2, Turton, Syst. Nat. i. p. 15-. 124. Falco acolius, Wilkes, Ency. Lonl. vii. p. 180(1805). Falco acoli, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 176 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 31. 125. Falco beugalensis, Wilkes, Kucy. Lond. vii. p. 190 (1S05). Falco inelanoleu us, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 85 (1800) ? Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 32. 135. Falco piscator, Wilkes, Enoy. Lond. vii. p. 192 (1S05). Falco frontalis, Daud., Tr. ii! p. 118 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 28. 136. Falco cantor, Wilkes, Kncy. Lond. vii. p. 192 (1805). Falco ruusicus, Daud. Tr. ii. p. 116 (1800). Falco caoorus, Tnunberg, Dissert. Acad. iii. p. 265 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 27. I 7. Falco afri -anus Wilk-s, Kncy. Lond. vii. p. 193 (1805). Falco tibialis, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 120 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 29. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 138. Falco chicquera, Wilkes, Ency. Lond vii. p. 193 (1805). Falco chicquera, Daud., Tr. ii. p. 121 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 30. 145. Falco caracara, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. vii. p. 191 (1805). Falco brasiliensis, Gin. Syst. Nat. i. p. 262 ? "Caracara " Marcgrave. Genus LANIUS. 11. Lanius Indus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 211 (1812). Lanius pendens, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 19 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. ii. pi. 66, fig. 1. 14. Lanius major, Wilkes. Ency. Lond. xii. p. 212 (1S12). Lanius icterus, Cuv., Reg. An. i. p. 352 (1829). Tamnophilus olivaceus, Vieill., Gal. des Ois. i. p. 225 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. vi. pi. 285. 15. Lanius maximus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 212 (1812). Lanius dubius, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 18 (1801). 17. Lanius javanensis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 213 (1812). Lanius superciliosus, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 20 (1801). 18. Lanius Brubru, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 213 (1812). Lanius Brubru, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 20 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 71. 19. Lanius cubla, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 214 (1812). Lanius cubla, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 20 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. ii. pi. 72, fig. 1, 2. 20. Lanius taciturnus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 214 (1812). Lanius silens, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 330 (1809). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 74. 21. Lanius oliva, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 214(1812). Lanius olivaceus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 330 (1809). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 75, 76. 67. Lanius picus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 217 (1813). Lanius inystaceus, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 19 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. ii. pi. 65. 68. Lanius durus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 218 (1S13). Sparacta cristata, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxxi. p. 526 (1819). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. ii. pi. 79. 69. Lanius Geoffroyi, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 21S (1813). Lanius plumatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 292 (1S09). Prionops Geoffroyi, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. iii. p'. 144 (1816). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. ii. pi. 80, 81. Genus BUCEROS. 10. Buceros semilunaris, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Buceros lunatus, Temm., PI. Col. liv. 92 (about 1830). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 13. 11. Buceros albicornis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Buceros Pica, Scopoli, Flor. et Faun. Insub, p. 87 (1786) ? Buceros malabaricus, Gm., Syst. Nat. i. p. 359 (1788). Buceros albirostris, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 13 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 14. 1867.] 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 12. Buceros VIOLACEOB, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Buceros violaceus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 19 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 19. 13. Buceros crispatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Buceros plicatus. Lath., Ind. Orn. i. p. 14(5 (1790). Buceros undulatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 20 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 20, 21. 14. Buceros Corvus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Merops corniculatus, Lath., Ind. Orn. i. p. 276 (1790). Tropidorhynchus corniculatus (Latham). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 24. 15. Buceros javanexsis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 479 (1808). Buceros javanicus, Shaw. Gen. Zool. viii. p. 28 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 22. 16. Buceros gingala, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 480 (1808). Buceros gingalensis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 37 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 23. 17. Buceros longibandus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 4S0 (1808). Buceros fasciatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 34 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. v. pi. 233. 18. Buceros coronatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. iii. p. 480 (1808). Buceros melanoleucus, Licht. Buceros coronatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 35 (1811). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. v. pi. 234, 235. Genus CORVUS. 2. Corvus capistrum, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 237 (1802). Corvus albicollis, Lath., Ind. Orn. i. p. 151 (1790). Corvus cafer, Licht. Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 50. 3. Corvus magnus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 237 (1802). Corvus major, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. viii. p. 27 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 51. 39. Corvus splexdidus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 2-11 (1802). Corvus splendidus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 372 (1809). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 85. 41. Corvus aker, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 241 (1802). Corvus capensis, Licht. Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 52. 44. Corvus indicus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 242 (1802). Corvus crinitus, Daud., Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 253 (1800). Corvus sexsetaceus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 380 (1S09.) Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 82. 45. Corvus Choucador, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 243 (1802). Sturuus ornatus, Daud., Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 309 (1800). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 86. 48. Corvus cirrhatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 244 (1802). Pica melanocephala, Wagler, Syst. Av. (18-7). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 58. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 57. Corvus piapiac, Wilke3, Ency. Lond. v. p. 245 (1S02). Corvus senegalenses, Liuu., Syst. Nat. i. p. 158 (1766). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 54. 58. Corvus ruber, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 245 (1802). Corvus rufigaster, Lath., Ind. Orn. i. p. 26 Supp. (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 55. 59. Corvus Temia, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 245 (1802). Corvus varians, Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 26 (1801). 60. Corvus rufus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 245 (1S02). Lanius rufus, Scop., Flor. et Faun. Insub. i. p. 86(1786). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 59. 61. Corvus Lanius, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. v. p. 245 (1S02). Lanius picatus. Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 17 (1801). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. ii. pi. 60. Genus ORIOLUS. 23. Oriolds africanus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvii. p. 740 (1820). Oriolus monachus, Wagier, Syst. Av. (1827). Oriolus Coudougnan, Temm.,"Pl. Col. liv. 54 (about 1826). Oriolus larvatus, Licht., Verz. p. 20 (1823). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. vi. pi. 261, 262. Genus PICUS. 49. Picus barbatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xx. p. 401 (1825). Picus biarmicus, Cnv. Picus namaquus, Licht., Verz. p. 17 (1823). Picus niyctaceus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxvi. p. 73 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. vi. pi. 251, 252. 58. Picus erythrocephalus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xx. p. 402 (1825). Picus fulviscapus, Licht., Verz. p. 11 (1823). Picus fu&cescens, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxvi. p. 86 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. Afr. vi. pi. 253. Genus MEROPS. 28. Merops monachus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xv. p. 159 (1817). From New Holland. I cannot determine this species. 29. Merops malimbicus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xv. p. 159 (1817). Merops bicolor, Daud., Ann. du Mus. ii. p. 440 (1803). Genus LARUS. 1. Larus rissa, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xii. p. 250 (1813). Larus rissa, Brunnich, Orn. Bor. p. 42 (1764) ? Genus ALAUDA. 2. Alauda rostro-crassa, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. i. p. 235 (1808). Alauda crassirostris, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. i. p. 373 (1816). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 193. 25. Alauda percutiens, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. i. p. 236 (1808). Alauda apiata, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. i. p. 342 (1816). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 194. 1867.] 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 26. Alauda africana, Wilkes, Ency. Load. i. p. 236 (1808). Alauda africana, Gm., Syst. Nat. i. p. 798 (1788). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv\ pi. 192. 37. Alauda DORSO-rubra, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. i. p. 236 (1808). Alauda pyrrhonota, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. i. p. 361 (1816). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 197. 38. Alauda pileo-rubra, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. i. p. 236 (1808). Alauda rufipilea, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. i. p. 345 (1816). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 198. Geuus AMPELIS. 1. Ampelis grandis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. i. p. 483 (1796). Coracias militaris. Lath., Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 27 (1801). Querula rubra, Vieill. Ha^matoderus grandis, (Wilkes) ! ! ! Le Vaill., Ois. Am. et Ind. pi. 25, 26. Genus MUSCICAPA. 3. Muscicapa nubila, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 260 (-1818). Svlvia nebulosa, Vieill.. Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 204 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 149. 4. Muscicapa loricaria, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 261 (1818). Sylvia melanoleucus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p 176 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 150. 19. Muscicapa parus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 262 (1818). Muscicapa subflava, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 483 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 155. 39. Muscicapa penulata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 265 (1818). Muscicapa cyanomelas, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 473 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 151. 40. Muscicapa superciliata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 265 (1818). Muscicapa perspicillata, Vieill. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 152. 106. Muscicapa undulata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 269 (1818). Muscicapa ? Gray, Gen. i. p. 263. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 156. Not M. undulata, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 471 (1818). 107. Muscicapa stellata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 270 (1818). Muscicapa stellata, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 468(1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 157. 108. Muscicapa azurufa, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 270 (1818). Muscicapa aurea, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 463 (1818). " Niltava azurea (Vieill)," Gray, Gen. i. p. 264. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 158. 109. Muscicapa albicapilla, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 270 (1818). " Platysteira monacha, Swains." Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 159. 110. Muscicapa molenaria, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 270 (1818). Muscicapa pistrinaria, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 474 (1818). Muscicapa molitor, Licht. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 160. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 111. Muscicapa print, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 271 (1818). Muscicapa pririt, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 486 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 161. 112. Muscieapa drongo, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 271 (1818). Lanius forficatus, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 134 (1766). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 166. 116. Muscicapa albiventris, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 272 (1818). Dicrurus leucogaster, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. ix. p. 587 (1817). Dicrurus albiventris, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 140 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 171. 117. Muscicapa longicauda, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 272 (1818). Dicrurus macrocercus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. ix. p. 588 (1817). Dicrurus indicus, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 139 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 174. 118. Muscicapa malabarica, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 272 (1818). Lanius malabaricus, Scopoli. Dicrurus platurus, Vieill.. Nouv. Diet. ix. p. 588 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 175. 119. Muscicapa aerea, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 272 (1818). Dicrurus aeneus, Vieill, Nouv. Diet. ix. p. 586 (1817). Dicrurus seratus, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 138 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 176 Genus MOTACILLA. 2. Motacilla coryphaeus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 77 (1817). Sylvia coryphaeus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 177 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 120. 16. Motacilla citrina, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi p. 78 (1817). Sylvia subflava, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 175 (1817). L. Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 127. 21. Motacilla melogaster, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xv. p. 79 (1817). Sylvia lunulata. Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 210 (1817). Sylvia gutturalis, Boie. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 123. 22. Motacilla ruficapa, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 80 (1817). Sylvia fulvicapilla, Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 217 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 124. 23. Motacilla viridis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 80 (1817). Sylvia olivacea, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 205 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 125. 24. Motacilla grisea, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 80 (1817). Sylvia subecerulea, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 188 (1817). Parisoma rufiveuter, Swains. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 126. 26. Motacilla ciliata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 80 (1817). Sylvia diophrys, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 182 (1817). Motacilla diophrys, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxiii. pi. 973 (no date). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 128. 39. Motacilla aurata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 83 (1817). Sylvia auraticollis. Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 175 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 119. 1867.] 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 66. Motacilla arenaria, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 85 (1817). Motacilla capensis, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 333 (1766). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 178. 67. .Motacilla variegata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 86 (1817). Motacilla indica, Gm., Syst. Nat. i. p. 962 (1788). Motacilla variegata, VieiJl. Le Vaill., Ois d'Afr. iv. pi. 179. G8. Motacilla striata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 86 (1817). (Enanthe ptymatura, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 436 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. "d'Afr. iv. pi. 188, fig. 2. 69. Motacilla rubra, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 86 (1817). (Enanthe rufiventris, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 431 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 188, fig. 1. 70. Motacilla cursor, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 86 (1817). CEnanthe cursorea, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 431 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 190. 71. Motacilla familiaris, Wilkes. Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 86 (1817). CEnanthe sperata, Vieill , Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 432 (1818). Saxicola familiaris, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 241 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 183. 80. Motacilla formicivora, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 88 (1817). CEnanthe formicivora, Vieill., Nouv, Diet. xxi. p. 421 (1818). Saxicola formicivora, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 242 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 186, 187. 81. Motacilla Imperator, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 88 (1817). CEnanthe nigra, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 431 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 189. 82. Motacilla Alacda, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 88 (1817). Alauda nigra, Stephens, Gen. Zool. xiv. p. 25 (1826). L. Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 191. 86. Motacilla tractrac, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 89 (1817). CEnanthe cinerea, Vieill , Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 437 (1818). Le. Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 184, fig. 1. 87. Motacilla Montana, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 89 (1817). CEnanthe monticola, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xxi. p. 434 (1818). Saxicola Montana, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 242 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 184, fig. 2. 93. Motacilla pastor, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 90 (1817). Saxicola rubicola, var. Caffra, Licht. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 180. 96. Motacilla turdus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 91 (1817). Sylvia leucophryB, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 191 (1817). Turdus pipiens, Steph., (ien. Zool. xiii. p. 202 (1826). Le Vaill , Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 118. 98. Motacilla acutipennis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 91 (1817). Sylvia oxvura. Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 161 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 133. 99. Motacilla Amboynensis, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 91 (1817). Sylvia rubescens, Vieill. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 136. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 146. Motacilla teheric, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 94 (1817). Motacilla madagascariensis, Gm., Syst. Nat. i. p. 981 (but not p. 952). Sylvia leucops, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 222 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 132. 188. Motacilla garrula, Wilkes, Eney. Lond. xvi. p. 97 (1817). Sylvia babaecula, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 172 ( 1817 j . Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 121, fig. 1. 189. Motacilla isabella, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 98 (1817). Sylvia baetieata, Vieill., Nouv. Diet xi. p. 195 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 121, fig. 2. 190. Motacilla pavo, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 98 (1817). Sylvia brachyptera, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 200 ( IS 1 7). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 122. 209. Motacilla fimbriata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 102 (1817). Malurus palustris, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xx. p. 213 (1818)? Malurus gularis, Steph., Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 224 (1825). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 130, fig. 2. 2 10. Motacilla pincpinc, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 102 (1817). Sylvia textrix, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 208 (1817). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 131. 211. Motacilla apus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 103 (1817). Sylvia minuta, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxiii. pi. 997 (no date). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 134. 212. Motacilla curvata, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xvi. p. 103 (1817). Motacilla rufescens, Vieill. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 135. Genus PARUS. 33. Parus niger, Wilkes, Eacy. Lond. xviii. p. 726 (1821). Parus niger, Vieill, Nouv. Diet. xx. p. 325 (1818). Purus luctuosus, Licht. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 137. 34. Parus variegatus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xviii. p. 726 (1821). Parus cinerascens, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xx. p. 31G (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 138. 35. Parus fuscus, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xviii. p. 726 (1821), Parus fuscus, Vieill, Nouv. Diet. xx. p 309 (1818). Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 139, fig. 1. 36. Parus albigena, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xviii. p. 727 (1821). Parus cinereus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xx. p. 316 (1818). Parus atriceps, Horsf., Linn. Trans, xiii. p. 160. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 139, fig. 2. 37. Parus dubius, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xviii. p. 727 (1821). Sylvia atricapilla, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. Parus monachus, Gray, Gen. iii. p. 30, b. Le Vaill , Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 140. 38. Parus quadricolor, Wilkes, Ency. Lond. xviii. p. 727 (1821). Motacilla zeylonica, Gm., Syst. Nat. i. p. 964 (1788). vEgithina quadricolor, Vieill. Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 141. 1867.] 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP On the habits of a TIPULIDEOUS LARVA. BY EDW. D. COPE. There has been known in Europe for many years a small white larva, which is called the army worm, which gathers itself into large bodies forming streams of several feet in length. These bodies move forward at a slow rate, and ap- pear to be a. form of migration which the species adopts for some purpose un- known. Their superficial resemblance to a sluggish serpent usually excites repugnance in the minds of many observers. It has been found that these larva? are those of different species of the flies of the genus Sciara, which belongs to the Mycetophilida?, which was formerly regarded as a group of the great family Tipulidae, or the crane flies. Of this genus Osten Sacken* says : " All the larvse of the Mycetophilidse are gregarious, and live among decaying vegetable matters. * * Sciara is found among decaying leaves in vegetable mould, iu cow-dung, under the bark of dead trees, etc. * * They may be distinguished from the larva? of Mycetophila by their greater delicacy, and by the structure of the trophi ; most of them seem to have no bristles or spines on the locomotive processes on the under side of the body, whereas the majority of the Mycetophihe have them. They are even more gregarious than the other larvae of this family, and have the singular propensity of sticking together in dense patches, in which situation they are frequently found, for instance, under the bark of trees. It is probably to the same propensity that the phenomenon, known in. Germany under the name of army worm (Heerwurm), is due. This is a pro- cession of larva?, sometimes from twelve to fourteen feet long, and two or three inches broad, consisting of numberless specimens, sticking closely to- gether, and forming a layer of about half an inch thickness. Such processions have been often observed in woods in Germany, Sweden and Russia, but never sufficiently investigated to explain their object. That the larva? do not mi- grate in search of food, we can infer from the fact that they appear to be full- grown when they form these processions." Prof. Berthold, of the University of Gottingen, gives a more detailed ac- count of this larva, f as follows : " Mr. Berthold imparted, on the 17th of December, 1853, to the Royal So- ciety of Sciences, a zoological examination of the Heerwurm (army \inrm), which in certain .years in the forests of Thuringia, Hanover, Sweden and Nor- way moves like a snake several feet long, four to six inches broad, and thumb thick, which consists of myriads of small dipterous larvae, four to five lines long. Eight years ago (Reports from the G. A. University and the Royal Society of Sciences at Goettingen, 1845, No. 5), he stated that the Tipula which was observed by the forest keeper, Mr. Raude, at Birkenmoor, v. as the Thomastrauer gnat (Sciara t h o m a? ), and was the means of solving a problem, which has been for hundreds of years a returning stimulus of bigotry and fear for the peasants, and for zoologists a point of earnest consideration. But when he obtained last summer from the Eilenriede, near Hanover, more new Heerwurm larva?, and Mr. L. Bechstein bred some flies out of the larva? of a Heerwurm, it gave him occasion to institute further examinations. "The desire for association and migration cannot be compared with the migrations of all other insects and animals; fortius is not done to procure nourishment, because the maggots are in such great quantity above each other, that but few would have a chance to reach the food. Also, the maggots do not show the desire for travelling immediately after leaving the egg, like many other insects, but the movement commences when the worm # Who has described the larvse,' and Riven the bibliography of the European species Proc^Entom.Soc.Phila L854 163^-170 lam indebted to this excellent entomologist fo [Dec. Pi !»■. i .u. ■■in. .'i» .i iin,-i i.'it too — iiu * Mm iiiiieiuiMi iii mi.- exceiiem entomologist Iit the identification of larvse from Westtown, Bent him, and for reference to the above essay t Nachrichten Univ. GBttingen, 1854, p. i. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 is grown, and not less than three lines long. From this it would appear to have some connection with the entrance into the pupa state. " Their metamorphosis is known ; it takes place in earth, in roots of plants, under rotten logs, or in swamps. Such moist localities are selected by the Heerwurm larvae after they have come to a certain age, and the time of pupa change has arrived, which is known by the desire for association. "The mucus which keeps the maggots together is a product of the salivary gland in Sciara i n g e n u a, and almost all other Dipterous larvae which have a head, and which make a fine cocoon. The formation of |>upae of the Heerwurm takes place surrounded by this mucous saliva. The Heerwurm can be re- garded as a collection of larvae, for the purpose of mutual transformation ; that is, it is accomplished through mutual protection at a period favorable to development. This connection is given up before the formation of nymphs really arrives, the individuals separating, from time to time, in search of food. When now the larvae of large divisions of Diptera, as the Pupipares, Notacanthes, etc., have the peculiarity of changing their own skin into a cover, which is the grave of the larva and the cradle for the pupa ; and the larvae of another division of the Diptera, as the Tanystomes and the Nemo- ceres, before changing, strip off their cover, and are transformed free or in a cocoon, so the Sciara thouia presents a process intermediate betweeu these, as the construction of the cocoon is not performed within the skin of the larva itself, but in a cavity which is made of the skins of numbers of other larvae." There appears, however, to have been no record of the observation of this peculiar habit of larvae in North America, up to within a short time. The genus is known to exist here, and Osten Sacken (1. c.) describes a species which he calls Sciara toxoneura. Hence the following account, which I have re- ceived from my friend William Kite, teacher at Westtown School, in Chester county, Pa., is of considerable interest. The statements are those of a careful naturalist, well acquainted with the field and field study. Before quoting it, it must be noted that another account of the same phenomenon was published in The Friend journal (Philada., 1864), by Charles Potts, another teacher in the same excellent institution. Some statements of this writer need correc- tion, as further observation convinced him: e. g., that they could climb. The following are observations of Wm. Kite : — "On the morning of Ninth month 1 1th, IS 66, a company of worms was ob- served crossing the brick walk, or passage, east of Westtown School; the mass presented much the appearance of a thin grey snake. This is the third year that these worms have been seen about our grounds. "This company extended over a length of about twenty-two inches, with a breadth of from three-quarters of an inch in the thickest part, to about one- eighth of an inch at the head, and one-tenth at the tail; five or six worms deep in thicker parts. The mode of progression of these singular creatures was by the contraction of an annulus at a time. They had distinct heads, and the motion of each was like that observed in caterpillars rather than that seen in earth-worms. The contraction commenced posteriorly, and was passed for- ward to the head in the successive rings. " They advanced at the rate of four inches in five minutes, the hinder ones working their way over the top of the rest. Those who reached the ground or bricks by thus traversing their comrades' backs seemed unable to proceed, so that their progression naturally assumed the singular shape that drew our attention to them. Occasionally a few would diverge from the mass, near the front, forming another head, as it were ; but they would soon return to the general company by crawling back over each other." [This observation was also made on the procession which appeared in 1864 ; ;'. e., that the hinder ones progressed over the bodies of those that preceded, the whole mass thus taking up in the rear and laying down in front. This is a much more rational explanation of their progress than has been offered ; we 1867.] -24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF having been left to suppose that the lower stratum of larva; carry the general mass.— E. D. C] "To arrive at an idea of their numbers, about half au inch of them were lifted out of their ranks on the point of a knife ; of these 95 adhered to it, giving say 200 to the inch, or, by rough estimation, 2400 in the party. " They were about half an inch long, semi-transparent, with black heads ; their alimentary canals were clearly distinguishable by the unaided eye ; the color of their contents would lead to the supposition that their food resembled that of the earth-worm. They crossed the brick path, conforming to one general direction, but varying to suit the inequalities of the walk. On reach- ing the grass they immediately buried themselves in the ground. This was observed to happen with a company which was seen here a year or two ago." " S'V/nth mo. 1. 1867. " A large company of the ' snake worms ' attempted to cross a gravel walk in the yard this morning, but became entangled in the sand, which adhered to their bodies and seemed to bewilder them. School duties interfered with watching them, but I anticipated their perishing in the sand. They had managed to keep together when I saw them, after having crawled through three or four feet of sandy gravel, and may have eventually escaped. *' The most notirable fact in regard to them was the presence among them, travelling with and over them, of a full-grown maggot of a fly! It was very lively, diving into the mass and emerging again, as though quite at home. How did it get there? and why did it associate with them? Was it hatche 1 among them ? ''Their course was about N. W." " Seventh mo. 5, 1867. "A small company of tho0 degrees centigrade, would require 350,000,000 years This result has been quoted and approved extensively by the highest authorities, among others by Helmholtz, and by Tyndall in his work on heat. Undoubt- edly our globe was heated to a point as high as 2000° C. In " The Origin of the Stars" I have shown that the simple chemical elements composing our globe were created separately and uncombined, that they could not have com- bined slowly, but that they must have combined freely and rapidly, and in so doing our globe must have been all aflame, like the sun. Then for our earth to cool from 300° C. down so far as to be habitable for plants and animals, would require one hundred or two hundred millions of years more. Then come the long periods for the deposition of the fossilifcrous strata ; and these, the longer they are studied, seem to require longer and longer periods of time. This is my experience, after studying them forty years. Darwin com- putes, from data which seem sound, that 300,000,000 years have elapsed since the period of the weald, the latter part of the secondary. This latter part of the secondary, along with the tertiary, forms but a very small part of the stratified rocks. But we have been speaking only of the solid and the fused conditions of our planet. My many years of study on the nebulous condition of the great globes of space, impress me with nebulous periods equally as long and as incomprehensible as the fused and the solidified periods. In this way. while studying the monuments of the past set up by the Creator of the Uni- verse for our guidance, our reason carries us back not only hundreds of millions, but thousands of millions of years, and, in endeavoring to conceive of these long periods, the miad is just as completely overburdened and be- wildered as when we try to conceive of the immensity of space revealed by astronomy. By the side of all this how insignificant appears the three mil- lions of years taken by the sun to give out his light by the mere falling force of his own materials. Even the twenty millions of years advocated by some appears no better. Therefore this phase of the mechanical theory of solar heat is untenable. Neither can it account for the former igneous fluidity of our globe. During the slow nebulous condensation the heat from that source must have slowly radiated away, and we must look to the chemical combi- nation of its elements for its former fused condition. VI. Mayer, the first originator of the meteoric theory of solar heat, calcu- 1867.] 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF lated that the yearly accumulation of meteoric matter on the sun would so greatly increase the centripetal force of the solar system as to shorten our years from jf to f of a second. This shortening of our years does not agree with our present astronomical observations. Moreover Laplace proved, from the observations of Hipparchus, that during the last 20 centuries our days have not been shortened by th? one-three-hundredth part of a second. To escape this difficulty Mayer proposed the extraordinary idea that, by the un- dulatory theory, as well as by the old corpuscular theory of Newton, " the sun, like the ocean, is all the while receiving and losing equal quantities of matter.'' All the matter of the meteorites must be repelled back into space just as fast as they fall. But this is in direct contradiction to the theory of the conserva- tion of force. The force imparted to the sun by the fall of meteorites might indeed repel them all back again precisely where they came from, providing there existed a condition of perfect elasticity. But this elastic rebound would completely exhaust all the force received by the fall, and no force could be left to be converted into light and heat. To make the sun give out light and heat with a force equivalent to the fall, and also to send back the meteors with a force equivalent to the fall, would be making the sun perform exactly double duty. Still another objection arises, equally as strong : It would be like saying that when a body burns, the products of combustion are radiated away in the forms of light and heat. But experiments in abundance have proved that chemical combinations lose none of their materials by light and heat. It would be hard to find a more clear or a more acute mind than that of Mayer, and yet, to save his grand and magnificent meteoric theory, he was led, no doubt reluctantly, to this idea of immense quantities of matter radi- ated away by the undulatory theory. We may say immense quanti- ties, because the radiation of the suu would amount to his entire mass in 3,000,uuU years ; and a mass equal to the great globe on which we dwell in the lifetime of an aged man. VII. Professor Wm. Thomson, of Edinburgh, endeavored to save the mete- oric theory by a very different method. He supposed that mettorites are revolviug around the sun within the ear h's orbit, and that they appear to our vision in the zodiacal light. Being resisted by the solar atmosphi re. they fall in the sun, and being already within our orbit their fall does not shorten our year. There are two objections to this phase of the meteoric theory. The first is that it does uot allow time enough for geological facts. For the sta- bility of the solar system, the meteorites must revolve around the sun in the same direction as the plauets. They must come down spirally and hasten the rotation of the sun. Assuming that before their fall the sun did not ro- tate on its axis, then, to keep up the present emission of heat, ihe meteorites, according to Thomson, would give the present velocity to the sun in 32,000 years. Therefore sunlight has existed only during the past 32,000 years. Therefore the fossil plants away down iu the lowest strata of our earth lived and flourished and were nourished by the light of the sun only 32,000 years ago! Sir Charles L) ell, in his Antiquity of Man. calculated that the bones and implements of men, found iu what may truly be called superficial strata, are at least 100,000 years old, and in this I believe he is now supported by the assent of all geologists. Thr second objection to Prof. Thomson's phase of the meteoric theory, is that it opposes not only the geological, but also the nebular theory. The nebular theory must no longer be regarded as a vague hypothesis, but as a scientific verily. In The Origin of the Stars, and in a paper in this volume of these Proceedings, I have proved mathematically that the velocities of all the members of the solar system, more than a hundred in all, are just such as they must have by the force of gravity acting according to the nebular the- ory ; and that not only their various velocities, but the directions of their complicated motions, and the positions of their orbits, are jast what the force of gravity would necessarily produce. I have given evidences equally as [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231 strong that gravity imparted all their motions to all the stars in their orbits, as we have ever had that gravity now holds them in those very orbits. For these and many other reasons the nebular theory must be regarded as estab- lished. The supposition that the rotation of the sun has been caused by me- teorites is directly opposed to the very foundation of the nebular theory, which teaches that the original rapid rotation of the sun by centrifugal force produced all the planets, planetoids, and also these very meteorites of the zo- diacal light, if such there be. These meteorites must have had the same origin as the other members of the solar system, because they move in the same plane and in the same direction. Therefore these meteorites, if such there be, have derived their velocities from the sun, and not the sun from the meteorites. The wonder is, not that the sun now rotates so rapidly, but so slowly. When his surface extended to the orbit of Mercury his velocity of rotation was 110,000 miles per hour. Now it is only 4560 miles per hour. How has it been retarded? I have shown that in many, probably in most, cases the ro- tation of a nebula can be only on the surface, and that ultimately it must be retarded by friction on the unrotating interior. Between the orbit of Mercury and the present surface of the sun, the velocity of rotation tnust have been vastly increased in order to abandon any planetary or meteoric matter. But in reality the velocity was decreased, and therefore none could have been abandoned. Even before the abandonment of Mercury, there was a slacken- ing of the rate of increase in solar rotation. It is on this account that the interplanetary space between Venus and Mercury is greater than that between the Earth and Venus, contrary to the law of all the other planets. For all the interplanetary spaces become less and less in approaching toward the sun, in consequence of the greater rate of nebular rotation. Therefore, in conse- quence of the slackened rate of rotation, we could look, according to the nebular theory, for no large mass of meteoric matter abandoned by the sun inside the orbit of the earth. But, for argument sake, let us suppose that a large amount of meteoric matter was thus abandoned, and let it be equal to the mass of Venus. This truly is a very liberal allowance. Then how long would its fall in the sun keep alive his present rate of heat? According to Thomson, the fall of Venus in the sun would prolong his heat just 83 years and 227 days. This is a wonderful contrast with the inconceivable millions of years demanded by the other facts of science Mayer's phase of the meteoric theory is also opposed to the nebular theory. I suppose he must have seen that the present interior heat of the earth and its former entire igneous fusion could not be accounted for by the fall of me- teorites, because they must have ceased gradually, and we would now find a thick crust of meteoric matter on the surface of our planet. He therefore supposes that the heat was caused by a collision with another large body. This collision must have produced not only the heat but also the rotation of the earth. The same must have occurred with the moon, because the lunar mountains and volcanoes exhibit unmistakeable evidences of former fusion and interior heat. The same also must have happened to the other planets and satellites, for they all rotate. Therefore, according to this view, each of the planets and satellites must have found a fellow to strike them, most won- derful to tell, precisely in the same way, and impart to them all their rota- tions in the same direction ! But the solar system is constructed on different principles. There can be no collision of large planetary bodies ; much less a very peculiar system of collisions to make them all rotate and move in their orhits exactly in the same way 1 Thus we see insurmountable objections against all the three phases of the mechanical theory of solar heat. The old theory of luminous, calorific, cloud-like envelopes floating in the atmosphere of the sun, is very generally given up ; but even this docs not attempt to point out the cause of the heat in the supposed envelopes. There remains only the chemical theory, which ha* but the one objection, that there is not a sufficient amount of fuel in the sun. 1807.] 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP This objection I have shown, in The Origin of the Stars, to be founded on at least three groundless assumptions ; founded, in fact, on our ignorance. It pretends to say that the materials of the sun, pound for pound, can give out no more heat than the materials of the earth. It pretends to say that the phy- sical forces, all alive in the sun, can produce no more heat in connection with chemical combination than in our laboratories. It pretends to say that in the condensation of the sun no new chemical elements can be produced to serve as new fuel. It pretends all this in profound ignorance of what it ought to know for such assertions. On the contrary, I have shown various probabilities that the vastly different materials of the sun give out unspeak- ably more heat. I have shown various probabilities that all the physical forces alive together in the sun can produce more heat in connection with chemical combination ihan in our little laboratories. I have shown, what seems to me conclusive proofs, that new chemical elements are now forming in the sun to serve as new fuel. These probabilities I do not call my demon- stration. But beyond all this I have given, as my special demonstration, large numbers of facts and arguments, derived from the earth, the sun and the fixed stars, to prove that solar heat springs from chemical action. Until some one in the scientific world attempts to answer my facts and arguments, I need say nothing further. There are many other objections to the mechanical theory, but I think quite enough have here been given to put the discussion at rest forever. Descriptions of Five New Species of Central American BIRDS. BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE. 1. GLACCIS iENEUS. Front and top of the head dull brown, upper plumage besides of a shining coppery bronze, the upper tail coverts are rather more bronzy, with dull grayish margins ; the two central tail feathers are of a dull pale bronzy given, the other tail feathers are chestnut at base, with a broad subterminal band of black, all of them end in white ; ear coverts black; a pale rufous stripe runs from the bill under the eye, and there is a postocular mark or streak of the same color ; a dusky line extends from the under mandible down each side of the neck; the entire under plumage and under tail coverts are of a clear rufous ; upper mandible black, the under is dull yellow for two-thirds its length, with the end black ; feet pale yellow. Length (skin) 4^ in. ; wing 2 1-1 6th ; tail lj ; bill 1|. Habitat. — Costa Rica. Collected by A. R. hhidres. Type in Museum of Smithsonian Institution. Remarks. — This species differs from G. hirsuta and its allies in the bronzy coloring of its tipper plumage, and also in being smaller ; in the well marked band on the tail feathers it is much like G. ajffinis, but the color of the band is of a deeper black, not bluish black ; the tail feathers are narrower than in affinis, and the under tail coverts more rufous. ;-everal specimens examined vary only in some having their Tipper plum- age more of a golden bronze, others being more coppery ; none have the uuder mandible of a clear yellow, some scarcely showing that color, the bill appearing to be entirely black. 2. EuPHEBUSA NIGBIVENTEIS. Pore part of the be id as fir as upon a line with the back part of the eyes, and the entire under surface deep velvety black; occiput dull ashy brown, upper plumage grass green tinged with golden ; upper tail coverts of a dull coppery bronze ; the four central tail feathers blackish purple, the three lateral on each side pure white; primaries brownish purple : the wing coverts green like the back ; the secondaries are chestnut at the base with their ends [Dec • NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 purple ; sides under the wings dull green ; the vent and under tail coverts white ; hill black ; feet yellowish. Length (skin) IS;,1 in. ; wing 2 ; tail 1| ; hill f. Habitat. — Costa Rica. Collected by A. R. Eudrcs. Type in Museum of Smithsonian Institution. R< marks. —The combination of colors in this bird is of an unusual charac- ter, and I know of none which it at all resembles. I consider it strictly con- generic with the species heretofore placed by me in Eupherusa, viz., my E. eupreiceps and Thaumatias chionurus of Mr. Gould. In the present species the character of the secondaries being chestnut, I think strengthen its claims to an alliance with E. eximia. 3. Thaumatias Luci.*:. Upper plumage of a dull bronzy dark green, the crown duller ; the upper tail coverts of a lighter bronzy green, somewhat golden ; the tail feathers are dull bronzy green, all except the two central ones are broadly marked near their ends with dark purplish bronze, the tips being ashy gray ; the throat and breast are glittering bluish green, middle of the abdomen white ; the under tail coverts are light olive margined with white ; wings brownish purple ; upper mandible black, the under yellow with the end blackish ; feet black. Length (skin) 3| in. ; wing 2} ; tail If ; bill 13 ltiths. Habitat. — Honduras. Remarks. — In size and colors of the body this species is much like T. Lin- ncei, but the tail is quite different, and closely resembles, in the coloring of its under surface, that of T. chionopectus. This was the only specimen in the collection from which I obtained it, but there were many specimens of T. cqndidus. This species is dedicated to Miss Lucy Brewer, daughter of my friend Dr. Thomas M. Brewer, of Boston. 4. DroJIOCOCCYX RUFIGULARIS. Head above and entire upper plumage rich dark brown of a purplish lustre ; the tips of the feathers on the head, back and wing covertfc, are sparingly marked with minute spots of pale rufous, some of the larger coverts are more rufous at their ends, the color extending for some distance along the shafts : the upper tail coverts, which are much lengthened, are of a duller brown than the back, they have a greenish gloss, and are margined with dull gray ; the tail feathers are much the same in color as the back, and are narrowly edged on both webs with very pale rufous ; the tail underneath is of a clear grayish ash, with the shafts of the feathers white, and the edges of the feathers narrowly marked with whitish ; quill feathers brown, with their shafts white underneath, and the inner webs marked witli white at the base; a postocu- lar stripe of light rufous extends to the hind neck ; ear coverts dark brown ; sides of the neck, throat and upper part of the breast rufous, paler on the throat and deeper in color on the breast, on the latter some of the feathers have their edges narrowly marked with black ; the color of the breast con- nects with the rufous stripe running back from the eye ; the remaining uuder parts with the under tail coverts, white ; the greater part of the upper man- dible is black, the edges together with the iinder mandible being yellow ; tarsi and toes brown, soles of the feet yellow. Length (skin) 10$ in. ; wing 6; tail b^ ; tarsi 1£ ; bill f. Habitat. — Guatemala. Obtained from Dr. C. H. Van Patten, who had no knowledge concerning it, except that it came from a high mountain region. Remarks. — This species is much smaller and of a more delicate form than D. phasianellus, Max. (£>. mexicanus, Bp.), and is quite different in coloration, that having the crown and crest dark cinnamon, the wing coverts conspicu- ously edged with whitish, the postocular stripe nearly white and the throat and upper breast spotted and streaked with black ; the feet in the new species are much weaker. 1867.] 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 5. Abamides albivextris. Occiput and part of hind neck brownish cinnamon ; chin and throat whitish ; fore part of the head and crown, with the neck behind and in front of a clear bluish gray ; back and wings greenish olive ; rump, tail, Hanks, abdomen and under tail coverts black ; thighs smoky black ; quills bright reddish cinnamon ; under wing coverts dull pale cinnamon, with blackish bars ; breast pale cinnamon, this color extending round partly on the back : the elongated feathers of the breast, which extend down the sides of the abdomen are white, and form a conspicuous broad mark in shape of the letter U inverted, which contrasts strikingly with the reddish and black colors above and below it ; the bill is orange as far as the nostrils and pale greenish yellow at the end : the legs appear to have been light Vermillion. Length about 21 in. ; wing 71. ; tail 2^; bare part of tibia 1 ; tarsi 3 : bill 2A. Habitat. — British Honduras. Remarks. — I have had the above described specimen for some time, an 1 considered it to be a new species, but delayed publishing it. I have recently obtained another precisely like it, that came from Guatemala. It differs from A. Cai/ennensis, Gin., in the breast being of a pale instead of a deep cinnamon red, and in having the white mark on the abdomen. Additional Note on the "CHINCH-BUG." BY HENRY SHTMER, M. D. The "Chinch-bug" has entirely disappeared from this region, so far as I have been able to observe. I have made diligent search since spring, with the object of obtaining a few living specimens, but up to this time have not succeeded in finding a single specimen. I am convinced that the efficient cause of their entire destruction exists in the continuation of the epidemic among them. Their overthrow is a cause of great rejoicing among the farmers. And once more, as of yore, they have realized a bountiful wheat harvest. I have but one thing to regret in their annihilation : I neglected to obtain a good supply of specimens, while they might have been secured by the wagon load. Ml. Carroll, III, Sept. 16, 1867. Prof. Cope gave an account of the extinct reptiles which approached the birds. He said that this approximation appeared to be at two points. The first by the Pterosauria, to which the modified bird Archacoptervx presented points of affinity. The second, and one not less stiiking. is by the Dinosauria of the orders Goniopoda and Symphypoda. lie showed the essential differences between the ordinary Dinosanria and the birds to consist in the distinct tarsal I es iii two scries, the anteriorly directed pubes, and the presence of teeth. of the first class. In the genus La' laps Cope, type of the Goniopoda. the prox- imal series of tarsal bones was principally represented by one large astraga- loid piece which had a very extensive motion on those of the second series. This was immovably bound to. and embraced, the tibia, and was perhaps con- tinuous with Lhe fibula, much resembling the structure of the foot of the chick of tin- ninth day, as given by Gegenbaur. The zygomatic arch was of a very light description. He was convinced that the most bird-like of the tracks of the Connecticut sandstone were made by a nearly allied genus, the Bathyg- nathua Leidy. These creatures, no doubt, assumed a more or less erect po- sition, and the weight of tin- riscera, etc., was supported by the slender and e pubic bones, which were to some extent analogous to the marsupial hones of [mplacental Mammalia, though probably not homologous with them. He -aid he was Satisfied that the SO-Called clavicles of IguanodOD and otl Dinosauria were pubes, having a position similar to those of the Crocodilia. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 Also that a species of Laelaps had been observed in France, by Cuvier, which was different from the L. aquilungui s, and which he proposed should be called Laelaps g a 1 1 i c u s. Oompsognathus Wagner, type of the Symphypoda, expressed the characters of the latter in the entire union of the tibia and fibula with the first series of tarsal bones, a feature formerly supposed to belong to the class Aves alone, until pointed out by Gegenbaur. This genus also offered an approach to the birds in the transverse direction of the pubes, (unless this be due to distortion in the specimen figured by Wagner,) their position being intermediate between the position iu most reptiles and in birds. Other bird-like features were the great number and elongation of the vertebra? of the neck, and the very light construction of the arches and other bones of the head. He thought the penguin, with its separated metatarsals, formed an approach on the side of the birds, but whether the closest approximation to the Sym- phypoda should be looked for here or among the long-tailed Batitse (ostrich, etc.,) he was unable to indicate. The following reports of the Curators, Librarian and Recording Sec- retary were read : REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators, in the presentation of their usual Annual Report, take pleas- ure in announcing to the members of the Academy that its Museum is throughout in a fair state of preservation, and during the last year has con- tinued to increase, through the interest and liberality of the lovers of natural history. Through the same qualities we have been provided with a large amount of means, upwards of $100,000, towards the purchase of ground and the erection of a more capacious building to accommodate the Museum. However, even after sufficient means are procured for the completion of this object, it is not enough for the interests of the Academy and Science that we should stop here. The Museum has now acquired such giant proportions that voluntary labor can no longer be depended upon for the arrangement of the cabinet ; indeed, the Museum in its present unarranged and often confused condition, loses the greater part of its value to students. The time has arrived when it is highly important that means should be obtained to em- ploy a Curator and competent assistants whose duty it shall be to classify, arrange, and label the collection and maintain it in perfect order. The Museum of the Academy has become one of the most attractive places of visit in our city, and with its collections properly arranged and labelled will become a great school of popular instruction. During the past year, though open only, as usual, two half days weekly, it was visited by 51,520 persons. If our city government appreciated the importance of the Academy as a school of instruction to the people, it could not hesitate to aid it in its object, by appropriating for its use, as has been repeatedly suggested, one of the public squares at Broad and Market Streets. The following account exhibits the contributions to the Museum in its various departments during the year. Mammals. — Fifteen specimens were presented by Dr. J. H. Slack, Dr. H. B. Butcher, U. S. A., S. Powel, Rev. Alden Grant, Mr. Reeves, Joseph E. Shaw, G. J. Durham, 0. Biddle, W. S. Vaux, and E. D. Cope. Birds. — One hundred and ninety-one from Alaska and Hudson Bay Terri- tory, were presented by the Smithsonian Institution ; 67 from Texas, by Dr. H. B. Butcher, U. S. A., and 43 species of birds, nests and eggs, were pre- sented by Dr. William Zaremba, Dr. V. B. Hubbard, U. »S. A , Rev. Alden 1867.] 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Grout, Dr. George Smith, Mrs. Horace Fassitt, Capt. Thomas Clarkson, Mr. G. J. Durham, arid Mr. W. S. Vaux. Reptiles. — At different times Prof. E. D. Cope presented collections compris- ing together many species ; and other collections were presented by Dr. George" H. Horn, Mr. W. S. Vaux and Prof. M. Miles. Seven species were presented by Capt. R. B. Ely, Rev. E. R. Beadle, Mr. Robert Swift, Dr. C. W. Zaremba and Dr. E. J. Lewis. Fishes. — Many species, fresh water and marine, were presented at different times by Prof. E. D. Cope, and a small collection from Surinam was presented by the Smithsonian Institution. Seven species were presented by Dr. G. H. Horn, Mr. E. Homan, Col. W. H. Yeaton, Dr. S. Ashhurst, Dr. Slack and Mr. J. D. Sergeant. Mollusks. — Above all other departments of the Museum of the Academy, the concbological cabinet has been greatly enriched the past year. Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., has deposited his collection of upwards 10,000 species, in ad- dition to 100 jars of alcoholic specimens, mainly naked mollusks. Through this extensive addition the conchological collection of the Academy has be- come one of the largest in the world. Through the activity of the Concho- logical section of the Academy during the year, our cabinet has also received many available additions, for the details of which we refer to the report of the Conseivator of that Section. Ar'iculates. — Small collections of Crustacea, and a few specimens of insects, &c, were presented by Capt. Ely, Wm. M. Gabb, J. R. Thompson, E. R. Beadle, F. Guckert, Dr. G. R. McCoy, and R. Frazer. Radiates. — Small collections were received from Robert Swift and V. M. Gabb, and specimens were presented by A. Black, A. C. Kline, J. Cassin, J. Harrod, and S. PoweL Fossils. — Prof. E. D. Cope presented a valuable collection of remains of an extinct whale, Eschrichtius cephalus, a Basilosaurus, B. atlanticUS, a new B. mento, and a number of rays, from the miocene formation of Maryland. Drs. Francis and Samuel Ashhurst also presented several collections com- prising many fragments of bones of sanrians, chelonians, and fishes, from the green sand of New Jersey. Dr. LeConte presented collections of remains of fishes, shells, and plants from the cretaceous and other formations of Kan- sas and New Mexico. Mr. William Brown, through William M. Gabb, pre- sented a fine specimen consisting of the greater part of the skull of the great extinct Bison antiquus, from San Francisco, Cab, and Dr. Geo. H. Horn pre- sented remains of an extinct horse, from California. Small collections of fossils and specimens were also presented by T. A. Conrad, Dr. S. B. Howell, Dr. N. M. Glatfehler, Dr. I. Hays, James W. Carson, W. H. Stevens, J. Krider, W. S. Vaux, P. W. Sheafer, Dr. G. W. Hall, and Charles E. Smith. Minerals. — Fifty-nine specimens were presented by I. Lea, W. S. Vaux, S. F. Peck, Rev. E. R. Beadle, W. U. Boyer, the Resolute Mining Co., B. A. Hoopes, Dr. J. L. LeConte, Dr. W. S. VV. Ruschenherger, Wm. I.. Mactier, Joseph Harrod, A. R. Leeds, A. C. Kline, Dr. (i. Linceoum and E. J. Houdon. Botany.— A collection of Australian plants was presented by Prof. Asa Gray, and collections of plants were presented by the Rev. Mr. Peeve and by Mrs". Carolina A. Hiester. Miscellaneous botanical specimens were presented by E. lb Kennedy, A. D. Jessup, Wm. M. Gabb, Joseph Harrod, T. Meehan aud Mis Helen Blythe. Comparative Anatomy.— Wm. M. Gabb presented eight skulls of California Indians, besides two other skulls. Fifteen skulls of mammals were presented by R. Swift, E. D. Cope and VV. S. Vaux; and six miscellaneous anatomical specimens were presented by R. Swift, L. H. Deal, \V. Taggart, and S. B. Howell. « [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. - 7 Miscellaneous. — Dr. G. Lincecum presented 36 jars of zoological specimens from Texas ; Mr. Cope presented a collection of Indian relics ; and an antique copper hammer from Lake Superior was presented by S. F. Peck. Miscella- neous specimens were presented by Jos. M. Valdespiuo, Dr. Shippen, J. K. Thompson, F. Dick, Dr. John C. Spear, U. S. A., F. Coxe, J. G. McClenahan. J. Cassin, H. Allen and S. B. Howell. Respectfully submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY, Chairman of the Curators. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The Libraiian most respectfully reports that the number of donations to the Library from January to December, 1867, inclusive, is lb'81. Of these there were volumes 380 pamphlets 1295 maps 6 Total 1(381 As follows : Folios 28 Quartos , 418 Uctavos 1207 Duodecimos 22 Maps „ 6 Total 1681 These were derived from the following sources : Editors 157 And were divided as follows : Authors 209 Anatomy and Physiology 13 Societies 629 Bibliography 14 Library Fund 201 Botany *. 39 Wilson Fund 160 Chemistry 1 Geo. W. Tryon, Jr 208 Concholo^y 32b Publishers 8 Entomology 45 Minister of Public Works, France 7 General Natural History 53 Dr. Jos. Leidy 4 Geology 103 S. S. Haldeinan 17 Helminthology ti J. Gwyn Jeffreys. 14 Herpetology 4 A. & H. Adams 38 Ichthyology 8 Hon. Secretary of the Navy 1 Journals 959 Win. S. Vaux 1 Languages Treasury Department ... .. 7 Mammalogy.. 5 U. S. Coast Survey 1 Medicine 19 Smithsonian Institution 6 Mineralogy 14 Geological Survey of India 7 Ornithology 33 Hon. Leonard Myers 1 Physical Science 21 Hon. Chas. Sumner. . 1 Useful Arts 1 Mrs. Lucy W. Say 1 Voyages and Travels 12 Chas. E. Smith 1 Surgeon General U. S. A 2 Total 1681 Total 1681 One hundred and sixty volumes and two hundred and thirty three pamph- lets were presented through the Conchological Section of the Academy. All of which is respectfully submitted. J. D. SERGEANT. 1867.] 238 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. During the year ending November 30th, 1S67, there have been elected one hundred and eleven members and sixty-six correspondents. The death of the following members and correspondents have been an- nounced : Ten members — namply : Mr. Edward F. Sanderson, Mr. Robett Kennicott, Mr. William Norris, Prof. Alex. D. Bache, Washington Sherman, M. D., C. W. Pennock, M. D., Mr. Samuel C. Morton, Miss Margaretta H. Morris, Mr. Jacob Pierce, Mr. Richard M. Marshall ; Nine correspondents -namely : Rev. Stephen Elliott, Geo. W. Featherston- haugh, Dr. Brackenridge Clemens, Prince Maximilian Zu Wied, Dr. Geo. Jager, Dr. C. M. Diesing, Prof. Farraday, Dr. Zimmerman, Rev. Dr. C. Dewey. Three members have ]esij;ned. The number of papers contributed and ordered to be printed in the Proceed- ings and Journal during the year has been thirty-six, as follows : In the Proceedings thirty-three ; namely — Aubrey H. Smith II G. C. Lincecum, M.D 1 Thomas Meehan 4 J. H. Slack, M.D 1 K. D. Cope 5 H. C. Wood, Jr., M.D 2 Isaac Lea 2 John Cassin 4 Henry Shimer, M.D 2 Alphonso Wood 1 Jacob Ennis 1 Geo. N. Lawrence 1 D. G. Elliott 1; Elliott Coues, M.D 1 Richard Hill 1 John L. Le Coute, M.D 4 Geo. H. Horn, M.D 2 In the Journal three ; namely — K. D. Cope 3 All of which is respectfully submitted. S. B. Howell*, Recording Secretary. The following reports were read from the Conchological Section : REPORTS OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. REPORT OP THE SECRETARY/. The Conchological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences would beg leave to report — That the Section was organized by the election of officers, Dec. lith, 1866. Six members and seventy-three correspondents have been elected during the year. Two members have resigned, and one correspondent has died. Meet- ings have been regularly held on the evening of the first Thursday of each month. Correspondence has been opened with scientific gentlemen in this country and abroad, as will he seen by the Secretary's report. A number of articles on scientific subjects have been published, as well as consecutive numbers of the "American Journal of Conchology," and the " Monograph of Terrestrial Mollusca." Donations to the library have been numerous, as noticed iD report of the Librarian. Additions to the collection during the year have been beyond all precedent in the number and value of specimens, as may be seen by the Conservator's report. In conclusion, we venture to express the hope that, under the fostering care of the Academy, this Section may prove an efficient arm of the service, in carrying on the work which this noble institution is destined to accomplish fur true science and the diffusion of knowledge. E. R. Beadle, Secretary. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY". Letters have been addressed to the following gentlemen, announcing their election as correspondents : Prof. Louis Agassiz, Cambridge, Mass. John G. Anthony, Cambridge, Mass. (t«o. French Angas, Australia. Henry Adams, London. Arthur Adams, London. Taos. Bland, New York. H. Benson, Cheltenham, England. J. R. Bourguignat, Paris. Dr. August Baudou, Bauvais, France. Luigi Benoit, Messina, Sicily. Hon. L. E. Chittenden, New York. Dr. P. L. Carpenter, Montreal, C. W. Col. F. F. Cavada, Tr. de Cuba. M. H. Crosse, Paris. Dr. J. C. Chenu, Paris. Hon. Edward Chitty, Jamaica. Fredk. Calliau I, Nantes, France. Dr. J. C. Cooper, San Francisco. Dr. J. C. Cox, N. S. W. M. Gr. P. Deshayes, Paris. Prof. Win. Duuker, Marburg, Hesse. William H. De Camp, M. D., Grand Rapids, Mich. Henri Drouet, Troyes, France. Dr. Paul Fiscdier, Paris. Prof. Theo. Gill, Washington, D. C. Win. M. Gabb, San Francisco. Prof. J. E. Gray, London. J. B. Gassies, Bordeaux, France. Dr. J. Guudlach, Havana, Cuba. Prof. James Hall, Albany, N. Y. Prof. F. S. Holmes, Charleston, S. C Alpheus Hyatt, Salem, Mass. Sylvester Han ley, Middlesex, Eng. J. Gonzales Hidalgo, Madrid, Spain. J. C. Jay, M.D., Rye, N. Y. J. Gwyn Jeffryes, London. J. P. Rutland, M.D., Cleveland, 0. Dr. H. C. Kiister, Cassel. James Lewis, M.D., Mohawk, N.Y. Prof. Albert Mousson, Zurich, Sw. Edward F. Morse, Salem, Mass. Prof. F. B. Meek, Washington, D. C. R. P. Montrouzier, New Caledonia. Arthur Morelet, Dijon, France. Prof. 0. A. L. Morch, Copenhagen. Jules Mabille, Dinan, France. Wesley Nevvcomb, M. D., Oakland, California. Temple Prime, New York. Patricio Maria Paz, Madrid, Spain. Dr. Louis Pfeiffer, Cassel. Prof. F. Poey, Havana, Cuba. Baron de Castello de Paiva, Lisbon. Dr. R. A. Philippi, Santiago, Cuba. M. C. Recluz, Paris. Wm. D. Stimpson, M.D., Chicago. E. R. Showalter, M. D., Uniontown, Alabama. Prof, G. B. Sowerby, London. Prof. D. S. Sheldon, Davenpjrt, Iowa. Petit de la Saussaye, Paris. R. E. C. Stearns, San Francisco. Abbe Joseph Stabille, Milan. M. Souverbie, Bordeaux, France. J. H. Thompson, New Bedford, Mass. Prof. F. H. Troschell, Bonn, Prussia. A. P. Turver, Lyons, France. Professor George Ritter von Fraunfeld, Vienna. Prof. P. J. Van Beneden, Bruxelles, B. Prof. Van Mohrenstein, Vienna. Dr. Levi Vaillant, Paris. Prof. Van den Busch, Bremen. J. R. Willis, Halifax. Alex. Winchell, Ann Arbor, Mich. Frederick Krauss, Stuttgard. Lettevs have also been written to the following gentlemen : April 22d, 1867. — W. T. Blanford, Calcutta, proposing an exchange of pub- lications and specimens ; Dr. Paladilhe, Montpelier, France ; Jules Mabille, Paris ; proposing exchanges. May Ilk.— D. Rafael Arango, Cuba, proposing an exchange of specimens. Sept. 11th. — Hon. L. E. Chittenden, New York, accepting proposals to send :-hells. Sept. 19th. — Sylvester Hauley, accepting proposals for an exchange ; W. T. Blaudford, Calcutta, accepting proposals for an exchange. Letters have been received from the following gentlemen, accepting of their piection as correspondents: May 9th. ,— D. S. Sheldon, Davenport, Iowa. 18b7.] 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF May \\th.— James Lewis, M. D., Mohawk, N. Y. ; Win. Stimpson, M. D., ■ hicago. Mui] 15/A. — K. R. Showalter, M.D., Alabama. May 18fA. — J. G. Anthony, Cambridge, Mass. May 'Sort. — Temple Prime, New York. May 29th.— J. C. Jay, M.D., Rye, N. Y. ; F. C. Morse, Salem, Mass. June 1st. — Thomas Bland, New York. June 2&th. — Alexander Winchell, Michigan. July 12th.— Prof. Theodore Gill, Washington, D. C. July 'list. — Col. F. F. Cavada, Cuba. Aug. 12///.— Prof. F. B. Meek, Washington, D. C. Letters have been received from the following gentlemen, offering to send shells or exchange specimens : 18(i7. Sept. 4th.— Hon. L. E. Chittenden, New York ; Sylvester Hanley, Middlesex, England. Sept. Hth.— Prof. J. E. Gray, British Museum ; W. T. Blanford, Calcutta. All of which is respectfully submitted. E. R. Beadle, Dec. 5, 1867. Corres. Sec'y. EEPOET OF THE CONSERVATOR. The Conservator of the Conchological Section respectfully reports that the Conchological cabinet has been increased during the year by the following donations and purchases : Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., presented six specimens of shells exhibiting internal structure ; Magilis antiquus from the Red Sea ; Helix Parkerii ; ninety-five species selected from the Poulson Collection, and about two hundred addi- tional duplicate species from the same collection ; four specimens of Cephalo- pods, in spirits, and forty-eight species, numerous specimens of Australian shells, together with a collection of Cephalopods and other naked mollusks in spirits. One hundred and eighty-four species of marine shells from Italy were re- ceived from Sylvanus Hanley ; one hundred and fifty-six species, three thon- -and nine hundred specimens of Unionidre and Melania chieiiy from Alabama. from E. R. Showalter, M.D.; types of sixty- four species of Polynesian shells, described by W. H. Pease, were received from their dcscriber. One hundred and six species, numerous specimens of shells from Canary Islands, Green- land, Arabia and Chili were presented by 0. A. L. Morch. S. S. Haldeman presented his type specimens of the genera Limnea, Pla- norbis and Physa. One hundred and four species of American terrestrial and rluviatile shells were received from E. Hall ; one hundred and twenty-two species, numerous specimens of Polynesian shells from Dr. J. C. Cox ; ninety-one species of shells from Australia, South America, Palestine, &c., from W. P. Wilstach. One hundred and forty species, numerous specimens of land and fresh-water shells, were presented by Aug. Brot, M.D., of Geneva. Rev. E. R. Beadle presented a specimen of Navea Newcombii, a perforating Haliotus, from Lower California, three species of Cuban shells, and two spe- cimens of Pinna squamosa, from the Mediterranean Sea, Mactra lateralis, ISav, Voluta Turneri, a large collection of Solens, Mactree, &c, and five species of terrestrial shells from Syria and Java. Thirty-one species, numerous specimens of Cuban land shells were received from Col. F. F. Cavada. Collections were also presented by G. A. Lathrop, A. 0. Currier, J. R. Wil- lis, C. F. Parker, F. H. Aldiich, Wm. M. Gabb, Dr. Jos. Leidy, F. A. Ran- dall, E. D. Cope, John Ford and Andrew J. Bennett. Sixty-three species, numerous specimens, were received from Dr. E, W. [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 Hubbard, John Krider, J. E. Eshleman, S. R. Roberts, Dr. II. C. Wood, Jr., Isaac Lea, Geo. Scarborough, W. D. Harlman, M.D., Geo. H. Horn, M.D., John Cassin, Thos. Bland, Wesley Newcomb, Wm. S. Vaux, R. E. C. Stearns, Miss Anna Abbott, J. L. Julius, J. H. Redfield, Dr. James Lewis, and Jacob Ennis. Types of Rafinesque's Unios, with the original labels in his handwriting, were obtained by purchase from the collection of the late Chas. A. Poulson. In addition to the above, the magnificent collection of over one hundred thousand specimens of ten thousand species, deposited by Mr. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., has been received and incorporated with the main collection, making our cabinet richer than any other in the world in specimens, and the richest in species with one exception, that of the British Museum. A collection of one hundred and eight species of American shells has been sent to Dr. J. C. Cox, of Sydney, Australia, in exchange for Polynesian shells, received from him. A similar collection has been sent to M. Luigi Benoit, of Sicily, and a smaller one to M. Spiridione Brusina. The various collections received during the year have been arranged, labelled and deposited in their proper places in the cabinet by Messrs. Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., Chas. F. Parker, S. R. Boberts and others, who have devoted much time and labor to the work. The proper systematic arrange- ment has been somewhat interfered with in consequence of the very limited accommodation afforded our magnificent collection in our present building, nor can any remedy for this inconvenience be at present suggested. Dr. S. B. Howell has kindly undertaken the arrangement of our alcoholic collection, and has made considerable progress therein. Opportunity having offered to acquire a portion of the collection of shells belonging to the late Hugh Cuming, of London, which portion consists of about one thousand species not yet in our museum, a subscription list was opened, and our appeal having been answered encouragingly, the shells were ordered, and some of them are now on their way to the Academy. Although the Conchological Section of the Academy has been in exist- ence but little over a year, yet an observation of its present condition can- not, we believe, fail to be gratifying to all interested in the science for the encouragement of which it was instituted. Whilst the augmentation of the collection during that time has been beyond all precedent, a reference to the list of our contributors will prove that the interest taken in the department is not confined to our members alone, but is manifested by others who are not so intimately connected with us, both at home and abroad. In conclusion, we beg leave to congra'ulate those present that through their instrumentality, the interest heretofore manifested in our science has been greatly increased, and to hope that their efforts may be still farther success- ful in the future in gaining for Conchology that prominent position among the Natural Sciences which it so well deserves. Respectfully submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY, Conservator. LIBRARIAN'S REPORT. There have been presented during the past year to the Conchological Sec- tion of the Academy of Natural Sciences, 14<> volumes, and 298 periodicals, Pamphlets, &c. Of these works, 11)5 are from Authors, 12 from Editors, 14 from Societies, 12 from Smithsonian Institution, 5 from Publication Commit- tee of Conchological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and 140 bound volumes, and 60 pamphlets, &C, from G. W. Tryon, Jr. In addition to the above there have been presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences, 21 volumes, pamphlets, &c, on Conchological subjects. Respectfully submitted. C. P. PARKER, Librarian. 1867.] 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. The election of officers for the ensuing year was held in accordance with the By-Laws, with the following result : President TsAAC Hays, M.D. Vice-Presidents Wm. S. Vaux, John Cassin. Corresponding Secretary Harrison Allen, M.D. Recording Secretary Samuel B. Howell, M.D. Treasurer Wm. C. Henszey. Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Curators Jos. Leidy M.D. Wm. S. Vaux, John Cassin, Kdw. D, Cope. Auditors Jos. Jeanes, Wm. S. Vaux, Aubrey H. Smith. Publication Committee Jos. Leidy, M.D., Wm. S. Vaux, Robert Bridges, M.D. John Cassin, Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. The following were elected members: J. Bonaldson Magee, Horace Magee, Isaac S. Waterman, A. J. Antelo, Wm. G. Moorbead, Richard K. Betts, George W. Brown, M.D., Henry R. Silliman, M.D., U.S.A., Edwin Sheppard, Jos. Willcox and Josiah W. Leeds. ELECTIONS. 243 ELECTIONS FOR 1867. The following persons were elected Members — viz. : Jan. 29. — J. E. Farnum, W. H. Stevens, Edw. B. Edwards, Jas. Levick, M.D., Chas. Gibbons, John B. Austin, Wm, S. Baird, Edwin Greble, Walter B. Smith, Wilson M. Jenkins, C. J. Haseltine. Feb. 26. — Evans Randolph, Francis R. Cope, Joseph Patterson. Richard M. Marshall, Benjamin Marshall. John Livezey, Chas. H. Borie. Thos. P. Cope, Miss R. A. Cope, Mrs. E. H. Vaux, Jos. S. Lovering, Jr., Saml. P. Carpenter, Richard R. Robb, Wm. Hacker, Stephen Colwell, Miss Ann Haines, Miss Jane R. Haines, F. L. Bodine, Horace M Bellows, M. D., John G Stetler, M. D., Wm. Procter, Jr., Anthony Heger, M D., U.S.A. March 26. — Samuel Ashhurst, M.D., Francis Ashhurst, M.D.. Rev. J. L. Beman, Chas. Smith, Thomas Earp, Charles Taylor, Moro Phillips, Samuel Welsh, Lewis Cooper, Benj. B. Comegys, S. C. Morton, Mrs. E. P. Long, Miss Bohlen. April 30. — Wm. Hay, Jas. H. Little, Beaveau Borie, J. Ross Snowden, Wm. W. Keen, Jr., M.D., Edw J. Nolan, M.D., Chas. Magarge, Chas. S. Coxe, I. V. Williamson, Matthew Baird, Chas. Wheeler, Robert H. Gratz, Adolph E. Borie, H. Pratt McKeau, George F. Tyler, Wistar Morris, Jos. F. Page, Israel Morris, A. Campbell, Thos. A. Scott, H. H. Houston, Chas. Spencer, Gustavus S. Benson, Wm. A. Blanchard. May 28.— Asa Whitney, Geo. Whitney, Jno. R. Whitney, E. W. Clark, Clarence H. Clark, Frank H. Clark, Theo. H. Morris, 0. N. Beach, Jas. N. Whelen, Wm. A. Whelen, Alexander Whilldin, Orlando Crease, Andrew I. Sloan, D. Murray Cheston, M.D., Edw. C. Knight, C. P. Bayard, Jay Cooke, A. J. Drexel, Jas. A. Wright, John T. Taitt, Jr., John Baird, Thos. Clyde. John B. Trevor, Thomas Potter, Frank Haseltine, Clarence S. Bement, Danl. H. Rockhill, Franklin S. Wilson, Rev. J. C. Ralston, Wm. R. White. June 25. — S. Morris Wain, B. Hammit, July 30. — Henry C. Gibson, Andrew M. Moore, John Gibson, T. Brantly Laugdon. Aug. 27. — James K. Tyson, M.D., Wm. Pepper, M.D., Geo. Pepper, M.D , Horace Binney Hare, M.D , Elias D. Kennedy. Sept. 24.— A. G. Hinkle, M.D., Chas. H. Thomas, M.D. Oct. 29.— Chas. W. Matthews. Nov. 26.— Edw. R. Murphy, Lloyd P. Smith, F. A. Hassler, M.D., G. Y. Shoemaker, Matthew Newkirk. Dec. 31. — J. Ronaldson Magee, Horace Magee, Isaac S. Waterman, A. J. Antelo, Wm. G. Moorhead, Richard K. Betts, Geo W. Brown, M.D., Henry R. Silliman, M.D., U.S.A., Edwin Sheppard, Jos. Willcox, Josiah W. Leeds. The following were elected Correspondents — viz. : Jan. 25. — Prof. 0. C. Marsh, of New Haven, Conn. ; Prof. Wm. H. Brewer, of New Haven, Conn. March 26. — John R. Willis, of Halifax, N. S. ; Gideon Lincecum, of Long Point, Texas; Samuel H. Scudder, M.D., of Boston; Hon. Geo. P. Marsh, of Florence, Italy. April 30. — Col. Frederick F. Cavada, U. S. Consul at Trinidad de Cuba; Eugene Gaussoin, Ph.D., of Baltimore, Md. ; Alpheus Hyatt, of Salem, Mass.; F. W. Putnam, of Salem, Mass. 244 ELECTIONS. May 28.— E. E. Adams, D.D. ; D. Antonio Raimondi, M.D., of Lima, Peru ; Alexander Winchell, of Ann Arbor, Mich. ; Henry Pleasants, of Pottsville, Penn. June 25. — C. William Zarernba, of St. Joseph's, Mich. ; H. E. Dresser, of London; M. H. Crosse, of Paris; Paul Fischer, M.D., of Paris; M. J. R. Bourguignat, of Paris ; R. P. Montrouzier, of New Caledonia ; George French Angas, of Port Jackson, Australia ; Henry Adams and Arthur Adams, of Lon- don ; J. C. Chenu, M.D., of Paris; Hon Edw. Chitty, of Kingston, Jamaica; J. B. Gassies, of Bordeaux ; Sylvanus Hanley, of London ; J. Gwynn Jeffreys, of Loudon ; Dr. H. C. Kiister, of Cassel ; Arthur Morelet, of Dijon; Dr. Louis Pfeiffer, of Cassel ; Prof. O. A. L. Murch, of Copenhagen ; Prof. F. H. Troschel, of Bonn, Prussia; G. S. von Mohrenstern,, of Vienna ; Frederick Cailliaud, of Nantes ; A. P. Terver, of Lyons; Petit de la Saussaye, of Paris ; Wesley New- comb, M.D., of Oakland, Cal. ; Dr. J. G. Cooper, of San Francisco ; R. E. C. Stearns, of San Francisco ; Prof. tF. Poey, of Havana ; Dr. J. Gundlach, of Havana; Dr. R. A. Philippi, of Santiago, Chili; H. Benson, of Cheltenham, England ; Henri Drouet, of Troyes ; Dr. Aug. Baudon, of Beauvais, France ; M. C. Recluz, of Vaugirard, near Paris; Dr. Leon Vaillant, of Paris; Baron de Castello de Paiva, of Lisbon ; Dr. G. Von dem Husch, of Bremen ; J. C. Cox, of Sydney N. S. W. ; Jules Mabille, of Dinon, France ; Luigi Benoit, of Messina ; J. Gonzales Hidalgo, of Madrid ; Abbe Joseph Stabile, of Milan ; M. Souverbie, of Bordeaux. July 30. — Rev. E. Johnson, of Sandwich Islands. Aug. 27. — Geo. J. Durham, of Austin, Texas; John Henry Gurney, of Nor- folk, Eng. ; Osbert Salvin, of London ; T. C. Jerdon, M.D., of Madras, India ; Prof. J. Reinhardt, of Copenhagen, Denmark. Sept. 24.— Alphonso Wood, of West Farms, N. Y. Nov. 26.— Wm. S. Bingham, of Boston ; Prof. 0. Root, of Hamilton College, N. Y. ; Col. E. Jewett, of Utica, N. Y. CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY. For 1967. Letters were received and read as follows : January 29th. — Physicalish Medicinische Gesellschaft, Sept. 7, 1866 ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlande, Altenburg, Oct. 18, 1866 ; K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna, Sept. 30, 1866; K. Gesellschaft f iir Wissenschaften, Gottingen, severally acknowledging receipt of Proceedings. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Ennlen, Oct. 1, 1866 ; Wisscnschaftliche Verein, Luneburg, Oct. 1, 1866; Naturkundige Gesellschaft in Wurtemburg, Stuttgart, Aug. 1, 1866, ac- knowledging receipt of Proceedings and transmitting publications. Entomological Society, Paris, Dec 22, 1866; Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Halle, Sept. 23, 1866; Mannheim Verein fur Naturkundc, Oct., 1866, severally transmitting their publication. Smithsonian Institution. Washington, D. C, Oct. 8, 1866, acknowledging receipt of Journal. Review of the Literary and Scientific Course, Paris, Dec. 20, 1866, accepting exchange upon certain conditions. CORRESPONDENCE. 245 February 2Q(h.—E. C. Wood, Jr., M. D., tendering his resignation as Recor- ding Secretary. Jos. Jeanes, resigning his position as Corresponding Secretary. Jos Starr, tendering his resignation as a member of the Academy. Recorder of the Conchological Section, announcing their organization and election of officers. April 23d — Captain Snow, offering his services to the Academy as lecturer. April 30/h. — J. Vaughan Merrick, Apr. 29, asking co-operation on the part of the Academy in the erection of new buildings for the combined scientific societies of Philadelphia. Finance Committee of the Lyceum of Natural History of William's College, asking co-operation in a scientific expedition to South America. J. M. S. Thackara, and Samuel H. Scudder, M.D., acknowledging receipts of notifications of election. May 28th. — J. Ross Snowden, acknowledging his election as member. June 25//(. — Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., June 18th, accompanying the deposit of his collection of shells. Also the following : Wm. Procter, Jr., Phila., March 4th, 1867 ; A. Heger, M. D., U. S. A., New York, March 7, 1867 ; Jas. H. Little, Buckingham P. 0., June 19th, 1867 ; E. W. Clark, Philadelphia, July 16th, 1867 ; L. H. Carpenter, Austin, Texas, Sept. 20th. 1866 ; Horace B. Hare, M. D., Philadelphia, Aug. 28th, 1867, severally acknowl- edging their election as members of the Academy. Abbe Joseph Stabile, Milan, Feb. 9th, 1867; Samuel Scudder, Boston, April 8th, 1867 ; Geo. P. Marsh, Florence, April 20th, 1867 ; Edw. L Berthoud, Golden City, May 22d, 1867; severally acknowledging their election as correspondents of the Academy. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Jan. 10th, 18C7 ; acknowledging receipt of Proceedings. A. H. Smith, M. D., U. S. A., Harts Island, Jan. 24th, 1867, requesting in- formation respecting membership. J. A. Heintzlenian, Feb. 6th, 1867, tendering his resignation of member- ship. Oliver W. Barnes, Feb. 19th, 1867, tendering his resignation of member- ship. W. II. Dau, Fort St. Michaels, Sept. 30th, 1806, informing the Academy of the death of R. Kennicott. T. Morris Perot, Feb. 1st, 1867, transmitting petition memorializing Con- gress upon the subject of importation of books for public libraries free from tariff rates. Dr. Wm. Zaremba, March 14th, 1867, making inquiry relative to donations, &c. ; April 1st, requesting copy of by-laws. Chas H. Doerflinger, March 15th, 1867, transmitting donation to library. L. W. Schmidt, March 21st, 1867, transmitting copies of his catalogue of books. Fred'k. Fraley, Phila., March 20th, 1867, regarding the funeral expenses of Prof. Dallas Bache. American Bureau of Mines, New York, April 18th, 1867, regarding cost of Proceeding. James Hall, Albany, April 27th, 1867, in reference to a donation to the library. Chas. Murray, January 26th, 1867, transmitting donation to Library. Alexander Winchell, Ann Arbor, June 28th, 1867; Eugene Gaussoin, Baltimore, July 19th, 1867 ; F. F. Cavada, Trinidad, July 31st, 1807 ; 216 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. J. Gwynn Jeffreys, London, August 31st, 1867 ; Henry Pleasants, Pottsville, Sept. 6th, 1867 ; S. Wylie Crawford, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 22d, 1867; M. Henri Drouet, Dijon, Sept. 13th, 1867; R. E. C. Stearns, San Francisco, Cal., Sept. 30th, 1867 ; M. Souverbie, Bordeaux, Sept. 13th, 1867 ; M. A. Moretel, Dijon, Sept. 7th, 1867 ; A. Baudon, Mouy, Sept. 6th, 1867 ; M. Cailliaud, Nantes, October 13th, 1867 ; Henry Adams, London, Oct 3d, 1867 ; C. C. Gray, M. D., U. S. A., Fort Stevens, Oct. 20th, 1867 ; M. Crosse, Paris, Nov. 8th, 1867 ; Chas. Stodder, Boston, Dec. 14th, 1867; Dr. P. Fischer, Paris, severally acknowledging their elections as correspon- dents of the Academy. Mrs. Willard Parker, New York, Jan. 8th and 14th, 1867 ; A. H Smith, M. D., U. S. A., New York, May 10th, 1867 ; C. W. Zaremba, St. Josephs, May 7th, 1867 ; John C. Spear, M. D., Washington, D. C, May 3Cth, 1866 ; Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C, May 29th, 1867; Thos. Clarkson, Sagua la Grande, Cuba, Aug. 26th, 1867 ; Samuel Powel, Newport, R. I., July 3d, 1867, severally transmitting dona- tions to the Museum. A. S. Packard, Salem, Mass., Dec. 20th, 1866, requesting contributions to American Naturalist. John K. Ralston, Norristown, Pa., June 5th, 1867, relative to election of Rev. I. Grier Ralston. A. M. Edwards, New York, July 18th, 1867, requesting names of members desirous of co-operation with the writer in studying Diatomaceae and Desmi- diaceae. W. II. Seat, July 24th, 1867, regarding donations to Soule University. M. Seriziat, Strasbourg, requesting orders for impressions of Lepidopterous Insects. John W. Glass, Cincinnati, Ohio, Sept. 1st, 1867, offering for sale specimens of natural history in his possession. \V. H. Dall, Fort Michaels, Aug. 14th, 1867, giving account of operations of Scientific Corps for past year. Royal Society of London, Sept. 29th, 1867, announcing the death of Prof. Michael Farraday. DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 1867. Abbott, Miss Anna. Sept. 5th. One fine specimen of Venus interpurpurea. Conrad, from Florida. Through the Conchological Section. Aldrich, P. H. March I2lh. Twenty-eight species of Land and Fresh Water Shells, collected in the vicinity of Troy, N. V. Through the Coucholog- ical Section. Allen, Dr. II. Bee Oassin. . \-lilnii-st, Dr. S. July 23d. A.n alcoholic specimen of the Ribbon Fish (In- chiurus lepturus), from Egg Harbor, N. J. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 247 Ashhurst, Francis, M. D. Aug. 6th. A collection of Saurian, Chelonian and Fish Bones, and some fine specimens of Teeth of Bottosaurus, from the Green Sand of Pemberton, N. J. Dec. 3d. A collection of remains of Fishes and Reptiles, from same locality. Beadle, Rev. E. R. March 1th. Navea Newcombii, Tryon ; perforating Ilalio- tis, from Lower California. Sept. 5th. Three species of Cuban Shells, and two specimens of Pinna squamosa, Lam. From the Mediterranean Sea. Bee. 5th. Mactra lateralis, Say ; Voluta Turned ; a large collection of Solens and Mactrae, &c; also five species of Terrestrial Shells, from Syria and Java. Through the Conchological Section. Feb. \2lh. Twenty specimens of Minerals, principally very fine specimens of Gypsum, from Iowa and Michigan. Oct. 22 d. A large mass of Fossil Foraminifera, from Syria ; Skin of a large Serpent, from South Africa. Dec. 3d. Female of Termes faialis, from Ceylon. Bennett, And. J. Dec. 5th. Twenty-three species of Unionidae, from the Sciota River. Through the Conchological Section. Biddle, Owen. Aug. 13th. Specimen of a common Bat. Bland, Thos. June 6th. Helix uvulifera, II. cereolus, H. Posteiliana. Through the Conchological Section. Blythe, Miss Helen. Sept. 24th. Section of wood, cut by the beaver, from Lake Superior. Boyer, W. H. Oct. 15th. Epidote, Micaceous Iron and a fine specimen of Native Silver, from Michigau; Quartz with Feldspar Crystal, Native Copper, and specimen of Magnetic Oxide of Iron, Michigan. Brot, Aug. Oct. 3d. One hundred and forty species, numerous specimens of Land and Fresh Water Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Butcher, Henry B., M. D. (U. S. Army.) Aug. 20th. Sixty-seven specimens Birds and two specimens Quadrupeds, from Laredo, Texas. Carson, J. W. Dec. 10th. Large mass of Silicified Wood, from South Park, Colorado. Presented by Messrs. Carson and Stevens. Cassin, John. June 6th. Purpura patula. Through the Conchological Sec- tion. Aug. 20th. Sciurus rubricaudatus, Aud. and Bach. ; Audubon's type. Oct. 22d. A small collection of Marine Animals, from Atlantic- City. Presented by Messrs. Cassin, Allen and Howell. Dec. 3d. Two Euphyllia pavonina, West Africa. Cavada, Col. F. F. March 12th. Five species of Cuban Land Shells. April 4th. Twenty-six species, numerous specimens of Cuban Land and Fresh Water Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Clarkson, Capt. Thomas. Oct. 8th. Specimens of American Flamingo, Phce- nicopterus ruber, from South America. Collection of Crustacea, Echinodern, and Corals, from St. Bartholomew, W. I. April 9th. In exchange. Conrad, T. A. April 9th. Fossil Tooth of a Crocodile, from Barnsboro', N.J. July 16th. Collections of Fossils of the Hamilton Group, N. Y. Aug. 6th. A large Septaria, from Mt. Morris, N. J. Cope, E D. Sept. 5th. A collection of Unios and other Fresh Water and Land Shells, from White Sulphur Springs, Giles Co., Va. Nov. 1th. Spe- cimens of Anculosa subglobosa, Say, and Melania simplex; eight species of Unio and Margaritana, from Holston Riv., Va. Through the Con- chological Section. Jan. 15th. A collection of Fresh Water Fishes. Jan. 2ld. Thirty-four jars of Reptiles. Feb. 19th. A collection of forty specimens of twenty-one species of Marine Fishes, from St. Kitts Island, West Indies. Dec. 10th. Nine species, twenty specimens of Reptiles, from near the city of Guatemala : five species, fifteen specimens of Fishes, from near the city of Guatemala ; thirty-three species, fifty-six specimens of Reptiles, from Bahia, Brazil ; an Armadillo, from Bahia; a Jaguar Skull, from Brazil; and a Bear Skull, from Monterey, Cal. Nov. 6th Remains of an extinct whale, Eschrichtius cephalus, of a Basilosaurus, 1!. atlanticus, and of a Squalodon meuto, from the miocene of Charles County, Md. ; a 2 i 8 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. collection of Indian Relics, from Charles Co., Md. ; ten species TJnionidre, one Anculosa, and one Goniobasis, from Holston R., Va. Nov. Vlth. A collection of Palatine Teeth of Aetobatis arcueatus, Ag. ; A. profundes , Cope: Myliobatis gigas, Cope; M. vicomicanus, Cope, Charles Co. Md. : and M. pachyodon. Cox, Dr. J. C. June 6th. One hundred and twenty-two species, numerous specimens of Polynesian Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Currier, 0. C. Feb. 7 th. Anodonta subcarinata, Currier; Physa deformis, Currier; Melantho gibba, Currier; Bulimus Trvoni. Currier,*tvpes of Dew species. May 1th. Thirty-nine species Shells, from Grand Rapids. Mich. May 2d. Thirty-nine species, numerous specimens, from Grand Rapids, Mich. Through the Conchological Section. Deal, Dr. L. H., Sept. llth. Large Hair Ball, from the stomach of a calf. Dick, F. Jan. lid. An Indian Stone Axe, from Billingsport, N. J. Durham. Geo. J. Sept. 10/A Skin of a Spermophilus Bucklevi. Slack, from Austin, Texas. Aug. 20th. Head of Mycteria Americana, from near Aus- tin, Texas ; first ever obtained in the United States. Ely, Capt. R. B. Jan. 1st. Bothrops lanceolatus and a large Locust, from Michigan. Eshleman, J. B. Feb. 7th. Melanio altilis, Lea. Through the Conchological Section. Ennis, Jacob. Dec. bih. Vivipara lineata, Val., from St. John's River, Flori- da. Through the Conchological Section. Ford, John. Sept. 5th. Beautiful suites of specimens of Unio nasuta, U. com- planatus, U. heterodon, U. ochraceus, Margaritana nndulata, Anodonta undulata, and Sphaerhim transversum, from Twenty-seventh Ward, Phila- delphia. Through the Conchological Section. Gabb, W. M. April 4th. Fourteen species of Fresh Water Shells, from Cali- fornia. Man 7th. A species of Limnea, and Helix Hornii, Gabb. Through the Conchological Section. Glatfelder, Dr. Noah M. Jan. 1st. Slab of Stone with Crystals of Selcnite. a small collection of Fossils, and another of recent Plants, from Dakota. Graut, Alden. Jan. \bth. Five species of Birds, and one Mammal, from Natal Africa. Grey, Prof. Asa. Dee. \Oth. A collection of Plants of Australia. Haldeman, S. S. May Itk. Type specimens of the Genus Limnea. June 6th. Type specimens of Planorbis and Physa. Through the Conchological Section. Hall, E. May 7th. One hundred and four species of American Terrestrial and Fluviatile Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Hall, Geo. W., M.D. Fossil Tooth of a Tapir, from Illinois. llanlv, Sylv. Feb. Vlth. One hundred and eighty-four species of Marine Shells, from Italy. Through the Conchological Section. Hays, Dr. I. March 26th. Tooth of a Charcharodon in the matrix, from Japan. Harrod. Joseph. Nov. 19th. Sheath of a Palm, Isthmus of Panama ; Lichen from the Sequoia, and Fruit of the same, Calaveras Co., Cal. ; Ivory Nut. Costa Rica; Sponge, from Nassau, B. I. ; Geyserite, from the Geyser of California. Hartman, Dr. Win. D. May 2d. Three species of Shells. Through the Con- chological Section. Seister, Mrs. Caroline A. Feb. I9lh. A collection of European Plants of the late l»r. John 1'. 1 leister, of Beading. Roman, B. Sept. 3d. A Sting Ray, from Atlantic City. Hoopes, B. A. Oct. 22d. Boulder of Native Copper, from Vulcan Mine, Lake Superior. Horn, l>r. Geo. H. Maylth. Five species of Shells, from Texas. Through the Conchological Section. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 249 Houston, E. J. April 1th. Large specimen of Cyanite, from Leiperville, Del. Co. Hubbard, Dr. E. W. Jan. 8th. Helix Jacksonii, Bland, from Fort Gibson, Indian Territory. Through the Conchological Section. Hubbard, V. B., M. D. Sept. IQth. Milvulus forficatus, male and female, fine specimens, from the country of the Cherokee Nation. Howell, Dr. S. B. Jan. 1st. Vertebra of a Whale. Julius, J. L. Oct. 3d. One specimen of Cassis, from Trinidad. Through the Conchological Section. Kline, A. C. Nov. 12th. A Red Coral. Krider, John. Jan. 8th. Six species of American Land Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Lathrop, G. A. Jan. 8th. Eighty-four species of Shells, from Saginaw River, Mich., and its vicinity. Through the Conchological Section. Lea, Isaac. April 4th. Septifer Trautwiniana, type ; Colunma Hainesii, Helix Peliomphila, from Japan, &c. Through the Conchological Section. Jan. 8th. Specimen of Kaolin, from near Kennett's Square, Chester Co., Pa. April ]Gth Lesleyite with Pattersonite, and Pattersonite, Chester Co., Pa. Nov. 5th. Vermiculite, Lenni, Del. Co. ; Muronite, near West Ches- ter. Dec. 3d. Large specimen of Raphylite, Del. Co. Le Conte, J. L. Jan. 1st. Teeth of Ptychodus ; Lamna, Galeocerdo, and other Teeth and Bones of Fishes, from the cretaceous formation of Western Kan- sas— near Big Creek and Bunker Hill, 50 and 35 miles North-west of Fort Ellsworth; Crystals of Selenite, near Big Creek, Fossil Creek; Crystals of Barytes from Geodes, near Pond Creek, Kansas; collection of Dicoty- ledonous leaves, from the cretaceous formation, near Fort Ellsworth ; Rocks and Fossil Shells, from along Smoky Hill Fork ; Lignite, from cre- taceous beds of Kansas. Nov. 19th. A collection of Remains of Fishes, from the cretaceous of Smoky Hill River, and chiefly from Fort Wallace : Fossil Shark Teeth, from near Fort Lyon. Dec. 3d. Fossil Remains of Fishes, from near Fort Wallace, Kansas ; a small collection of Fossil Shells, from Kansas and New Mexico ; a specimen of Turquoise, from Cerrites, .near Santa Fe Dec. IQth. A collection of Fossil Shells, from Kansas and New Mexico. Leeds, A. R. Nov. 5th. Mica, Buncombe Co., N. C. Leidy, Dr. Jos. May 2d. One species of Spherium. Sept. 5th. Eleven spe- cies of land and fresh-water Shells from Western Virginia. Through the Conchological Section. Aug. 13th. Specimen of Pumiscaria glomeratus. Atlantic City. Lewis, E. J., M.D. Oct. 8th. Land Tortoise, marked with date of 1829. Dec. 5th. Four species of Amnicola from Mohawk. Through the Conchologi- cal Section. Lincecum, Dr. Gideon, of Texas. April 9th. Thirty-six jars, vials, and boxes, containing a Collection of Zoological specimens. Fourteen bottles, con- taining a collection of Reptiles, Spiders, &c. From Long Point, Texas. Dec. 3d. Specimen of White Clay, from Texas. Mactier, Wm. L. Aug. 6th. A collection of six specimens of native Copper, with Malachite and Calcite, from Lake Superior, and a specimen of Peat from Ireland. Matthews, C. W. Dec. 3d. Tooth of Carcharodon. From Linnes Co., Miss. McClenahan, John. Jan. 1st. Sandstone concretion, assuming the form of a snake's head, from North Carolina. Meehan, T. Dec. 17 th. Liatris intermedia. Morch, Dr. Otto A. L. May 1th. One hundred and six species, numerous spe- cimens of Shells from the Canary Islands, Greenland, Arabia and Chili. Through the Conchological Section. McCoy, Dr. G. R. Sept. IQth. Specimen of Amblyopsis and an Astacus, from Mammoth Cave, Kent. Miles, Prof. M. Jan. ltd. A collection of Reptiles. 250 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Newcomb, W. Sept. 5th. Six species, fifteen specimens of Shells. Through the Conchological Section. Parker, C. F Feb. Vlth. Eight species of Shells new to the Collection. March Vlth. Pirenella turritella, Brug. From New Zealand. May 7th. Three species and eleven sections of Shells. Nov. 1th. Two species of Shells, Amphidesma and Tbracia, Dec. 5th. One species of Ranella and one of Pleurotoraa, from Panama. Through the Conchological Section. Pease, W. II. April 1th. Types of nine new species. Nov. 1th. Types of fifty- five species of Polynesian Shells described by him. Through ihe Concho- logical Section. Peck, S. F. Sept. 24th. Antique Hammer of Native Copper, from the Bohe- mian Mine. Greenland, Michigan, and a fragment of Copper anciently mined, found with the former. Powel, S. Jan. \5th. A Sponge and Sertularian from Newport, R. I. July Kith. A Porpoise, Phoceana brachicium. Rafinesque type collection of Unios from the collection of the late C. A. Poulson. Types of Rafinesque's species, with the original labels in his handwriting. Purchased and presented through the Conchological Sec- tion. Randall, F. A. Jan. 8/h. Three species Unio, from the Alleghany River. Sept. 5th. Ten species, numerous specimens of fresh-water Shells from Alleghany River. Through the Conchological Section. Redfield, J. H. Nov. 1th. Four species of Marginella. Through the Concho- logical Section. Resolute Mining Co. Oct. 22d. Crystallized Native Copper and Calcite from the Resolute Mine, Lake Superior. Roberts, S. R. Feb. Vlth. Four species Cypraea, new to the Collection. One specimen C. zigzag. May 1th. Anodonta papyracea (Anth ), Tennessee. Through the Conchological Section. Ruschenberger, Dr. W. S. W. Jan. 1st. Fourteen Moonstones, from Ceylon. Scarborough, Geo. April 4th. Two species of Shells. Through the Concho- logical Section. Sellers, G. E. Oct. 22d. A collection of Fossils, from the vicinity of Cincin- nati. Sergeant, J. D. Dec. \lth. One specimen Mallotus, Middle Atlantic Ocean. Shippen, Dr. Nov. 19th. A bent slab of Marble. Slack, Dr. J. II. Jan. Inf. Specimens of Hesperomys Michiganensis, Sciurus Iludsonius, and Tamias quadrivittatus ; also specimens ol'Esox. Nov. 19th. Pteropus Edwardsii. Shaw, Joseph E. Sept. 3d. A specimen of brown Bat (Scotophilus fuscus). Sheafer, P. W. March 26//*. Specimens of black band iron Ore, from Mill Creek Shaft, near Pottsville, Penna., with impressions of Sigillaria. Showalter, E. R. April 4th. One hundred and fifty-six species, 3900 speci- mens of Unionidse and Melania, chiefly from Alabama. Through the Con- chological Section. Smith, C E. Sept. 10th. Tufacious Moss, from Niagara. Smith, George, M.D. Oct. 8/h. Specimen of the Osprcy, or fish-hawk, Pan- dion carolinensis, from Havcrford, Delaware Co., Pa. Smithsonian Institution. Sept. \lth. Anser Rossii, Lestris Buffoni, 2 Soraa- teriie, V. nigra, and is? skins of Birds, principally from Sitka, Alaska Ter- torv, anil the Hudson Bay Co. Territories. Stearns, R. E. C. Sept. 5th. Seven species, numerous specimens, from Cali- fornia. Through the Conchological Section. Stevens, W. II. Sec Carson Dec Huh. Swift, Root. Jan. x/h. skulls of the Capybara, Two-toed Sloth. Pox, Cat, Squirrel, and six Apes; three dilated byoida of the Bowling Monkey; 12 Star-fishes ; Echini, Spatangi ; 8 species and a Sea Fan. From St. Tho- mas, w. I., and South America. Nov. Vlth. Thecadactylus rassicauda. St. Thomas, W. J. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 251 Taggart, W. Sept. 17th. Embryo of the Black Snake. Thompson, J. H. J6 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. Cox, Jas. C, M.D. Catalogue of the Specimens of the Australian Land Shells in the Collection of J. C. Cox. Sydney, 1864. From the Author. Cresson, E. T. Descriptions of American Pompilidae. Philadelphia, 1867. From the Author. Cuvier, M. le Baron G. Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles. 3me Edition. 5 Vols, in 7. Paris, 1825. From the Library Fund. Mi-moire sur le genre Laplysia. Par G. Cuvier. 4to. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Memoire sur le genre Doris. Par G. Cuvier. 4to. pamphlet. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Daniels, Edward. A Treatise on the Nohl Smelting Furnace. Chicago, 1867. From the Author. Darwin, Chas. On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection. By Chas. Darwin. London, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Debeaux, 0. Diagnose d'une Espece nouvelle d'Helix de l'lle de Corse. Pre- sented through the Conchological Section, by the Author. Dejean's Catalogue. Manuscript additions by S. S. Haldeman. From S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Delle Chiaie. Memorie sulla storia enotomia degli animali senza vertebre del- regnodi Napoli. Vols. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 1823, and Atlas. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Denny, Henry. On the Occurrence of a Lead Celt in Linconshire. From the Author. Deshayes. Molusques du Voyage de Belanger. 1 Vol., 4to. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Dippel, Leopold. Das Mikroskop und seine anrceudung. Erster Theil. Braunschweig, 1867. From the Library Fund. D'Orbigny, Alcide. Mollusques de L'lle de Cuba. Paris, 1853. 2 Vols, text, 8vo. ; 1 Vol. Plates, Folio (Sagra's Histoire). Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Mollusques Echinodermes, Foraminiferes et Polypiers. Recueillis aux lies Canaries. Par M. M. Webb Berthelot, et decrito par Alcide D'Or- bigny. 1 Vol., Fol. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Dozy and Molkenbauer. Bryologia Javanica. Fasc 49 et 50. Lugduni-Bata- vorum, 1866. From the Wilson Fund. Dressel, L. Die Basaltbildung in ihren Einzelnen umstiinden erlautert. Haar- lem, 1866. From the Dutch Society of Sciences. Drouet, Henri. Etudes sur les Naiades de la France. Ire Partie, Anodonta, Seconde Partie, Unio, 8vo. Troyes, 1857. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Essai sur les Mollusques, terrestres et fluviatiles de la Guyane Fraucaise. 8vo. Paris, 1859. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Mollusques Marina des lies Acorns. Par Henri Drouet. Paris, 1858. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Dubois, Charles F. Oiseaux de Europe. 211me to 224me Livrs. Bruxelles, 1866—1867. From the Wilson Fund. Dumont, Henri. Des Maladies Virulentes et Miasmatiques en general. Par Henri Dumont. Coulommiers, 1863. From the Authors. Duncan's Travels in Western Africa. 2 vols. London, 1847. S. S. Halde- man, Esq. Dunker, Dr. A. G. Index Molluscorum qua? in item-re ad Guineam Inferoirem Col legit Georguis tains Med. Dr. A net ore Guilielmo Dunker. Cassellis Cattorum, 1853. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Dunker, Willi. Palseontographica. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Funfzehnter Band. Be Lief, to I6er Band, Be Lief. Heransgegebcn von Hermann von Meyer und W. Dunker. Cassel, 1867. From the Wilson Fund. DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 267 Duval, M. Jaquelin. Manuel Entomologique Genera des Coleopteres d'Europe. Tomes 1, 2, 3 ; also Livrs 112—134. Paris, 1858. From the Library Fund. Duvernoy, M. Memoires sur Le systeme Nerveux des Mollusques acephales lamellibranches ou bivalves. Par M. Duvernoy. 4to. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Dursy, Dr. Emil. Der Primitifstreif des Huhnchens. Lahr, 1867. From the Library Fund. Edwards, Arthur Mead. Results of an Examination, under the Microscope, of some Japanese Infusorial Earths and other deposits of China and Mon- golia. From the Author. Edwards, Milne. Circulation chez les Mollusques. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Eichwald, Ed. von. Die Rhytina borealis und der Homocrinus dipentas in der Lethaea Rossica. Geschildert von Ed. von Eichwald. Moskau, 1866. From the Author. Beitrag zur Geschichte der Geognosie und Palaeontologie in Russland. Moskau, 1866. From the Author. Emmons, E. Manuel of Geology. By Ebenezer Emmons. 1860. Philadel- phia. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Encyclopedic Methodique. Vers, vols. 1, 2 and 3 ; Planches, vols. 1 and 3, 4to. Paris, 1792. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Englemann's Bibliotheca Zoologica. Band 1 and 2, 8vo. Leipzig, 1861. De- posited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Englemann's Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis. 8vo. Leipzig, 1846. De- posited by Geo. \V. Tryon, Jr. Erdmann, A. Sveriges Geologiska Undersokning pii offentlig bekostnad utford under ledning af A. Erdmann. 19, 20 and 21, with 5 Maps. Stockholm, 1866. From the Geological Bureau of Sweden. Ewald. See Von Buch. Excursion de la Soci^te" Linneenne a Bayas. From M. Des Moulins. Fauna Groenlandica Othonis Fabricii, 178C. Hafniae et Lipsiae. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Ferrara. II Monte Mario ed Isuoi Fossili Subapennine. By Angelo Conte di Ferrara. 8vo pamphlet. Rome. 1846. From Jean Rigacei. Feuchtwanger, Dr. L. A popular Treatise on Gems in reference to their Scientific value. By Dr. L. Feuchtwanger. New York. 1859. From the Library Fund. Finsch, 0. und G. Hartlaub. Beitrag zur Fauna Centralpolynesiens, Ornitho- logie der Uti, Samoa und Tonga Inseln. Halle, 1867. From the Library Fund. Finsch, Otto. Die Papageien, Monographisch bearbeitet. Erster Band. Lei- den, 1867. From the Author. Fischer, Dr. Paul. P\iune Conchyliologique Marin du Departement de la Gironde et des Cotes du Sud-Ouest de la France. Paris, 1865. From the Author. Forbes, W. S., M. D. History of the Anatomy Act of Pennsylvania. Phila- delphia, 1867. From the Author. Fraser, Malcolm Extracts from a Manuscript Journal, relating to the Siege of Quebec in 1759, kept by Col. Malcolm Fraser. From the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Frauenfeld, G. Ritter von. Ein Besuch im Bohmerwalde nebst Aufzahlung der Varietaten des Zoologischen Kabinets im hochlurstlich sehwarz- berg'schen Jagdschlosse Wohradnachst Frauenberg, nach Mittheilung des Herrn Fortsmeisters Franz Hoydar. From the Author. Zoologische Miscellen. VII. to X. From the Author. Weitere Mittheilung iiber die Rapswespe. From the Author. Ueber die bisher eingelangten diessjiihrigen Berichte von landwirthschaft- lichen Insektenschaden. From the Author. Fifty Conchological Pamphlets. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 268 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. Figuier, Louis. The Vegetable World. 8vo. London, 1866. From the Library Fund. Freyer's Neure Beitriige sur Schmetterlingskunde. S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Gabb, Wm. M. On the subdivisions of the Cretaceous Formation in California. 8vo. tract. From the Author, through the Conchological Section. Synopsis of Cretaceous Mollusca, and papers from the Proc. A. N S. 1 vol., 8vo. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Gaimard. Voyage Autour du Monde. Fait ar order du roi. Zoologie par MM Quoy et Gaimard. 1 vol. 4to and Atlas Fol. Paris, 18 :'4. De- posited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Mollusques du Voyage de FAstrolabe. Par. MM. Quoy et Gaimard. Vols. II. and III, 8vo, and Atlas, Fol. Paris, 1832. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Gassies. J. B. Faune Conchyliologique terrestres et fiuviolacustre de la Xouvelle Caledonie. 8vo Paris. 1863. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Garavaglio, Dottor Santo. Catalogo di Alcune Grittogame raccolte nella Provincia di Como e Nella Valtellina dal. Pts. II. and III. Milano, 1838. From the Author. Manzonia Cantiana novum Lichenum Angiocarporum genus propositum atque descriptum. Mediolani. From the Author. Tentamen dipositionis Methodicae Lichenum in Longobardia Nascentium. Prolegomena and three parts. Mediolani, 1865. From the Author. Alcuni discorsi Sulla Botanica. Fasc. I. and II. Pavia, 1865, From the Author. Sur pius recenti Sistemi Lichenologici. Pavia, 1865. From the Author. Dela distribuzione Geografica dei Licheni di Lombardia. Pavia, 1864. From the Author. Enumeratio Muscorum omnium in Austria Inferiore. Viennae, 1840. From the Author. Geelmuyden, T. Titus Livius's Romerske Historie. Oversat. Bergen, 1863. From the Museum at Bergen. Geological and Agricultural Survey of 100 miles west of Omaha. By the American Bureau of Mines. New York, 1866. From the Bui can. Geologisk Kart, over det son denf Jeldske Norge omfattende Christiania Haniar- og Christianlawds S'ifter. Christiania, 1858 — 1865. From the Geolog- ical Survey of Sweden. Gerstaecker, A. Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie wiihrend der Jahre 1863 und 1864. les und 2cs lliifte. Berlin, 1866 and 1867. From the Library Fund. Gervais, Paul. Zoologie et Palt?ontologie generales. Premier Serie, Livr 1. Paris. From the Library Fund. Recherches sur les Mamrniferes Fossiles del Amerique Meridionale. From Dr. Leidy. Gevens, Nicolaus Geo. Belustigung im Reiche der Natur. Hamburg, 1790. 4to. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Gibelli, Dr. G. Sugli Organi Riproduttori del genere Verrucaria. Milano, 1865. From the Author. Giebel, Dr. C. Repertorio zu Goldfuss Petrefakten Deutschlands. Leipzig, 1X66. From the Subscribers of the Library Fund. Gobrecht. Prof. Gobrecht's Salutatory. Medical College of Ohio. Session of 1867-68. From the Author. Gould, A. A., M. D. The Naturalist Library. Boston, 1850. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Otia Conchologicae. 8vo. Boston, 1862. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Gould's Invertebrate of .Massachusetts. 8vo. Cambridge, 1841. From Mr. Geo. W. Tryon. Jr. Memoir of Dr. Amos Binney. Boston, 1850. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 269 Gould's Birds of Great Britain. Parts 9 and 10. From the Wilson Fund. Gould's Birds of Asia. Part 18. From the Wilson Fund. Graesse, J. G. T. Tresor de Livres rares et precieux. Tome 6me, Livr's 8 to 10. Dresde, 1867. From the Wilson Fund. Gravenhorst, Dr. J. L. C. Ueber den Nestbau der Zwerg-Maus, Mus minutus. S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Gray, Asa. Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States. 5th edition. New York, 1867. From Charles E. Smith. Grey s First Lessons in Botany. 8vo. New York, 1859. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Gray, John Edward. Synopsis of the species of Starfish in the British Muse- um. London, 1866. From the Author. Spicilegia Zoologica. Part I. London. S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Grisebach, A. Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium exhibens collectionem Wright- ianum aliasque minores ex insula Cuba missas. Lipsite, 1866. From the Library Fund. Grote, A. R. and C. T. Robinson. Descriptions of American Lepidoptera. No. 1. Philadelphia, 1867. From the Authors. Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. New York, 1867. From the Authors. Description of American Lepidoptera. No. 2. From the Authors. Grote, Augustus R. Notes on the Zygaenidae of Cuba. Part II. From the Author. Guichenot. Le Trigle polyommate, nouveau genre de poisson de la familie des Trigloides. From the Author. Giinther, Albert. Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. Vol. 6th. London, 1866. From the Wilson Fund. Haidinger, W. Ritter V. Der Meteorsteinfall am 9. Juni 1866, bei Knyahmya. Zweiter Bericht. From the Author. Hall, Prof. Jas. Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Wisconsin. Vol. I. Jas. Hall on general Geology and Palaeontology, and J. D. Whitney on the Upper Mississippi Lead Region. Jan. 1862. From Prof. Jas. Hall. Hall, James. Note on the Genus Palaeaster and other Fossil Starfishes. From the Author. v Description of some new species of Crinoidea and other fossils from the lower Silurian strata of the Age of the Hudson River Group and Tren- ton Limestone. From the Author. Hancock and Embleton. On the Anatomy of Doris. Presented throngh the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Hanson, P. Treschow. Untersuchungen iiber den Magnetismus der Erde von Christopher Hansteen. Uebersetzt von P. Treschow Hanson. les Theil. Christiania, 1819. From the University of Norway. Harting, Jas. Edmund. The Birds of Middlesex. London, 1866. From the Subscribers of the Library Fund. Hartmann. System der Gasteropoden Europa's. Voith, system der Weich- thiere. 1 vol., 12mo. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Haughton, Rev. Samuel. On some points in the Muscular Anatomy of the Marsupials. 8vo tract. From the Author. On the change of Eccentricity of the Earth's Orbit, regarded as a cause of change of climate. 8vo tract. From the Author. Notes on Mineralogy. 8vo tract. From the Author. On the Chemical and Mineralogical Composition of the Dhurmalla Meteoric Stone. 8vo tract. From the Author. Notes on Animal Mechanics. 8vo Tract. From the Author. Essay on Comparative Petrology. By M. J. Durocher. Translated by the Rev. Samuel Haughton, M. D. 8vo tract. From the Translator. Hanley, Sylvanus. An illustrated, enlarged, and English edition of Lamarck's Species of Shells. By Sylvanus Hanley. Presented by the Author. Hayes, Dr. I. I. The Open Polar Sea : a narrative of a voyage of discovery 270 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. towards the North Pole, in the schooner United States. 8vo. New York, 1867. From the Author. Hedley, J. H. Anvisning til hurtigog grundig at lzere Det engelske Sprog. Bergen, 1864. From the Museum at Bergen. Herbigny. Dictionaire d'histoire naturelle, que concerne les Testaceis ou les Coquillages de Mer de Terre et d'Eau-douce. Par M. l'Abbe Favart d'Herbigny. 3 Vols., 12mo. Paris, 1775. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Herbst's Conchylien, 8vo. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Hewiston, Wm. C. Exotic Butterflies. Parts 61 — 64. From the Wilson Fund. Hogg on the Microscope. 8vo. London, 1859. Deposited by Geo. \V. Tryon, Jr. Hooker. See Bentham. Humbert, M. A. Description d'un nouveau genre de Mollusque pulmone" ter- restre de Ceylon. From the Author. Note sur la Nidification de l'Orthotomus longicauda, G. M. From the Author. Sur Pharmarion, Triboniophorus et Vaginula. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Jan, M. le Prof. Iconographie generate des Ophidiens. Par 19me to 22me Livrs. Paris, Dec., 1866. From the Wilson Fund. Jani Planci ariminensis de conchis Minos notis venetus. 4to. 1739. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Janson, Christopher. Fraa Bygdom Kjobenhavn. 1866. From the Author. •Jeffreys, John Gwyn, Esq. A Supplement to the Synopsis of Testaceous Pneu- monabranchous Mollusca of Great Britain. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Report on Dredgir.g among the Hebrides. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. British Conchology ; or, an account of the Mollusca which now inhabit the British Isles and the surrounding seas. 3 Vols., 8vo. London, 1865. From Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Epitome of a Lecture delivered by J. Gwyn Jeffreys on the 6th of January, 1863, on the Glacial Epoch. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. On an abnormal form of Cyathina Smithii. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. On the Origin of Species, and Report on Shetland Dredgings. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Remarks on Stilifer, a genus of Quasiparasitic Mollusks, with particulars of the European Species. Presented by the Author, through the Con- chological Section. Report of the result of deep sea dredging in Zetland, with a notice of several species of Mollusca new to science or to the British Isles. Pre- sented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. On a new British species of Rissoa. By E. Waller, Esq. Report on Shet- land Dredgings. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Notes on British Mollusca, in answer to Mr. William Clark's Remarks on Gleanings in British Conchology. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Remarks on Mr. M. Andrews' "Notes on the comparative size of Marine Mollusca in various latitudes of the European seas." Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. The upper Tertiary Fossils of Uddevalla, in Sweden. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Report on dredging among the Channel Isles. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Report of a Committee for dredging on the North and East Coasts of Scot- land. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 271 Jeffreys and Damon. Conchological Paj ers. lVol.,8vo. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Johns, C. A., Rev. British Birds in their Haunts. London, 1862. From the Library Fund. Johnston, Geo. An Introduction to Conchology. By Geo. Johnston. 8vo. London, 1860. Presented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Concho- logical Section. Jordan, Alexi. Icones ad Floram Europ?e-novo fundamento instaurandam spectantes auctoribus Alexi Jordan et Julio Fourreau. From the Authors. Jorden, Henry K. A Catalogue of British Mollusca, compiled from Vols. 1, 2 and 3 of British Conchology. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Jukes, J. Beete. Additional Notes on the Grouping of the Rocks of North De- von and West Somerset. Dublin, 1867. From Dr. Leidy. Karsten, H. Florae Columbia Terrarumque adiacentium specimina selecta. Edidit H. Karsten. Tomi 2, Fasc. Quartus. Berolini, 1866. From the Library Fund. Kekull, Aug. Lehrbuch der Organischen Cbemie oder der Chemie der Kohlen- stoffverbindungen. Dritter Band, Erste Lief. Erlangen, 1867. From the Library Fund. Keller, Dr. Ferdinand. The Lake Dwellings of Switzerland and other parts of Europe. 8vo. London, 1866. From the Library Fund. Kerr, W. C. Report of the progress of the Geological Survey of North Caro- lina, 1866. Raleigh, 1867. From the Author. King, C. W. Antique Gems; their Origin, Uses and Value. By Rev. C. W. King, M.A. London, 1860. From the Library Fund. Kingsley, Charles. Glaucus, or the Wonders of the Shores. By Chas. Kingsley. Boston, 1855. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Kirchhoff, Alfred. Die Idee der Pflanzen Metamorphose bei Wolff und bei Gothe. 4to Tract. Berlin, 1867. From the Library Fund. Kock, Jos. Synopsis Florae Germanic* et Helvetica}. Auctore D. Guil. Dan. Jos. Kock. Editio Tertia, pars prima et secunda. Lipsiae, 1857. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Koch, Dr. Ludwig. Die Arachniden-Familie der Drassiden. 6es Heft. Nurn- berg, 1866. From the Library Fund. Kunst, P. J. An American Dictionary of the English and German Languages. By P. J. Kunst. Harrisburg, 1850. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Lamarck, M. Sur la Division des Mollusques acephales Conchyliferes. Par M. Lamarck. 4to. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Lapchine, Frofesseur. Discussion sur les Vents de Kharkoff et description d'un nouvel Animographie. Par le Kharkov. 1860. From the University of Kharkoff. On the Climate of the Province of Kharkoff. From the University of Kharkoff. Report on the foreign voyage of M. Lapchine, Professeur of the University of Kharkoff. Kharkoff, 1862. From the University of Kharkoff. Experiments in Galvanism made at the University of Kharkoff. From the University of Kharkoff. On the different Phenomena of Nature. Conversations with young ladies of the Senior Class of the High School. Kharkoff, 1861. From the University of Kharkoff. Lea, Isaac. Index to Volumes 1 to 11 of Observations on the Genus Unio. Philadelphia, 1867. From the Author. Observations on the Genus Unio, &c. By Isaac Lea. 4to. 1866. Vol. 2. From the Author. Le Hon, H. L'Homme Fossile en Europe, son Industrie ses Moeurs ses Oeuvres d'Art. Bruxelles, 1857. From the Library Fund. 272 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. Leonbard. The Western Coast of Africa. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1833. From Prof. S. S. Haldeman. Lesser. Frederick Christian Lesser's Testaceo Theologia. 12rao. Leipzig, 1756. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Lichtenstein. Van den sepienmit Krallen von Herrn Lichtenstein. 4to. pam- phlet. Deposi ed by Geo. W. Try on, Jr. Lindley, John, and Tbos. Moore. The Treasury of Botany. Edited by John Lindley and Thomas Moore. 2 Vols., 12mo. London, 1866. From the Library Fund. Loudon's Encyclopedia of Plants. New Impression. London, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Loven, S. Berattelse om flamstegen i Molluskernas, Crustaceernas och de logre skelettlosa djurens Naturhistoria under Aren 1845 — 1849 till K. Vetenskaps Akademien af gifveu af S. Loven, vo Stockholm, 1852. De- posited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Lowe, K. T. Two Memoirs of the Ferns, Flowers, Plants, and Land Shells of Madeira and Porto Santo. By R. T. Lowe, M.A. 1851. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Lubbock, John. Pre-h,istoric Times, as illustrated by Ancient Remains, and the manners and customs of modern Savages. By John Lubbock, F.R.S. London, 1865. From the Library Fund. Ludwig, Dr. Die Arachniden Familie der Drassiden. Koch 2es to 5es Heftes. Nurnberg. 1866. From the Library Fund. Lyman, B. S. Against the supposed former Plasticity of the Puddingstone Pebbles of Purgatory, Rhode Island. From the Author. McAndrew, Robert. On the Geographical Distribution of Testaceous Mollusca in the North Atlantic and neighboring seas. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Notes on the Mollusca observed during a short visit to the Canary and Madeira Islands, &c, in the months of April and May, 1852. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Notes on the distribution and range in depth of Mollusca and other marine Animals observed on the coasts of Spain, Portugal, Barbary, Malta, and Southern Italy in 1849. London, 1850. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Report on Marine Testaceous Mollusca of the North-east Atlantic and neighboring seas. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Marcou, M. Jules. La faune primordiale dans le pays de Galles et la geologie Californienne, sur divers armes, outils et traces de l'homme Amcricain, sur le Dyas. Par M. Jules Marcou. 3 pamphlets. From the Author. Marsh, Prof. 0. C. Notice of a new Genus of fossil Sponges from the Lower Silurian. From the Author. Maunder, Samuel. The Treasury of Natural History. By Saml. Maunder. 6th Ed., 12mo. London, 1862. From the Library Fund. Martens, Von G. von. Ueber dieOrdnung der Bander an den Schaalen Mehre- rer Landschnecken. From S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Meek, F B., and F. V. Hayden. Palaeontology of the Upper Missouri. Inverte- brates. Part 1. Washington City, 1865. From the Smithsonian Insti- tution. Meek, F. B., and \Vm. M. Gabb. Geological Survey of California. Palaeontol- ogy. Vol. l, 4to. 1864. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. 8vo. Vol. 5, Parts 2 and 3. From the Survey. Memoirs of tin- Zoological Survey of India. Pahcontologia Indica 3, 10 — 13. From the Survey. Meteorolugiske Jagttagelser Paa Christiana Observatorium, 1865. Christiania, 1866. From the Observatory. Meyer. Paleontographica. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. He- DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 273 rausgegeben von Hermann Von Meyer. Cassel, 1867. Fiinfzehnter Band, Vierte Lief. From the Wilson Fund. Milne-Edwards, Alphonse. Recherches anatomiques et paltfontologiques pour servir a l'histoire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France. Livrs. 1 to 10. Paris, 18G7. From the Library Fund. Molina. Catalogo de los Moluscos Terrestres y Fluviatiles de la Isla de Cuba por Rafael Arango y Molina. Habana, 1865. From the Author, through the Conchological Section. Moleschott. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere 10 Band, 3es Heft. Giessen, 1866. From the Library Fund. Molkenbaur. Bryologia Javanica. Fasc 51, 52. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1866. From the Wilson Fund. Moller. Die Abhangigkeit der Insecten von ihrer Umgebung. Leipzig, 1867. From the Library Fund. Montfort. Histoire Naturelle generale et particuliere des Mollusqnes. Par Denys-Montfort. 4 Vols, in 2. An. 10, 8vo. Deposited by George W. Trj'on, Jr. Morch. Forty-one works and pamphlets on Conchology. By 0. A. L. Morch. From the Author. Moreau de Jonnes, Al. Monograph du Gecko-Mabouia des Antilles. Par Al. Moreau de Jonnes. Paris, 1821. From S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Moricand. Coqnilles Fluviatiles et terrestres. 1837-38. Presented through the Conchological Section, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Mortillct, Gab'l. de. Materiaux pour l'histoire positive et philosophique de l'Homme. Seconde Annee, No. 7, to Troisieme Annee, No. 3. From the Library Fund. Mosely. H. On the Geometrical Forms of Turbinated and Discoid Shells. By the Rev. H. Mosely, M.A. 4t.o pamphlet. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Muller. Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium seu Animalium infusoriorum Helminthicorum et testaceorum. Auctore Othone F. Muller. Havniae et Lipsiae, 1773. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Plates of Mollusca Zoologiae Danicae. 0. T. Muller. 36 tabufe senese. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Murray. Tratado de Farmacia y Farmacognosia, por Carlos Murray. Buenos Ayres, 1866. From the Author. Neilreich. Nachtrage zur Flora von Nieder-Oesterreich von Dr. August Neil- reich. Wien, 1866. From the Author. Newberry, J. S., M.D. Description of the Fossil Plants from the Chinese Coal- bearing Rocks. From the Author. Newman, Edward. A Dictionary of British Birds. Reprinted from Montagu's Ornithological Dictionary. London, 1869. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Owen, David Dale. Second Report of a Geological Reconnoissance of the Middle and Southern Counties of Arkansas. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1860. From Dr. Jos. Leidy. Owen, Richard. A complete collection of the various papers on Geology. By Richard Owen. 1838 — 1845. From Dr. Jos. Leidy. Paleontologie Francaise Terrain Jurassique. Livr. 10, 11, 12. Ter. Cretace, Livrs. 22 et 23. From the Wilson Fund. Papers relating to Foreign Affairs accompanying the Annual Message of the President to the first session of the 39th Congress. Parts 1, 2, 3, 4. Washington, 1866. From the Department. Pfeiffer, Dr. Louis. Malakozoologische IJliitter. Herausgegeben von Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. 13 Band, 7 — 9 Bog. Cassel. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Novitates Conchologicrc. Supplement 3. 1 Abtheiiung, Land Conchj'lien. Herausgegeben vou Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. Cassel. Also Meeres-Conchy- 18 274 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. lien, 11 und 12 Lief. Von Dr. W. Danker. Monographie Molluskgat- tung Venus. Von Dr. Ed. Roraer. From the Wilson Fund. Pictet, F. J. Melanges Paleontologiques. 1, 2 et 3 Livrs. Bale et Geneve. 1867. From the Library Fund. Nouveaux documents sur les Limites de la Periode Jurassique et de la Periode Cretacee. Geneve, 1867. From the Author. Playfair, Lieut. Col. R. Lambtrt. The Fishes of Zanzibar, — Acanthopterygii, Pbaryngognathi, etc. 4to. London, 1866. From the Library Fund. Prestwich, Jos. Notes on further discoveries of Flint Implements in Beds of Post Pliocene Gravel and Clay. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. On the occurences of the Cyrena flumiualis, together with Marine Shells of recent species in beds of sand and gravel over beds of boulder-clay, near Hull. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Sec- tion. Price, Eli K. History of the Penn Squares. From the Author. Prime, Temple. Monograph of American Corbiculadae. By Temple Prime. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 145. Washington, L865. From the Smithsonian Institution, through the Conchological Section. Putnam, G. P. Book-buyer's Manual, 8vo. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Quetelet, Ern. Memoires sur la temperature de l'Air a Bruxelles. 4to tract. Bruxelles, 1867. From the Author. Rabenhorst, Ludovico. Flora Europaea Algarum Aquae dulcis et submarinfe. Sectio 1 et 2. Algas Pbycochromaceas complecteus. Lipsia±, 1865. From the Library Fund. Rapport d'une Commission composee de MM. de Kercado, Lespinasse, et Ch. Des Moulins, sur le livre du Frassier de M. le Cle. Leonce de Lamber- tye. From M. Des Moulins. Rathke.^ Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung und den Korperbau der Krokodile Herausgegeben von Wilhelm von Wittich. Braunschweig. 1866. From the Library Fund. Report of the Secretary of the Navy, with an Appendix. Dec, 1867. Washing- ton, 1867. From the Secretary. Report on Scientific Nomenclature. New Haven, 1845. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey for 1864. Washington, 1866. From the Survey. Reeve, Lovell. Conchologia Iconica. Tellina, Anodon. Parts 250 and 253, to 260—265. London, 1867. From the Wilson Fund. Elements of Conchology. By Lovell Reeve. 2Vols.,8vo. London, I860. Presented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Conchological Section. The Land and Fresh-water Mollusks indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. By Lovell Reeve. London, 1863. Presented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Conchological Section. Reuter, F Observations Meteorologiques faites a Luxembourg. Luxemburg. 1867. From the Author. Rigacci. Catalogo delle Conchiglie componenti la collezione Rigacci. Parte Prima. Delle Conchiglie Viventi. By Jean Rigacci. 870., 56 pp. Rome. 1866. From the Author. Robinson. See Grote. i;<>mer. See Dunker. Both, J. R. Coquilles Tcrrestres et Fluviatiles. Par Prof. J. R. Roth. Zurich, L86L Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Rue, Warren de la, Balfour Stewart, and Benj. Lowry. First Series on the na- ture of Sun Spots. London, 1865. From the Authors. Rumphiu9, Geo. Everhardus. D'Amboinsche Rariteitkamer beholzcnde eene Beschryvinge von Allerhande Zooweeke als harde schoolvisschen door Geo. Ev. Rumphius. Folio. Amsterdam, 1705. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 275 Amboinsche raritaten Kammer. Wien, 1766. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Ruschenberger, W. S. W. Mollusca. Elements of Conchology. By W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. New York, 1843. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Contributions to the Statistics of Human Growth. From the Author. Rye, E. C. British Beetles: an introduction to the study of our indigenous Coleoptera. London, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Savigny. Mollusques de l'Egypt. Atlas Folio. Deposited by George W. Trjon, Jr. Schlagintweit, Emil. Die Gottesurtheile der Indier. Munchen, 1866. From the Author. Schlagentweit-Sakiinliinski, Hermann von. Die wichtigsten Hohenbestim- mungen in Indien, in Himalaya, in Tibet und in Turkistan zusammen- gestellt. Munchen, 1867. From the Author. Schneider, Anton. Monographic der Nematoden. Von Anton Schneider. 4to. Berlin, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Schroter, J. S. Versuch einer systematischen Abhandlung iiber die Erdkon- chylien. 12mo. Berlin, 1771. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Neue Litteratur und Beytrage zur Kenntnitz der Naturgeschichte vorzu- glich der Conchylien und Fossilien. 4 Vols., 8vo. Leipzig, 1784-87. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Schweinfurth, Dr. Geo. Beitrag zur Flora iEthiopiens. lste Abth. Berlin, 1867. From the Library Fund. Slater, Philip Lutley and Osbert Salvin. Exotic Ornithology. Parts 2 and 3. London, 1866. From the Library Fund. Slater, Philip L. Nitsch's Pterylography, translated from the German. Lon- don. Published for the Ray Society, 1867. From the Library Fund. Guide to the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London, 1866. From S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Scoperta di Nuovi Pteropodi Fossili nella base Marnosa del Monte Mario. 8vo. pamphlet. Rome, 1866. From Jean Regacci. Scudder, S. H. An Inquiry into the Zoological Relations of the first dis- covered traces of Fossil Neuropterous Insects in North America. By S. H. Scudder. From the Author. Secretary of the Navy, Report of the. From the Secretary. Navy Register of the United States for the year 1867. Washington, 1867. From the Hon. Secretary of the Navy. Seven Reports of the American Bureau of Mines. New York, 1866. From the Bureau. Sexe, S. A. Maerker efter en listed i omegnen af Hardangerfjorden of S. A. Sexe. Christiana, 1866. From the University of Norway. Shells and their inmates. 12mo. London, 1841. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Shuckard, W. E. British Bees. London, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Sixteen Theological Medical Theses presented to the Catholic University of Louvain, 1865. From the University. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. 14. Washington, 1865. From the Smithsonian Institute. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vol. 6 and 7. Washington, 1867. From the Smithsonian Institute. Souleyet. Mollusques der Voyages de la Bonite. Par MM. Eydoux et Sou- leyet. 8vo., with Atlas Folio. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Sowerby, Jr., G. B. A Conchological Manual. By G. B. Sowerby, Jr. 1st and 2d editions. London, 1839 — 1842. Presented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Conchological Section. Sowerby, G. B. Illustrated Index of British Shells, ^ntaining figures of all the recent species. By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. London, 1859. De- posited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 276 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Stalsberg, Rik F. Udsight over de vaesentligste Forbedringer ved Jerntil- vurkningen ide seneste. Christiania, 1866. From the University of Norway. Stabile, G. Fauna Elveticaj. Delle Conchiglie Terrestri e fluviali del Lu- ganese. Lugano, 1845. From the Author. Prospetto sistematico statistico dei Molluschi terrestre e fluviali viventi nel territorio di Lugano. Milano, 1859. From the Author. Description dequelques Coquilles nouvelles on peu connues. Paris, 1859. From the Author. Stearns, R. E. C. Conchological Memoranda, No. 2. 8vo. tract. From the Author, through the Conchological Section. Stein, Dr. Friedrich. Der Organismus der Infusionsthiere nach eigenen Forschungen in systematischer Reihenfolge bearbeitet. 2 Abtheilung. Leipzig, 1867. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. Stimpson, Dr. Wm. Researches upon the Hydrobiinae and allied forms. Washington, 1865. From the Smithsonian Institute. Synopsis of the Marine invertebrate of Grand Manau. By Wm. Stimpson. 1853. Deposited by Geo. W.Tryon, Jr. Stonyhurst College Observatory. Results of Meteorological and Magnetical Observation. 1865. From the Observatory. Storer, D. H. A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. Cambridge and Boston, 1867. From the Author. Sumner, Hon. Chas. Speech of the Hon. Chas. Sumner, of Massachusetts, on the cession of Russian America to the United States. Washington, 1867. From Hon. Chas. Sumner. Surgeon General. War Department. Office Washington, July, 1867. Circular No. 7. A Report on Amputations at the Hip Joint in Military Surgery. Washington, 1867. From the Surgeon General. Svar paa Tavleregningsopgaverne i Regnebog for Skoleungdommen af Ber- gen, 1861. From the Museum at Bergen. Tate, Ralph. A plain and easy account of the Land and Fresh-water Mol- lusks of Great Britain. By Ralph Tate. London, 1866. From Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Conchological Section. Tennent, Sir J. E. Sketches of the Natural History of Ceylon. By Sir J. Emerson Tennent, London, 1861. From the subscribers to the Li- brary Fund. The International Horticultural Exhibition and Botanical Congress. Report of Proceedings. London, 1866. From Dr. Asa Gray. Tillesii, G. Th. De Aegocerote Argalide Pallasii ovis domestical matre, brevis aisquisitio. By S. S. Haldeman, Esq. Troschel, F. H. Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur Begrundung einen Xatur- lichen Classification. By F. II. Troschel. From the Author. Sixteen pamphlets on Conchology. By F. H. Troschel. From the Author. De Limnseaceis seu de Gasteropodis pulmonatis quae nostris in Aquis vivunt. Auctor F. H. Troschel. Berolini, 1834. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Troost, Dr. Report on the Geology of Tennessee. Presented by S. S. Halde- man, Esq. Tryon, Geo. W\, Jr. A Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca inhabiting the United States. Parts 2, 3 and 4. Philadelphia, 1867. From the Con- chological Section. Tschudi, J. J. Von. Reisen durch Sud Amerika. Zweiter Band. Leipzig, 1866. From the Library Fund. Tuckerman, Edw. Lichenes of the Hawaiian Islands. Cambridge, 1867. From the Author. Turnbull, Wm. P. The Birds of East Lothian, and a portion of the adjoining Counties. Glasgow, 1867. From the Author. Van dor Hoeven. Bijdragen Tot de outleedkuudige kennis aangaande Nau- DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 277 tilus Potnpilius. L. door J. Van der Hoeven. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Verzeichniss von 9412 Aequatorial-sternen, V. Supplement Band zu den An- neben der Miinchener Sternwarte. Miincben, 1866. From tbe Observa- tory. Villa, E. G. B. Sui Coleotteri del Biellese indieati da Eugenio Sella osserva- zioni dei Fratelli. From the Author. Di Alcuni Marmi e Roccie Delia Valtellina, Le Roccie dei Dintorno di Morbegno. From the Author. Vogelsang, H. Philofophie der Geologie und Mikroskopische Gesteinsstudien. Bonn, 1867. From the Library Fund. Von Buch, Leopold. Leopold Von Buch's Gesemmelte Schriften. Herausge- geben von J. Ewald, J. Rotb und H. Eck. ler Band. Berlin, 1867. From the Library Fund. Wallace, Alfred R., F.Z S. List of the Land Shells collected in the Malay Archipelago, with descriptions of the new species. Presented by the Author, through the Conchological Section. Watson, Rev. John Selby. The Reasoning Power in Animals. London, 1867. From the Library Fnnd. Webster, N. An American Dictionary of the English Language. By Noah Webster, LL D. Springfield, Mass., 1866. Deposited by George W. Tryon, Jr. Weiss, Ch. E. Beitrilge zur Kenntniss der Feldspathbildung. Haarlem, 1866. From the Dutch Society of Sciences. Wetherill, Chas. M. Experiments on Itacolumite. From the Author. White, C. A., M.D., and H. St. John. State Geological Survey of Iowa. Pre- liminary Notice of New Genera and Species of Fossils. From the Authors. Whitfield, R. P. Observations on the Internal Appendages of the Genus Atrypa. From the Author. Wimmer, Dr. F. Salices Europaea. Recensuit et descripsit Dr. Fridericus Wimmer. Vratislaviae, 1866. From the subscribers to the Library Fund. Winchell, Alex., A.M. Man the last Term of the Organic Series. Ann Arbor, 1867. From the Author. Synoptical View of the Geological Succession of Organic Type. Ann Arbor, 1867- From the Author. Wood, Rev. J. G. Routledge's illustrated Natural History of Man. Part 1. London, 1867. From the Library Fund. Wood, W. General Conchology, or a description of Shells. By W. Wood, F.R S. and F.L.S. London, 1853. Deposited by Geo W. Tryon, Jr. Index Testaceologicus. A new edition, edited by Sylvanus Hanley. 8vo. London. Deposited by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Woodhull, Alfred A. Catalogue of the United States Army Medical Museum. Prepared under the direction of the Surgeon General U. S. Army. Washington, 1866. From the Surgeon General. Woodward, S. P. A Manual of the Mollusca. 12mo. London, 1861. Pre- sented by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., through the Conchological Section. Wolf, J. Zoological Sketches. Parts 9 and 10. From the Library Fund. Wright, E. Percival, M.D. On a new Genug of Terediniure. From the Author. Wyman, Jeffries. Observations and Experiments on Living Organisms in Heated Water. From the Author, through the Conchological Section. Zaaiger. Untersuchungen ueber die Form des Beckens Javanischer Frauen. Haarlem, 1866. Erom the Dutch Society of Sciences. Zelger von, Carl. Geognostische Wanderungen im Gebiete der Trias Frank- ens. Wurzburg, 18C7. From the Library Fund. 278 SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THE BUILDING FUND. SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THE BUILDING FUND. Lewis Audenricd $1000 Baeder & Adamson 1000 John]!. Budd 1000 Adolph E. Borie 1000 Matthew Baird 1000 Clement Biddle 1100 Isaac Barton 1000 John Baird 1000 C. H. Borie 1000 Wm. Bucknell 1000 John A.Brown 1000 Alfred Cope 1500 Geo. W. Childs 1000 Chas. S. Coxe 1000 F. It. Cope 1000 T. P. Cope 1000 Jay Cooke , 1000 E. W. Clarke & Co 100U Wm Camac 1000 J. G. Fell 1000 A. II. Franciscus 1000 John Gibson, Son & Co 1000 J. S. Haines 1000 Miss Jane R. Haines 1000 Jos. Harrison, Jr 1000 Samuel Jeanes 1000 Joshua T. Jeanes 1000 Joseph Jeanes 1000 Fred. Klett 1000 Charles Lennig, a tract of land, from which $2,000 have already been realized, estimated at 2100 Joseph S.JLovering 1000 Isaac Lea 1000 J. B. Lippincott & Co 1000 Elias D. Kennedy 1000 H. P. McKean.... looo Wm. ('.. Jloorhead 1000 Massey, Huston & Co 1000 Wistar Morris II Borstmann & Co 1000 Thomas Potter 1000 John Rice 1000 Ed. Huh. 'its LOOO S. J. Reeves 1000 Thomas Sparks LOOO Tims. A. S.ott 1000 Geo. W. Tryon, Jr 1000 Monis, Tasker & Co 1000 Win S. Vaux 1000 S S. While 1000 W. P. Wilstacb looo S. Morris Wain 1000 A. Whitney .v. Sons \< Wood, Morrell & Co 1000 I. V. Williamson 1000 W. Weightman 1000 A. J. Antelo 500 John Bohlen 500 Miss Bohlen 500 W. A. Blanchard 500 Alexander Biddle 500 Wm. B. Bement 500 Wm. M. Baird 500 Thos. A. Biddle 500 Stephen Colwell 500 Caleb Cope 500 Miss R. A. Cope 500 Lewis Cooper 500 Thomas Clyde 500 A. Campbell 500 A.J. Drexel.. 500 R. I. Dobbins 500 James Dougherty 500 G. W. Fahnestock 500 R. H. Gratz 50u I. P. Hutchinson 500 H. H. Houston 500 Miss Ann Haines 500 H. C. Lea 500 Joshua Lippincott 5oo Charles Macalester - 500 Benjamin Marshall 500 McCallum, Crease & Sloan 500 II. C. Cram ,t Co 500 Joseph F. Page 500 French, Richards & Co 500 Merrick & Sons 500 W. S. Stewart 500 Thomas Smith 500 Benry Seyberl 500 Charles E. Smith 500 Charles Taylor 500 J. Edgar Thomson 500 Ceo. F. Tyler 500 Samuel Welsh 500 Benry Winsor 500 J. A. Wrighl 500 Ed. S. Whelen 500 Isaac S. Waterman 500 John Welsh 500 Rockhill & Wilson 500 Robert Wood & Co 500 Rich. D. Wood, a certificate for $500 of Schuylkill Navigation Co., loan of 1882, valued al 350 I). B. Cummins 300 ('. P. Bayard 250 G. S. Benson 250 I. K. Caldwell 250 SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THE BUILDING FUND. 279 Ed. S. Clark 250 Jos. W. Drexel 2P0 Thomas Earp 250 Frederic Graff. 250 Frank Haseltine 250 James C. Hand 250 B. Hammitt 250 Wm. Hay .. 250 E. C. Knight 250 J. E. Kingsley 250 Jos. S. Lovering, Jr 250 Joseph Lea 250 Francis W. Lewis 250 John Livezey 250 Joshua Lippincott 250 Richard M.Marshall 250 Israel Morris 250 Samuel C. Morton 250 Charles Magarge 250 Horace Magee 250 Jas. Ronaldson Magee 250 C. F. Norton 250 Joseph Patterson 250 Moro Phillips 250 Mrs. Eleanor P. Long 250 Lawrence S. Pepper 250 George S. Pepper 250 Evan Randolph 250 Charles Spencer 250 P. W. Sheafer 250 John T. Taitt 250 John B. Trevor 250 George Vaux 250 Mrs E. H. Vaux 250 "Wm. Welsh 250 Morris Wheeler & Co 250 Charles Wheeler 250 A. Whilldin 250 Wm. R. White, Jr 250 Joseph Wharton 250 Benjamin Bullock 200 Atherton Blight , 200 Cash, per Dr. Chas. Shaeffer 200 John C.Davis 200 Charles Humphreys 200 R. Peterson 200 J. D. Rosengarten 200 Benj. H. Shoemaker 200 Robert Shoemaker 200 David Stuart 200 C. B. Wright 200 Chas. J. Allen 100 Joseph B. Altemus 100 Abr. Barker 100 Ch. S. Boker 100 S. B. Barcroft 100 Alexander Benson 100 Charles N. Bancker 100 Henrv B. Benners 100 Joel J. Bailv 100 Ivlw. C. Biddle 100 Eugene Borda 100 David S.Brown 100 A. Benson. Jr 100 F. L. Bodine 100 Bowen & Fox 100 Robert Carter 100 James Creighton 100 Andrew C. Craig 100 Charles C. Cresson 100 Lemuel Coffin 100 C. Colket 100 Edmund Draper 100 Mark Devine 100 Ferdinand J. Dreer 100 J. Coleman Drayton 100 Joseph H. Dulles 100 Wm. Evans, Jr 100 Miss Elizabeth R. Fisher 100 A. L. Elwyn 100 G. Emerson 100 Charles Ellis 100 Saml. M. Fox 100 J. Edward Farnum 100 J. M. Foltz 100 0. H. Garden 100 Philip C. Garrett 100 Constant Guillou 100 L. A. Godey 100 Daniel Haddock, Jr 100 Harry C. Hart 100 Wm. H. Hart 100 C. J. Hoffman 100 F. A. Hoyt k Bro 100 E. M. Hopkins 100 Pemberton S. Hutchinson 100 George Harding 100 E. L. Handy 100 B. A. Hoopes 100 John Haseltine 100 C. H.Hutchinson 100 A. A. Henderson 100 Huneker & Brant 100 John Jordan, Jr 100 W. P. Jenks 100 John Krider 100 John Lambert loo Joseph Leidy lint Chas. S. Lewis 100 George T. Lewis 100 John T. Lewis 100 J. L. Le Conte 100 Amos K. Little loo W. B. Lejee Mo J. Dickinson Logan loo A.. Sidney Logan loo John J. Boric lOOiBenj. V. Marsh 100 280 SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THE BUILDING FUND. Moses Brown H. Bum in Jos. A. Clay Charles Cabot George Cromelien E. Durand R. D John W. Field R. Guillou i John McAllister, Jr lOOiWm. S.Wilson.., Joseph Wm. Miller ion KUwood Wilson.. J. B. Myers 100 Joseph Walton... Nathan Myers 100 Mrs. C. S. Wurts. Jos. B. Myers 100 Wm. L. Mactier 100 Isaac P. Morris 100 Matthews k Moore 100 Wm. Musser 100 John B. Mellor 100 Win. Mellor 100 G. H. Newhall 100 Charles Norris 100 Wm. F. Norris 100 G. \V. Norris 100 John S. Newbold 100 Robert E. Peterson 100 G. F. Peabody 100 John B. Parker 100 Samuel Powel 100 Charles W. Poultney 100 J. S. Phillips 100 Philip Physick Peace 10C E. Coleman Peace 100 James W. Queen 100 R. E. Rogers 100 Richard Richardson loo Wm. Rowland k Co 100 Evans Rogers 100 C. II. Rogers 100 Solomon W. Roberts 100 Josiah Reigel 100 Samuel R. Shipley 100 Charles Santee 100 Louis Starr 100 Daniel Smith, Jr 100 Ed. A. Souder k Co loo Jos. Scattergood 100 Geo. J. Scattergood 100 Wm. Struthers 100 Charles L. Sharpless 100 Wm. II. Sowers 100 Aubrey H. Smith 100 J. Rinaldo Sank 100 J. II. Slack 100 W. L. Schaffer 100 Charles Smith 100 John Supplee 100 J. I). Sergeant 100 Joseph I'. Smith 100 .lame- Spear 100 \V. P. Tatham 100 Samuel B. Thomas... 100 B. T. Tredick 100 Wm. P. Turnbull loo Wm. G. Thomas 10o Alfred Vezin 100 Henry A. Vezin • 100 II. M. Watts 100 100 100 , 100 100 Richard Wood 100 John Welsh, Jr 100 Mifflin Wistar 100 Ellis Yarnall 100 James T. Young 100 Sundry small subscriptions 128 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 James Harper 50 Isaac Hays SO E. H 50 J. II. Hutchinson 50 O. A. Judson 50 H C. Kennedy 50 Chs. M. Leisenring 50 Levi Morris 50 Wm. V. McKean 50 Merrihew k Son 50 Chs. Norris, Jr 50 Benj. Orne 50 P. S. Peterson 50 C. J.Price 50 B. F. Rivinus 50 E. L. Reakirt 50 John Turner 50 J. B. Vandusen 50 Chs. S. Wurts 50 Alexander Wilcocks 50 F. L. Williams 50 Wm. P. Bancroft 25 Chs. M. Ghriskey 25 Louis A. Godey 25 J. R. Goodman . John (). James Geo. S. Jones S. Weir Mitchell... Thomas Median .. E. M. Needles , John Pearsall C. P. Parker Wm. W. Paul Geo. A. Smith T. Guilford Smith D. L. Woods 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Total $108,803 Ag^ivirate of subscriptions paid up to Decern. 31 $93,303 LIST OF MEMBERS. 281 MEMBERS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, From the origin of the Society to January 1st, 1868. Names of members known to be deceased are in italics. Names of life members are preceded by an asterisk (*). Names of members who are not resi- dents of the city are followed by the letters (N.R.) Names of those who were originally elected correspondents, and became members by removal to the city, are followed by (corres.) The names of those who have resigned, or who have for- feited their membership, are not included. Correspondents are regarded as mem- bers when they become permanent residents in the city. Allinson, K S., M.D., Dec. 1812. Anthony, Thomas, Jan. 1813. Abert, Col. J. J. (N.R.), Oct. 1828. Alden, Charles Henry, June, 1837. *Ashmead, Samuel, Sept. 1839. Allen, Nathan, M.D., May, 1841. Ashmead, Samuel B., Jan. 1343. Allen, Wm. II., Aug. 1851. Allen, J. M., M.D., April, 1852. *Ashhurst, Lewis R., May, 1853. Agnew, Wm. G. E. (N.R.), May, 1853. Atlee, Walter F., M.D., May, 1857. *Audenreid, Lewis, Feb. 1859. Ashhurst, John, M.D., Oct. 1860. *Ashhurst, Wm. IL, Feb. 1861. Allen, Harrison, M.D., July, 1862. *Austin, John B., Jan. 1867. *Ashhurst, Samuel, M. D., March, 1867. *Ashhurst, Francis, M. D., March, 1867. *Antelo, A. J., Dec. 1867. *Barnes, John, M.D. (N.R.), April, 1812. *Barton, Edward, M.D., Aug. 1815. *Brown, Moses, Feb. 1817. *Biddle, Nicholas, Jan. 1818. * Brewer, John M. (corres.), Oct. 1820. Bo wen, George T., Nov. 1822. Birch, Wm. Y., Dec. 1823. Bonaparte, Charles L. (N.R.), Feb. 1824. *Bancker, Charles N., April, 1824. *Beck, Charles F., M.D., June, 1827. Bache, Alex. Dallas (N.R.), Jan. 1829. Bond, Henry, M.D., Jan. 1830. * Burrough, Marmaduke, M.D., Nov. 1830. *Bridges, Robert, M.D., Jan. 1835. Bowie, Thomas L., Dec. 1835. Browne, Peter A., May, 1841. *Baird, S. F. (N.R.) (corres.), Aug. 1842. *Biddle, Alexander, Aug. 1848. Barton, T. Pennant (N.R.), April, 1849. Belknap, Henry (N.R.), May, 1849. *Biddle, Clement, May, 1850. Brinton, John H., M.D., June, 1851. *Budd, Chas. II., M.D. (N.R.), Mar. 1852. Boiler, Henry J., April, 1852. Buckley, Ed. S., May, 1852. *Biddle, Henry J., Aug. 1852. Booth, James 0., Sept. 1852. 282 LIST OF MEMBERS. *Biddle, Thomas, May, 1853. *Brown, John A., May, 1853. *Brown, David S., May, 1853. * Brown, Joseph D., May, 1853. Bullitt, John C, July, 1853. Borda, Eugene, Sept. 1854. *Barton, Isaac, March, 1855. *Barcroft, Stacy B., July, 1855. Brower, Robt. P., M.D. (N.R.), Nov. 1855. *Brasier, Amable J., March, 1856. Boker, Chas. S., M.D., June, 1856. Binney, W. G., Sept. 1856. Bertholet, P. P., M.D. (N.R.), Mar. 1857. Bennett, Daniel R. (N.R.), Feb. 1858. *Brown, Joseph Johnson, March, 1853. Breed, Rev. Wm. P., June, 1858. •■might, Atherton, July, 1858. Butler, Pierce, Aug. 1858. *Bohlen, John, Feb. 1859. *Biddle, Thos. A., March, 1859. *Budd, John B., June, 1859. Bell, John G. (N.R.), May, 1860. Boiling, Robt., M.D., Nov. 1860. *Bucknell, Win., March, 1861. Brown, A. D. (N.R.), Nov. 1861. Billings, John S., M.D., Nov. 1862. Briggs, Robert, Jan. 1864. Bonsall, Chas. F., Nov. 1864. Bryant Henri/, M.D. (N.R.), May, 1865. *Browning, Edward, June, 1865. Barnard, Vincent, Sept. 1865. Bready, John E., Sept. 1865. *Burk, Isaac, Dec. 1865. Beadle, Rev. E. R., Jan. 1866. Bland, Jas. II. B., Jan. 1866. Boardman, Rev, Geo. D ., April, 1866. Butcher, Benry 15., M.D., June, 1866. *Baird, Wm. S., Jan. 1867. Bodine, F. L., Feb. 1867. *Borie, Charles B., Feb. 1867. Bellows, Horace M.. M.D., Feb. 1867. Beman, Rev. 1. 1... March, 1867. *Bohlen, Miss, March, 1867. *Borie, Beauveau, April, 1807. *Borie, Adolph Iv. April, 1867. *Baird, Matthew, April. 1867. *Bcnson, Gustavus S.. April, 1867. *Blanchard, Wm. A., April, 1867. *Beach, 0. Nichols, May, 1867. Bement, Clarence S., May, 1867. *Bayard, C. P., May, 1867. *Baird, John, May, 1867. *Betts, Richard K., Dec. 1867. Brown, Geo. W., M.D., Dec. 1867. Correct, de Serra, Joseph, Feb. 1814. Coxe, Alexander S., Feb. 1815. * Collins, Zaccheus, March, 1815. Cleaver, Isaac, M.D., Jan. 1817. *01ark, Edward (N.R.), Jan. 1817. *Carmalt, Caleb (N.R ), Aug. 1817. *Coates, Benj. H., M.D., April, 1818. *Carpenter, Geo. IF., July, 1825. * Clark, John Y., M.D., Feb. 1826. * Conrad, Solomon W., March, 1826. Conrad, Timothy A., Jan. 1831. Carson, Joseph, M.D., Oct. 1833. Chase, Heber, M.D., Aug. 1836. *Clay, Joseph A., Aug. 1837. Camac, Wm. M., March, 1839. *Cresson, Chas. C, Sept. 1840. *Cassin, John, Sept. 1842. Curtis, Josiah (N.R.), June, 1843. Cucsta, Fernando de la (N.R ), Nov. 1844. Clemm, Charles (N.R.), Oct. 1847. *Cope, Caleb, Jan. 1848. *Cookc, John, Jau. 1848. Caldcleugh, Robert A., Nov. 1851. *Camac, Wm., M.D., April, 1852. *Claghorn, James L., July, 1852. *Collet, Mark W„ M.D., Sept. 1852. Corse, James M., M.D., Nov. 1852. *Cresson, John C, April, 1853. Collins, Percival, Sept. 1853. Cadwalader, Wm., March, 1855. Clements, Richard, M.D., July, 1855. Cresson, Chas. M., M.D., March, 1856. *Cope, Alfred, July, 1856. Cleburne. Win. (N.R.) March 31, 1857. Carter, Robt., M.D., April, 1857. *Curnmins, Daniel B., June, 1857. Caldwell, 11. Clay, M.D., Nov. 1857. Cuthbert, Mayland, Dec. 1857. Covey, Edward N., M.D. (N.R.), Dec. 1857. Clarke, Bdw. S., Jan 1858. Cresson, Ezra T., April, 1858. LIST OF MEMBERS. 283 Coleman, Geo. Dawson (N.R.), Apr. 1858. Dundas, Jas., Aug. 1844. Clark, T. Edwards (N.R.), Dec. 185». *Clark, J. Hinckley, March, 1859. *Cox, James S., June, 1859. Cram, Capt. T. J. (N.R.) Oct. 1859. Cox, Brinton, Dec. 1859. Comly, Franklin A., Feb. 1860. Coates, Andrew (N.R.), May, 1860. Cregar, Philip A., June, 1860. Cleborne, Chris. J., M.D., July, 1860. ■ ^Carpenter, Geo. W. Jr., Oct. 1860. Carbonell, Felix B. (N.R.), Dec. 1860. *Canby, Wm. M. (N.R.), Feb. 1861. Conrad, Thomas K. (N.R.) Feb. 1861. *Conarroe, Geo. M., Feb. 1861. *Cope, Edward D., July, 1861. *Crozer, John P., March, 1862. Curtis, Edw., M.D., July, 1863. Coxe, Eckley, Jan. 1865. Childs, Geo. W., Jan. 1866. *Dickeson, M. W., M.D., Oct. 1846. *Da Costa, J. C, M.D., Feb. 1852. Ducachet, Rev. II. W., D.D., April, 1852. Durand, Elias, April, 1852. *Dunglison, Robley, M.D., Jan. 1853. *Draper, Edmund, May, 1853. Dock, Geo., M.D. (N.R.)- Feb. 1854. Dunlap, Thos., Dec. 1856. *Dreer, Ferdinand J.. April, 1857. Da Costa, John C, Sr., June, 1857. Da Costa, John C, Jr., June, 1857. Drayton, Henri/ K, M.D., April, 1858. *Dimpfel, F. P., April, 1858. *Davidson, Geo., Aug. 1858. Dow, John M. (N.R.), Sept. 1858. Da Costa, Geo. J., Oct. 1858. Darrach, Jas. A., M.D., Nov. 1858. Darby, John T., M.D. (N.R.), March, 1859. Davis, John C, June, 1859. Carpenter, L. Henry, Major, June, 1866. Downie, T. C. (N.R.), Aug. 1859. Crawford, S.Wylie, Gen., M.D, Aug. 1866. *Drexel, Jos. W., June, 1860. Calhoun, Maj. A. R., Dec. 1866. *Cope, Francis R., Feb. 1867. *Cope, Thomas P., Feb., 1867. *Cope, Miss R. A., Feb. 1867. *Carpenter, Samuel P., Feb. 1867. *Colwell, Stephen, Feb. 1867. *Cooper, Lewis, March, 1867. Comegys, Benj. B., March, 1867. *C'oxe, Charles S., April, 1867. ^Campbell, A., April, 1867. *Clark, E. W., May, 1867. *Clark, Clarence PL, May, 1867. *Clark, Frank H., May, 1867. *Crease, Orlando, May, 1867. *ChestoD, D. Murray, M.D., May, 1867. -Clyde, Thomas, May, 1867. '"Cooke, Jay, May, 1867. +Dobson, Judah, Nov. 1813. Davis, David Jones, June, 1815. *Dulles, Joseph H., Feb. 1816. *Dei(z, Rudolph, Jan. 1821. Dunn, Nathan (corres.), June, 1828. *Dieffenbaugh, E., Dec, 1865. De Figaniere, Alfonso (N.R.), Mar. 1866. Durborow, Chas. B., March, 1866. Deal, Lemuel J., M.D., April, 1866. Dreer, Henry A., May, 1866. Dixon, W. C, M.D., Oct. 1866. Davids, Hugh, Dec. 1866. liberie, John, M.D., April, 1819. *Ellmaker, Levi, April, 1829. Elwyn, Alfred L., M.D., Dec, 1831. Evans, Edm. C, M.D. (N.R.), Oct. 1838. *Ellet, Chas., Jr., April, 1842. *Edwards, Amory (N.R.), March, 1852. Emerson, G., M.D., Aug. 1853. Ennis, Jacob, Feb. 1857. Eastwick, Edward P. (N.R.), May, 1857. Edwards, Arthur M. (N.R.), Sept. 1858. Egbert, Daniel, M.D. (N.R.), Oct. 1858. Emlen, J. Norris, April, 1859. Elliot, D. G. (N.R.), May, 1860. Evans, Rowland E., Nov. I860. Evans, Wm., Jr., Feb. 1866. Edwards, Edward B., Jan. 1867. Davis, Chas., M.D. (N.R.), March, 1842. Dickson, S.Henry, M.D.,(cor.), Feb. 1843. *Earp, Thomas, March, 1867 Darrach, Wm., M.D., May, 1844. 284 LIST OF MEMBERS. Frazer, Robert, April, 1814. * Fisher, Joseph, May, 1821. Fisher, Thomas, April, 1824. Foster, Wm. A., Nov. 1833. Foster, Hudson S., Jan. 1834. Frazer, John F., Sept. 1835. French, Benj. F. (corres.), Jan. 1843. *Frost, John, Sept. 1844. Foulke, Win. Parker, Nov. 1849. ^Fisher, Jas. C, M.D. (N.R.), July, 1850 '*Fahnestock, Geo. W., Aug. 1852. *Fisher, Charles Henry, May, 1853. *Farnum, John, May, 1853. * Fisher, J. Francis, May, 1853. *FelI, J. G., May, 1853. Forbes, W. S., MD, Sept 1856. Francfort, Eug., M.D. (N.R.), Oct. 1856. Fassitt, Louis, M D., Jan. 1857. Fry, J. Reese, Jan. 1P57. Fryer, Blancour E., April, 1858. Foltz, Jonathan, M.D., May, 1859. Field, Thos. Y., Aug. 1859. Frarapton, L. A, M.D., (N.R.), Sept. 1859. Fricke, Albert, M.D., Nov. 1859. Feltus, Henry J., Nov. 1859. Fry, Horace B., Dec. 1859. Felton, Samuel M. (N.R.), Feb. 1860. Foard, A. J., M.D., Dec. 1860. Furness, IT. H., Nov. 1861. Fiot, Augustus, Jan. 1864. Frazer, Robert, Jan. 1866. Febiger, Christian C., May, 1866. Fenimore, Jason L., June, 1866. Ford, John, Dec. 1866. Farnum, J. Edwards, Jan., 1867. *Gilliams, Jacob M.D. (found.), Jan. 1812. Griffith, R. Egglesfield, M.D., May, 1815. Oodman, ./<•//« D.,M.D., July, 1821. Goddard, Paul B., M.D., Feb. 1829. Griscom, Samuel S., Nov. 1830. Gibbons, Wm. P. (N.R.), Nov. 1833. Gumbes, Sum. Welherill, April, 1834. ♦Gerhard, Wm. W., M.D , Nov. 1835. Gambel, Wm., M.D., Aug. 1843. Germain, Lewis J. (N.R ), April, 1846. Goddard, Kingston, Rev. (N. It.). Jan. 1848. Grant, Wm. Robertson, M.D., Dec. 1849. Genth, Fred. A., M.D., April, 1852. *Greene,FrancisV.,M.D.(X.R.)Sept.l852. *Griffith, Robert E., Sept. 1852. *Graff, Frederic, May, 1853. *Grigg, John, May, 1853. Guillou, Constant, March, 1854. Geyelin, Emile, Sept. 1854. *Guez, John A., Nov. 1854. Gibbs, George (N R.), Jan. 1856. Garrigues, S. S., M.D. (N.R.) June. 1856. Gobrecht, W. H. (N.R.), M.D., July, 1856. Griffith, Robt. E , M.D., Oct. 1856. Gross, Saml. D., M.D., Dec. 1856. Gorgas, Albert C, M.D., Feb. 1857. Guillou, Victor, Oct. 1858. Grier, Wm. P., M.D., June, 1859. Greenbank, Richard M., M.D., Oct. 1859. Gabb, Wm. M. (N.R), Jan. 1860. Grubb, Edio. Burd (N.R.), April, 1860. Goodman, J. R., M.D., March, 1864. *Grant, Gen. Ulysses S , July, 1865. *Graeff, John E., Feb. 1866. *Garrett, Philip C, Feb. 1866. Gilbert, Wm. K., M D., May, 1866. Guier, Geo. M.D. (N.R.), June, 1866. *Grant, Wm. S., Dec. 1866. Gibbons, Charles, Jan., 1867. *Greble, Edwin, Jan., 1867. *Gratz, Robert H., April, 1867. *Gibson, Henry C, July, 1867. *Gibson, John, July, 1867. *I/i/ines, Reuben, Nov. 1813. *Hare, Robert, M.D., Nov. 1813. Hazard. Saml. (corres.), Jan. 1814. *HarUm, Richard, M.D., Oct. 1815. *Hays, Isaac. M.D., July, 1818. Jfent-, N. M. (N.R ), May, 1819. *Hembel, William, Sept. 1824. *IIering, C, M.D., (corres.), Oct. 1826. Horsfield, S. C. C. (N.R.), Oct. 1830. Uuffnagle, Chat., M.D. (N.R.), Nov. 1830. *Hallowell, Edw., M.D., Feb. 1834. *llurri.<, Edward QX JR.), Aug. L835. *Haldeman, S. S. (N.R.), Jan. 1837. *Holmes, Chat., Feb. 1838. *Haines, John S., March, 1841. Seittir, J. P., M.D. (N.R.), Nov. 1843. LIST OF MEMBERS. 285 Hecrmann, Adolphus L., M.D., April, 1845. Hartshorne, Edvv., M.D., May, 1847. *Haiues, Robt. B., Jan. 1848. Henderson, A. A., M.D. (corres. )July, 1848. *Horner, Wm. E., M.D., Feb. 1849. Henri/, Bernard, M.D., May, 1849. llopkinson, Joseph, M.D , Feb. 1852. *Hewson, Addinell, M.D., Jan. 1853. Hanson, H. Cooper, Feb. 1853. *Sallowell, Morris L. (N.R.), May, 1853. * Hutchinson, J. Pemberton, May, 1853. Harrison, Joseph, Jr., Aug. 1854. lilgard, Theo. C, M.D. (N.R.), Oct. 1854. Hooper, Win. H., M.D., Dec. 1854. Hunt, Wm., M.D., Jan. 1855. Hartshorne, Henry, M.D., April, 1855. Hagedorn, C. F., Aug. 1855. *Humphreys, Geo. A., Sept. 1855. Hering, C. J. (N.R.), Sept. 1855. Howell, Saml. B., M.D., Nov. 1855. *Hayes, Isaac I., M.D., Jan. 1856. *Hoopes, B. A., Feb. 1856. Hayden, F. V., M.D. (corres.), Mar. 1856. Halsey, Wm. S., M.D., April, 1857. Haldeman, Rich. J. (N.R.), Aug. 1857. Harlow, Louis D., M.D., Aug. 1857. Hoyt, Wm. D., M.D., Feb. 1858. Hart, Harry 0., M.D., March, 1858. *Hutchinson, Jas. H., M.D., April, 1858. Huntington, David L., M.D., April, 1858. *Hunt, J. Gibbons, M.D., July, 1858. *Henszey, W. C, Jan. 1859. Hare, Robt. H , Feb. 1859. *Haseltine, John, April, 1859. *Haseltine, Ward B., April, 1859. Horner, Alfred, June, 1859. *Hand, James 0., July, 1860. Hepburn, Jas. (N.R ), June, 1863. *Horstmann, Wm. J., Dec. 1863. Hugel, A., Sept. 1865. *Hartshorne, Chas , Feb. 1866. Hunt, Clemmons, March, 1866. Hoopes, Josiah (N R.), April, 1866. *Haddoek, Daniel, Jr , May, 1866. *Huston, Samuel, May, 1866. Horn, Geo. H., M.D., July, 1866. Houston, Edwin J., Dec. 1866. Haseltine, C. P., Jan., 1867. Hacker, Wm., Feb. 1867. *Haines, Miss Ann, Feb. 1867. *Haines, Mi3s Jane R., Feb. 1867. Heger, Anthony, M.D., Feb. 1867 *Hay, William, April, 1867. *Houston, H. H., April, 1867. *Haseltine, Frank, May, 1867. *Hammitt, B., June, 1867. Hare, H. Binney, M.D., Aug. 1867. Hinkle, A. G., M.D., Sept. 1867. Hassler, F. A. M.D., Not. 1867. Jones, Thos. P., M.D., Dec. 1812. *James, Thos. C, M.D., March, 1814. *Jessup, Augustus E., Nov. 1818. Johnson, Walter R. (N.R.), Feb. 1827. *Jaudon, Samuel (N.R.), Jan. 1836. Jackson, Isaac R., Aug. 1841. *Jordan, John, Jr., Jan. 1851. *Jeanes, Joseph, May, 1853. *Jeanes, Samuel, Jan. 1856. *Jessup, Edw. A., Nov. 1857. Janeway, John H., M.D. (N.R.) Sept. 1858. Judson, Oliver A., M.D., Oct. 1858. Johnson, Christopher (N.R.), Dec. 1858. Johnston, Alex., March, 1860. Jenks, Wm. Furness (N.R), Oct. 1863. Jones, Wm. Forster, Jan. 1866. Jayne, Eben C, Dec. 1866. *Jeanes, Joshua T., Dec. 1866. Jenkins, Wilson M., Jan. 1867. *Kneass, Wm., May, 1814. * Keating, Wm. H., April, 1816. Keagy, J. M., M.D., Jan. 1843. Kane, Elisha K., Jan. 1843. *Kilvington, Robert, April, 1843. King, Chas. R., M.D., June, 1843. Kern, Richard H, May, 1847. Kern, Benj. J., M.D., Sept. 1847. Kern, Edward M. (N.R.), Oct. 1847. Keller, Wilhelm, M.D., Nov. 1848. Keim, Geo. M. (N.R.), July, 1852. *Keating, Wm. V., M.D., Jan. 1853. Kcnnicott, Robt. (corres., N.R.), April. 18C8. Kimber, Thos., Jr., April, 1858. 286 LIST OF MEMBERS. Kneeland, Saml., Jr , M.D., May, 1858. Kitchen, John S., M.D., June, 1858. Krider, John, March, 1859. Kane, John K., M.D. (N.R.), April, 1859. Kendall, Prof. E. Otis, March, 18G0. Kingsbury, Chas. A., M.D., March, 18G0. Knight, J. Frank, Feb. 1863. King, Wm. S., M.D., July, 1863. King, Wm. M., M.D., Oct. 1863. Keffer, Fred. A., M.D., Nov. 1864. Kinsman, Chas. W., Feb. 1865. *Klett, Frederick, Dec. 1865. *Keekuile, Wm. C, March, 1866. Kenderdine, Robt. S., M.D., May, 1866. Keen, Wm., Jr., M.D., April, 1867. *Knight, Edw. C, May, 1867. *Kennedy, Elias D., Aug. 1867. *Lukens, Isaiah, June, 1812. Le Conte, John (corres.), Feb. 1815. Lea, John, May, 1815. *Lea, Isaac, LL.D., June, 1815. Longstreth, Joshua, June, 1815. *Lesueur, Chs. A., Jan. 1818. Land, John (N.R.), May, 1836. *Le Conte, J. L., M.D. (corres.) Feb. 1845. *Leidy, Joseph, M.D., July, 1845. *Lewis, Elisha J., M.D., July, 1846. *Lambert, John, Nov. 1846. *Lea, M. Carey, Sept. 1847. *Lennig, Chas., Oct. 1847. *Ludlow, John L., M.D., Nov. 1847. Lej<>e, Wm. R., Feb. 1848. *Lea, H. C, Feb. 1848. *Lewis, Francis W., M.D., Oct. 1849. *Lennig, Francis, July, 1851. Langstroth, Rev. L. L. (N.R.), Sept. 1851 *Lea, Joseph, June, 1852. *Logan, J. Dickinson, M.D., Mar. 1853. Lang, Edmund, M.D., April, 1853. * Lea, Thos. T., May, 1853. *Lewis, A. J., May, 1853. *Lovering, Joseph S., May, 1853. Lippincott, Joshua B., June, 1853. Lesley, J. P., June, 1853. Luther, Diller, M.D. (N.R.), Oct. 1854. La Roche, C. Percy, M.D., Oct. 1855. Lewis, Samuel, M.D., Oct. 1855. Lamborn, R. H., May, 1857. Lowber, Wm., M.D., June, 1858. Letterman, Jon. C, M.D. (N.R.), Jan. 1859. Littell, Emlen T., Jan. 1859. Lesley, Joseph, Jr., March, 1859. *Lewis, Saunders, March, 1859. Lippincott, Joshua, April, 1859. *Longstreth, Wm. W., Feb. 1860. Lewis, Joseph S., Jan. 1861. Leypoldt, F. (N.R.), March, 1862. Lorenz, W. (N.R.), Feb. 1863. *Lewis, Geo. T., Dec. 1863. Lyman, Benj. Smith, Aug. 1865. *Little, Amos R., March, 1866. *Lewis, Chas. S., April, 1866. Leeds, Albert R., Dec. 1866. Levick, James, M.D., Jan. 1867. *Lovering, Jos. S. Jr., Feb. 1867. *Livezey, John, Feb. 1867. *Long, Mrs. E. P., March, 1867. *Little, James H., April, 1867. Langdon, T. Brantley, July, 1867. Leeds, Josiah W., Dec. 1867. *Mann, C. M. (founder), Jan. 1812. *Maclure, Wm., July, 1812. *M'Euen, Thos., M.D., May, 1818. * Morton, Saml. Geo., M.D., April, 1820. ^Mitchell, John K., M D., July, 1822. Mickle, Andrew E., M.D., June, 1831. Mutter, Thos. I)., M.D., July, 1833. M'Euen, Chas., Dec. 1834. Mifflin, Geo., March, 1835. Miller, Clement S., Dec. 1836. *Markland, John II., May, 1839. . *Maclure, Alexander, Dec. 1840. Moss, Theo. F., June, 1845. MCall, Gen. G. A. (corres.), June, 1847. M'Clellan, J. H. B., M.D., Nov. 1847. M' Michael, Wm., June. 1850. *Meig3, J. Forsyth, M.D., April. 1852. *Morris, Jacob G., April, 1852. *Meigs, Jas. Aitken, M.D., April, 1852. * Mercer, Singleton A-, May, 1853. *Mcrrick, Saml. V., May, 1853. * Myers, John B., May, 1853. LIST OF MEMBERS. 287 Mitchell, S. Weir, M.D., Sept. 1853. Merrick, J. Vaughan, April, 1854. Messchert, M. H., June, 1854. *Morris, J. Cheston, M.D., Oct. 1854. * Moore, Saml., M.D., Nov. 1855. M'Allister, John, Jr., June, 1856. Monnier, Alfred (N.R.), Aug. 1856. Morton, Thos. Geo., M.D., Aug. 1856. Morehouse. Geo. R., M.D., Aug. 1856. Marsh, Benj. V., April, 1857. McGuire, Jas. C. (N.R.), April, 1857. *Martin, Geo., M.D., April, 1857. Minium, Edw., M.D., Oct. 1857. McClune, Jas., Jan. 1858. McAllister, Wm. Y., Feb. 1858. McEuen, Chas. Izard, June, 1858. McCanles, John, April, 1859. Maguire, Nicholas H., July, 1859. * Morris, Miss Margaretta H., Sept. 1859. *Mactier, Win. L., Jan. 1860. *Meehan, Thos., March, 1860. Moore, Francis, M.D., May, 1860. *Mordecai, Edw. R., M.D.(N.R.)May, 1860 Mitchell, Edw. Craig (N.R.), July, 1860. *Morris, Henry, March, 1862. Miller, E. Spencer, May, 1862. Martindale, Jos. C, M.D., Jan. 1863. Milliken, Jas., March, 1863. Maisch, John M., March, 1864. McCreary, J. B., May, 1865. * Meade, Maj. Gen. Geo. C, July, 1865. McQuillen, J. H., M.D., Oct. 1865. Maris, John M., Oct. 1865. Mackenzie, R. Shelton, March, 1866, Moore, J. G., July, 1866. Mayburry, Wm., M.D., Oct. 1866. *Marshall, Richard M., Feb. 1867. ••Marshall, Benj., Feb. 1867. * Morion, Samuel C, March, 1867. *Magarge, Charles, April, 1867. *McKean, H. Pratt, April, 1867. *Morris, Wistar, April, 1867. *Morris, Israel, April, 1867. *Morris, Theo. H., May, 1867. *Moore, Andrew M., July, 1867. Matthews, Chas. W. Oct. 1867. Murphy, Edw. R., Nov. 1867. *Moorhead, Wm. G., Dec. 1867. *Magee, J. Ronaldson, Dec. 1867. *Magee, Horace, Dec. 1867. * Norris, Wm., Jr., Dec. 1830. Neill, John, M.D., May, 1847. * Norris, Octavus A., Oct., 1849. Newbold, Thos., M.D.(N.R), Nov. 1854. Neff, Chas., M.D., April, 1858. Norris, Geo. W., M.D., May, 1858. *Norris, Wm. P., May, 1858. *Norris, Thaddeus, May, 1858. Norris, Isaac, M.D., Jan. 1861. *Nebinger, A., M.D., July, 1866. Nolan, Edw. J., M.D., April, 1867. Newkirk, Matthew, Nov. 1867, *Or d, George, Sept. 1815. Orne, Jas. H., Dec. 1865. Ogden, C. G., July, 1866. *Parmentier, N. S. (founder), Jan. 1812. *Pierce, Jacob, (N.R.), Dec. 1813. *Patterson, R. M., M.D., Jan. 1816. *Peale, Titian R. (N.R.), Aug. 1817. *Pouhon, Chas. A., Sept. 1823. *Pennock, C. W., M.D. (N.R.), June, 1824. * Preston, Jonas, M.D., Jan. 1825. Penrose, Saml. S., Nov. 1830. *Peterson, Robert E., April, 1831. Porter, R. R, June, 1833. Pearsall, Robt., Dec. 1835. Phillips, John S., Aug. 1836. Pepper, Wm., M.D., Feb. 1837. Percival, Thomas C, Jan. 1845. Powel, Saml. (N.R), July, 1847. *Pancoast, Jos., M D., Dec. 1847. Phillips, D. B., M.D., Oct. 1852. Page, Wm. Byrd, M.D., April, 1853. * Pepper, Henry, May, 1853. * Price, Richard, May, 1853. * Piatt, Wm., May, 1853. Pennypacker, I. A., M.D., Sept. 1854. Penrose, R. A. F., M.D., April, 1856. Packard, John H., M.D., Nov. 1856. Paul, Jas., M.D., March, 1857. *Pepper, L. S., M.D., July, 1857. 288 LIST OF MEMBERS. Porter, Prof. E. D. (N.R.), Oct. 1857. Parrish, Wm. I)., May, 1853. Powel, John Hare (N.R.), May, 1858. Parker, Jos. E., M.D., July, 1858. Piters, Francis, Jan. 1859. Patterson, Francis E., Jan. 1859. Peace, Edw., M.D., April, 1859. Peterson, Geo. IF., Aug. 1859. *Pepper, Geo. S., July, 1860. Potts, Wm. (N.R.), Nov. 1860. Parrish, Edward, Dec. 18G0. Powel, Robt. Hare, May, 1862. Porter, J. Hampden, M.D, Feb. 1863. Parker, Chas. F., Aug. 1865. Parrish, Jas. C , March, 1866. Parker, John B., April, 1866. •^Patterson, Joseph, Feb. 1867. Procter, Win., Feb. 1867. *Phillips, Moro, March, 1867. *Page, Joseph F., April, 1867. Pepper, W., M.D., Aug. 1867. Pepper, Geo., M.D., Aug. 1867. *Potter, Thomas, May, 1867. Queen, Jas. W., Jan. 1858. *Rotch, Joseph, Feb. 1814. *Randolph, Richard, May, 1814. Richardson, Caleb, Dec. 1814. *Rotch, Thomas, Feb. 1816. Rafmesque, C. S., Feb. 1816. *Read, James, Dec. 1824. Reeve, Mark M., M.D., March, 1831. *Ruschenberger, W. S. W., M.D. (corres.), May, 1832. Rogers, Henry D., (N.R.), Nov. 1834. Ryan, Thomas, Jan. 1836. Rogers, R.E ., M.D., Feb. 1837. *RedfieId, John H., (corres.), Aug. 1846. Rogers, James B., M.D., Oct. 1847. *Rosengarten, Saml. G., May, 1850. Remington, R. P , (N.R.), Nov. 1850. *Rand, B. Howard, M. D., Jan. 1851. *Remington, Thos. P., May, 1853. Rogers, Fair man, Feb. 1854. * Rogers, W. Frederick, March. 1855. Rush, Madison, Juue, 1855. Rand, Theodore D., Sept. 1857. Ryland, K., M.D., Dec. 1857. Richardson, T. G., M.D., (N.R.) Jan. 1858. Roberts, Solomon W., April, 1860. Reece, Davis, (N.R ), Nov. 1860. *Rice, John, April, 1861. Rothrock, J. T., Dec. 1864. Randolph, S. Emlen, Dec. 1865. *Reakirt, Edwin L., Jan. 1866. Reakirt, Tryon, April, 1866. *Rhoads, Jos. R, May, 1866. *Roberts, S. Raymond, June, 1866. *Randolph, Evan, Feb. 1867. Robb, Richard R., Feb. 1867. *Rockhill, Daniel H., May, 1867. Ralston, Rev. J. G., May, 1867. *Shinn, John, Jr., (founder), Jan. 1812. * Speakman, John (founder), Jan. 1812. *Say, Thomas (founder), April, 1812. *Stouse, Joseph, M.D., May, 1812. *Say, Benjamin, June, 1813. Stockton, E. B., May, 1815. *Smith( Charles 11'., Dec. 1815. *Smith, Jacob R., Dec. 1815. Stewart, William, (N.R.), June, 1823. *Spackman, George, M.D., July, 1825. *Smith, Joseph P., Feb. 1826. *Seybert, Henry, M.D., Dec. 1826. Steinhaur, Rev. Dan., July, 1829. Smith, John B., April, 1834. *Simmons, John (N.R.), July, 1835. Shoemaker, Benj., (N.R.), Sept. 1835. Snellmg, Samuel, Aug. 1836. *Say, Mrs. Lucy W., (N.R.), Oct. 1841. Stephens, H. S.. May, 1843. Sargent, F. W., M.D. (X R.), Sept. 1847. *Sergeant, J. Dickinson, Oct. 1847. Smith, Francis G., M.D., Feb. 1849. Smith, Aubrey H., Sept 1850. *Smith, Charles E., June, 1851. Sherman, W. /,., M.D., Oct. 1851. Sh'irplcss, Caspar II'., Jan. 1852. Struthers, William, Feb. 1852. *Seal, Thomas F., (N.R.), May, 1852. *Sheafer, P. W., (X.R.), March, 1853. *Schafhirt, Fred., (N.R.), March, 1853. LIST OF MEMBERS. 239 *Swift, Joseph, May, 1853. Sheppard, Edwin, Dec. 1867. *Sanderson, Ed. F, (N.R.), Sept. 1853. Silliman, Henry R., M.D., 1867. Smyth, Samuel, (N.R ), June, 1855. *Spackman, Rev. H. S. (N.R.),July, 1855. Troost, Gerard, M.D. (founder), Jan. 1812. Smith, Alex. Hamilton, M.D., Dec. 1856. *Tbompson, J. Edgar, Feb. 1831. Souder, Edmund A., Feb. 1857. Tuft, John B., M.D., (N.R.), May, 1831. Scull, Gideon D., March, 1857. * Taylor, Rich. C, (corres.), July, 1832. Slack, John H., M.D. (N. R.), July, 1857. *Townsend, John K., M.D., Sept. 1833. Schmidt, Henry D., (N.R. 1, Feb. 1858. Turnpenny, Frederick, M.D., Nov. 1833. *SommerviIle, Jas. M., M.D., Feb. 1858. Stimpson, Wm, (N.R.), April, 1858. Stephens, Lemuel, May, 1858. Stewart, Wm. H., (tf.R.), Oct. 1858. Shoemaker, Benj. H., Oct. 1858. Swann, Wilson C, M.D., Feb. 1859. Trudeau, James, M.D. (N.R.), Nov. 1835. *Trautwine, John C, April, 1852. Taggart, Wm. H., M.D., April, 1853. Turner, Thos. J., M. D., Feb. 1854. Tyson, Job R., May, 1854. Tiedeman, Henry, M.D., July, 1855. *Stewardson, Thomas, M.D., April, 1859. Taylor, William J., Feb. 1857. Smith, Henry H., M.D., April, 1859. Seitzinger, F. S., April, 1859. *Sparks, Thomas, May, 1859. *Smith, Thomas, June, 1859. Schell, Henry S., M.D., July, 1859. *Schaffer, Chas., M.D., March, 1861. Scattergood, Thos., Jr., Nov. 1862. Smith, A. K., M.D., Nov. 1862. Smith, Andrew H., M.D., Jan. 1863. Saurman, Benj. F., M.D., Jan. 1863. Steele, J. Dutton, (N.R), Feb. 1863. Scattergood, Geo. J., Aug. 1863. Smith, Richard S., Feb. 1864. Smith, Thos. Guilford, Jan. 1866. Turnbull, W. P., July, 1857. Tompkins, Myron, M.D., May, 1858. *Tryon, Geo. W., Jr., June, 1859. Townsend, Washington, Oct. 1859^ Torr, Wm. S., Oct. 1860. Thompson, Edgar L., Nov. 1860. Turner, J. Paul, M.D., April, 1864. Thompson, Jas. C, Feb. 1865. Trotter, Newbold H., Dec. 1865. Taylor, Alfred B., Dec. 1865. ^Turner, John, March, 1866. *Thomas, Joseph, M.D., April, 1866. Tryon, Edw. K., Jr., April, 1866. Taylor, T. Clarkson, (N.R.), May, 1866. Stelwagen,Thos.C, D.D.S., March, 1866. *Turnpenny, Jos. C, Dec. 1866. *Slaymaker, Samuel E., March, 1866. Shipley, Samuel R., April, 1866. Sellers, Wm., April, 1866. Stille, Heury, M.D., May, 1866. Shober, Sam. L , July, 1866. Sellers, Coleman, Dec. 1866. *Shively, Geo. S., M.D., Dec. 1866. Stevens, W. H., Jan. 1867. *Smith, Walter B., Jan. 1867. Stetler, John G., M.D., Feb. 1867. *Smith, Charles, March, 1867. Snowden, J. Ross, April, 1867. *Spencer, Charles, April, 1867. *Scott, Thomas A., April, 1867. *Sloan, Andrew W., May, 1867. Shoemaker, Geo. Y., Nov. 1867. Smith, Lloyd P., Nov. 1867. *Taylor, Charles, March, 1867. *Tyler, Geo. F., April, 1867. *Trevor, John B., (N.R.), May, 1867. *Taitt, John T., May, 1867. Tyson, J. K., M.D., Aug., 1867. Thomas, Chas. H., M.D., Sept., 1867. Uhler, W?n. H., M.D., Jan. 1856. Uhler, Philip P.., (N.R.), March, 1858. Ulke, Henry, (N.R.), April, 1858. Vanuxem, Lardncr, June, 1815. * Vaux, Roberta, March, ]818. * Vauyhan, John, March, 1822. *Vaux, William S., March, 1834. Vanderkemp, John J., M.D., April, 1854. Vail, Hugh D., Nov. 1860. 19 290 LIST OF MEMBERS. Vandyke, E. B., M.D., Sept. 1866. ♦Vaux, George, Dec. 1866. ♦Vaux, Mrs. E. H., Feb'y, 1867. Wilson, Alexander, June, 1813. Warner, Benjamin, Feb. 1814. Wnterhouse, John F., M.D., March, 1814. * Warder, William S., Dec. 1814. ♦Wagner, William, June, 1815. Woollens, Jos., M.D., June, 1815. * Watson, Joseph, May, 1816. *Wetherill, J. Price, March, 1817. * Wagner, Tobias, Oct. 1818. *Williams, Henry J., April, 1819. ♦Wetherill, William, Feb. 1824. Wood, Wm. W. (N.R.), Jan. 1825. ♦Wood, Geo. B., M.D., Feb. 1825. Ware, Nathaniel A. (N.R.), Oct. 1826. *Wetherill, Charles, Nov. 1830. * Wistar, Richard, Jan. 1831. * Wilson, Thos. B., M.D., June, 1832. Walker, A. M. (N.R.), April, 1836. Whelpley, James D. (N.R.), Mar. 1838. Wistar, Mifflin, M.D., June, 1839. Watson, Gavin, M.D., April, 1840. Wetherill, Samuel, (N.R.), Nov. 1843. Woodhouse, Sam. W.,M.D., Nov. 1845. * Wetherill, Chs.M., M.D., (N.R.),Feb. 1846 Whitman, Wm. E., Feb. 1848. Wolgamu'.h, Francis F., Feb. 1848. ♦Wilson, Wm. S., June, 1848. *Wheatley, Chs. M., March, 1850. *Wister, Caspar, M. D., June, 1851. ♦Welsh, William, May, 1853. ♦Wood, Richard D., May, 1853. *Whelen, Edward S., June, 1853. Wythes, Rev. Jos. H. (N.R.), Nov. 1853. Woodward, J. J., M.D., June, 1855. West, Hilborne, M.D., Sept. 1855. Wilson, Joseph, M.D., Jan. 1856. ♦Weightman, Wm., Sept. 1856. Warren, Gen. G. K., (N.R.), Feb. 1857. Wilcocks, Alex., M.D., April, 1857. Warren, David March, 11& j, 1857. Wurts, C. S.,M.1>.. July, 1857. Wharton, Henry, Feb. 1858. Wayne, Henry C, Feb. 1858. Wilson, Pierce B., (N.R.), Oct. 1858. Wilson, Samuel W., M.D., Dec. 1858. ♦Whitney, Jas. S., Dec. 1858. Williams, Samuel H., May, 1859. Wister, Owen J., M.D., June, 1859. White, John D., M.D., Oct. 1859. ♦White, S. S., D.D.S., Nov. 1859. ♦Welsh, John, Dec. 1859. ♦Wilstach, Wm. P., July, 1860. Wood, Richard, Sept. 1860. ♦Warner, John, (N.R.), Dec. 1860. ♦Wood Geo. K., M.D., (N.R.), Jan. 1862. ♦Wells, W. Lehmann, M.D., June, 1863. ♦Wood, Horatio C, Jr., M.D., June, 1864. ♦Wharton, Joseph, July, 1864. ♦Warner, Redwood F., Dec. 1864. ♦Winsor, Henry, Aug. 1865. Wood, John B., Sept. 1865. Woodward, Geo. M., Jan. 1866. ♦White, Wm. R., Feb. 1866. ♦Wood, Edw. R., Feb. 1866. Westcott, Charles S., March, 1866. Webber, R. L., M.D., April, 1866. Walton, Joseph, April, 1866. Wyeth, Frank H., Sept. 1866. ♦Welsh, Samuel, March, 1867. ♦Williamson, I. V., April, 1867. ♦Wheeler, Charles, April, 1867. ♦Whitney, Asa, May, 1867. ♦Whitney, George, May, 1867. ♦Whitney, John R., May, 1S67. ♦Whelen, Jas. N., May, 1867. ♦Whelen, Wm. A., May, 1867. ♦Whilldin, Alex., May, 1807. ♦White, Wni. R., Jr., May, 1867. Wilson, Franklin S., May, 1867. ♦Wright, Jos. A., May, 1867. ♦Wain, S. Morris, June, 1867. Willcox, Joseph, Dec. 1867. ♦Waterman, Isaac S., Dec. 1867. ♦Xantus, John Louis (de Vesey), (N.R.), Dec. 1856. Yarrow, Harry C, M.D., May, 1863. Zantzinger, George, Sept. 1835. ♦Zantzinger, Wm. S., M.D.(N.R.)Oct. 1840. Ziegler, George J., M.D., Nov. 1856. LIST OF CORRESPONDENTS. 291 CORRESPONDENTS. Adrian Robert, LL.D., 1815. Abadie, Pedro, Lima, Peru, 1821. Audoirin, J. Victor, M.D., Paris, 1821. Audubon, John James, New York, 1831. Anthony, John Gould, Cambridge, Mass., 1833. Agardh, Professor C. A., Lund. Sweden, 1834. Auber, Pedro Allessandro, 1835. Abadie, E. H., M.D. U. S. A., 1836. Agassiz, Professor Louis, Cambridge, Mass., 1836. Anton, Professor Frak., Halle, Germany, 1840. Alger, Francis, Boston, 1841. Arago, M., Paris, 1843. Avogadro, Amedeo, Turin, 1844. Audubon, Victor G., New York, 1845. Adams, Charles B., Amberst, Mass., 1846. Aall, Nicolai, Christiana, Sweden, 1846. Antisell, Thomas, M.D., New York, 1852. Audubon, John W., New York, 1854. Adamson, J. C, M. D.. 1856. Agassiz, Ales., Cambridge, Mass., 1864. Anderson, Rev. M. B., LL. D., Rochester, New York, 1866. Adams, Rev. E. E., Oxford, Delaware County, Pennsylvania, 1867. Adams, Henry, London, 1867. Adams, Arthur, London, 1867. Angas, George French, Port Jackson, 1867. Bartram, William, Kingsessing, Pennsylvania, 1812. Bedwell, Thomas, Jr., Rio Janeiro, 1812. Beelen, A., Pittsburg, Pa., 1812. Brongniart, Alexandre, Paris, 1812. Bruce, Archibald, M.D., New York, 1812. Betton, Samuel, M.D., Germantown, 1815. Beck, T. Romeyn, M.D., Albany, New York, 1816. Bickley, Robert, Pennsylvania, 1816. Baldwin, William, M.D., Wilmington, Delaware, 1817. Blainville, E. Ducrotay De, Paris, 1817. Bradbury, John, London, 1817. Bondli, Professor Francisco, Turin, 1818. Brown, Samuel, M.D., Alabama, 1818. Brantz, Lewis, Baltimore, Maryland, 1819. Bigsby, John J., M.D., Newark-on-Trent, England, 1820. Btudant, F. S., Paris, 1821. 292 LIST OF CORRESPONDENTS. Borie, A. Amicus, Paris, 1821. Brongniart, Adolph T., M.D., Paris, 1821. Brewster, David, LL.D., Edinburgh, 1822. Buck-land, Rev. William, D.D., Oxford, England. Best, Robert, Lexington, Kentucky, 1823. Bellingeri, M. Turin, Italy, 1826. Berzelius, Professor J. Jacob, Stockholm, 1826. Burr, John IL M.D., Chiloe, Chili, 1829. Bustamente, Jose Maria, Mexico, 1828. Boue, Ami, Paris, 1830. Barabino, Joseph, New Orleans, 1831. Blanding, William, M.D., Providence, R. I., 1831. Beche, Sir Henry Thomas de la, London, 1832. Bachman, Rev. John, D.D., Charleston, South Carolina, 1832. Beaumont, Elie De, Paris, 1833. Beck, Lewis C, New Brunswick, New Jersey, 1833. Bell, Thomas, London, 1834. Burchell, William J., London, 1835. Belot, Jule Henri, Paris, 1836. Binney, Amos, M.D., Boston, 1836. Blanding, Shubel, M.D., South Carolina, 1836. Blanding, William, South Carolina, 1836. Broderip, William J., London, 1836. Brown, Benjamin B., St. Louis, Missouri, 1837. Barratt, Joseph, LL. D., Middleton, Connecticut, 1837. Backman, Professor Charles Frederick, Jena, Germany, 1S40. Bailey, Professor J. W., West Point, 1841. Brewer, Thomas M., M.D., Boston, 1S41. Balfour, J. Hntton, M.D., Glasgow, Scotland, 1842. Bourne, W. Oland, New York, 1844. Boudin, J. C. M., M.D., Versailles, France, 1845. Bey, Clot, M.D., Cairo, Egypt, 1845. Baird, W. M., Reading, Pennsylvania, 1846. Brown, Richard, Sidney, Cape Breton, 1S46. Bromfield, William A., M.D., Isle of Wight, 1847. Brevoort, James Carson, Brooklyn, New York, 1847. Barratt, John P., M.D., Barrattsville, South Carolina, 1847. Brydges, Sir Harford J. J., Bart, England, 1848. Blyth, Edward, Calcutta, 184S. Blanchard, M. Emile, Paris, 1848. Bartlett, John R., New York, 1850. Barry, Rev. A. C, Racine, Wisconsin, 1853. Buch Leopold von, Berlin, 1840. Burnett, Waldo J., M.D., Boston, 1854. Briicke, Professor E., Vienna, 1854. Blake, W. P., Oakland, Ct., 1S56. Bland, Thomas, New York, 1858. LIST OF CORRESPONDENTS. 293 Beneke, Professor F. W., M.D., Hesse Cassel, 1858. Barrande, Joachim, Prague, 1859. Bunbury, Charles J. F., London, 1859. Bernardi, Chev. A. C, Paris, 18(30. Booth, Francis, M.D., London, 1862. Beebe, Edw. H., Galena, 111., 1S63. Boivin, Am., Paris, 1864. Brunet, Rev. Ovide, Quebec, 1865. Blake, Rev. Joseph, Gilmanton, New Hampshire, 1866. Baxter, Dr. J. H., U. S. A., Washington, D. C, 1866. Berthoud, E. S., Boulder City, Colorado, 1866. Buck, Charles Elton, New York, 1S66. Brewer, Wm. H., New Haven, Conn., 1867. Bourguignat, M. J. R., Paris, 1867. Benson, H., Cheltenham, Eng., 1867. Baudon, Auguste, M.D., Bauvais, France, 1867. Benoit, Luigi, Messina, 1867. Busch, G. von dem, M.D., Bremen, 1867. Cooper, Thomas, M.D., LL.D., Columbia, South Carolina, 1812. Cleveland, Parker, LL. D., Bowdoin College, Maine, 1812. Chapman, Isaac, M.D., Backs County, Pennsylvania, 1813. Clinton, De Witt, LL.D., New York, 1815. Carr, Robert, Kingsessing, Pennsylvania, 1816. Cist, Jacob, Wilkesbarre, Pennsylvania, 1816. Clifford, John D., Lexington, Kentucky, 1816. Cogswell, Joseph H., New York, 1816. Cloquet, Jules, Paris, 1816. Collins, Baron de, Havana, Cuba, 1818. Cuvier, Baron George, Paris, 1818. Cloquet, Jules (le jeune), Paris, 1819. Camper, Adrain, Holland, 1821. Colla, Professor Luigi, Turin, 1822. Cooper, William, New York, 1828. Cass, Lewis, Detroit, 1831. Craft, James S., Pittsburg, Pennsylvania, 1831. Cohen, J. J., M.D., Baltimore, Maryland, 1833. Casanova, J. S., M.D., Paris, 1834. Cramer, Charles, St. Petersburg, Russia, 1834. Croom, H. P., Tallahasse, Florida, 1835. Cautley, Major Proby T., London, 1836. Children, J. G., London, 1836. Conybeare, William D., Loudon, 1836. Curtis, John, London, 1S36. Carus, Professor Charles G., M.D., Dresden, 1837. Clapp, Asahel, M.D., New Albany, Indiana, 1S37- Clark, Lewis Meriwether, St. Louis, Missouri, 1837. 294 LIST OP CORRESPONDENTS. Couthouy, Joseph P., Boston, 1837. Combe, George, Edinburgh, 1838. Clay, J. Randolph, 1839. Carpenter, Wm. M., M.D., Louisiana, 1840. Charlesworth, Edward, London, 1S41. Couper, J. Hamilton, Darien, Georgia, 1842. Conyngham, Redmond, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, 1842. Chevreul, E., Paris, 1845. Chipman, Isaac L., Horton, Nova Scotia, 1847. Cantor, Theodore, M.D., Singapore, India, 1S48. Cobb, J., M.D., Kentucky, 1S48. Couch, D. N., U. S. A., 1853. Campbell, H. Frazer, M. D., Augusta, Georgia, 1858. Carbonell, Celedonio, Porto Rico, 1859. Clemens, Braekenridge, M.D., Easton, Pa., 1859. Claparede, Edw., Geneva, 1859. Carpenter, Wm. B., M.D., London, 1860. Cornay, J.C., Paris, 1S61. Chapman, A. W., M.D., Florida, 1861. Coues, Elliott, M. D., U. S. Army, Washington, D. C, 1861. Cowan, Hon. Edgar, Pennsylvania, 1861. Carpenter, P. P., New Montreal, C. E., 1862. Chittenden, Hon. L. E., New York, 1863. Craven, J. J., M.D., U. S. A., 1863. Capillini, Giovanni, Bologna, 1863. Clinton, Geo. W., Buffalo, 1866. Collier, D. C, Central City, Colorado, 1866. Credman, Herman, New York, 1866. Carter, Samuel R., Paris Hill, Oxford County, Maine, 1866. Caligny, M. Le Mis de, France, 1866. Cowan, Frank, Washington City, 1866. Crosse, H. M., Paris, 1867. Chenu, J. C, Paris, 1867. Chitty, Hon. Edw., Kingston, Jamaica, 1867. Cailliaud, Fred., Nantes, 1867. Cooper. J. G., M.D., San Francisco, Cal., 1S67. Cox, J. C, Sydney, New South Wales, 1867. Cavada, F. F., U. S. Consul, Trinidad, 1867. Davis, John, Boston, 1812. Doddridge, C.M.D., Brook C. H., Virginia, 1812, Drake, Daniel, M.D., Cincinnati, Ohio, 1812. Ducatd, Julius F., M.D., Baltimore, Maryland, 1812. Dana, Samuel L., Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1815. Dillwyn, Leivis W., Penullergar<>, Wales, 1815. Duncan, Thomas, Rappahannock, Virginia, 1816. Desmarest, Ansel me Gaetan, Paris, 1817. LIST OP CORRESPONDENTS. 295 Darlington, William, M.D. , West Chester, Pennsylvania, 1818. Dume'ril, Constant, Paris, 1818. Duvignan, M., Paris, 1820. Dekay, James E., M.D., New York, 1821. Dupont, Alfred, Wilmington, Delaware, 1821. De Rivero, Mariano, Arequipa, Peru, 1821. Deabbate, Gaspard, Turin, 1823. Drapier, A., Brussels, 1824. Doebereiner, Professor Johannes W., Jena, Austria, 1830. Deshayes, G. P., Paris, 1832. Dewey, Ifev. Chester, Rochester, N. Y., 1832. Duclos, M., Paris, 1833. D'Orbigny, M. Alcide, Paris, 1834. Dana, James D., New Haven, Connecticut, 1836. De Candolle, Auguste P., Geneva, 1836. Draper, John W., M.D., New York, 1836. Dietz, Andrew R., St. Thomas, West Indies, 1839. Denny, Henry, Leeds, England, 1842. Delafield, Major Joseph, New York, 1816. Dawson, J. W., Pictou, Nova Scolia, 1846. Davis, Edwin Hamilton, M.D., Chilicothe, Ohio, 1847. Dowler, Bennet, M.D., New Orleans, 1848. Doane, George W., D.D., New Jersey, 1848. Dewey, Henry B., Para, Brazil, 1850. Diesing, C. M., M.D., Vienna, Austria, 1851. Daniel, Wm. F., M.D., Loudon, 1852. Dalton, Henry G., M.D., Demarara, 1852. De Candolle, Alphonse, Geneva, 1853. Dearing, W. E., M.D., Augusta, Georgia, 1854. Dalton, John C. W., M.D., New York, 1S54. D'Oleveira, D. Baptista, Rio de Janerio, 1855. Doremus, R. Ogden, M.D., New York, 1855. Davis, J. Bernard, England, 1856. Desmoulins, Chas., Bordeaux, 1859. Dunker, Professor Wm.. Marburg, Cassel, 1859. De Camp, Wm. H., M.D., Grand Rapids, Mich., 1859. Darwin, Chas., F.R.S., F.G.S , London, 1860. Deeaisne, Prof. Jos., Paris, 1862. Dean, John, M.D., Boston, 1862. Davis, lion. Henry Winter, Baltimore, 1S63. Durieu de Maisonneuve, Prof., Bordeaux, 1865. Du Bois, Prof. Alfred, Laurette, Park Co., Colorado, 1866. Dresser, H. E., London, 1867. Drouet, Henri, Troyes, 1867. Do Castello de Paiva, Baron, Lisbon, 1S67. Durham, Geo. J., Austin, Texas, 1867. 296 LIST OF CORRESPONDENTS. Elliott, Andrew, Pennsylvania, 1812. Etcher, Henri, Switzerland, 1813. Elliott, Stephen, Charleston, S. C, 1815. Eandi, Chev. A. M., Vassali, Turin, 1822. Ellis, W. Cox, Muncy, Pennsylvania, 1S28. Eaton, Amos, Troy, New York, 1829. Eaton, II. Hulbert, M.D., Lexington, Kentucky, 1832. Edwards, M. Milne, Paris, 1832. Earle, John Milton, Worcester, Massachusetts, 1833. Esenbeck, Professor C. G. Nees Von, Bonn, 1836. Eights, James, M.D., Albany, New York, 1837. Emmons, Ehenezer, M.D., Albany, New York, 1840. Engelmann, George, M.D., St. Louis, Missouri, 1840. Emerson, George B., Boston, 1840. Eyton, Thomas C, Shropshire, England, 1846. Eschricht Professor Daniel F., M. D., Copenhagen, 1848. Ehrenberg, Christian G., M.D., Berlin, 1848. E»ans, John, M D., New Harmony, Indiana, 1850. Enderlin, Charles, M.D., New York, 1854. Elliott, Rev. Stephen, Savannah, Georgia, 1856. Ettingshausen, Constantine Von, 1859. Edwards, Win. H., New York, 1861. Fonds, M. Favjasde St., Paris, 1812. Faucker, Sylvanus, Connecticut, 1815. Ferri*, Z., Wilmington, Delaware, 1815. Forster, Thomas, M.D., London, 1816. Famci*, John IK., M.D., New York, 1816. Ferussac, Baron l>hocetus 144, Lucina Lunatia Lygaeus Macacus Macrophoca Madrepora Malvastrum Manatus Margaritana Mecistocephalus Medicago Megalobatrachus Megaptera Melilotus Mercenaria Merops Metis Micropus Modiola tfotacilla Muscicapa Mycetes Myliobatis 140, Xiiina Neotoma. . No. \\:\ Notidanus 142 215 217 82 21 19 24 94 136 2:; 130 33 146 139 139 7.") 36 ] 53 139 18 138 81 11- lS 167 32 18 L39 217 139 75 L8 219 218 156 2 1 310 INDEX OF GENERA. Obionc 22 Ocyalus 71 Oecodoma 24 (Enotheiia 19 Ontocetua 144 Oldenlandia 20 Onychodactylus 167 Orbicula 139 Oriolus 217 Orycterocetus 144 Osteocephalus 85 Ostinops 68 Ostrea 139 Otodus 142 Ovis 136 Oxyrhina 142 Paludina 81 Panicum 24 Partheninm 20 Parus 221 Paspalum 24 Pecten 139 Pendulimus 54 Peltocephalus 40 Perognathus 135 Petunia 21 Phaenicothraupis 94 Pbenacobius 96 Phoca 153 Pkotogenis 163 Phyllanthus 22 PhVseter 144 Picus 217 Pinna 139 Piperivorus 117 Plagiostoma 156 Plantago 21 Pleurodira 40 Plethodon 167, 207 Pliorhytis 139 Plucliea 16, 20 Podocnemis 40 Polydesmus 43, 129 Polygonum 22 Polypremum 20 Portulaca is Potentilla 19 PriscodelpbinuE 144, 145, 156 Pteroglossns 101, 108 Pyrosterna 1 L3 Pyrrhopappus 21 Raja 141, 156 Ramphoxanthtta 12 o Rhabdosteua 132, 14 1. 146 Rhamphastos loo, 12:; Rbinoceroe 12 Rbinocbilus 85 Roubieva 22 Salisburia Salsola 16, Sagina Scala Scapbiopus Sciara Seiurus Scolopocryptops Scops Scy topis Selenidera Semnopithecua Senebiera 10. Sesbania Sesuvium Sida Siraia 12, Sinapis Solidago Spba?rula Spartina Spea Spermopbilus Sphinx SphyraMia Spbyrna Spirobolus Sporobolus Squalodon 132, 144, 150, 151, Stinodon Strigamia Stropbolirion Sus Tacbypbonus Tamias Tapirus Teredo Tbaumatias Thecachampsa Thomomys Thoracosaurus Tracbycepbalus Tragus Trifolium Trionix 40, Troglodites 12. Turritella Unio.. I'l'SUS Vaucberia .. Verbena Vespertilio Vigna Vitia .42. Xiphonara. Zizyphinus. 17 IS L39 B5 2 2 2 134 128 99 85 115 12 17 19 18 18 ■ 17 20 139 23 85 134 80 142 142 L29 23 156 151 128 82 12 :>4 134 12 40 233 143 135 40 B5 12 18 142 5 139 si 134 93 2 1 i :■::! 19 98 107 GENERAL INDEX. 311 GENERAL INDEX. Allen, Dr. H , On certain features in the conformation of the mammalian skull, 11 ; Election as Correspond ing Secretary, 14; Remarks on the tertiary occipital condyle, 137. Bache, Prof. Alex. Dallas, Announce- ment of death of, 11. Barnes, 0. N., Resignation of member- ship, 32. Bridges, Dr. R., Announcement of the publication of volume 6, part 2, of Journal, 97. Cassia, John, A third Study of the Icteridae, 39, 45 ; A Study of the Rhamphastidas or Toucans, 97, 100; Fasti Ornithologiae, No. III., 139,212. Clemens, Dr. Brackenridge, Announce- ment of death of, 11. Committees, Standing, for 1867, 14. Conchological Section, Announcement of organization, 14. Cope, Edw. D., Exhibition of skull of Euclastes platyops, 31 ; On Eu- clastes, a genus of extinct Chelor.i- dse, 32, 29 ; Remarks on Megaptera, 32; Exhibition of vertebrae of Tho- racosaurus brevispinus, 39; Contri- butions to the History of the Verte- brates of Mesozoic Period in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, 74. 75; On the Families of Raniform Anura, 83. 84; Remarks on a collection of Reptiles from Owen's Valley, 85 ; Description of a new genus of Cy- prinoid Fishes, 95 ; Remarks on four species of extinct Mammalia, 131 ; An addition to the vertebrate, Fauna of the Miocene Period of the United States, 132, 138; Re- marks on the contents of caves of South-western Virginia, 137; A re- view of the species of Aniblystoma, 138, 166; On the Genera of fresh water Fishes Hypsilepis, Baird, and Photogenis, Cope, 138, 150; On the distribution of fresh water Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South- western Virginia, 138 ; On the hab- its of a Tipulideous Larva, 222 ; Re- marks on extinct reptiles which ap- proached the birds, 234. Correspondence of the Academy for 1867, 244. Coues, Dr. Elliott, Notes on a Collec- tion of Mammals from Arizona, 125, 133. Dewey, Rev. Dr. C, Announcement of death of, 138. Diesing, Dr. C. M., Announcement of death of, 74. Donations to the Museum, 246. Donations to the Library, 251. Elliot, D. G., Description of a new species of Owl of the Genus Scops, 94, 99. Elliott, Rev. Stephen, Announcement of death of, 1. Election of Officers for 1868, 242. Election of Members and Correspon- dents during 1867, 243. Ennis. Prof. J., The necessity of Nebu- lar Rotation, 31, 87; The Mechan- ical theory of Solar Heat, 226. Faraday, Prof. Michael, Announce- ment of death of. 132. Featherstonhaugh, Prof. Geo. \Y., An- noucemeut of death of, 1. Genth, Dr., Observation on certain doubtful Minerals, 86. Heintzleman, J., Resignation of mem- bership, 14. Hill, Richard, Note on Giotrygon syl- vatica, Gosse, 130. 31! (.INERAL INDEX. Holmes, Prof., Exhibition of remains of prehistoric man from Charleston, S. C, 125 Howell. Dr. S B.. Election as Record- ing Secretary, 14. Index of Genera, 308. Jager, Dr. George, Announcement of death of, 38. Jeanes, Jos., Resignation as Corre- sponding Secretary, 14. Kennicott, Robert, Announcement of death of, 11, 32. Lawrence. Geo. X., Notes on certain Birds from New Grenada, with de- scription of new species, 87, 94; Description of Five new species ot Central American Birds, 232. Lea, Isaac, On two new .Minerals from Chester County, 39, 44 ; Description of five new Unionidae, 74, 81. Le Conte, Dr. J. L., Remarks on Cre- taceous coal beds of New Mexico, 132. Leeds, Prof., Remarks on the inspira- tion of oxygen, 74. Leidy, Dr. Jos., Exhibition of plate of forthcoming work on extinct Mam- mals. 32 : On fossil Hippopotamus, 32 ; Remarks on the skull of Bison latifrons, 85 : Mention of the ap- pearance of the seventeen year lo- cust, 93; Exhibition of the skull of Geomysbursarius,"97 ; Of an antique copper hammer, 97 ; Of the skull of Castoroides Obioensis, 97; Of spe- cimens of black hornstone, 125. Lincecum, G , On the Habits of the Cutting Ants of Texas. 11, 24. Lyman, i;. S., On the Great Carboni- ferous Conglomerate in Sullivan County, Pa., 125. Marshall, Richard M., Announcement Of dentil of, Maximilian, Prince de Wied, An- nouncement of deatb of, 31 . Meehan, I On the Structure of Lopezia, 31, 33 ; On the dioio forms of \ i tie vinifera, 38, !'- ; Ad- ditional Notes on mo le forms of Vi- tis vinifera, 94, 98. Morris, Miss Margaretta H., Announce- ment of death of, 82. Morton, S. C, Announcement of death of, 39. Norris, Win., Announcement of death of, 11. Pennock, Dr. C. W., Announcement of death of, 39. Pierce, Jacob, Announcement of death of, 138. Report of the Curators, 235. Report of the Librarian. 237. Report of the Recording .Secretary. 238. Reports of the Conchological Section, 238. Sanderson, Edw. F., Announcement of death of, 1 Sherman, YV. L., Announcement of death of, 32. Shimer, Dr. Henry, On a new genus of Homoptera, 2 ; Notes on Micropus Ieucopterus, 74, 75 ; Additional Note on the Chinch-Bug, 234. Slack, Dr. J. H., Mammalogical No- tices, 31, 34. Smith, A. H., On Colonies of Plants observed near Philadelphia. 11, 15. Starr, J., Resignation of membership. 14. Tryon, Geo. W., Jr.. Letter accom- panying deposit of shells, 39, 84 ; deposit of Library, 74. Wetherill, Dr. Chas, M., On Itacolum- ite, 13. Wood. Alphonao, Description of a new genus ol Plant.-. 7 1. 81. Wood. Dr. II. C, Resignation as S retary, I, 14; Description of new Texas Myriapoda, 39, 42 : Remarks on spiral ducts in Salisburia adian- tifolia, 83 ; Observation on the life history of certain siphonaceous fresh water algse, 93 : Remarks on fresh water alga' from thermal Bpril 125 ; Note- on a Collection of Cali- fornia Myriapoda, 125, 127. Zimmerman. Dr. Chas, Announcement Of death of. 138. Pl$\ MBI. WHOI LIBRARY UH lAflX V